IMAGE tVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) // 1.0 I.I I JO '™^= 2.5 1^ IM 1 2.2 12.0 ^ 1^ 1.8 1-25 U ||.6 ^ 6" ► cry t^w V ^ ^ / Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 -.■ r-.r^-— -:re&.',Ai>saiiB3iie,;!t^1i>;3a(iS. cv^«:^C^t^.r ., ~^r~ -f^yy.-^ »* - j^ ^ t yf^ b -' ^r-:-*****'***,.'..'**:-^''^?;)^*?** "'^;^' 7,'-' --^'^' ffmncvm^ n mi^tm'*<*» ^V ' ^ ^'^^* :"'" ' " " ' '* '" ' ■•*" !(<^'' l l jJI I pilW.pi Wi n llllll iMIl y^l j g^fl ^ j l j Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur D D D Covers damaged/ Couverture endommag6e Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur6e et/ou pellicui6e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes g^ographiques en couleur Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur D B Pages damaged/ Pages endommag^es □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicui6es Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages d6coior6es, tachet^es ou piqu^es I — I Pages detached/ Pages ddtach^es Showthrough/ Transparence □ Quality of print varies/ Qualitd in6gale de I'impression □ Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'aritres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 film6es. □ Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel suppi^mentaire □ Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film6es A nouveau de fa9on d obtenir la meilleure image possible. D Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl6mentaires: This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmA au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. lOX 14X 18X 22X 12X 16X 20X 26X 30X M 24X 28X 32X tails du odifisr une mage The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Library of Congress Photoduplication Service The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire filmd fut reproduit grdce d la g6n6rositd de: Library of Congress Photoduplication Service Les images suivantes ont dtd reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettetd de rexempliaire film6, et en conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de fiimage. arrata to pelure, in d n 32X Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol -^^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: 1 2 3 1 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont filmds en commandant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmds en commen9ant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole —^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre film6s d des taux de reduction diff^rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 d partir de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la m^thode. i\1 i I ' ; I ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. ISTo. 3. Southern Section. yROM CHATHAM TO THE RIO GRANDE. 'si y COMPILEP BY GEORGE ELDRIDGE, IIydrograper. .1-' 7 <■■ P 'I (' ' SIGN OF THE LITTLE ADMIKAL. BUSINESS ESTABLISHED 1770. ma;; 15 18b,-. ', BOSTON : S. THAXTEE, AND SON, PUBLISnERS OF ELDRIDGE'S CHARTS. AGENTS FOR THE SAI.R OF U. 8. COAST SVUVEY CHARTS ; IMPORTERS AND DEALERS IN CHRONOMETERS, NArTICAL IXSTRl'MENTS, CHARTS, NAUTICAL BOOKS, ETC. laS STA.TE STREET. ' I i \i ■\5 COPYRIGHT, 1883, By Oeouge Eldhidoe, and A. C. Cushino. A a Rights Reserved. 11 m I Wright &' Potter Prinlirg Company, t8 Post OJ^tci' Square, Boston, \ /I \ ( \\ \[ 1 ( t :i ( V \ PREFACE TO ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT, No. 2. After an experience of more than thirty years in snrveying and compiling Charts of different parts of the Coast of tlie United States for tlie use of Marin- ers, and also obtaining information from every known source of marine intelligence which the country at the present time affords, the author is confident that this work will meet the wants of a large class of seamen who have heretofore given his publications the preference. His aim has not been beauty of style or language, but clearness and accuracy. The shifting nature of certain parts of the Coast, together with the change in Buoys, Lights, etc., may occasion- ally present deviations from the present directions. "With these im2)crfections, he presents " Pilot, No. 2 " to the public, hoping that it may long prove a safe and unerring guide to those who navigate within its limits. In a Avork of this kind absolute accuracy is nearly impossible. Mariners are therefore earnestly re- quested to note all errors or omissions which they may discover, and forward the same to the author. GEORGE ELDRIDGE, Ilydrographer. Chatham, Mass. IMPORTANT TO MARINERS. My exporioncc during tlio last thirty years in mak- ing surveys, for the purpose of constructing- Marino Charts, demonstrates great uncertainty in the use of the Mariner's Compass, both on sea and land. T have no doubt that many of the shipwrecks that are con- stantly occurring, are in consequence of its not being known that the Compass was deranged fi-om the effects of the local attraction of iron or other mair- nctic substances accidentally placed within the reach of its influence on the needle on board the vessel. These unsuspected causes may also exist, and pow- erfully attract the Compass in the iron nsed in the construction of the vessel, also in cargoes, such aa iron, coal, etc. In the construction of vessels no magnetic mate- rial should be allovv^ed within ten feet of the Compass, and snperintendents of building should allow none but the purest non-magnetic copper or composition which has been selected and carefully tested to be placed within the above mentioned distance from the Binnacle. Ko class of men appear more ignorant of the uncertainties of the Magnetic Needle from various causes than Mariners. The most of them make no ,'•^5 ii ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. efTort to test their Compasses in fine weather, and are therefore helpless in aseertainhi<^ what course they are steering in thick or bad weather. The Liquid Coui])ass, though a superior instrument in many respects (especially in its traversing quickly in smooth water, and not oscillating in rough water), is no protection as many sujipose from the evils aris- ing from local attraction. From the above, the intelligent Mariner by inspect- ing the "Pilot" will readily perceive that an error in the course may lead to difficulty. In order, therefore, to insure confidence and safety in sailing at night or in thick weather into harbors, rivers, bays, and also through sounds, his Compass should be tested often. GEORGE ELDRIDGE, Hydrographer, icr, and course rument quickly water), ils aris- nspect- 3rror in 3rcfore, i^ht or nd also I often. apher, INDEX. LIGHTHOUSES AND LIGHT-SHIPS. Ahsecom Li<^hthouso, A.ssatcague Lighthouse, . Amelia Island Main Lighthouse Amelia Island Range Beacons, Alligator Reef Lighthouse, Amei-ican Shoal Lighthouse, . Aransas Pass Lighthouse, Bass River Lighthouse, . Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse, Brant Point Lighthouse, . Bird Island Lighthouse, . Brenton's Reef Light-ship, Beaver Tail Lighthouse, . Bristol Ferry Lighthouse, Borden's Flats Lighthouse, Bullock's Point Lighthouse, Block Island Northern Lighthouse, Block Island Southeast Lighthouse, Block Island Range Lights, Blackwell's Island Lighthouse, Bartlcct's Reef Light-ship, Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse, Black Roek Harbor Lighthouse, Bergen Point Lighthouse, PAQK 220 2r>2 •127 427 4-36 437 522 15 10 23 56 72 73 79 80 83 96 97 98 134 142 102 104 214 I -n la IV INDKX. B-'nio-,'}!! Li,i;litli()iisio, IJraiulywine Slioal Li^lit house, IJombiiy Hook Li^litlioiise, liack liivcr LiglitlioiiHo, . 1 Jell's Uoek Light lioiiso, . IJovvU'r'H liofk LijLJfhthousp, .lJhikistone'8 iHland Lighthouse, Uody Ishuul Liglithousc, . BuU'h Hay Lighthouse, . ]JatU'ry (« hidden Lighthouse, . Bik)xi Lighthouse, . Baiataria Hay Light liouse, Bolivar Point Lighthouse, Brazos Santiago Lighthouse, . Bayside and Wilson's Beacons, Cross Ttip Light-ship Cai)e Poge Lighthouse, . Cuttyhunk Lighthouse, . Clark's Point Lighthouse, Conimicut Point Lighthouse, . Cedar Island Lighthouse, Cornfield Point Light-ship, Conover and Chapel Hill Beacons, Corner Stake Lighthouse, Cape May Lighthouse, Cape Ilonlopen Main Lighthouse, Cape Hcnlopen Beacon Lighthouse, Cross Ledge Lighthouse, . Cherry Island Beacon Range, Cohansey Lighthouse, Cape Charles Lighthouse, Cape Henry Lighthouse, . PAOB 217 220 247 265 2!)« :i()2 ;{()() .•J82 ;J9(; 480 '188 noG 517 523 201 3 28 43 40 83 114 124 201 214 224 225 225 227 228 240 200 202 INDKX. PAOR 217 220 247 2G5 200 :i()2 .'U)i) .•J82 ;;o(; '188 noG .'317 201 3 28 43 40 83 114 124 201 214 224 225 225 227 228 24G 2C0 262 Covo Point UghthouBc, . Cnil<^hill Chaniuil Li«;hthouse8, Craiu'y IhIjiiuI LighthouHo, ChorryHtono Lighthouse, . Crisfioid Harbor Lighthouse, Chiy Lslaml LighthouHc, . Choptank liiver Lighthouse, Currituck IJeaeh Lighthouse, CaiJC Ilatteras Lighthouse, Cape Lookout Lighthouse, Cape Fear Lighthouse, . Cape Fear Range Beacon, Cape Koman Lighthouse, , Charleston Main Lighthouse, Cockspur Ishuul Beacon, . Cape Canaveral Lighthouse, Carry sfort Keef Lighthouse, Cedar Keys Lighthouse, . Cape St. George Lighthouse, Cape San Bias Lighthouse, Choctaw Pass Channel Beacon Xo. H Choctaw Pass Channel Beacon No. ('> Cat Island Lighthouse, Chandeleur Lighthouse, . Calcasieu Pass Lighthouse, Dumpling Rock Lighthouse, . Dutch Island Lighthouse, Dumpling Lighthouse, Delaware Breakwater Range Light, . Deepwater Point Range Beacons, . Delaware Breakwater Lighthouse, . Deepwater Shoals Lighthouse, . PAOK . 271 . 273 . 287 . 332 . 317 . 351 . 359 . 381 . 383 . 380 . 391 . 301 . 305 . 308 . 411 . 432 . 436 . 467 . 472 . 474 . 480 . 480 . 401 . 408 . 514 47 87,03 . 104 . 225 . 228 . 243 . 201 P:! - VI INDEX. Dutch Gap Canal Lights, Danfiiskie Range Beacons, Dry Tortugas Lighthouse, Dog River Bar Beacon No. 1, . Dog River Bar Beacon No. 2, . Dog River Bar Beacon No. 3, . Dog River Bar Beacon No. 4, . Edgartown Lighthouse, . East Chop Lighthouse, . Eel Grass Ground Light-ship, . Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, Execution Rocks Lighthouse, . East Beacon Lighthouse (Sandy Ilbok), Elm Tree and New Dorp Beacons, Elbow Beacon, . . . ■ Egg Island Lighthouse, . Egmont Key Lighthouse, East Pascagoula River Lighthouse, Fuller's Rock Lighthouse, Falkner's Island Lighthouse, Fire Island Lighthouse, . Fort Tompkins Lighthouse, Finn's Point Beacon Range, Fenwick's Island Lighthouse, Fort Carroll Lighthouse, . Fort Washington Lighthouse, Fishing Battery Lighthouse, Frying-pan Shoals Light-ship, Fort Sumter Lighthouse, . Fort Ripley Lighthouse, . Fig Island Range Beacons, PAOE 291 415 156 479 480 480 480 28 31 99 130 132 200 201 215 246 462 485 84 125 193 202 228 250 274 310 371 389 398 399 412 'mik PAOE 291 415 156 479 480 480 480 28 31 99 130 132 200 201 215 246 462 485 84 125 193 202 228 250 274 310 371 389 398 399 412 INDEX. Fowey Eocks Lighthouse, Fort Point Lighthouse, . Fort MilRn Bar Rcangc Beacons, Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, Fourteen-foot Bank Light-ship, Gay Head Lighthouse, . Goat Island Lighthouse, . Gardiner's Island Lighthouse, . Great Captain's Island Lighthouse, Great Beds Lighthouse, . Greenbury Point Lighthouse, . Georgetown Lighthouse, . Galveston Light-ship, Handkerchief Light-ship, Harding's Beach Lighthouse, . Hyannis Harbor Lighthouse, . Hen and Chickens Light-ship, . Horton's Point Lighthouse, Highland (i^avesink) Lighthouses, Hereford Inlet Lighthouse, Horse Shoe Lower Kange Beacons, Horse Shoe Upper Range Beacons, Hawkin's Point Lighthouse, Hooper's Straits Lighthouse Havre-de-Grace Lightliouse, Hatteras Inlet Lighthouse, Hunting Island Lighthouse, Hilton Head Range Lights, Horn Island Lighthouse, . Head of the Passes Lighthouse, Head of the Passes Jetty (East) Lighthouse, vn PAGE 435 517 229 223 226 40 74 112 129 211 272 394 616 3 12 17 44 125 199 222 229 229 274 345 371 384 403 406 483 500 501 VUl INDEX. Head of the Passes Jetty (West) Lighthouse, Half Moon Reef Lighthouse, Hog Island Lighthouse, Jane's Lighthouse, Jordan's Point Lighthouse, . Jones Point Lighthouse, Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse, Key West Lighthouse, Lime Rock Lighthouse. Long Beach Bar Lighthouse, Little Gull Island Lighthouse, Lloyd's Harbor Lighthouse, . Light-ship, off Northeast end of Five Fathom Bank, Leading Point Lighthouse, . Lazaretto Point Lighthouse, Lambert's Point Lighthouse, Lower Cedar Point Lighthouse, . Love Point Lighthouse, Little Cumberland Island Lighthouse, Monomoy Lighthouse, . Muscle Bed Shoals Lighthouse, Mystic Lighthouse, Montauk Point Lighthouse, . Middle Ground Lighthouse, . Maurice River Lighthouse, . Mispillion Creek Lighthouse, Mahon's River Lighthouse, . Mathias Point Lighthouse, . PAGE 501 520 258 341 291 310 433 450 74 118 123 185 230 274 274 287 309 368 426 9 79 104 108 127 241 245 245 309 PAGE 501 520 258 341 201 310 433 450 74 118 123 185 230 274 274 287 309 368 426 9 79 104 108 127 241 245 245 809 INDEX. Morris Island Kange Beacons, Martin's Industry Light-sliip, Mobile Point Lighthouse, Merriirs Shell Bank Lighthouse, Matagorda Lighthouse, Nantucket Great Point Lighthouse, Nobska Point Lighthouse, Ned's Point Lighthouse, Norwalk Lighthouse, . North Brother Lighthouse, New London Lighthouse, Newcastle Range Beacons, New Point Comfort Lighthouse, Naval Hospital Lighthouse, . Nansemond River Lighthouse, Northwest Channel Lighthouse, Old Gay Rock Lighthouse (Wickford Har bor), .... Old Field Point Lighthouse, Old Point Comfort Lighthouse, Ocracoke Lighthouse, . Oak Island Range Beacons, Oyster Beds Beacon, . Pollock Rip Light-ship, Palmer's Island Lighthouse, Prudence Island Lighthouse, Pomham Rocks Lighthouse, Point Judith Lighthouse, Plum Island Lighthouse, Penfield Reef Lighthouse, . IX PAGE 398 400 479 493 520 22 34 54 109, 128 134 140 228 266 287 288 452 91 130 284 385 392 413 2 50 78 84 96 121 128 n m u II !, i ) i :■ I INDEX. Princess Bay Lighthouse, . Passaic Lighthouse, Port Penn Beacon Range, . Point Lookout Lighthouse, . Point of Shoals Lighthouse, Pool's Island Lighthouse, Piney Point Lighthouse, Paris Island Range Lights, . Pensacola Lighthouse, Pensacola Bar Beacon, Pass Christian Lighthouse, . Pass-a-Loutre Li,irhthouse, . Point Isabel Lighliiouse, Rose Island Lighthouse, Race Rock Lighthouse, Robbins' Reef Lighthouse, . Reedy Island Lighthouse, . Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, Round Island Lighthouse, . Shovelful Light- ship, . Succonncsset Light-ship, South Shoal Light-ship, Sankaty Head Lighthouse, . Sow and Pigs Light-ship, . Sabine's Point Lighthouse, . Sassafras Point Lighthouse, . Stonington Harbor Lighthouse, Stratford Point Lighthouse, . Sand's Point Lighthouse, Stepping Stones Lighthouse, Saybrook Lighthouse, . PAGE 211 2Kj 227 270, 308 291 3G9 309 407 477 478 495 499 523 74 123 202 228, 248 397 485 3 7 24 24 43 83 84 101 126 131 132 147 PAGE 211 21 i' 227 270, 308 291 3(59 309 407 477 478 495 499 523 74 123 202 228, 248 397 485 8 7 24 24 43 83 84 101 126 131 132 147 INDEX. Southwest Lodge Lighthouse, Stamford Lighthouse, . Shinuccock Lighthouse, Sandy Hook Light-ship, Scotland Light-ship, Sandy Hook Lighthouse, Ship John Shoa' Lighthouse, Schooner Ledge Range Beacons, Schuylkill Range Beacons, Stingray Point Lighthouse, Smith's Point Lighthouse, Sharp's Island Lighthouse, Sandy Point Lighthouse, Seven Foot Knoll Lighthouse, Solomon's Lump Lighthouse, Sullivan's Island Range Beacons, Sapelo Main Lighthouse, St. Simon's Lighthouse, St. John's River Lighthouse, St. Augustine Lighthouse, Sombrero Key Lighthouse, Sand Key Lighthouse, . St. Mark's Lighthouse, . Sand Island Lighthouse, Ship Island Lighthouse, St. Joseph's Lighthouse, South Pass Lighthouse, South Pass Jetty (East) Lighthouse, South Pass Jetty (West) Lighthouse, Southwest Pass Lighthouse, Ship Island Shoal Lighthouse. Southwest Reef Lighthouse, Sabine Pass Lighthouse, XI PAGE 157 172 192 199 200 200 227 229 249 208, 301 269, 307 356, 271 272 273 343 398 422 424 430 431 437 438 469 479 486 492 500 501 501 504 .507 509 515 xu INDEX. I Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse, Throg's Neck Lighthouse, . Tucker's Beach Lighthouse, Tinicum Island Range Beacons, Thomas' Point Lighthouse, . Thimble Shoal Lighthouse, . Too's Point Lighthouse, Tortugas Harbor Lighthouse, Turkey Point Lighthouse, . Tybee Lighthouse, Tybee Beacon, Tybee Knoll Cut Range Beacons Timbalier Lighthouse, . Trinity Shoal Light-ship, AVest Chop Lighthouse, Wing's Neck Lighthouse, . Whale Rock Lighthouse, Warwick Lighthouse, . Watch Hill Lighthouse, West Beacon (Sandy Hook), Winter Quarter Shoal Light-ship, Wilmington Lighthouse, Wolf Trap Lighthouse, Windmill Point Lighthouse, White Shoal Lighthouse, Watt's Island Lighthouse, . Wolf Island Range Beacon, York Spit Lighthouse, . PAGE 37 133 218 220 272 283 296 457 371 410 410 412 507 509 31 59 87 88,89 99 201 252 249 267 268 291 238 422 266 INDEX. XIU PAGE 37 133 218 220 272 283 296 457 371 410 410 412 507 609 31 59 87 88,89 99 201 252 249 267 268 291 238 422 266 HARBORS, RIVEilS, BAYS, SOUNDS, ETC Apponaug River, .... PAGE . . 91 Arthur Kill River, .... . 213 Absecom Inlet, . . . .* 220 Annai)olis Harbor, .... . ": 329 Antciioison Creek, .... : 305 Altamaha Sound, Ga., . ; 424 Atchafalaya Bay, La., . 500 Apalftchicola Bay, Fla., . 473 Aransas Pass, Tex., . 521 Bass River Harbor, 14 Buzzard's Bay, .... 44 Back River Ilarbor (Buzzard's Bay), . 59 Bristol Harbor, 80 Block Island, 96 Branford Harbor, . 150 Bridgeport Harbor, . 162 Black Rock Ilarbor, . . . . . 164 Byram River, . 176 Barnegat Inlet, . 216 Brigantine Inlet, . 220 Back River Harbor, Va., . 294 Breton's Bay, ...... . 320 Big Annemessex River, . . . . . 348 Broad Creek (Choptank Bay) , . 3'8 Back Wye River, . 367 Big Wye River, . 367 Bohemia River, . 375 XIV INDEX. i w Basil River, . Back Hiver, Maryland, Beaufort Harbor and Morehcad City, Bull's Bay Harbor, Beaufort Kiver, S. C, Biloxi, Miss., . Barataria, La., Brazos River, Tex., Brazos Santiago, Tex., . Centreville, or New Harbor, Cotuit Port Harbor, Cuttyhunk Harbor, Cohasset Narrows, . Cataumet Harbor, . Cutchogue Harbor, Cockenoe's Island Harbor. Cos Cob Hai'bor, . Cohansey Creek, Christiana Creek, . Chincoteague Inlet, Corrotoman River, . Coan River, . Currioman Bay, Cherrystone Inlet, . Cheseonessex Creek, Cedar Straits, . Crisfield Harbor, . Choptank Bay, Choptank River, Coxe's Creek (Eastern Bay),, Crab Alley Creek (Eastern Bay), Chester River, N. PAGE 378 380 388 39G 409 488 506 519 522 19 21 45 GO G3 117 167 174 246 249 255 305 313 317 332 337 343 347 356 360 362 363 368 PAGE 378 380 388 39G 409 488 506 519 522 19 21 45 GO 03 117 167 174 246 249 255 305 313 317 332 337 343 347 356 360 362 363 368 Wilming ton), INDEX. Chesapeake and Delaware Canal (Entrance), Capo Lookout Shoals, Cape Lookout Cove, Cape Fear, Cape Fear River (Entrance to Charleston Harbor, Calibogue Sound, . Cumberland Sound, Fla., Cape Canaveral Slue, Fla., Charlotte Harbor, Fla., . Cedar Keys Harbor, Fla., Cape San Bias Shoals, Fla., Calcasieu Pass, La., Corpus Christi Pass, Tex., Dartmouth Harbor, Dutch Island Harbor, Darien River, . Delancey's Cove, Delaware Bay and River, Delaware Breakwater, . Duck Creek, . Dona River, . ... Dimer's Ci'eek, Dividing Creek, Doboy Sound, Ga., . Dry Tortugas Islands, . Edgartown Harbor, East Greenwich Harbor, East Harbor (Fisher's Island), EHzabethport Harbor, . East River (Mobjack Bay), . rv PAOK '.mi 386 387 389 391 398 415 427 433 461 466 475 514 522 47 93 170 178 223 243 247 246 306 306 422 455 28 89 106 213 300 ftsmSf^!.- XVI INDKX. j i TAnw Enstci-n Bay, .... . 3(i2 Elk Kivcr, . . . . 375 Eu8t PasH (St. Crcorgc's Souncl), Fla., . . 171 East Pascagoula, Miss., . . 481 Fall River Harbor, . 78 Fort Pond Bay, 110 Fisher's Island Sound, . 98 Fire Island Inlet, . 193 Fairhaven Landing, 32G Fishing Bay, 352 Front Wye Itiver, . 307 Frying Pan Shoals Slue, 300 Florida Keefs, 435 Great Wood's I loll Harbor, . 36 Gardiner's Bay, 112 Gooseberry Neck Channel, 67 Greenport Harbor, . 118 Guilford Harbor, 151 Greenwich Cove, . 174 Great Captain's Island Harbor, 175 Great Egg Harbor, 221 Great Machipongo Inlet, 258 Great Wicomico Iliver, . 306 Guilford Creek, 341 Gunpowder River, . 378 Georgetown and Winyah Bay, S. c., ; ! 393 Grand Grosier Isle and Isle-au-Breton, . 499 Galveston Bay, Tex., • • < 516 Harwich, .... • • • 14 Ilvannis Harbor, • • 16 Hill TAflR 171 481 78 110 i)8 VXi 32G :}52 :j(i7 300 435 36 112 67 118 151 174 175 221 258 306 341 378 393 499 516 14 16 INDEX. ITopf THland ITarhor, Iladley'H Harbor, . iruiitington Bay, . Huntington Harbor, Hempstead Harbor, Hart and City Island Harbor Hereford Inlet, Hara|)ton Creek, Herring Bay, . Hunger's Creek, Hunting Creek, Holland's Straits, Hooper's Straits, Harris' Creek (Choptank Bay), Ilongar River, Havre-de-Graee, Ilatteras Inlet, Hillsborough Inlet, Indian River Inlet, . Jamesport Harbor, . James River, . Jupiter Inlet, . Killingsworth Harbor, . Kedge's Straits, Kent Island Narrows, . Key West Harbor, Little Wood's Holl Harbor, Little Captain's Island Ilarboi Lloyd's Hai'bor, XVH r.\ Wiiisllin-r IJuoy otl" New Ilarlior Hars, sliouUI givotheao duiiyers a wide berth. Monomoy and Nantucket Shoals. From JI(Mioiiioy Point to Nantuelict Sontii Slioal, and also in Nantu'ketand Vineyard Sounds theru are a hir^'o number oi" sand slioals, tiio eurrents of botli flood and ebb set very stronjr aeross thcsodan^ers, and th(! depth of water upon them elianges, orpociallv dm-ing heavy Kast-rly jrales. A better knoivledrje of ^he location vf these nhoala am he obtained b>/ impecting Eldri(l>ys Chart of Vineyard Sound and Nantucket Shoals, than by any ivritten descrijition. JPollock Jifj). Tho Eastern part of this shoal is marked at this date (1881) with a Red Huoy. Chatham Lights boar fr(jm it N. ]4 E. distaaco about 1J4 miles, Monomoy Point Light W. by N. ^4 N., distance [i% miles. During the last 40 years the water upon this dangerous shoal has been gradually increasing in depth. In 18:52 some pai^ of it was dry at low tide ; in 1842, the least depth at low tide upon itw.nsS feet; in 1852, 5 feet; in 18G2, feet; in 1872, 7 feet; and in August, 1880,8 feet. P>om 1 to IJ^ miles to the North.' ward of the Pollock Rip there are at this date (1881) mauj Ridges 1 2 ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. of sand, or BrokcMi Rips, which arc constantly changing in depth, and should be avoided by large or heavy draught vessels. Broken Part of Pollock Rip. The centre of this Shoal, upon wliich the soa breaks tromcn- dously during heavy easterly gtdes, lies about -1 1^ mil<^s E. by S- }i S., from Monomoy Point Lighthouse. During the last 30 years this broken ground has extended seaward about -*y of a mile ; the surveys tliat have been made across it from time to time, during that period, show changes iu the depth of water in the Ship Channel. Ship Channel. In 1852, on a direct course E. by S. }i S. from Tollock Rip Light-ship, not less than 30 feet water was found in tliis Channel at "low tide. In 18G2, 24 feet; in 1872, 20 feet; and in August, 1881, IG feet. Northeast Channel. The depth of water in this channel since 1851, has been con- stantly changing. A careful survey in August (1882), shows not less than 20 feet, on a direct course NE. K N. from Tollock Rip Light-ship. PoUock Rip Light-ship. This Light-ship, which is intended to guide vessels across broken part of Tollock Rip, in both Ship and Northeast Cliannels, at this time (1882) sliows 2 Red fixed Liglits, and has a first-elass steam Fog Signal, which in thick weather is sounded 5 seconds' duration, followed by an interval of 55 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Pollock Rip Lightship, at this, date (1882). Distance. 8^^ miles. Chatham Lighthouses, N. Ji E Monomoy Point Liglilhouse, NW- by W. ji W- Shovelful Light-ship, W- ji "N Handkerchief Light-ship, W. by S. J^ S. • • ■ Great Point Liglithouse, (Nantucket) SW- }i S. Sankaty Head Lighthouse, S. by W. ^ W. • ■ >;'4. 10?3 155^^ ill depth, s tromon- l.i.yS.?4 : 30 J x'ius niile ; the no, during the Sliip allock Rip s Ciiannel 11 August, ELDRIDGF/S COAST PILOT, Red Buoy on Nortlieru side of Sliip ClKinnel, SE. by E. ^ E. Little Round Slioiil, SW. by S. Vi S. Great Round Slioal, South . . • Distance 2'^ miles. 3 " 5 Shovelful Lightship, This Light-ship, which, at this date (1881), shows a Fixed Red Light, has a fog-bell and horn, and is intended as a guide to vessels passing Stone Horse Shoal. Bearings and Distances from Shovelful Light- ship at this Date (1882). Pollock Rip Light-ship, . . . . E. ^ S. • • Monomoy Point Lighthouse, . . N. by E. yi E. Red Buoy otf Sliovclful Rip, . Handkerchief Light-ship, Great Point Lighthouse, . W. % N. . . SW.byW. J^ W.4 SW. by S. V^ S. Distance. 3^ miles. 5,^ " m been con- shows not 'oUock Rip OSS broken els, at this lass steam i' duration. t-ship, at Distance. Sy^ miles. 3>i " Cji " 10?3 " JIniidkerchii'f Liyh t-ship. Tills Light-ship, wliich, at this date (1881), shows a fixed Wliite Liglit, lias^a fog-bell and horn, and is intended as a guide to vessels passing Handkerchief Shoal Bearings and Distances from Handkerchief Light-ship at this Date (1881). I)i8tance. Shovelful Light-sliip, NE- by E- ^4 E ^ »i'l<-'S- Red Buoy oll'Soutliern part of Handkerchief. N- by E- ]i " Great Point Liglitliouse (Nantucket), S. }4^ W. • ^]i " Bass River Anchoragu 'u 3 fathoms water, N- by W. /.W »^'i " Bishop and Clerks Liglithouse. NW- X W. • • • '-^H '" Cross Rip Lighi-sliip, W. J^ S 10^-^ " Great Round Shoal, SE. by E. ^^ E "^'A " , Cross Hip Lightship. This Light-ship, wliich, at this date (1881), sho-vs a fixed White Light, has a fog-bell and horn, and is intended as a guide to vessels passing between Cross Rip and Horse Shoe Slioal. 4 ELDUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. Bearings and Distances from Cross Rip Light-ship at this date (1882). __ _ , Dint':iice. Handkerchief Liglit-slnp, E. ;:{ N . 10.^fi miles. lUshop and Clerks Lighthouse, NE. by N. 5^N. . 7^8 " Great Point Liglithouse (Nantucket), SE. by E. -78 E. Iij4 " Cape Poge Liglithouse, W- >6 S. 1% " West Chop Liifhthouse, W. by N. 5 8 N \i% " Sueconnessct Light-ship, NW. ^8 N ^\i " Outer Buoy off Nantuciict Point Rip, E. by S. Jb S. . 1.">,'4 " Buoy oir Great Round Slioal, E. by S. ..... 17 ' " IhioyoirEa'^tcrn part of Tuckernuck Shoal, SE. ,'4 E. ^li " Buoy off SE. part of Horse Shoe Shoal, E. }i S. . . 2,*jj " Sailing Directions from Chatham to Light-ship off Sow and Pigs, by way of Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Northeastward at this date (1882), bring Pollock Rip Light-siiip to bear SW. % S-t and run for it on this course. "Wlien Nantucket Great Point Liglithouse is made, bring it in range of this Light-ship, and run for it in range, carrying at this time about 20 feet water across tiie Broken Ground ; * leave the Pollock Ril) Ligiit-ship close to on the Starl)nard Jiaiul, and steer for Shovel- ful Liglit-ship, bearing about W. % N. ; tlie Sand Ridges on the Northern part of Stone Horse Shoal, near Shovelful Light-ship, are constantly changing in depth ; heavy draught vessels sliould there- fore go through Butler's Hole, which is to the Northward of this slioal. With Southwesterl}' winds vessels maj' stand off to the Eastward of the Broken Ground until Pollock Rip Light-shii) and Monomoy Lightiiouse are in range ; then run for thein in range, bearing about NW. b^ IV. li W., carrying at this date about IC feet water at low tide through the Ship Ciiannel ; leave the Pollock Rip Light-ship close to Oh the Starboard hand, and steer for Shovelful Liglit-ship bearing about W. li N., leaving it close to on tlie Starboard hand ; theiiee SW- by W. % W. to Hankerchief Light-ship, leaving this also a short distance on the Starboard hand, and make good tlie course W- J^ S. 8 '4 miles to Red Buoy off SE. part of Horse Shoe Shoal. In niuuing this last course W. ]/2 S-, particular attention must paid to the current, especially near the full and change of tiie moon, at wiiich times it runs very strong; the Flood sets about SE. and Kl)h NW- * At low tMc heavy ilraiiKht vi'hkoIh sliuuM U'c thin Chnnnel with cnutloii, ns the depth uf water acruag the iiidgiiii iluriu); the lust M yeura bus been cuustautly cbuiiglug. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Masters of vessels at night time or in thick weather, especially u-ith light winds, should govern themselves accordingly, as circutnstances require. As Boon as the Cross Rip Liglit-ship is made, bring it to bear W. by N., and steer for it on this course, leaving it close to on either hand. From this last-named Light-ship to West Chop Light tlic course is W. by N- Sg N- ; distance \\^^ miles. In ordc. to clear Hedge Fence and S(inash Meadow Slioals, care sliould l)e talien to bring tliis last-named Light as soon as it is made to bear W. by N- fa N- ; continue tiie course W. by N. 58 N- lor West Chop Liglit, until Nobska Point Liglit bears NW. by W; then steer for it on this course, until about midway tlie Sound, or Tarpaulin Cove Light bears W- ?! S. ; then make good the course W. by S. ^ S., leaving tlie Middle Clronnd well on the Port, until the Liglit-ship off Sow and Pigs bears W. ]2 N., when you may '•un Ibr it without danger. Tlie above directions from Chatliam to Light-sliip olT Sow and Pigs, will answer for day or niglit. For vessels coming from the westward, bound through Vine5'ard and Nantucket Sounds, it is, of course, only necessary to reverse the foregoing directions ; but, for convenience, we shall give directions from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham. Sailing Directions from Sow and Pigs Light-ship through Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds to Chatham, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Liglit-ship off Sow and Pigs about ]^ mile on the Port hand, and .steer E. until Gay Head Liglit bears SW.,then make gond llie course NE. until Tarpaulin Cove Light bears about W- ^a S-, on wiiicii bearing keep it, and steer about E. ^aN-, leaving llie IMiddle Ground well on tlie Starboard. Wlien Nobska Liglit biars NW- by W.. in order to clear the Hedge Fence, make good tlio course, especially with Light AViiids and Fastern Tide, SE. by E., until AVest Chop Light bears W. by N. -;8 N., on whiili bciiring keep it, and steer E. by S. ?8 S.. for Light- ship oil' Cross Rip ; leave (Iiis Light-.ship close to on citlior hand, and in order to clear the SE- part of Horse Shoe, Stcer E. by S. about 2; J miles, thenee E. Y^ N. for Handkerchief Light-ship, making allowance for the current iis before mentioned ; when this la made brii.g it to bear E. Jj N., and steer for it on this course. 6 ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. leaving it on the Port hand, and make good the course NE. by E. >4 E. for the Light-ship of! tiic North part of Stone Horse Shoal,* leaving it close to on the Port hand, and run for Pollock Rip Light-ship, bearing about E. l{ S. If the wind ia favorable to go through the Northeast Cimnnel, get the last-named Light-ship in range of Great Point Lighthouse, (Nantucket), bearing SW. }^ S., and run out with them in range (NE. }{ N.)> carrying at this date (1882) about twenty feet water at low tide across the Broken Ground ; if the wind is not favorable to go out this last-named Channel, get the Pollock Rip Light-ship and Monomoy Light- house in range, bearing NW. by W. li W., and run out with them in range (SE. by E. j4 E.), carrying at this time through the Ship Channel alwut 16 feet water at low tide. These directions will answer for night or day. By the North Channel. [Note. From Bishops and Clerks Lighthouse, to the "Western part of L'Horamedieu Shoal by way of North Channel, there are several shoal spots in the Channol-way ; it is therefore advisable for heavy drauglit vessels bound through Vineyard Sound, to go by way of Cross Rip Light-ship.] Follow tlie directions before given from Chatham to Sow and Pigs Light-ship, until up witli Handkerchief Liglit-ship, which leave on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NW., with the Lighthouse on Bishop and Clerks well open on the Port ; leave this Lighthouse about }'2 mile on the Port hand, and steer NW., leaving the Pnoy off Ilallctt's Rockf about 300 yards on the Starboard hand , v hen past this Buoy, steer W. by S. j4 S., leaving the Bell Buoy off W-SW. Ledge on the Starboard, and the Buoy painted in Horizontal Stripes off Middle Ground on the Port hand ; wlicn Succonuesset Light-ship is made, bring it to bear W. }4 S., and run for it on this course, leaving the Black Buoy off the Northeast part. * The Sand Rklges on the Northern part of Stone IIor.se Shoal, near Shovelful Li,u;ht-sliip arc constantly changing in depth; heavy draught vessels slioiiUl therefore go through Butler's Holt, which is to the north- ward of this Shoal. t Ilallctt's liock which has 8 feet water upon it at low tide, is marked upon its western part with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes; Bisliop and Clerk!) Lighthouse bears from this Buoy S. by E. 4 E., distance, IJ miles. which ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 7 of Horse Shoe on tlic Port, and tho Red Buoy off Wreck Shoal on tht) Starboiud hand. Leave Siicconnesset Liglit-ship close to on the Starboard, and make good the course W. 3/^ N., leaving the buoy with Horizontal Stripes off Small Shoal on tlic Port hand. When Nobska Lighthouse bears "West, then steer for it, leaving tho Black Buoy off the Western part of L'llommedieu Shoal on tho Port, and the Red Buoy off Falmoutli Flats on the Starboard hand ; after passing the last-mentioned buoys the course is W. by S. ^ S. through tlie Sound, leaving the ^liddle Ground well on the Port hand. When the Light-ship off the Sow and Pigs bears West, you may run for it without danger. If it is night when j'ou come to Succonncssct Light-ship, you should not attempt to pass to the Northward of L'llommedieu Shoal, but may bring tlic said Light-ship to bear NE. by N., on which Oeariiig keep it, and steer SW. by Sv which course will take you well to the Eastward of L'llommedieu and Hedge Fence Shoals ; continue the course SW^. by S- until West Chop Light bears W- by N. ^a N., then steer for it without fear, and follow the directions before giv(>n. For vessels coming from the Westward, bound through Vinej-ard Sound, by wa}' of the North Channel, it is of course only necessary to reverse the above directions, but for convenience we shall give directions from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham. Sailing Directions from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham, by way of North Channel in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Light-ship off the Sow and Pigs about }( mile on the Port hand, and steer East until Gay Head Lighthouse bears SW.« then make good the course NE. until Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse bears W- 5 8 S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E. 54 N., leaving the Middle Ground well on the Starboard hand ; give Nobska Lighthouse a berth of about i<2 mile, and make good the course E-NE. nnlil it bears West, on which bearing keep it, and steer East, keeping a shari) lookout for the Black Buoy off the Western part of L'llommedieu Shoal. Leave this buoy a short distance on the Starboard hand, and make good the course East until Succonncssct Light-ship * bears E. ^ S., then run for it on this bearing, leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal * About i mile soutliwist from Stii'conues.sct Shoiil is a Liglil-sliip wliich shows one llxed Wliite Light; Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse be-" s from this Light-ship E. JN., distance, 8f miles; Cape Poge Lighthoubc, S. by W. 4 W., 7 miles. 8 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Stripes off small shoiil* on the Starboard hand ; give Succonncasot Light-ship a berth of about 200 jards, leaving it on the Port hand, and nialill Buoy off W-SW. Ledge and tiie Hori- zontal Striped Buoy off Middle Ground ; when past these last buoys, fiteer more r^asterly. leaving tlie Bishop and Clerks Ligiithouse about Yz mile on tiie Starboard, and tlie Horizontal Striped Buoy off Haliet's Bock on the Port hand. When this last-named Light- house bears SW- about J4 mile, the eourpo is SE. for Handker- chief Light-ship ; wlien this Light-ship is made, bring it to bear SE., and steer for it, when the courses are as before given. W\ Sailing Directions from Whistling Buoy off Chat- ham to Pollock Rip Light-ship in thick weather. From the Northward follow the Cape Shore in about 1 fatlioms water, until you hear the Wliistling Bu'>y off New Harbor Bars. t'halliam Li,u;iits l.var from this buoy W- Va, S-, distance 2;^ miles Leave tliis buov close to on tlie Starboard hand, and make good the course S- ^^ W., carrying from 5 to 10 fathoms water, nritil you hear the fog signal at Pollock Rip Light-ship ; bring this signal, aa soon as it is heard, to bear SW. X S., and atcer for it on tliis course, when you will cross the Broki'u part of Pollock K'p, at this date (1882), in not less than 20 ft. water; wlien up w . Pollock Ril) Liglit-ship, whicii may be left on either hand, make good the course W. \i N- for Shovelful Light-ship, and follow the directions before given from rihatham to Light-ship off Sow and Pigs. If you wish to cross the Broken part of Pollock Rip in Ship Channel, when abreast the Wliistling Buoy off New ILarbor Bars, make good the course S. Y^ E., carrying from 8 to 11 fathoms water, until tlie Fog Signal at Pollock Rip Light-ship bears NW. by W. Y^ W. ; you must then run for it on this bearing. At this date (1882), there is 16 ft. vrater in this channel. When abreast I'ollock Rip Light-ship, proceed as before directed. ♦ The IJuoy paintetl in Keel and Black Horizontal Stripes on Northern part of small shoal bears W. i S. from Succoiinesset Light-ship, clistauce \\ miles. ELDHlDfJE'S COAST TILOT. '.» In running from tlio "Whistling Rnoj- off Chatham to Tollock Rip Light-ship, a careful attention to tlic current is important. Tho Flood sets SW. by S., aud that of the ebl), NE- I'J N. When me rollock Hip Light-ship ta off her Station. If tlie rollock Pip Light-sliip shoukl be off hor station, bring Chat- ham Lights to lu'ar N. byW- J< W-, on which bearing keep them, and steer S- by E. ^ E- until :M(Mioni()y Light* bears NW- l)y W-, then run for it on this bearing until the Light-ship off Stone ITorsc bears W. 'A N., tlien follow the directions before given fromCliat- ham to Lightship off Sow ant this date JSttM'ii tide ; rly current. innel in Gather. Llio Whist- I- SW. by liioo cables Southward ng keep it, Black, the arc then in ud proceed f and Pigs. rai)idly cx- the Beach hovelful t. this date low tide, is Tlio cur- lore than 6 >imnaudlug n Hand- Qe, with ons before or the Red ;ht-ship, at last mcn- l run to the Norlhwcstward. With light winds and Nortlierly current, keep near- est the Shoveind, but if the current is sotting to tlie Southward keep tiie Ilandkercliief best aboard ; as 3011 sail in, keep a sharp lookout for tlu! Black Buoy olf the Soutlu-ast part of the Ilandker- cliief; when past this last buoy, which is left on the Port hand, make good the course N. y^ W , leaving the Buoys with Horizontal Stripes on Roger's Shoal on the I'ort liarid. If bound to llie West- wanl, when Monomoy Light bears SE- % E., steer W. by N. % N. See Kldridge's Chart of Vineyard Sound and Nantucket Shoala, which is a better guide than any written directions. Monomoy Point Rip, At this date (1881 ) , small vessels, of not more than C feet draught, by the following directions, may, on tlie first part of the Western tide, pass around Monomoy Point across this Rip without danger, but should not attempt it on the Eastern Tide. Monomoy I'oint Rip is liable to groat ciianges, and vessels unacquainted should use thia passage with caution. Sailing Directions for Monomoy Point Rip in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, bring Monomoy Point Light to bear SW. by W., and rini for it on tJiis course until about two or three cables length from the shore, which you may follow to the Southwestward, keeping about tiiat distance from it until past the Rip, when the course is more Westerlj-. These courses are reversed by vessels bound to the Eastward. Anchorage off Chatham. Vessels may find slielter off Chatham, with winds from SW. to N.NW. by way of Wost- The best anchorage for large vessels is about one mile from shore, in from Tji^ to 7 fathoms water, Chatham Lighthouses bearing N.NW., and Monomoy Lighthouse SW. StewaftVs Bend Anchorage, Small vessels, or those of not more than 8 or 10 feet draught, may anchor in what is called Steward's Bend, in from 4 to 5 fath- oms water. Monomoy Point Lighthouse bears from this lost 12 ELDUIIKJE'S COAST I'lLOT. aiichornge SW. % W., distnnco about {y, miles, Pollock Rip Light-siiii) SE. by S., 3^/^ miles. Vessels, on leaving this last anchorage, may, on the Western Tide, pass through the Bearsc's Slioal Channel. See directions bejbre given. OUTER STAGE HARBOR. This Harbor, which lies at the head of Chatham Bay, is 6 miles Northeasterly from Monomoy Lighthouse, about three miles South- westerly from Chatham Lighthouses, and about 12;^ miles East- Northerly from Lighthouse on Bishop and Clerks. Remarks. This Harbor (in which there is good holding ground) is some- what exposed to Southwesterly winds, but large vessels well found in ground tackle, generally ride saftly in it during all gales. Small vessels, or those of not more than 1 1 feet draught, during South- westerly gales can find shelter in the Southern part of this harbor under the Ice of Common Flats. This last anchorage is called Beach Island Channel. Hnrdtng'8 Beach Lighthouse. Upon this Beach there has been recently erected a Lighthouse, which, at this date (1881), shows a fixed light. This light, on a range with Chatham Liglits, leads clear of Kill Pond Bar, and also Common Flats, up to the anchorage in Stage Harbor. A channel buoy painted in white and black i)erpendicular stripes with bush on top, without numbers, has been placed in about 3^ fathoms water at low tide, nearly on a line with the northern Chat- ham Light, and the new light (recently erected) on Harding's Beach; this Buoy bears W. by S. ^ S., nearly from the last named light, distance % mile, and is intended to guide vessels at night-time up to the anchorage in Beach Island Channel, and also Outer Stage Harbor. KLnuinnns coast pilot. ollock Rip ;r tliis last ic Bearso's , is C miles iles Soiitli- uilcs Easl- ) is some- well found los. Small iiig Soiith- this harbor c is called -igbthousc, iiglit, on a r, and also liar stripes about 3^ hern C'bat- Harding's 11 the last I vessels at 1, and also Sailing Directions for Outer Stage Harbor and Beach Island Channel, in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 14 feet draught, from tho Eastward, may follow the dircetiona before given, for the passage between Iland- kerehief and Shovelful Shoals, until up with the lUaek Buo^', olf Soutlieast part of llandkereiiief. When abreast this buov, which is left on the I'ort hand, make good llic course N- -^i E., leaving ho lied Buoys olf SW- nnd NW. part of Common Flats, on tho Starboard hand. When tiio Lit;hthouse on Harding's Beaeii and Chathiini Liglits are in range, bearing E. by N- ji N., run for them in range, keei)ii; a shari* lookout for the Channel Buoy with bush on top ; vessels jf more than 1 1 feet draught may anchor about "ifjO yards to the Northward of tho buoy, in about 5 fathoms water, good holding ground. Vessels of not mcjre tlian 11 feet draught, bound into Beach Island Channel, may leave the Channel Buoy with bush on top close to on the Starboard hand, mid make good the course SE. by S. Ja S., about) J mile, and anchor a short distance Southeast from lied Buoy off Middle Ground, in about 2J^ fathoms water at low tide. From tho Westward, by way of South Channel, when past tho Buoy off SE. part of Horse Shoo Shoal, make good the course NE. ; as soon as the Light on Harding's Beach is made, bring it in range with the Northern Chatham Light, and run for them in range, bearing E. by N. J4 N., and proceed as before directed. From the Westward, by way of tho North Channel, follow the directions before given, from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham by wa}' of North Channel, until past the Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse; bring the said Lighthouse to bearW- )j S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E. >4 N-, leaving tho Bed Bnoj off Kill Pond Bar, well on the Port hand; as soon as Harding's Beach Light is made, bring it in'rango with tho Northern Chatham Light, and rim for them in range, bearing E. by N /^ N.> and follow the directions before given. The above directions for Stage Harbor may be used for day or night. u ELDIllUGES COAST I'lLOT. INNER STAGE HARBOR, Tliis liiuhor lii'H lu-tween Chatliam Lij;litlioiist's and Harding's Boadi I-i^'litlioiisi . Ill ciili'iiiig it, tin- cliaiiiu'l is iiamnv, ciooivt'd and shallow ; from H lo 1) I'l'il wait"' can 1)0 cairifd ia at hij;li tiilo. At tiiis date (1881 ), tlioro ia a Marino Uailway nt tli..i place. Ves- st'ls bound into Inner Stagi) Ilarlujr HJiould ani-lior in Ik-acli iHland ClianncI and talin rilotH. It is Iligli Water in Inner Stage Harbor about 30 minutes later thau at Boston ; conunoii tides rise from 4 to 5 feet. HARWICH. Upon tlio Boutliern shore of the Sound, from 2?<| to C'^ miles to tlic Westward of Harding's lieach Liglitliotiso, tliere arc several Wharves, tlic first of wliieh ia called South Harwich landing, the next Harwich I'ort, ftny E. '/■ E. Sniali vchm.-Is may anchor in about 2 fathoms watiT to tin- Nortliward of IMaiU Iluoy olf tlio Norliicastcrn part of Dog Fish Bar, where tliey will lie notuewbat sheltered In Southwesterly winds. Hass Jtii^er Llf/kthoHfte. Tills Liglilliouso is upon the Norlliern shore of the Sound, and at tbls date 'ISHH, shows a Ilxed Liglit. 93/^ miles Bearings and Distances from Bass River Lighthouse. Dlntanre. Monomoy Lighthouse, SE. !i S. nearly, .... Ilandkorcbief r-igiit-sbip, S- ''.v E- l^ E Buoy olf SE. part of Horse Shoe Siioal, SW Lighthouse on Bishop and Cleiks, SW- ,' Red Buoy olf Kill Bond Bar. SE., • ■ 103/ l>vS. w., •4S., 12 Sailing Directions for ass River Harbor in Day- time, with favorablo winds ana fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward, passing between Handkcrcliief and Shovelful Shoals (see directions for that passage), should, when abreast the Black Buoy, No. 1, off southeast part of Handkerchief, make good the course NW- Jj W-, leaving tlie Horizontal Striped Buoys on Roger's Shoal on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy off NW. part of Handkerchief on the Port band. When Bass River Ligiitbousc be!Aia N. by E. Ji E.. run for it on this course until the water sboals to 3 or 4 fathoms at low tide, then anchor. Veosels from the Eastward may follow the directions before ^iven, from Chatham to Light-ship off Sow and Pigs until abreast Handkerchief Light-ship, which may be left a short distance on the Starboard hand, and in order to clear the Handkerchief Shoal, steer NW. about ^4 mile ; tlie course is then N.NW. until Bass River Light bears N. by E. J 3 E., then piocced as before directed. From the "Westward, hy way of South Cliannel, follow the direc- tions before given, from Sow and Tigs Light-ship to Chatham until past the Red Buoy off Southeast part of Horse Shoe Shoal, tlicn make good the course N-NE. ; as soon as Bass River Light is made, bring it to bear N- by E. ^2 E., and follow the directions before given. IG ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. From the Westward, by way of North Channel, follow the direc- tions before given, from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham by way of Norlh Channel, until about lj4 miles past the Lighthouse on Bishop !ind Clerks, then bring Bass River Light to bear N. by E. yj E., and proceod as before directed. Vessels of light draught may bring Bass River Light to bear N.NE., and run for it on this course ; when the Breakwater is made, steer for it ; leave this Breakwater about 200 yards on the I'ort hand, and anchor about 250 yards Northeast from the Black Buoy off the Northeast part of Dog Fish Bar, in from 8 to 12 feet water at low tide ; there is, however, very little shelter here in southerly winds ; with a pilot, small vessels of light draught, at high water, can enter Bass River. Ice at Bass JRiver Harbor, During severe winters, witli Northerly winds, this harbor is n re free from ice than any otlier in the Vineyard Sound, the only dan- ^^er to be avoided is during Easterly gales, when the ice moves out ofCiiathani Bay ; at such times, for safety, vessels should, if pos- sible, make Ilyannis Harbor. It is high water at Bass River Harbor about 40 minutes later than it is at Boston. Common tides rise about 4 ft. HYANNIS HARBOR. This Harbor, in which there is a Breakwater, is situated North- westerly 13 miles from Handkerchief Light-ship, Northwesterly 3;^ miles from Bishoj) and Clerks Liglithouse, and Northeasterly about 8^ miles from Succonnesset Light-ship. Remarks, This Harbor is somewhat exposed to Southerly winds, but vessels well found in ground tackle generally ride safely in it during all winds. About IG feet water can be carried into it at low tide. Hisliop and Clerks Lighthouse, L'pon the northern point of this Rocky Shoal (which extends about 1 mile North and South) , a Lighthouse has been erected. How the direc- > Chatham by lie Lighthouse ;o bear N. by Light to hear Breakwater is yards on the oin the Black a 8 to 12 feet lelter here in it draught, at arbor is n re the onl}' dan- ice moves out hoiild, If pos- minutes later ;uated North- iwcsterly ^j4 asterly about 8, but vessels it during all low tide. lich extends )een erected, ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 17 whicii, at this date (1881), snows a flashing white light. A fog bell is struck during thick weather. Bearings and Distanoos from Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse. Distance. Bi.ss River Lightliouse, NE. ^ E 5 J;^ miles. I\Ionom()y Toint Lighthouse, E. by S. j4 S., nearly . 11>4 " II:in Ikcrchief Light-sliip, SE. ^ E 9^ " Cro,ss Rip Light-ship, SW. by S. ?<^ S 7; 8 " Ilyannis Harbor Lighthouse, N. by W- }{ W., nearly 4 * " Succonneoset Light-ship, W- J4 S '• 8^ " Hyaniiis Harbor Lighthouse, This Lighthouse is erected inside the Breakwater, on the main land, and at this date (1881), shows a Red Fixed Light. Sailing Directions for Hyannis Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the directions before given, from Chat- ham to Sow and Pigs Lightship, until up with Handkerchief Light- ship, then make good tlie course NW-, with the Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse well on the Port bow, leave this Lighthouse about J^ mile on the Port hand ; when it bears South make good the course NW., leaving the buoy with Horizontal Stripes off Hallet's Rock well on the Starboard hand ; continue the course NW- until Hyan- nis Harbor Light bears N- by E- >^ E-, then run for it on this course, leaving the Bell Buoy olf W.SW. L'jdge and Black Buoy off SW. Ground on the Port, and the Red Buoy off Gardner's Rock, and Spindle on Great Rock, on the Starboard hand. When the east end of the Breakwater, upon which there is a spindle, bears W. by N., then haul upN. by W, or N.NW, ruu % mile, and anchor in about 3 fathoms, muddy bottom. Vessels of not more than 14 feet draught, from the Westward, by way of South Channel, may, when about 1 mile past the buoy off Southeast part of Horse Shoe Shoal, make good the course N. by W- ; as soon as the Lighthouse in Hyannis Harbor is made, bring it to bear North, and run for it on this course until the Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse bears SE., then steer NW. until the harbor ligl)t bears N- by E. % E-i then run for it ou this course, and follow the rrRffl 18 ELDIIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. directions before given • on these last courses the Bishop and Clerks Lightiiouse will he left on tlio Starboan], and tiie buoys on the Broken (1 round and .Aliddle Ground well on the Port hand. TTiese last directions ivill answer for niyht or day. From the Westward, by way of Nortli Cli!iuncl,*folIow the cirec- tions before given, from Sow and Pigs Light-shii* to Chatham by way of North Channel, until u;j with Succonncsset Lighf.-ship, leave this Liglit-ship a1)ont 200 yards on the Port hand, and make good the course E. ^ N., lca\-ing tlie Red Buoy off Wreck Shoal on the Port, and the Black Buoy olf Noithwest part of Horse Shoe Siioal well on the Starboard hand. When past tliis last buoy, make good the course E. I-y N. ^ N., leaving the Bell Buoy* off W-SW. Lodge on the Port hand. Wlicn Ilvannis IIarl)or Liaht bears N bv E. - - Yz E. fJlow tlie directions before given. If it is niglit, when you are abreast Nobska Vt. Light, you should not attempt to pass to the Northward of I 'lomniedieu Shoal, but may bring the said Light to bear Nvs' by W., on which l)earing k-oep it, and steer SE. by E. until West ^.nop Ligjit bears W. l>y N. >^ N., then make good tlie course E. by S. I2 S. When Succonnesset Light-ship bears NE. by N., tlien run for it on this course, leaving the :icdge Fence and L'llommedleu Slioalg well on the Port hand ; leave Succonnesset Light-shii) a''out 200 yards on the Port hand, and steer E. J^ N. about 2 miles,' when the course is E. I)y N. % N. until Hyannis Harbor Ligiit bears N. by E. y^ E., then run for it, kee[)ing a sliarp lookout for the Spin- dle on the Eastern end of the Bre .kwater ; after passing this, haul up N. by W. or N-NW., and run aljout % mile, and° anchor in about 3 livtlioms water, at low tide, muddy bottom. In boating into Hyannis Harbor, wlien abreast tlie Buoy off tlic SW. Ground, do not approach at low tide nearer than 2]^ fathoms water to either shore. In passing to the Northward of Bishop and Clerk's Lighthouse, in order to avoid the Gazelle Rock, and Senator Slioal°(in thick woatiier or niglit time), do not appioach Pt. Gammon in less than ;} fathoms water. The former, wliich has but 5 feet upon it at low tide, bears S. by E., about y*^ mile from Point Gammon; the latter which has 7 feet water upon it, bears about SE. by S., ^ mile from this point. ' ' ** ♦ This is a Spar Buoy in winter. a 10 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 19 In order to avoid the Bishop and Clerks, in thick weather, do not approach thoni in loss than .'JJ^ fathoms water. Tl)cre are many rocks and shoals in tlic vicinity of the Bishoi) and Clerks, I'oint Gammon, and Ilyannis Harbor, relative to the position of wliicii, sou Eldridgo's Chart of Vineyard Sound and Nan- tucket Shoals on a largo scale. Hiffh Water. It is high water in Ilyannis llaihor 53 minutes later than at Boston ; common tides rise about o}^ feet. OENTREVILLE OR NEW HARBOR. The centre of this harbor lies about 2}^ miles to the westward of Ilyannis Breakwater. Heninrh'fi. In entering Centrevillo Harbor there are many Rocks and Ledges, most of which are marked at this time with beacons and buoys. About i) feet water can be taken in at low tide. The Harbor is somewhat exposed to Southerly winds. Sailing Directions for Centreville Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the directions before given for Ilyannis Harbor until about one mile past the Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse ; then bring tliis Ligiithouse to bear E.SE , and make good the course W-NW., leaving the Bell Buoy olf W-SW. Ledge, and the Horizontal Striped Buoy off Ilodgca Rock, on the Starboard hand, continue the course WNW., until Centreville Spire IS on a range witii the Garnet Rocks,* bearing about N. }( W., then run in on this range, leaving the Red Buoy off Bcaibo's Rook close toon the Starboard, andthe Beacon on Colliers Ledge, and buoys on the Rocks well on the Port hand ; give the Garnet Rocks a berth of about ys mile, leaving them on the Star- board h:ind, when abreast these rocks run N. j4 W. about ^ mile, and anchor in about S^^ fathoms water, sticky l.ottom. * Garnet Itocks are always above water. 20 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. From the Westward, follow the diroetions before given until up with Siicconnesset Light-ship, which leave about 200 yards on the Port hand, and make goou the course E. Yz N. about two miles leaving the Red Huoy off Wreck Shoal on the Port hand, then steer E- by N. yi Nm until Centreville Spire is on a range witii the Garnet Rocks, then follow the directions before iriven. High Water, It is high water in Centreville harbor about the same time that it is at Ilyannis Harbor. DEEP HOLE OR COTUIT ANCHORAGE. This Hole, or Cotuit Anchorage, lies about 5J^ miles South- westerly from Hyannis Breakwater, 7^ miles West Northerly from liishop ami Clerks Lighthouse, and Northeasterly 3^ miles from Succounessct Light-ship. JteinarJis. Large vessels generally anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water to the Eastward of the buoy off Lone Rock ; but vessels of not more than 8 feet draught, may anchor in soft bottom about ^ mile to the Northward of this buoy, in what is called Deep Hole. These anchorages are somewhat exposed to - inds, blowing on the Northern shore of the Sound, especially the latter at high tide. Sailing Directions for Deep Hole or Cotuit Anchor- age in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave the Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse about ^2 mile on the Port hand ; when it bears South make good the course W. by N. % N., leaving the buoys off W-SW. Ledge, and Colliers Ledge Beacon well on the Starboard hand, when past this Beacon, keep a sharp lookout for the Bell Buoy* off Lone Eock. This buoy is painted in Red and Black horizontal stripes, and is placed off the Southern side of the Rock, which has about 3 feet * This is a Spar Buoy in winter ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT 21 »n until lip irds on the two miles tiicn stoer 3 witii the time that RAGE. iles South- Noithcrly 3^ miles IS water to ' not more mile to the ilowing on high tide. Anchor- lud fair Jighthonse e good the Licdge, and 1 past this one Fock. les, and is )out 3 feet water upon it at low tide ; as soon as the buoy Is made, vessels of more than 8 feet draught should bring it to bear W- by N., and run for it on this course, and anchor a short distance to the East- ward of It in about 3 fathoms at low tide. Vessels of less than H Cect draught may steer for the Bell Buoy bearing W. by N. until they make the buoys marking the passage into Deep Hole, thcii run in, leaving the Red Buoys on the Starboard and Jie Black Buoy on the Port hand, and anchor in from 8 to 9 feet water at low tide, soft bottom. If the buoys marking this channel should be missing, strangers should anchor a short distance to the Northeast of tiie Bell Buoy. Vessels from the Westward, of not more than 10 feet draught, may follow the directions before given from Sow and Pigs Light-ship by the North Channel, until up with Succonncsset Light-ship ; then leave the Red Buoy off the Eastern i)art of Succonncsset shoal, which bears about N. by W- }i W. yi mile from the Light- ship, close to on the Port hand, and make good the courso NE. ; as soon as the Bell Buoy off Lone Rock is made, keep it well on the Port bow and anchor to the Northeast of it, as before directed. Vessels of more than 10 feet draught, from the "Westward, should follow the directions before given for the North Channel until up with Succonncsset Light-ship, which leave about 200 yards on the Port hand, and make good the course E. }4 N. about 2 miles ; the course is then E- by N. >^ N. until the Beacon on Colliers Ledge is on a range with Centreville Spire bearing N. by E- J^ E-, then haul ill N.NW., which will take you to the Eastward of the shoals called the Fishing K.ps; continue the course N-NW. until the Bell Buoy off Lone Rock bears W- by N-, then proceed as before directed. COTUIT PORT. Small vessels of light draught bound to Cotuit Port, should anchor off the Bell Buoy on Lone Rock, and wait for high water and a pilot. High Water. It is high water in Deep Hole or Cotuit Bar about 55 minutes later than at Boston. 22 ELUlilDGKS COAST PILOT. SUOOONNESSET POINT CHANNEL. At low lido, VCSS0I3 of noL inoro tluiu 7 feet draught, from the Eastwiird or "Westward, ina^- by keeping from Yi io }i mile fiom shore, safely pass this point in about 8 feet water. In order to clear the flats, which extend from the Northern shore of the Sound, vessels bound to the Eastward should, when Succonncssct Light- ship bears SE., steer E. ^2 N. m 11 WAQUOIT BAY. About 2 miles to the Westward of Succonncssct Toint, lies the entrance to Waijuoit Bay, which will only admit small vessels, at high water, of not more than 4 feet draught. The tides rise and fall but very little at this place. NANTUCKET HARBOR. The Bell Broy off the entrance to this, harbor bears S. by W- ^ W. from Handkerchief Light Ship, distance, 11 miles, and SE. by S. 1 1 ?<; miles from Cross Rip Light-ship. Nantucket Great Point Lighthouse. On Great Point, Northern part of Nantucket Island, is a Light- house, which, at this date (1881), shows a fix-ed light, which is intended to guide vessels through the Sound, and also to Bell Buoy off Nantucket Bar. Nantucket (Great Point) Lighthouse bears from Monomo}' Point Lighthouse, SW. by S. ^ S. Shovelful Light-ship, SW. by S. Ys S. . . Handkerchief Light-ship, S. % W Bishop and Clerks Lighthouse, SE. by S. )<• S. Cross Kip Light-ship, SE. by E. ->8 E- • • Brant Point Lighthouse, NE. by N. Vs N. . Distance. 101^ miles. 8% " 14^ " llj^ " &y3 " ELDRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. 23 Brant Point Lfffhthouse. ThisLightliouse is erected on Brant Point, West side of entrance to Nantucket Harbor, anu at this date (1881) siiows a fixed Light ; it bears from the Bell Buoy,* which, at this time, is placed otf the Bar iu three fathoms water, S. J^ E-, distance l'^ miles. Jietnarh's. The Ilarlior of Nantucket is difficult of access, on account of a Sand Bar which extends across its entrance ; the dcptli and loca- tion of tlie Channel is constantly changing, and tliore are not usually more than 4 or 5 feet water in it at low tide. A Bell Buoy in summer is placed in .3 fathoms water, off the Bar, about N. ^ W. from Brant Point Lighthouse, distance 1>4 miles, which marks the entrance. At night. Range Lights are employed, but these cannot be auccessfully used only by those actpiaintcd with the location of the Buoys. Under the existing circumstances, it is therefore advisable for strangers in vessels of more than o or 7 feet draught to take pilots. Since tiie above was written, an appropriation hns been made by the United States Government, for the purpose of improving this harbor. Sailing Directions for Nantucket Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward, of not more than 7 feet draught, when past Shovelful Light-ship, may m.ake good the course SW. by S., with Nantucket (Great Point) Lighthouse well on the Port bow ; give this Lighthouse a berth of about a mile, leaving it on the Port hand ; when it bears E. by S., ste(!r about SW. by S. % S., when you will soon make the Bell Buoy off Nantucket Bar ; then, a little before High Water, run in, leaving the outc Bar Buoy, which is Red, with a bush on top, close to on the Starboard hand ; after passing this Buoy, leave the Red Buoys on the Star- board, and Black Buoys on the Port liand ; haul round Brant Point at a distance of 100 yards, leaving it on the Starboard hand, and steer about SW. for the anchorage off the wharves. From the Westward, bring Cross Rip Light-ship to bear * This is a Spar Buoy with bush on top in winter. g 24 ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT. NW. J^ W., distanco y. niilo, and make good the cours5o SE. Yi E. ') inilos to the lilat'k Buoy, off tlio Eastern part of Tufkormick Slioal ; leave this buoy close to on the Starboanl hand, and steer S.SE fi^ miles to Hell Buoy, off Nantucket Bur, and follow the directions before given. Hifjh Water. It is high water in Nantucket Harbor about one hour later than at Boston ; common tides rise about 3 ( feet. NEW SOUTH SHOAL. Tlie centre of tiiis Shoal l)ears S. J4 E. nearly from Sankaty Head Light, distance I'J^^ miles; least depth of water found upon it August, 1875, 8 feet. About 3 miles to the Southward of the above Siioal there has been placed a Light-ship, which shows at this date (1881), 2 fixcil White Liglits, and has a bell, horn, and gun, which arc used as signals in thick weather. Bearings and Distances from New South Shoal Light-ship. DlitniK'c. Southern part of Fishing Rip, East, .... Sankaty Head Light, N. Yi W., Block Island Soutlieast Lighthouse, W-NW-, Sandy Hook Liglit-ship, West, nearly .... 17 miles. 78 " 186 " Hiyh Watev. It is high water on Nantucket Shoals about J^ hour later than at Boston ; sonnnon tides rise from 3 tt) 4 feet. Currents, The current of flood sets strong to the Northeastward across the shoals, and that of the ebb to the Southwestvvard. For a better idea of tlieso shoals, sec Eldridge's Chart of Vine- yard Sound and Nantucket Shoals on a large scale. Sanknty Head Liyhthonse, Upon Sankaty Head, the eastern extremity of Nantucket Island, is a Lighthouse, which shows within the circle of 12 miles a fixed B KLDUIDCK'S COAST I'lLOT. 25 li 58 miles. Monomoy Lighthouse, JH, ^ E., Ifi^, " Shovelful Light-ship, N. ^-2 E l.*) Handkerchief Light-ship, N. >4 W., 13 J^ " Nantucket (Great Point) Lighthouse, N. by W. j j W. 7>^ South Shoal Light-ship, S. ^-a E., 22>4 " Anvhoraye off the Southeastern jKtrt ofNantneket between Sankaty Head LiyJifhoiise and Tom Ifever*H Head. If a vessel should be comi)elled, during heavy Northerly winds, to seek slielter under Nantucket Island, she siioiild follow the direc- tions before given from C'liatliam to Sow and Pigs Light-ship until about % mile past Shovelful Liglit-ship, then make good the course South, leaving the Black Buoy ofT the southern part of Stone Horse on the Port, and the Black Buoy off Nantucket I'o. it Uip well on Starboard hand. Nantucket (Great Point) Liglithouse bears from this buoy SW- by W. Yz W- 3 miles ; when this last Light- house bears W. by N., you arc then past tlie Rip, and may haul more Westerly, following the shore, and keeping about j4 mile from it to Sankaty Lighthouse; after passing this Lighthouse, if daytime, keep & sharp lookout for the Pochick Rip, which extends off from the shore, nearly abreast Siasconset village ; the best water across this shoal at this date (1881), is 17 feet, which is about }( mile from shore ; there are several small spots without this channel at this time, having from 6 to 9 feet water upon them ; in heavy weather these may be avoided, b}- keeping" a sharp lookout ; when past this Rip continue the course to the Southward until the water becomes smooth, then anchor ; from this anchorage you can pass to the Northward or Southward of Nantucket Island, as cir- cumstances require. m 20 r.LDIMDCr.S COAST I'lI.Ol'. riicic is good unc'lioras'-' about y^ mile from slioro, liptwconToin Ntvi'i's Ili'iul iiiiil tin' Old Miin'n Shoid ; witliwimls from NW- t') NE. this nii('lior!v;j;c may bf tiscd iti tlic! wiiilor acasou by vomscIs uniiiid to tliL' Noi'tbc'astwtu'd. MUSKEQET CHANNEL. Tills cluiimcl, wliiv li lias a dcplii of iiboiit .'5 fathoms water at low tide, lies between Cliai)i)a(iniddick Island on tiic West and Muske- get Island on the East, find has many sand shoals in it, wiiich are constantly (•!ian;^injj; in dei)tli and location ; the cnrrentsof flood and ebl» set slronjj; in and out this passage ; it is therefore advisable for stran-fi'rs, in vessels of more than 8 or 10 feet draught, to not attempt this eluvnuel without a pilot. Sailing Directions for Muskeget Channel in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair tveather. From the Eastward, when i,,, with Cross Rip Light-ship, make goo. I til.' course W- ' .» N. until Cape Poge Lighthouse liears SW., I'll 11 run for it on tliis cour.se until about 1 }( miles from it, or t!ie water shoals to about Ij)^ fathoms, then follow the slun-e to the Soutii- ward, keepin.o; bi about .'5 fathoms water, leaving the Black Buoys off Cape Poge a id Tom's Shoal* on he Starboard, and tiie Black and Keil Buoys off Ilawcs' Slioal on the I'ort hand. After passing the Black Buoy off Tom'a Shoal, bring Cape Poge Light to !» ar North, and make good the course South, keeping a sharp lookout for Skiffs Lsland Sh(.:'l, which is left on the Starboard hand. As soon as the buoy off llie Western [lart of Mutton Slioal is made, run for it, bearing about South ; leave this last buoy close to on the Port, and make good the course S.SW., which will take a vessel to sea clear of all dangers. From the Westward, brirg AVest Chop Lighthouse to bear W. by N. yi N., and make good the course E- by S. '/^ S. until Cape Poge Lighthouse bears SW-, then proceed according to directions before given. * Till! IMack Buoy olT Tom's Shoal liears S. } E. from Cape Poge, dis- tance 2'i miles. 'twpon Tom in NW. t') by vfss'jis i-ator ;it low iiul Muskc- t, wliich are of flood iiiul Ivisalik! for 'All, to not in Day- ather. -sliip. make: licars SW., u it, or t!io otlu' Sontli- Uack iJiiovs 1 tlic Hhu'k rtor passinjf gilt to 1" ar ) lookout for I. As soon ade, run for )n the Port, 3ssel to sea Lo boar W. I. until Cape to directions pe Poge, dis- KU)HI1)0E8 COAST IMLOT. 27 Coinin'j; from sea bound tliroufrb ^lu^kcgot niaiincl. as soon as ('a|i(' I'ouc Li^ihthousf is made, liriiifj it (o bi'iir Nortli ;ind run for it on tliis coiu'so, kcepiii;^ a sliarp lookout for SkilPs Island Slioal* an':( niilcs to IMack Huoy olf Tom's Shoal, which is left on the Port hand ; from this last liuoy make j^o )d the course N. ''v "E. to Vineyard Sound, leaving the Ked and lilack Iluoys olf Ilawcs' Shoal on the Starboard hand. Between SkitPs Island Shoal and .Mutton Shoid the passa^'e is narrow, and the current r.-ipid ; in the channel between them there arc from 20 to ;>() fathoms water ; stranners should therefore n.)t ultempt to pass through this channel in thick weather or lU'^hi time. At this date (IHSl), there is a cliannel of 12 feet water at low tide, between SkilPs Island Shoal and Was(iuo Point, relative to the position of which see Khiridgo's Chart of Vineyard Sound and Nantucket Shoals on a large scale. Vessels from the Kastward of not more than S or ',i foot draught may follow the directions before given until Caiie Poge Lighthouse bears N. by W. li W-. on which bearing keep it and steer S- hy E. li E. ; on this course they will pass the rips betwoon the buoys off Mutton Shoal and Rocky Uip in not less than 10 feet water, at this date (1881). These hand ridges have, during the last 20 years, been constantly changing in depth. Vessels, therefore, using this channel, should procee^ miles. Snefonnesset Liglit-siiip. S. 1).V W- I2 W., ... 7 *' KuHt Choi) Lighthouse, SE. % E. nearly .... 6^ " Eflf/ft i'to wtt TJfffi thou He. This Lighthouse is erected upon tiie northern side of entrance to this iiarl.or, and .-it this date (IHHl), shows a fixed light. Kdgar- town Lighthouse hears from Capo I'ogc Lighthouse SW. I'y W. ?/^ W. , distance 3 miles. Renin i'h'». Vessels of not more than lo feet drauglit msiy enter the Inner Harbor at low tide, and lie nhove the Lighthouse secure from all winds. The outer harbor is exposed to Northerly and Northeast- erl}' winds. Sailing Directions for Edgartown Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the ilircctions before given, from Chathvm to Sow and Pigs until up witli Cross Hip Light-ship, then bring it to bear E- ]2 S , f^n whicli bearing keei) it "• \ steer W. Yi N. ; as you draw near Cape Toge Ligiithouse, kcei) a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy otr the fiats. Cape Toge Lighthouse in CroBs Rip ('ln»|) Li^lil- T llurltor 4t ippn(|tiiiIiliL'k llOWH 11 11x(m1 ytud Smiiitl, If/i miles. 7 6t^ " f entrance to SW. l.y W. iter Ihe Inner euro iVora all rid Northeast- or in Day- reather. ! given, from i:ht-slii|), tlicii r- 1 slccr W. keep fi sharp ;n Liiilithonso EI.UUIDOK'S COAST ril.nr. 29 bears from this Buoy SW- l-y S. about Y^ mile ; when liiis Ibioy is made, lotivo it a Hliort dislatte.- on the l'..rt band, and steer alu.at W. l»y S. iiiitil Hdjiartowii Li^diUioiise b.'iUH SW. Jj S-, Hk'H run in about SW. I'V S • ^ S., bavin- llu- UlaeU Ibu.ys on the IV.rt and IJe.l Ibioyson llie Starboard liand ; wl»ei» tlio Red Ibioy, win.'li liears about SE. .'• E. fn.in the last-name.l Lij^i.tbouse, dislanco •i( mile, is maile, leave it a short dislanec on tlie Slariioard hand and run in and anchor in Mi.i-( hannel above tl.o li-ht. If intend- in-,' to anchor above tlie upi)er wharf, keep near the wliarsvs to avoid the Shoal olf Chapi)a(iuiddirk Toint. From the Westward, after passin- West Chop LiKlithouse, brinj? it to bear W. I'vN. y^ N., and make good the course E- hy S- y, S- imtil Cape I'o-e l/iglilhousc bears SE- by S. ].[ S- Hien Hteer for it on tliis course, leaving the IJlaek Huoy olf the KasU-rn part of S.iuash Meadow Shoal, wU on the Starboard hand, and in order to avoid the Rndcs which He on the Western side of the Chan- nel, continue! the course for Cape Pog*;, until the water dcepensto about 8 fathoms, then with Ivlgartown Lighthouse bearing SW- y^j, S., steer SW- I'y S-, heaving the Outer Ibioy wiiieli is IMaek, well on the Starboard hand; continue the course SW- hy S-, leaving tlie niaek Buoys on the I'ort, and the Red Ibioys on tlie Starboard hand; leave the lied Buoy (whi.^h bears SE. ]', E. about % mile from the last-named Lighthouse) a short distant" on the Starboard hand, and anchor as before directed. Vessels from the Wi'Stward may pass to tli(! Westward or within Squa.h Jleadow Shoal by the following directions : Wiien past AVest Chop Lighthonse, run for the Black Ibioy olf Kast Chop, leavii." it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer for Cape Togo Lhdilhoi.se, bearing about SE. ; on this course the Black I'.uoys on Sduash Meadow Slioal will be left on the Port hand ; continue the course SE. until Edgartown Light bears SW- Ji S-, then in about 8 fathoms water, run in about SW- hy S.. leaving the Outer Ibioy (Black) well on the Starboard hand, and follow the direc- tions before given. Sailing Directions for Edgartown Harbor at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet draii-ht, from the Eastward, may bring Cross Ship Light-ship to bear E. by S-, on whiel^ear- in- keep it, and run W. by N- until Edgartown Light bears SW- I2 S.° then run for it on this bearing under short sail until Cape Poge MM M m iuiii •li i H' i ^ 80 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Liglit bears E. by S., then steer S-SW., until Edgartown Light bears W. Yi S., then run in leaving the last-named Light about 250 yards on the Starboard liand ; wlien this Light boars North, haul ui; W. by N. or W-NW., until it bears E.NE., then anchor in from 3 to S^^ fathoms water, where you may lie secure from all winds. Vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet draught, from the Westward, may, after passing West Chop Light, bring it to bear W. by N. Yz N., and malie good the course E. by S- Vi S., until Cape Poge Light bears SE. by S. Ys. S., then run for it on this course until Edgartown L'ght bears SW. Y-z S-, tlien in about 8 fatlioms water run for this last-mentioned Light on this course, and follow the directions before given. At night, vessels of not more than 1 1 feet draught from the East- ward or Westward, may follow the directions before given until Edgartown Light bears W- by S-, then anchor in from 4}^ to 6 fathom water, sticky bottom, and if possible wait until daylight before entering the Inner Harbor. At this anchorage, during heavy Northerly and Northeasterly gales, there is a sharp sea, but the holding-ground is excellent, and large vessels well found in ground- tackle, generally ride safel3' in all winds. It sometimes happens that vessels of more than 8 or 9 feet draught are compelled to enter Edgartown Inner Harbor at night. To sucli the following may be of great advantage : Edgartown Light bears from the Red Buoy, which is intended to be left on the Starboard liand in entering the Inner Harbor, NW- Yt, W., distance about Y\ ™il<3 OJ* ^*^0 yards ; but vessels of 12 feet draught can at this date (1881) pass 100 yards within it ; and vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet draught, 250 yards within it. In entering the Inner Harbor at night, the eye niust therefore measure the distance from this Buoy to the Light. Heating into Edgartown Harbor at Night. In beating into Edgartown Harbor at night, after passing Cape Poge and the Outer Buoy off the Flats, make use of the lead, and tack when the bottom changes from soft to hard ; on the Western side of the Channel tlie water shoals suddenly from 5 fathoms to 12 feet. High Water. It is high water in Edgartown Harbor 46 minutes later than at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 feet. h % i Edgartown lamcil Light Light boars lis E.NE., j'oii may lie ! Westward, Cape Poge course until tlioms water d follow the om the East- given until om 4:% to 6 itil daylight luring heavy sea, but the d in ground- 8 or 9 feet bor at night. > intended to irbor, NW. cssels of 12 ithin it ; and rds within it. ist therefore Night. )assing Cape he lead, and the Western 5 fathoms to ater than at ELDUIDGES COAST TILOT. 31 VINEYARD HAVEN OR HOLMES HOLE HARBOR. This Harbor lies West-Northerly about 11 miles from Cross Rip Light-ship, and East-Northerly about 20 miles from Sow and Pigs Light-ship. West Chop Lighthouse. Upon the Western side of entrance to Vineyard Haven Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1H81), shows a fixed White Ligiit, which is intended to guide vessels througli Vineyard Sound, and also into this Harbor. At this tiuio a Steam Whistle is placed near this Lighthouse, giving Blasts of 3 seconds, with intervals of 27 seconds. West Chop Lighthouse bears from Cross Rip Light-ship, W. by N- 5 8 N Buoy with Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Eastern end of Hedge Fence, W- ->4 N. ... Buoy with Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Western end of Hedge Fence, SW. by W. J^ W. 2 Buoy off East end of Middle Ground, SE. nearly . Y^ " East Chop Lighthouse. This Lighthouse, which is erected on East Chop, Eastern side of entrance to this Harbor, shows at this date (1881), a fixed Red Light, which is intended to guide vessels through Vineyard Sound, and also into this Harbor. DiBtancc. 14^ miles. AH " ■Oislance. East Chop Lighthouse bears from Buoy with Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, off East- en part of Hedge Fence, AVest ^y'z miles. Black Buoy, off West part of Scjuash Meadow Shoal, W.NW I'/i " Meniarks. From 3 to 5 fathoms water can be carried into Vineyard Haven Hnr])or at Low Tide, but it is exposed to winds from North to E. NE. 4 ' 1 i'l 82 ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. i ! 11 Sailing Directions for Vineyard Haven Harboi in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From tlie Eastward, I'oUow ; • diroctious bcl'ore givtM,, from ^Imthara to Sow and Pigs Ligu: aliip, until up with Cross K.p >^iglit-ship, then muive good the course W. by N. s/a N. ; and, in order to clear .S(iuash Mi ado w and Hedge Fence Shoals, as soon as West Chop Light is made, bring it to bear W- by N- >^ N-, and run for it on this course ; when the Harbor oi)cns, shorten sail fnid run in about midway between the two Lights (course about SW. by S.), "»il anchor in from 3J{ to V/, fathoms water at low tide ; the best anchorage is in T,'^ fathoms water, with East Chop Ligiit bearing about East. The above directions will answer for day or uight. From the Westward, follow the directions before given, until abreast Tarpaulin Cove Light, then, in order to clear the Middle Ground, bring this last-named Light to bear W- >2 S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E- ^^ N. until the Red Light on East Chop bears S. by E. li E. ; then run for it on this course, leaving the Kcd Buoy on the flat Ground* off West Chop well on the Stiirboard hand : when about midway between the lights on the Eastand West Chops, shorten sail, and runin (course aboutSW. by S.), ui-til East Chop Light bears East, then anclior in about S}( fathoms water at low tiilc. The last directions will answer for day or night. Beating into Vineyard Haven Harbor. In beating into this harbor at night time, when abreast the Light on f:ast Chop, be careful to avoid the Eastern side, which is very bold, and you will have 5 fathoms water at one cast of the Lead, and be ashore at the next before you can tack, but you may boldly stand into 3 fathoms on the Western side without danger. High Water. It is High Water in Vineyard Haven (or Holmes Hole Harbor) 15 minutes later than at Boston; mean rise and fall of tides 1 ;4 feet. * In oiiloring this Ilarlior, especially at iii^'ht, heavy draught vessels sliould give tlio flat ground otT West Ciioii a wide berth. arbor in reather. ;ivLM,, fium Cross R.p N- ; uiid, in I, as 60011 us y2 N.,und ten ?ail nud about SW. at low tide ; Cliop Light ir for dii} or given, until 1- tlie Middle »., on which n East Chop ring the Kid e Starboard I stand West ), ui'til East )ins water at jht. )or. ist the Light rhich is very 3f the Lead, I may boldly cor. lole Harbor) of tides 1 ^4 caught vessels ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 33 South Channel between Middle Ground and West Chop. Vessels from the Eastward or Westward coay pass to the South- ward of the Middle Ground by the following directions : From the Eastwanl, leave the Buoy,* painted in Rid and lilack Horiz- ontal Stripes, off East end of Middle Ground, close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course W- by S-, keeping about Vi mile from the Vineyard Shore ; when abreast the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, olf West end of I^Iiddle Ground, steer more Southerly, leaving the next Buoy olf Lucas* Shoal on either hand, and run out of the Sound. From the Westward, when past the Buoy on Lucp.s' Shoal (which bears S. Vz E. from Tarpaulin Cove Light, distance 2'^ miles), steer NE- by E- for the Horizontal Striped Buoy olf West end of Middle Ground ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port hand, and steer about E- bv N., keeping about Vi i"il« <■»•''"» the Vineyard Shore , as soon as the Buoy otf the East end of Middle Ground is made, bring it to bear about E- by N-, and run for it on this course ; leave this last-named Buoy close to on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. About 4 fathoms water can be carried through this passage at low tide. FALMOUTH ROADS. The best anchorage for heavy draught vessels in these Roads is in about 4>^ fathoms waicr, sticky bottom, with Nobska Light on a range with Tarpaulin Cove Light, bearing W- by S- ^ S-, and West Chop Light S. by E, ; small vessels, in order to avoid the current, may anchor nearer the shore, in about 3 fathoms water. Remarks. Falmouth Roads are exposed to Southeasterly Winds, but the holding ground is excellent, and large vessels, well found in ground tackle, may ride safely in Ihem during all gales ; they may also be left at night or day, by vessels bound East or AVest. * West Chop Light hears from Buoy olT East end of Mitldle Ground about SE., distance i mile. 34 ELUUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Falmouth Roads in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the P^astward, when abreast Cross Rip Light-ship, follow the directions before given, from Chatham to Sow and Pigs Light- ship, until West Chop Light bears S by E , on" which bearing keep it, and steer N- b}' W-, until Nobska Lighthouse is on a range with Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse, then anchor in about 4J^ fathoms water, good holding ground ; small vessels, in order to avoid the current, ma}' go nearer the shore, and anchor in about 3 fathoms water. From the Westward, follow the directions before given, from Sow and Pigs Light-ship to Chatham, uutil Nobska Light bears NE-, then run in, leaving the last-mentioned Light about ^ mile on the Port hand, and anchor as before directed, in about 4^ fathoms water, with West Chop Lighthouse bearing S. by E., and Nc'jska Lighthouse on a range with Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse. Heavy draught vessels, in crossing tiic Sound, bound to and from Fal- mouth Roads, should be careful to avoid a shoal having but 14 feet water upon it at low tide ; West Chop Liglithouse bears from the centre of this danger SW. by S-, distance 2}^ miles. Buoy on Western end of Hedge Fence S-SE-, distance about 1 mile. Buoy off the Western end L'Hommedieu Shoal, NE. by E., about J4 mile. LITTLE WOODS HOLL HARBOR. This harbor lies Northwesterly about 3^ miles from West Chop Lighthouse; West-Northerly 10 J^ miles from Succonnesset Light- ship ; East-Northerly 5 miles from Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse ; and J4 mile Northwesterly from Nobska Point Lighthouse. i\- I N^ohska Point Lighthout*e. Upon Nobska Point, Eastern side of enorance to Woods HoU Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light, and has a Fog Bell near it ; this bght is intended to guide vessels through the North Channel, and also into Woods HoU Harbor. fl ELDUIDGES COAST I'lLOT. 35 )aytime, er. liip, follow i'igs Light- ah bearing on a range % fathoms 3 avoid the 3 fathoms , from Sow lears NE-i mile on the ■^ fathoms nd Nc'jska e. Heavy L from Pal- ing but 14 bears from . Buoy on lile. Buoj- ., about }4 JOR. West Chop isset Light- iighthouse ; se. roods Holl jws a fixed intended to rVoods Ho!l N Nobska Point Lighthouse bears from Succonnesset Light-ship, W- la N Buoy oir West end of L'llouunedifu Slioal, W- 5 Buoy off West end of Hedge Fence. W-NW- . West Chop Lighthouse, NW. >i N- ... Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse, E. by N- H N. • Dixtanco. 10 miles. Hemar/cs. Small vessels, of not more tha i G or 7 feet draught, may find shelter in this harbor from all winds. Sailing Directions for Little Woods Holl Harbor in Daytime, with favorable wir- Is and fair weather. From the Eastward, haul round Nobska Point at a distance of about yi mile, leaving it on the Starboard hand ; when the Ligltt- houae bears North, steer about NW- ; as you sail in, you will see on the Port hand the Black Buoy off the Eastern part of CoiTm's Rock, and nearly ahead the Red Buoy off Southwest side of Lone Rock; the former bears W. by S. H S-, from Nobska Light, distaucc Vi mi.e ; the latter about W- by N., distance yi mile. In order to cloCi- the Rocks, which extend off from the sliore on the Starboard side, bring the last-mentioned Buoy (off Lone Rock) to bear NW-, and run for it on this course, leaving the Black Buoy off Collin's Rock \;-.ll on the Port hand ; when past the Red Buoy ctT Lone Rock (which is left on the Starboard hand) , the Harlior will l)e oi)en, bearing about N. ^ E., when you may run in, keep- ing about midway, and anchor above the wharf in from 6 to 8 feet water at low tide. From the Westward, follow the directions before given, until Nobska Light bears NE., then make good the course for it, until about y'i mile from the Light or the water shoals to \ fatlioms ; you will then sec the Black Buoy off CoOin's Rock, and farther in the Red Buoy off Lone Rock, then proceed according to directions b.'fore given. Beating into Little Woods Holl Harbor. In beating into this Harbor, care should be taken to avoid the Rocks, which lie near the shore, one of which has but little water on in at low tide, and bears about West from Nobska Light, dis- tance 350 yards ; at this date (1881), it is not buoyc.l. 36 ELDUIUGES CLASr riLOT. High Water, It is high water in i.=t,tle Woods IIoll Harbor 2h. 44m. before it is at Boston ; mean rise and full of tides 1 ^ feet. if GREAT WOODS HOLL HARBOR. This Ilarbar, which lies abont \% miles Northwebtorly from Nobska Point liightlioiisc, is well sholteied from all winds ; with a good pilot, about 1!) feet water ean be taken in at low tide. Sailing Directions for Great Woods HoU Harbor, in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, when past the Biio}- off the Ea-t end of Middle C.ronnd, bring AVest Chop Lighthonsc to bear SE. Yz E , on v.-liich bearing keep it, and steer NW- Ja W. ; as jou approach the Noith sliorc, keep a sharp lookout for the lii'.oys ninrking the entrance of the harb' r ; as soon as tl.ese are in:,de, and tiie passiige is fairl}- open, bearing alxnit N*. by W., then run in on tliis last course, passing between the Black Bnoy olf >'onnanies^et Point, and the Red Ikioy olf the W<uoy off the Eastern part of Coffin's Rock, and nearly ahead the Red Buoy ELDRIDGF/S COAST PILcri'. 37 . before it OR. A'lly from Is ; with a le. Harbor, ad fair :i^t cud of E. Yz E , I iii)proach mrking the lu' passage II this liist ist't I'oiut, .vlun jiboiit irsc about s left close llie course passing be- iiul Grassy nay anchor (Is. iven, until his course, Point and rccted. I may enter ; it on tlie steer about •k r>uoy off ! Kcd Buoy off the Soutlnvestorn side of Lone Rock. Uring the last-mentioned Buoy to bear NWm and run for it on this course ; wlien abreast of this Buoy, wliicii is left close to on the Starboard hand, make good the course W. by N- ; crossing the flats in abcnit 8 feet water, couutir.ue t! . course W- by N-, until tlie water deepens to 4 fatlioins, or the Red Buoy oil' Parker's Flats bears N- by W-, then run in according to directions before given. In sailing into llie Ilarlior of Great Woods IIoU, particular at- tention nuist lie paid to the current, which, in some places, runs strong. Strangers, with a favorable and commanding breeze, may safely enter this harbor by the above directions, but should not attempt to beat in without a pilot. It is advisable, however, for large or heavy draught vessels to take pilots. The passages leading from Vineyard Sound to P)Uzzard Bay, between the ^Elizabeth Isles, are Quick's Hole, Robinson's Hole, and Woods Hole. The Harbors Groat and Lillle Wo.-.ls Hole have been named AVoods IIoU, but the p issage through still retains its original name Woods Hole. At this date ( 1.^8 1 ), there is an extensive .Guano Factory at Great Woods IloU Harbor. Jlif/h Water. It is High Water in Great Woods IIoU Harbor 3h. 30m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. Improvements have recently been made in the Channel leading through Woods Hole to Buzzard's Bay, but it is advisable for strangers, bound through this dangerous passage, to take pilots. TARPAULIN COVE HARBOR. This Cove lies about 4}^ miles to the Westward of Woods Hole ; West-Northerly about 7 miles from West Chop Lighthouse ; about iy^ miles to the Eastward of Quick's Hole; and East-Northerly, 12 miles from Sow and Pigs Light-ship. Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse. This Lighthouse is erected upon the Western side of entrance to this Cove," and at this date (1881), sho\s a fixed White Light, varied by flashes. 1 ^1: 1 88 ELDRinCK'S COAST I'lLOT. Tarpaulin Covo Lighthouse boars ft-om UUtanco. Slioalcst part of Middle (J rouiiil, W- j;( N C miles. Buo.v oil' West r.m\ of Jliddle Ground, NW. by W. ;^ W '23/^ .' Buoy off Luciis' Slioiil, N. l^ W ^H '' Gay Head Ligli*"iouv', NE. Jl N 8_J.§ " MemarJcs, Tariv., . ' < a.Tords good ancliorago in Westerly and Northerly Winds, 1., ,, expo-,. , to Easterly and Southerly Winds, especially heavy E.SE. galos, iv, ieli bring in a siiarj) sea. The holding ground is excellent, and large vessels, well found in ground tackle, may ride safely in all winds; at such times, if possible, small vessels should make a harbor at Woods lioll. Sailing Directions for Tarpaulin Cove Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From tlic Eastward, bring Tarpaulin Cove Light to bear W. y2 S., and run for it on tliis course ; when the harbor is lairly open, run in, and anchor to the Eastward of the Buoy off Single Rock, about midway the Covo, in from 2J^ to 3 fathoms water. Large or heavy draught vessels siiould anchor in about 5>^ fathoms water, with Gay Head Lighthouse just open with Liglitliouse Point. From the Westward, after passing Quick's Hole, give the North Shore a bertli of at least i^ mile, until Tarpaulin Cove opens, then run in, leaving tlie Black Buoy off Cove Rock on the Port hand, and auclior to the p:astward of the Buoy off Single Rock in from 2^ to 3 fathoms water. Sailing Directions for Night time. From the Eastward, at niglit, bring Tarpaulin Cove Light to bear W. y^ S-. and rim for it on tliis course, under short sail, until the water shoals to about 8 fathoms, then run in about N.NW., and anchor in from 5 to 3 (tithoms water. From tlie Westward, at niglit, give Tarpaulin Cove Light a berth of about 3 j mile, leaving it to the Westward ; and, iu order to clear Cove Rock (wliich bears E. by N. 'A N., from tlie Light, distance ;6 mile), do not approach the Lighthouse Point nearer thau 6 ELDIIIDOK'S COAST PILOT. 39 DIstaiico. (j luiius. 8>6 (I Northerly I, especially riie holding lund tackle, iiblc, small fathoms water, when the Light bears SW., tlien anchor in about 3 fathoms water. Beating into Tarpaulin Cove. In b«'ating in, the principal dangers are Cove Rock, and Single Reck, both of which lie on the Western side, and are marked with Buoys ; there is also a sunken Rock, having but little water upon it, which bi-ars about NE. by N. from the Lighthouse ; this Rock lies off about liOO yards from the Northeastern side of tlie Cove, and at this date (1881), is not buoyed. Ifigli Water, It is High Water in Tarpaulin Cove 3h. and 2 Im. before h '^ , ' Boston ; common tides rise and fall about 2^4 i'eet. irbor in reather. it to bear )or is lairly y off Single loms water. ij^a fathoms ouse Point. ! tlie North jpens, then Port hand, ack in from ight to bear il, until the NW., and gilt a berth Icr to clear it, distance rer than 6 ROBINSON'S HOLE. Z'uc first passage from Vineyard Sound into Buz>. :d j Bay (which lies about 214 miles to tlic Westward of Tarpaulin ■ Cove Lighthouse), is called Robinson's Hole; its entrance boars N-NE. from Gay Head Lighthouse, distance about G miles. The currents run strong through this passage, and there are several sunken Rocks in tlie Channel ; strangers should uot, therefore, attempt to puss throu":h it. QUICK'S HOLE. This passage, which loads from Vineyard Sound into Buzzard's Bay, is about ^'^ mile wide, and has a deptli of from 5 to 7 fathoms water ; it lies about 4 miles to tlie Westward of Tarpaulin Cove Lighthouse, and its entrance bears N. yi E. from Gay Head Lighthouse, distance about 5 miles. There is a rapid current through tiiis passage, but the dangers arc marked with Buoys ; heavy draught vessels can, therefore, with favorable and command- ing breezes, safely pass through tliis Channel. 40 ELDUrXJ.yS COAST riLOT. .!.i ^4 Shrlfcr in WcstrrJif WfiitJM. Vos^cU nmy find <;n().l slicHcr in (>iiio on tlic Port hand tlio r.lack lUioys of the Kastcrn parts of Old Man's Lodytc nnd Lone Rock, nnd on tlic Starboard, llin Rctl Buoy wliidi lies ofT llio Southwest part of SqiiipiKvi.rt Toint Shoal; when past the lilack llnoys (which are left on the Port hand) steer nioro Westerly, nnd if bound into Vineyard Sound, leave the linoy off the Devil's Bridjfc well on the Starlioard hand and follow the directions l)eforc given. From the Vineyard Sound leave the Buoy ofT the Dc\ il's Bridge about ?:f mile on the Port li:iiid, and when it bears NE. steer ttbout S.SE. keeping about :':^ mile from shore ; when from 2 to 3 miles past (!ay Head Light keep a sharp lookout for tiie Black Buoys oir Lone Rock and the Old Uiiw'h Ledge, when these arc made leave them about '/j mile on the Starboard hand and make good the course SE. by S- which will clear all dangers. NO MAN'S LAND CHANNEL. Tht Old Mnr/s Ledg", which has about 6 feet water upon it at low tide, is marked off its Eastern part with a Black P.iioy, No. 1. This Buoy bears from the East end of No Man's Land N. ,'4 W., distance about IJ^ mi'.cs. Vessels boimd East or West through this Channel may imss about midway between this Buoy and the Island ; about 4 fathoms water may be carried through this passage. Artchornge inulet' No Man's Land. Vessels may find shelter on the Northwestern side of No Plan's Land in Southerly or Southeasterly winds. The best anchorage is in about 4 fathoms water, with the West end of the Island bearing W.SWm distance about J/, mile. A strict watch at all seasons of the year should be kept while lying liere, and the anchorage should be left on the first indications of Northwesterly winds. ELDRinaE'S COAST riLOT. 43 lotwoen No 'Viiril. wlioii W. '/: w. ,!ill(l well oil rt liiiiid tlio B niul Lono lies f)flr l!io it the Hlack I'stt'ily, ami tlu' Dovil's •lions luforo 'vil's Bridge NE. steer from 2 to 3 • t'nc Black n these arc \ and nmko 3L. r upon it at. liiov. No. 1. N. ,'^ W., est through 11 oy and the his passage. id, if No Man's [inchorage is land bearing all seasons ic anchorage winds. Cuttyh II n k Llyli th o use. On tho Western part of Cuttyhunk Island Is a Lighthouse wiilch at tills datn (1881) shows a fixed Light, whicli is Intended to guide vessels into Vineyard Sound and Buzzard's Bay. Bearings and Distanoos from Cuttyhunk Llghthouso. DlaUiicp. (Jay Head Lighthouse, SE. ,'4 S., nearly . . . . C;i miles. Sow and Pigs Light-shiii, SW. liy W., nearly . . . 2>4 Hen and Chiekens Light-ship, NW. ,'4 W 3J^ Buoy oirSowaiid rigs, SW. liy W. Jj W. . . . \% Buoy olf Northwest part of Ribbon Ueef, NW. }iN. V/i Sow mid Plf/s Jteef. This dangerous Beef (which is bare in some places) extcmls oflT about V/i miU'S SW- l>y W. from Cuttyhunk Lighthouse. On its Western end is placed a Red Can Buoy, No. 2, with the words Sow and rigs on its head. Tiiis Buoy marks the Western part of Sow and J'igs Beef for vessels bound into liuzzard's Bay, and is not intended for a guide through tlu; ^'ineyard Sound. In thick weather, to avoid the Sow and Pigs, do not approach them in less than 10 I'atiioms water, especially on the Northwestern part where they are verv bold, uuU this depth will take a vessel very near tbcm. Vine yard Sound, oi' Sew and JPi'ffs Lightship. This Light-ship is placed about a mile to the Southwestward of the outer end of tlie Beef and marks I'le Western entrance to Vine- yard Sound. At this date (1881 ) it shovs two fixed white Lights, and has a powerful steam Whistle, which 1.^ thick weather gives blasts of 6 seconds duration at intervals of 45 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Sow and Pigs Light-ship. Dlitance. Cuttyhunk Liglithouse, NE. by E. nearly .... Gay Head Lighthouse, SE. by E. % E., nearly . . Hen and Cliiekens Light-ship, N. Y^ W Brenton'fe Jeef Light-ship, W. by N. ^ N. . . . Point Juditfi Lighthouse, W. 5 8 N Block Island Northern Lighthouse, W. ^i S. . . Block Island JMUithcast Lighthouse, W. by S. J^^ S. Buoy off Western part of Sow and Pigs, NE. % N. '2% miles. 1% " 3% " 17^ " 22^ " 28 " 28>^ » 1 » 44 ELDRIDOE'S COAST TILOT. OUBRENTS AND TIDES In Vineyard Sound, and across Moiiomoy and Nantucket Shoals. It is hic^h water between Gay Head and Cuttyhunk Island (cntranco to Vineyard Sound) Oh. 45in. before it is at Pollock Rip • it is tliercforc evident tliat the main body of tlic current of flood must run to tlie Eastward, and tliat of the Elb to tlie West- ward, tlirough Vineyard Sound, and across Mouomoy and Nan- tticltet oiioals. In ord-r to obtain a correct knowledge of the time when the current turns in this Sound, see ^WncZc/e's Tide and Current Ta- blea, loliich are published annually. BUZZARD'S BAY. Hen and Chickens Reef. This dano-crons Reef, some part of which is dry at about half tide, extendi off Soulheastcrly about 1 ]i miles from Goosebeny Neck, North side of entrance to Buzzard's Buy ; the outermost dry Rock upon tiiis Reef is called the Old Cock, upon which is placed an Iron Spindle, 3G feet high, with open Cage Work ; the outer part of this Reef is also marked with a Black Buoy, wliich, in entc-mg Buzzard's Bay, is left on the Port hand. ITen and Chickens Light- ship. About one mile SE. by S- from Spindle on the Old Cock, is placed a Light-ship which at this date (1881), shows a fixed white Light, which is intended to guide vessels into Buzzard's B.-.y. About one mile Southwest from this Light-ship is placed a Whistling Buoy. ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 45 loiiomoy ,hunk Island is at Pollock he current of to the West- oy and Nan- me when the I Current Ta- Bearings and Distances from Hon and Chickens Light-ship. Ul8t;;m'c. Win<,^'s Nock Lighthouse, NE. by E. >^ B. • • • 21^miles. Dinnpling Rock Lighthouse. NE. )< E 6^ " Huoy with Horizontal Stripes olf South side Wilkes' Ledge, NE. by E. ^ E 6 " Black Buoy off South i)art of Mishaura Ledge, NE. byE 3;^ " Buoy painted in Horizontal Stripes off North side of Ribbon Reef, SE. >4 E 2>^ " Cnttyhunk Lightiiouse, SE ■^ " Sow and Tigs Light-ship, S. ->^ E 3^ " Red Buoy oir South part of Schuyler Lodge, *W..?<|N. 8 Brcnton's Reef Light-ship, W. >2 N I614 " Point Judith Lighthouse, W. 34: S 21 1^ " Block Island North Lighthouse, W. by S. ^ S. • 2Sy^ " Block Island Southeast Lighthouse, SW. by W.'/z W. 29 ]4. " mil ' at about half )m Goosebcny I outermost dry I'hich is placed ; the outer part ich, in entc-ing 16 Old Cock, is (vs a fixed white ;ard's B.-.y. Iiip is placed a OUTTYHUNK HARBOR. This harbor, which is near the Northeastern part of Cnttyhunk Island, lies East-Southerly about 5 miles from Hen and Chickens Light-ship, anil ■\Vest-Southerly about 3 miles fvom the Northern entrance of Quick's Hole. Hemarhs. In approaching this harbor from the "Westward there arc several dangers, most of which at this date (1881 ) , are marked with buoys ; it is well sheltered for small vessels in winds from ESE. to W. by N. by way of South, but is open to Northeasterly w^nds ; from ly^ to 4 fathoms water may be taken into it at low tide. Sailing Directions for Cnttyhunk Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastwaul follow the Northern shore of Nashawena Island to the Westward, keeping about Yz uiile from it ; as you sail * Schuyler Luil,i,'c, which has about 7 feet water upon it at low tide, lies about 4 mile South from Sakounet Koclis. f^ 46 ELDIIIUGE'S COAST PILOT. in you will seethe buoys at the cnti-ancc of the harbor ; the first i3 Black, and is left on the Starboard Imiul ; when abreast this buoy, or it bears N-NE., haul up about SW. by S. J4 S., and anchor in about S}i fathoms water, the upper buoy, which is Red, 'ocaring about W. by S. Beating into Cnttyhunh Harbor. In bcatincr i„to this harbor (from the Eastward) the only dan- gers to be avoided are Gull Island Ledges, which arc marked with Black Buoys, both of which are left to the Northward. From the AVestward bring Cuttyhunk Lighthouse to bear from East to SE. by E-, and run for it on this course ; when about Y^ mile from it, follow the shore (which is quite bold) to the North- eastward, keeping about that distance from it, when you will soon iiiake the buoys at the entrance of the harbor. When the Red Buoy* off the is^ortlieru part of Whale Rock boars E SE-, then run for it, and leave it about 200 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past this buoy you will see a short distance to the Southenstward a Bnoy painted in Horizontal Stripes, this lies ofT U.c Northeast part of Edwaatd's Rock ; leave this last-ufimed buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and haul ui, S. by E- or S-SE., and. anchor in about ^li fathoms water. _ June, 1873, the centreboard of the schooner engaged ni the sur- vey of Cuttyhunk harbor struck a rock about NW- by N. ]i mile from Red Buoy off Northeast part Whale Rock. We searched for this Rock several times without success. From the Westward, another way to enter this harbor is to liring the Hen and Chickens Light-ship to bear W- >'y S- and steer E. by N for Penikese Island ; when this Island is made, bring its Southern point, which is bold, to bear East, and run for it on this course ; leave it about 300 yards on the Fort hand, and steer Y^t until the point bears N-NW-, then make good the course S-SE., passincr about midwav between the Buoy painted in Horizontal Stripes on Middle Ledge, and the Black Buoy off Southwest part of Gull Led-e ; when past these, the Buoy with Horizontal Stripes off Edward's" Rock will be seen ; leave this last-named buoy on the Starboard hand, and anchor as before directed. fa W i • The lied Buoy ofT Wluilc K.,ck bears about E. by N. i mile from the Northeastern part of Cuttyhuck. ill the first is lis l)uo}', or 1 anchor in h1, 'jcaring le only dan- narked witli ) bear from ■n about J^ 3 the North- on will soon lion tlie Rod E., then run hand ; wlicn .lieastward a c Nortlioast )so to on the id. anchor in id in the sur- V N. H mile searched for ^r is to bring ind steer E. ido, bring its "or it on this d steer East nirse S-SE., n Horizontal hwest pa.-t of tal Stripes ofT buoy on the mile from the ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 47 Hifjh Water. It is high water in Cuttyhunk Harbor 3h. 40m. before it is at Boston. Common tides rise about 3^ feet. DARTMOUTH HARBOR. The entrance to this harbor is Northwesterly about 2j4 miles fV )iii Dumpling Rock Lighthouse, and West-Southerly about 2 miles from Lighthouse at Clark's Point. DuftipUny RocJc Lighthouse. Upon Dumpling Rock, off Round Hill, Northwest side of Buz- zard's Bay, is a Lighthouse which at this date (1881), shows a fixed wliite Light, which is intended to guide vessels into Buzzard's Bay, and also New Bedford and Dartmouth Harbors. At this date (1881), a fog-bell is placed near this Lighthouse. Dumpling Rook Lighthouse bears from Distance, 334 miles. Red Buoy off West Island Ledge, W. by S. % S. Black Buoy off East part Great Ledge, W. }i N. Red Buoy off Northwest part Sand Spit, N-NW. . Yi " Horizontal Striped Buoy otT South part Wilkes' Ledge, N. J^ W 13/( " Black Buoy off South part Mishaura Ledge, NE- ]i E. 3>^ " Cuttyhunk Lighthouse, N. by E. ^ E 7-5^ " Light-ship off Hen 'and Chickens, NE. J^ E. • • 6^ " MeinarJcs. In approaching Dartmouth Harbor there are many dangers, most of which, at this date (1881), are marked with Buoys. With a favorable wind about 8 feet water can be taken into this harbor at low tide. Sailing Directions for Dartmouth Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From Quick's Hole (wiicn past the Buoy oflT Lone Rock) make good the course N- by W- until Dumpling Rock Lighthouse boars l! ^# 48 ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. W.NW., llien run for it on this course, leaving the Buoys off Great Letlge on the Starboard, and the lied Buoy off the Sand Spit, wliich lias 7 feet water upon it, well on the Port hand ; continue tlic course W-NW. fur the Light until about J^ mile from it, you will then see to the Northwestward, about J^ mile from shore, a small Rocky Islet, about 10 or 15 feet above water ; this is White Rock. "When this Rock bears N.NW-, run about N. Y-z W-, leaving it well on the I'ort hand ; wiien al)reast this Rock you will sec on the port the Black Buoy olf tlie Eastern part of Ilussey's Rock ; con- tinue the course aljout N- J^ W-, leaving the last named Buoy on Ihe Port, and the Horizontal Striped Buoys on JNIiddle Ledge, and Lone Rock on the Starboard hand; when past the last nar.icil Buoys steer about NW. by N-, entering about midway tlie River ; leave the Red Buoy off the West side of Dartmouth Rock about 100 feet on the Starboard hand, and when alircast it, make good the course N. by W- Jj Wvii'i^il the end of the Wharf bears Kfi. by N., then run for it on this course, which will take you in the (" i.;.'- est water. When about 20!) yards from the W'«;irf the (haniu] '» very narrow ; it is therefore necessary to proceed witi; c .ution. From the Westward leave the Light-ship olf Ilea and CMokens Reef close toon the Port hand, and make good ihe dui ^ NE. byE- ;{>E., leaving tlie Blacic Buoy oil the South part uf ?'" haum Ledge, wiiicli has 7 feet water upon il, well on t!i" Poit cud. When Dumpling Rock Lightliouse bca'-- N.NE. iti' a run fo ; i. on this course, leaving the Puoy painted in Red aiul !5!ack IIor;;outal Stripes olf the Soui!. oir.- of Wilkes' Ledge, whic'i has 7 feet water upon it, and the Rcii B-u.v uiF the Western part of Sand Spit, which has 7 feet water upo!) il, In;! 1' ^\\ the Starboard \yi.\v\\ the ktter bears S-Siil. Horn '•^MiiV; 1;^. Rock Lighthouse, Jistanc^', Y-z mile. As you ai>proach this Ligiithouse, you will see a short dis- tance to tiie Southward of it a Black Buoy ; pass about mid\\ity between this last named one and the Buoy off the Sand Si)it, anl steer NE- by N. until White Rock (l)efore mentioned) bears N.NW., then steer N. Y^ W-, and proceed as before directed. There are many dangers in approaching this harbor, it is there- fore not advisable for strangers to attempt to beat in without a pilot. For a better knowledge of the dangers in ai)proaching and enter- ing Dartmouth Harbor, see Hldridye's Chart of Buzzard's Bay on a large scale. 1 Buoys off ff the Sand .1 ; continuo Toiii it, you lorc, a small V'hite Rock. ., k'aving it .1 sec on the Rock ; con- led Buo}' on Lcdyo, and last nar.K'd )• the River ; Rock about ikc go.id the ;ars KE- by in the (■..■ep- ic (hauiKj 'is c'.ution. ud r'Mokc'is CiU! ^ NE. uf y haum VoiL. Aum\. n\n in • i. on k Ilor'zoutal 1 has 7 feet f Sand Spit, I lia'j'i ; the , i^'istanci: J^ a short dis- )out niid>\ity nd Si)it, and oned) bears directed, r, it is there- in without a ng and cntcr- ird's Bay on ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT. 49 High Water. It is high water in Dartmouth Harbor 3h. 20m. before it is nt Boston. Common tides rise about ^% feet. NEW BEDFORD HARBOR. Tlie entrance to this harbor is West-Northerly about 1 1 miles from Wood's Hole, North about 9 miles from Quicii's Hole, North- easterly about 3-5:^ miles from Dumpling Rock Lighthouse, and Northeasterly about 1 1 miles from Hen and Chickens Light-ship. Clark's Point Lighthouse. Upon the Fort at Clark's Point, AVest side ol" entrance to New Bedford Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1S81), shows a lixed White Light. Dangers. In approaching New Bedford Harbor there are many dangers, which at this time are marked with Buoys. Clark's Point Lighthouse bears from Black Buoy off South part West Island SE. Ledg^, which has 3 feet water upon it, NW. by W. ^^W. Red Buoy off Southwest part West Island S W. Ledge, which is nearly dry at low tide, NW. ]i W. Red Buoy off South part Mosher Ledge, Avhich has 6 feet water upon it, NW- ^ N 2^ Horizontal Striped Buoy off West side Henrietta Rock, which has 11 feet water upon it, NW- %1S. .1' Red Buoy off West side of Packet Rock, whicli has 4 feet water upon it, NW * i j Horizontal Striped Buoy off Ilursell's Rock, which has 14 feet water upon it, N. by W. ^ W. • • • Black Buoy off East side Pliinney's Rock, which has 10 feet water upon it, N. ]■!. W Red Buoy off Southwest side Church Rock, which h; 8 feet water upon it, N. ]i W- ...... Distance. 4 '4 miles. 3 1 u I (I (i i'A m 2/8 ►*f|^. m f f ' m. 50 ELDiunnirs coast pilot. Ri'd Buoy off West si(:o Decatur Ruck, whicli Ikis 5 ni-t*nce. IV'ot water upoii it, N. ,'4: W 1 H ""l«s. Black Buoy ot!" East side* Norlli L('il<>;o, which lias 5 feet water upon it, N. by W. ){( W ^Va " Black Buoy off East side (Ireat Ledge, which has 3 feet water u[)on it, N. J2 E ^'I'i Buoy with Horizontal Stripes off SE, side INIiddle Led'fc, which has 3 feet water upon it, N. by E. ^ E 2;^ " Buoy with Horizontal Strii^is off Northeast side Inez Ledge, which has 7 feet water '.ii)on it, N. by E. 3^ E 13/4 " Buoy with Horizontal Stripes off South side Lone; Rock, whieli has 2 feet water upon it, NE- l>y N. >2 N. 2^ " Red Buoy off South side Bent's Ledge, which has 3 feet water upon it, NE. by N. j:i: N ^^i " By a close inspection ot Eldridge's Chart of Biizz.ard's Bay (on a large .scale) a better knowledge can be obtained of the depth and location of the above dangers than by any written description. Palmer's Island Lighthouse. On tlic Northeast extremity of Palmer's Island, West side of en- t- ance to New Bedford Inner Ilaroor, is a Lighthouse which at this date (IHcil), shows a fixed White Light. New Bedford Outer Harbor. Tlu.-j harbor lies between Clark's Point, Palmer's Ishmd and Sconticut Neck, and affords good shelter with winds from SAV. to E.SE. by way of North; about T'J feet water at low tide can be carried in as far as the Beacon on Egg Island Flats, and about 17 feet Yi mile above this point. New Bedford Inner Harbor. This harbor of refuge, wiiieh lies above Palmer's Island, is one of the best on the coast of the United States ; vessels of 1 i feet draught at low tide can go aljout % mile above Palmer's Island Lightliouse, from this point about 1 1 feet can be carried up to the Bridge. In approaching New Bedlord there arc generally three » !l^ ELDUIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. Platance, 1 ^4 miles. U4 " •V4 2;i " 13^ " 2xV " m " Vs B:iy (on 1 (U'ptli uiul iripUon. sirlti of en- liieh at this Island and oin SAV. to ti(U; c:ui bo id aljoiit 17 land, is one Is of 1 I feet iner's Island 'd lip to the lerally three passages used, called Dumpling Rock or West Channel, Middle Chasinel and Ship Channel-, the lirst two mentioned should not be attempted by strangers at night, or when tlu; IJuoys cannot be seen. Providing tliere is no error in the compns;s and Clark's I'oint Light is visible^ ihe Eastern or Shii) Channel, can, with favorable winds, bf safely entered at night by strangers. Bi/ the West Channel. Sailing Directions for New Bedford Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Westward, leave tiie Light-ship off Hen and Chickens close to on the Port hand, and make good the course NE. I'y E. '/i E , leaving the Black P.uoy off the South side of Mishaum Le^lge, ^vhieh has 7 feet water upoii it, well on the Port hand; when i)unipling Hock Light InaisN.NE-, then run for it on this course, leaving the Buoy with Horizontal Stripes olf Soutli part Wilkes' Ledge, which has 7 feet water U[)on it, on the Starboard hand ; as yen approach Dumpling Rock Lighthouse you will see the Red Buoy off the Western part of Sand Spit, which has 7 feet water upon it, and the Black Buoy off Dumpling F W ; the Light- house b.'ars from the former N-NW-, distance % nn'e ; the latter Buoy lies but a short distance from tiie Light. Pass aboi'.*^. midway between these two last named Buoys, and make- good the course NE. by N. unl il Clark's Point Lighthouse bears" NW- by N. >4 N., the course is then about N- '/z E- As you sail in, you will see on the Port the Black Buoy off the Eastern part of the Rock called Old Bartlcray, which lies but a short distiince to the Eastward of the Fort at Clark's Point, and farther in the Black Buoy olf the Eastern part of Butler's Flats, botli these last named Buoys are left on the Port hand ; on the Starboard will bo scon the Beacon on the Southwest part of Egg Island Flats, and also a Red Buoy a short distance Southeast from the Beacon, these last named are left on the Starboard hand. Leave the Black Buoy off Butler's Flats close to on the Port hand, and steer N. by W. ^ W., when you will soon sec the Buoys which mark the narrow channel between Palmer's Island and Fort Flats, When up with the first Black Buoy (which is left on the Port hand) the course is more Northerly, leaving the Black Buoys on the Port, and the Red ones on the Starboard hand. When past Palmer's Island Light steer about 52 ELDUIDGKS COAST I'lLOT. ir North until tho outer pint of the first Wharf on tlio Eastern si.lo of the hiulior bears SE. U E., on wliieli bearing Iveep it and steer N.W. }i W- for Tabcr's Wharf; this hist course will take a M'.h- sol iu the deepest water, about 1 1 feet at low tide. At low tide, it is advisable for vessels of more than 11 feet draught to anehor in about ^ji fathouis water, Avilh Palmer's Island Light bearing about SW. by S-, distance 300 yards, and wait for flood tide. Jif/ the Middle Channel. Sailing Directions for New Bedford Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from Quick's Hole may, when past the Buoy olT South part of Lone Rock, make good the course N. % W- ; as soon as Clark's Point Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear North and run for it on this course, leaving the Buoys off Great Ledge well on the Port hand, and the Black Buoy off Phinney's Rock, and Red Buoys on Church and Dccatin- Rocks on the Starboard hand ; cositinuc the course for Clark's Point Lighthouse, bearing Nortii until about u mile from it, then steer more Easterly, leaving the Black Buoy olT the Eastern part of North Ledge well on the Starboard hand ; when the Black Buoys offOld Bartlemy Rock and Butler's Flats are maik>, then follow the directions before given. This last-mentioned Channel should not be .attempted at night, as a slight deviation from the course may lead to difFiculty. Bu the Eastern or Ship Channel. Sailing Directions for New Bedford Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Westward, leave the Light-ship off the Hen and Chickens close to on the Port hand, and make good the course E. by N. ^/i N., leaving the Black Buoy off the South part of Mishaum Ledge, which has 7 feet water upon it, and the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, off Wilkes' Ledge, which has 7 feet water upon it, well on the Port hand. When Dumpling Rock Lighthouse Jiears NW-, steer about NE. by N-, leaving the Buoy with Ilorizont.al Stri^jes ofl Hursell's Rock on the Port hand; when Clark's Point Lighthouse bears NW. by 'Lt^ ELDUIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 53 astern side t and stocr tuko a viis- an 11 feet ler's Island id wait for Channel. SaiUng Directions for New Bedford Harbor at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels at night, from the Westward, bound to New Bedford, must bring the Light-ship off the Hen and Chickens, to bear W. by S. K' S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E- byN- Yz N-, until Dumpling Rock Liglit bears NW-, then steer NE. by N-, until Clark's Point Light bears NW- by N. yi N-, then run for it on this course, until about a mile from it; then, in A^ fathoms water at low tide (soft bottom), with Dumpling Rock Light bearing SW. /. S., and Palmer's Island Light N- ->4 W-, steer N. by E. until Palmer's Island Light boars N. by W.% W-, then run for it, keeping a sharp look out for the Buoy off Butler's Flats, which is left on the Port iiaiid. AVhen about half way from Clark's Point Light to Palmer's Island Light, anchor in about 3 fathoms water, and wait for daylight ; at low tide, when Clark's Point Light bears W.SW., it is advisable for vessels of more then 12 feet draught to anchor in from 3i^ to 4>^ fathoms water. Beating into New Bedford Harbor. The best guide for beating into New Bedford Harbor is Eldridge's Chart of Buzzard's Bay on a large scale. 54 ELDUIDGKS COAST PILOT. Hluh Wafer, It is high water in New Ilcdford Harbor 3h. 7m. before it ia at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. 'i^. m MATTAPOISET HARBOR. This Harbor lies Northeasterly l.lj^ miles from Light-ship off Hen and Chickens ; Nortlieasteily H].{i mik's from Dumpling Ilock Light ; and Northeasterly about '.t;^ miles from Woods Hole. Ned's Point Lighthouse. Upon Ned's Point, East side of Mattai)oiset Harbor, Nortliwest side of Buzzard's Bay, is a Lighthouse, wliich at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light, wliich is intended to guide vessels into Mattapoiset Harbor, and also up Buzzard's Bay. Memarka, This harbor affords good shelter, with winds from S.SW. to East by way of North, but is exposol to Southeasterly winds ; about 15 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up as far as the Lighthouse, and above this, anchorage may be found in from 7 to 12 feet abreast of the village. Sailing Directions for Mattapoiset Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Westward, bring the Light-ship off Hen and Chickens to bear W. by S. J^ S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E. by N. }i N-, until Dumpling Rock Lighthouse bears NW-, then make good the course NE. J^ E. ; on these two last courses the Ledges off the Northern shore of Buzzard's Bay will be left well on the Port hand ; continue the course NE. >4 E. until Ned's Point Lighthouse (on the Eastern side of Mattapoiset Harbor) bears NW. by N. J2 N-, then run for it on this course, leaving the Horizontal Striped Buoy on Nye's Ledge, and r>lack Buoy off Southeast part of Mattapoiset Ledge, both on the Port hand ; when past these two last buoys, several more will be seen on the Port ; eforo it la at ight-ship ofT ipling Hook Hole. r, Northwest late (1881), veasela into SW. to East Is ; about 1 5 Lighthouse, 7 to 12 feet r in Day- lather. .m\ Chickens I stoer E. by NW., then t courses the 3 left well on Ned's Point irbor) bears , leaving the ck Buoy off , hand ; when on the Port ; ELDUIDGE'8 COAST PILOT. (^T ii«i the first i. Bluck, and lies near C'.allatin Rock ; when th.s I uoy boars NW, ru.lor it on this course, and leave It about 100 yards on Uu- Port hand; continue tho course NW. passing about nndway be.^een two 15noys, one Bla.k, the other Red ; when the L.ght- on" bears N-NE-, .teer N- by W- V. W., leaving tho Buoy w I o, .unul Stri .OS, oil Barstow lloek, well on the Starboard Tnd • when the Ligl.thouso bears NE- hy E-, thenanehor n, Irom 2«4 toaiatlionis water, sotlboUom. At low tide, about 7 feet water can be carried up to tl>e Long Wharf Vessels bound to Mattapoi.et (may, therefore, at low tide), when past the Horizontal Striped Buoy off Barstow Uoek steer NW. by N. K. N.. nutil the water shoals to about two fathoms; then anchor and wait for higii tide. At Ntght. Small vessels of not more than 8 fe.'t draught (may, at low tide) , follow the directions before given, until the Light at Ma tapo.se Harbor bears N-NW-, then run for it on th.s ^-;- ""^^^;; /3 mile from it, then haul in about NW- by W., or W-NW-, and anchor in from 2>^ to 3 fathoms water, soft l,ottom ; tho L.ght bears from tliis anchorage NE. by E. The Lighthouse, in its present location (1881), ^^ no any gu dc on a direct course for the deepest water into Mattapo.sot Harbor. Boating into Mattapoiset Harbor. In approaching and entering this Harbor, there arc many Sunken Rois and Ledgl, most of which, at this date 0««\)' ^^ ^-J'^^^^' In beating in, strangers can obtain a bettor knowledge of hose danget, by inspecting Eldridge's Chart of Buzzard's Bay, on alarge scale, than by any written directions. High Water. It is High Water in Mattapoiset Harbor 3h. 14m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. 1 iCff' 50 KLDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. SIPPICAN HARBOR. This Ilmhor lies Northnnstorly 1»>4 miles from Lijilit-ship off Ilni and Chiikoiis ; Knst-Northcil.v 8^. miles from tl.o City of New Bedford; North nhout. 11 ,'.{ miles from ontr.im'e to Woods Hole ; and Northwesterly about 2 '4' miles from I'.ird Ishmd l.ijrhtlioiisc. Bird Island Lighthouse. Tp.masm;dl, low isU't, culled I'.ird Island, Kast of ontranco to Sii)i)iean Harbor, West sido of Iluzzard's Bay, is a LiiihthoUHC, whiehat tliis date (1881), shows a fixed Light, varied by white (lashes; this Li},dit is intended to guide; vessels into Sippiean, Wareham, and also np the Bay. Bird Island Lighthouse boars from p,^|^^_.^ Horizontal Striped Buoy off Nye's Ledge, NE. yi E- 4 miles. Black Buoy oil' Southeast part Bowbell Ledge, NE.?;iE *^- Ked Buoy oir Southern part of SW. Ledge, NW- by W. J.( w ^<^ Red Biiov otr Northern part SW. Ledge, W. by N. ;^ N ^'j Wing's Nrck Lighthouse, W. J4^ S 25a Black Bnoy olf South part Abi-d's Ledge, W. by g_ 3/ g 2.3.^ " Red Buoy off Southwest part Dry Ledge, SW. . . "^i^ Beniarh's. In entering this Harbor, when past the first Wharf, the Channel is narrow and crooked, and there arc several Sunken Bocks, which at this date (18S1). are not buoyed; about 12 feet at low tide may be taken up abreast the second Wharf, but only 9 feet can be carried to the Village, and about 4 feet to the upper Wharf. Sailing Directions for Sippican Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the AVestward, follow the directi.nis before given for IMat- tapoiset Harbor until Bird Island Lighthouse is made, then bnngit to bear NE- by N-, and run for it on this course, when you wiU #4' \^. ;ht-Hliii) o(r \{\ of New )<)(ls Hole ; ;litlioiisc. Mitninco to .i^lithoUHC, il liy wliitc Sii)[)ican, Dlsl.incc. 4 miles. 1/3 2;i 2J.< 2-/8 2xV U U u Llic Clianncl oeks, which lit h)\v tide feet can be uirf. Daytime, ler. ■cp. for IMat- ,hc!i bring it lien you will Ksgl BMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 I !^ Ilia If i;£ 12.0 1.4 1.6 6f^ V^''W '/ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-45C3 P m> y^y ,V '^>^ "^h V 4S> ^ '^^ ^^ m CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques i *-■^7**^^*-:;=:;i^v:/'T:■-■*-^'■■:^.^?j*■■^fcl*J■^:^*^ i<"'^**fl<-^6^»^»<3rf#:-— ^pv-§i!>, ';"?^*^w"***w!i*i ■■ ;aiii. . ii a^n nwj .i ELDUTDGE'S COAST PILOT. 57 see the Black Buoy ofTtho Southeast part of BowboU Ledge ; Bird Island Lighthouse bears from this last-named Buoy NE. ^ E., distance V^ miles; leave the Buoy off BowbcU Ledge about >^ mile on the Tort hand, and steer N- by E. }^ E-, until the next Black Buoy off Charles Neck boars N- by W- }<■ W-, then run for it on this course, leaving it about 50 yards on tlie Tort hand ; when past the last-mentioned Buoy, continue the course N- by W. 'A W., when von will see tlie Buoy off Black Bock, winch bears S-SE- from the outer end of Nye's Warf, distance about 175 yards • leave the last-named Buoy a short distance on the Tort hand, and anchor between Nye's Warf and lilack Rock Buoy in about dyi fathoms water. Strangers should not go above this without a pilot. Strangers should not attempt to enter this harbor at night. HlffJi Water. It is high water in Sippican Harbor 3h. 15m. before it is at Boston ; ci uimon tides rise about 4 feet. WAREHAM RIVER. The entrance to this River is Northeasterly about 21 miles from Light-ship off Hen and Chickens; \2}i miles Northeasterly from Woods Hole ; 3 miles Nortlieasterly from Bird Island Lighthouse ; Northwesterly 3J{ miles from Wing's Neck Lighthouse. Remarks, From Cromeset Point, Western side of entrance to this River, the distance to Wareham Village is about -l-i miles. The Ledges and Flats which obstruct it at this date (1881), are well buoyed, and by the following directions vessels, at high water, of not more than 8 feet draught, with a favorable and commanding breeze, may safely run up to Wareham without a pilot. Appropriations by the United States Government have bceii made from time to time, for the purpose of improving the Channel in this River, and we learn that at this date (1881), about 7 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up to Wareham Village. 58 ELDUIDGF/S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Wareham River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From file "Westward, bring the Light-ship off Hen and Cliiclvens to boar W. bj- S. ]i S-, on which bearing keep it and steer E. by N- % N., until r)umi)ling Roclf Ligiit bears NW., tlienniake good tiie course NE. H E. for Wing's Neck Liglitliouse, distant r:\% miles , on those two last courses, the Ledges off the Nortiiwestern shore of Buzzard's Bay will be left well on the Port hand ; continue the course NE. Yz E., for Wing's Neck Light, and, as j-ou sail in, Bird Island Lighthouse will be seen on the Port, and nearly ahead, the Lighthouse on Wing's Neck ; give the former a bcrtli of about a mile, leaving it to the Northward, when you will see to the Northward a large Hotel which is built on the Eastern part of Great Hill ; when this Hotel bears N. % W., then haul in about North, and leave it about ^ mile on the Port hand ; when past it, you will see the Red Buo}' od" Western part of Great Flats, which is left on the Starboard hand ; this last-mentioned Buo}' bears about North from the Hotel, distance yi mile ; when past this last- named Buoy, the course is about N- by W. to Black Buoy, off Eastern part of Weweant'c Flats, which is left on the Port hand ; from this last Buoy steer about N. b}- E. }i E., passing" between four Buoys, two Black and two Red : continue the course, Kavina the two next Black Buoys on the Port, and Beach Point on the Starboard hand ; after passing this Point, the course is more Easterly, leaving 4 Black Buoys' on the Port, and one Red Buoy on the Starboard hand ; after passing these, keep about in the middle of the River to the Village, leaving the Black Buoys on the Port, and Red on the Starboard hand. When the Hotel, on the Eastern part of Great Hill bears NW., distance about % mile, it is advisable for strangers in vessels of more tlian 8 feet draught, to anchor in from 2j4 to 3 fathoms water, and take pilots to Wareham. Sailing Directions for Vessels bound up Buzzard's Bay at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Providing there is no error in the compass, vessels may, by the following directions, safely run up Buzzard's Bay in Night-time. Bring the Light-ship off tiie Hen and Chickens to bear W. by ELDUIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 59 I Daytime, ither. ami Cliickens (1 steer E. l>y en make good distant i;i?i^ Nortliwestein xnd ; continue 1, as 3'ou sail L, and nearly ler a berlli of n-ill see to the istern part of liaul in about when past it, t Flats, which I IJuo}' bears past this last- ack Buoy, off le Port hand ; ssing" between jurso, Kaviiig I'oiut on the urse is more Red Buoy on in the middle 1 on the Port, bears NW., in vessels of to 3 fathoms Buzzard's is and fair s may, by the ^ight-time. ) bear W. by S % S., on which bearing keep it, and steer E. by N- % N., until i)um[)liiiLT Rock Ligiit bears NW-, then make good Die course NE Yi E., until Bird Island Light (Flashing) bears N-NE-, then )!in for this last-named Light on this course, until Wing's Neck Light bears NE. by E. J^ E., then steer for it on this bearing, until Bird Lsland Light bears NW-, then haul in N. 'A E-, and anchor when AVing's Neck Light bears E.SE., in from 3>-^ to 4 i'athoms water. Tlic above courses made good from Light-ship off Hen and ( liickens, pass \}i miles to the Southward of Mishaura Ledge, 1>^ miles to the Southward of Wilkes' Ledge, \% miles to the South- ward of Nye's Ledge, \],i miles to tlie Southward of Bird Island Lioht, and about one mile to the Northward of the buoy off South- ern part of SW. Ledge ; this Inst-named buoy bears from Bird Island SE. by E- ^ E-, distance 2].i miles. High Water. It is high water in Wareham River 3h. 11m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4'^ feet. BACK RIVER HARBOR. This harbor lies Northeasterly about 24 J^ miles from Light-ship off Hen and Chickens ; East-Northerly 14>^ miles from the City of New Bedford ; 12 miles Northeasterly from the entrance to Wood's Hole ; and 3 miles Northeasterly from Wing's Neck Lighthouse. Wing's Neck Lighthouse. Upon the extreme Western part of Wing's Neck, East aide of entrance to Back River Harbor, near the head of Buzzard's Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light, whicli is intended to guide vessels up the Bay, and also into Back River Harbor. This LiglUhouse bears from Red Buoy off Southern part of SW. Ledge NE. by N- % N., distance 1>^ miles; from Black Buoy off Southern part of Abial's Ledge, SE. by S- ]4. S.i y^ mile ; from Bird Island Lighthouse E. % N., distance 2^8 miles. ''■i 'W^ 60 KLDIIIDOIVS COAST I'lLOT. RemarlcH, At this date (1881), at low tide, about 9 feet water can be cnrriod up to Back River Harbor, tiio slioalost water being a short distance Soulli from tiie Soutlicru point ofMashnce Island. Sailing Directions for Back River Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow tlie directions before given for Wareham River, until Bird Island l.iglitlionsc bears NW-, about one mile distant, tlicn steer about NE- ]'z Em with Wing's Neck Lighthousr well on tlic Star- board bow ; on tliis course the buoys off tlie Nort'itcrn and Southern part of SW. Ledge will be left well on tlic Starboard hand ; as you sail in, the P.lack Buoy off tlio Soutliern part of Abial's Ledge will be seen ; tliis last-named buoy bears NW. by N. ]i N- from Wing's Neck Lighthouse, distance ^ mile. Tass about midway between the last-named buoy and Wing's Neck Liglit, and follow the sliorc to tlie Eastward, keeping but a short distance from it (in not less than 4 fathoms water), when you will soon see the Black Buoy off tlie Southern part of Wing's Flats ; leave this buoy close to on the Port hand, and make good the course NE. ^ N., crossing the Flats between Tobey's and ^Lasllnee Islands,* in about 9 feet water, at low title ; then leave the Red Buoys on the Star- board, and Black Buoys on the Port hand, until past the Red Buoy off the Northern part of a bare Rock called the Old Cow ; then anchor at the mouth of Back River in from 2J^ to 3 fathoms water. High Wator. It is Wgh water in Back River Harbor 3h. 12m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4>^ feet. OOHASSET NARROWS. These Narrows lie about \^/i miles Northeasterly from Back River Harbor, and the Channel which leads up is narrow, and has * A lloc.k having about 7 feet water upon it at low tide, lies midway t)e- twccn Masluioo and Tol)ey's Islands ; vessels of 7 fc.-ot drauglit or upwards passiii.g betwix'U these Islands will, therefore, proceed at low tide with caution. t water can be r being; a short Island. )or in Day- weather. iver, until Bird ant, tlicn stocr gU on tiic Star- 1 and Southern il hand ; as you ial's Lcdgo will J. ]4 N- IVom about midwa}' jht, and follow istanee from it •ill soon see the leave tliis buoy •se NE. 34 N., ands,* in about ^•s on the Star- it the Red Buoy Old Cow ; tlicn 1 fathoms water. . before it is at s. 3rly from Back narrow, and has c, lies midway be- •aiight or upwards I at low tide with ELDUID0E8 COAST PILOT. 61 at low tide a depth of about 5 feet water ; at this date (1381), the Flats are well buoyed ; it is advisable for yissds of more than (, or 7 feet draught, bound to Cobusact ^■ arrows, to take pilots at Back llivcr Harbor. ONSET BAY. This small, shaUow Bay lies Northeasterly about V/^ miles from Win.r's Neck Lighthouse. Vessels boiuul to Back Uiver Harbor and "Cuhasset Narrows, leave Mashnee Island on the Port, while those bound to Onset Bay leave it on the Starl)oard hand. About 6 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up the Bay to the Wliarf. Sailing Directions for Onset Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 7 feet draught, bound to Onset Bay, may, at about y. Hood, follow tlie directions before given for Back lliver Harbor, until past the Black Buoy olf the Southern part of Win.''s Neck Flats, tlien steer N-NE-, until the Black Buoy, whicli lies a short distance to the Westward of JMashnee Isknd, bears N by W., then run for this last-named Buoy, leaving it close to on' the Port hand, and carrying al)out 9 feet water Uirougli the narrow Channel ; when past tliis Buoy, liaul gradually to tlie East- ward, passing in mid-channel througli tlie Narrows, and leaving the Red Buoy off the Western part of Hog Island, close to on the Starl)oaid hand, and the next lUack Buoy close to on the Port. Wlien past tlie last Buoy, the course is about NW. ^2 N., leaving a Red Buoy, which lies a short distance to the Westward of a small, hio-h Island (called Wicket's Islrad), close to on tlie Starboard hand, au°d run for llie Wharf, ben.ing about N. by W-, and carrying 8 feet water to its outer end. High Water. It is hisb water in Onset Bay 3h. 12m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4J^ feet. HI G2 ELDIUDOES COAST IMLOT. POOASSET HARBOR. The entrance to this harbor (which is on the Southern aide of Winer's Ncclv) bears E. by S- from Wing's Neclt Liglithouse, dis- tance' 3^ mile. At low tide about 10 feet wat(!r can bo taken into it, but only 2 or 3 feet can be carried up to the wharf; at this date (1881), the channel is well buoyed. Sailing Directions for Pocasset Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the directions before given for Wareham River in day- time, leaving Bird Island Lighthouse a mile on the Fort hand ; when abreast this Light steer for Wing's Neck Lightliouse, bearing NE. by E. Vi E., leaving the Buoys off the SW. Ledge well on the Starboard hand. When about Yz mile from the last-named Lighthouse, steer E. by S. until tlie Red Buoy at the entrance of the harbor bears E. by N. The passage will then be fairly open, and you may run in, leaving the Buoy on the Starboard hand and keeping nearly in the middle of the narrow Channel, and anchor in about 2'/^ fathoms water a short distance to the Southwest of the first Black Buoy. If bound to the Wharf, wait at tiiis anchorage until nearly high water ; then leave the Black Buoys on the Port and Red Buoys on the Starboard hand, as they arc set to mark the narrow Channel up to the Wharf. At this date (1881), about 6>4 feet water at high tide can be carried to this Wliarf. IJlgU Water. It is high water in Tocasset Harbor 3h. 12m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. RED BROOK HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor lies Southwesterly about % mile from the Wharf in Pocasset Harbor. About 6 feet water can be taken through this passage, but only 3 or 4 feet can be carried into the brirbor at low tide. There is another very narrow passage lead- in«r into Red Brook Harbor between the Southern Point of Bassett 3 thern side of ^lithousc, cUs- 1)0 taken into ' ; at this date 1 Daytime, ther. River in day- c Port hand ; louse, bearing Ledge well on he last-named he entrance of be fairly open, oard hand and and anelior iu itliwest of the this anchorage i on the Port ct to mark the $1), about 6>4 )cfore it is at about % mile ;t water can bo be carried into y passage lead- int of Bassett's ELDRIDOES COAST PILOT. 63 Island and Scraggy Neck, through which about 4 feet water can be carried at low tide. Sailing Directions for Red Brook Harbor Vessels of not more tha.i 5 or G feet draught may at high water, follow the directions before given for Pocasset Harbor until the narrow passage between the Northern Point of Bassett s Island and h Mainland opens, then run in, leaving the Buoy with Horizontal Strip 3 otr the Northern side of Channel Rock a short distance ou eitle hand. After passing this Buoy the harbor will be open, wll you may run in and anchor in about 5 feet water at low tide. OATAUMET HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is on the Eastern side of Buzzard's Bay, lies Northeasterly about 20 miles from Lightship oTilTnard Chickens; U miles East-Northerly from Dumphng Rock Lighthouse, about 8 miles Northeasterly from entrance to Wood's Hole, and about 3 miles Southeasterly from Bird Island Lighthouse. MemarkH. Cataumet Harbor is a large cove lying between Scraggy Neck on the North and Nye's Neck on the South, and afforc^ anchorage n fVom 2 to 3 fathoms water. A bar extends across the entranc to ^harbor, having about 8 feet water upon it at low t:de At h.gh water this harbor is somewhat exposed to Westerly wir-^-^- SaiUng Directions for Cataumet Harbor in Day- ti^^e, ^th favorable winds and fair weather From the Westward, follow the directions before given for Ware- ham River in daytime until Wing's Neck Lighthouse is made ; ther briL tW Liohhouse to bear NE-, and run for it on tins course ^Z M^nd Lighthouse bears NW, by N.; the e.«o the harbor wiU then be fairly open, bearing E- V^^'^^^^^^^l^ n.ay run in on this last course. As you sad m on Uie l^oi^wdl be seen the Red Buoy off the Southern part ^'^'l-J^^^fV^^^ farther in, the Black Buoy off the Southern side of S vile Ledge Sof wiich are left ou the Port hand. On the Starboard, near G4 ELDUIDGK'S COAST I'lLUT. tho Soiithorn side of tlic IuiiIk)!', will lie socmi llie Ucd Buoy, wliicb lies oil' tlio Nortlieni wide of Cuttuuuet Lcdgo ; louvo this last-naiiu'd Buoy ubout 200 yards on the Starlxjiird luiiid, and Htoor E- by Nm loaviii^f tiio Hliiclv Hiioy oil' tho Sontiu'i'ri point of ScraggN Neck well on the I'oit hand. On this last course you will cross tlio bar in about 8 feet water at low tide. Continue tho course E. by N. until the water deei)en8 to 2^ or .'J fallionis, then anchor. If Itound up to the Wharf wait at this anclioiage until about higii water; then run in, leaving the Black Buoy olf South side of Chan- nel Kock (which ia awash at half tide) on the Port, and Red Buoy off Nye's Flats close to on tiic Starboard hand, aud run for tho cud of tho Wharf, bearing about SE. High Water. It is high water in Catauniet Harbor 3h. 14in. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise abuut 4 feet. WILD HARBOR. This Harbor, which is on the Eastern side of Buzzard's Bay, lies about 1 mile to the Southward of Cataumet Harbor. Memarks, Wild Harbor is a small (nearly) circular Cove, a little more than y^ mile in diameter, and there are no dangers in entering it. This Cove also affords good anchorage in from 2)^ to 3 fathoms water, with winds from N NW- to S. by E. by way of East, but is open to Southwesterly winds. Sailing Directions for Wild Harbor in Daytime. Vessels bound to Wild Harbor may follow the directions before given for Wareham River in daytime, until Bird Island Lighthouse bears NW-, on which bearing keep it and steer SE. for Nye's Point ; give this Point a berth of about ^ mile, leaving it on tlie Port hand. When the harbor is fairly open, bearing about E.NE., then run in, keeping abo"^ midway between the two points, and anchor in from 2^ to 3 fatuoms water. 1 Buoy, wliicU lis lust-imini'd vi-E. byN., Scragg) Neck '. cross tlie bar irisc E. b}- N. •lior. ilil about high siilu of Cliaii- iiul Red Buoy ia for the cud )cforo it is at ird's Bay, lies ttlc more tlian ring it. This atlioms water, it, but is open L Daytime. ectioiis before lid Liglitliouse SE. for Nye's .ving it on tlio ibout E.NE., JO points, and ELDUIIKJK'S COAST PILOT. HOG ISLAND HARBOR. 65 Tlio entrance to this nhallow Cove, wliicli is on tliu Eastern side ijf Bii/./.ard's B:iy, lies East- Northerly about 10 miles from l.iglil- sliii) oil Hen and Chirkeiis, i>li miles NorlheaMerly from entranee lo Woods Hole, and SE. by S. ^j S. about T) miles from Binl I.-.laud Lighthouse. Ileiunrh's. Hog Island Harbor, which is only navigable for boats at low tide, is well sheltered from all winds. About feet can be taken into it at high water. Sailing Directions for Hog Island narbor in Day- time. Vessels of not more than 4 or T) feet draught bound to Ilog Island Harbor, may follow the directions before given for Wareham River in daytime, until Ned's Point Lighthouse (on Northeast siile of Mattapoiset Harbor) is on a range with Angelica Point, bearing NW. by W. ; then run SE- by E- for this harbor; when it is fairly open (a little bi'fore high water), run in about midway, leav- ing the Red Buoys* olf Hog Island Ledge and Hog Island Point, boUv on the Starboard hand. When past the Eastern part of Hog Island, anchor anywhere in the harbor, where you will lie aground at low tide. High Water. It is high water in Hog Island Harbor 3h. 13m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. QUISSET HARBOR. The entrance to this small harbor, which is on the Eastern side of Buzzard's Bay, lies East-Northerly about 17 miles from Liglit-ship, off Hen and Chickens ; about 2 miles Nortlieasterly from entrance to Wood's Hole, and about 4 miles Southwesterly from entrance to Hog Island Harbor. 1 * Since the above was written wc k-urii tliat the Buoys at the entrance of the harbor have been cliscoutiuued. IT OG KLDUIDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. Jtemnt'h's, In entering this harbor the C'liiiniu'l is vc'ry narrow and crooked, and tlicrc arc st'vcrul dani^croiiH Itoilcs and Loilgcs l^ing in it. Al)oiit C feet water can 1)0 carried into it at low tide. It is udvis- ublo for Htrungera bound to this pluco to take i)ilot3. l'.\ HADLEY'S HARBOR. This smiill Harbor lii-s on the Western side of entrance from IJuzzard's Way to Wood's Hole. Jiemarks, In entering this harbor, a Lodge, which is covered at high water, lies nearly in mid-channel, forming two passages into it, both of which are very narrow. Sailing Directions for Hadley's Harbor in Daytime. Small vessels from Buzzard's Bay may leave the Black Buoy olf the Western entrance to Wood's Hole on the Starboard hand, and steer Southeasterly, keeping the Red Buoy off Long Neck Hock well on the Tort bow ; leave the last-mentioned Buoy about 200 yards on the Port hand, and when it bears NE. make good the course SW. for the Northern part of Nonaraesset Island, leaving the Buoy with Horizontal Stripes olf Hadley's Kock well on the Port hand. Continue the course SW., keeping a sharp look- out for the Ledge, until al)out 100 yards from shore ; then haul to the Westward, leaving this Ledge on the Starboard hand ; when past it, anchor in about mid-channel, off the Wharf, in from 2}4 to 3 fathoms water. Vessels entering Buzzard's Bay in Thick Weather— Whistling Buoy. At the entrance of Buzzard's Bay, about one mile Southwest from Light-ship off IIcu and Chickens, at this date (1881), is a Whist- ling Buoy. and crooked, s lying ill it. . It is ucIvIh- ciitranco from at high wator. iito it, both of a Daytime. Miifk lUioy olf ii'buard hand, ff Long Nock d I'jiioy about s NE. make raesset IsUiud, 3 Kock well on a siiarp look- ; thtn haul to I hand ; when in from 2>^ to Thick iouthwest from I), is a Whist- ELDllIDGES COAST PILOT. 67 Boarlngs and DistanooN from this Buoy. Dlitnneu. Row and I'i^'H I,i-4lit Siiip, S.SE n>{ miles. Hiioy oir Northwestern side of Ilibhon Hecf, E. by S. -','4 " liuoy off South 8t(l(' Mishanm Lcdgi', NE. '4' E. . . 4'^ " Buoy oir South «!.!<• Wllki-H* Lodge, NE by E. '' "R. 7j^ " Du-npling H.-ek I-ightiiouso, NE- HE 8 Hhu'k IJuoy otf Soiitli side Wist Ishuid SK. Ledge, NE. byE. '(E l-"f " Wing'H Neek J.ighUiouHe, NE. by E. ;:( E. ... 'ii'/j " In thick weather, vessels bound up Ihizzard's Bay making, or lieariug, tiiis Wiiislling Buoy at tlie cntran<'e, may leave it elose to on eitlu'r hand, and make g )()d tlie course E- by N- ^ N-, about 9 miles; the course is then NE- I2 E- about 11 miles to Wing'a Neck Lighliiouse. By inspeeling l':idridge's Chart of Buzzard's Bay on a largo scale a better idea can lie obtained of tlie numerous UiK-ks and Ledges in it, and also of the depth of water upon them, than by any writ. ten description. Channel between Hen and Chickens and Goose- berry Neck. Small vessels of not more liian 8 feet draught, with favorable winds, may, at low tide, by the following directions, safely iiass through this channel. Sailing Directions for Gooseberry Neck Channel in Daytime. From the Eastward, leave ^lishaum Point (which is the first to the Southwestward of Dumpling Rock Lighthouse) about }i mile to the Northward, and make good the course W. by S- for the outer point of Gooseberry Neck, distant about 4 J^ mil'-'s. On this course, the Buoys olf the Southern side of Wilkes' and Mlshaum Lodges will be left well on the Port hand. As you draw near the Neck, you will sec about J^ mile Southeasterly from it the Red Buoy which marks the Northern part of Hen and Chickens ; leave this Buoy a short distance on the Port ami steer about SW., carrying not less than 12 feet through this channel at low tide. S,'; -i^ 68 ELDUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. I 1 From the Westward, luing the outer part of Gooseberry Necik to bear NE. and run for it on this course. As you draw iieai this Neck, you will see the Red Buoy off Southwest part of Luinhar Rocks, and also the Red Buoy off tlie Northern part of Hen and Ciiickens ; tlie former lies about fa mile Southwest from tho outer part of Gooseberry Neck, the latter Southeasterly from this Neck .'ibout J-2 luih'- Leave the Red Buoy off Lumber Rocks ahout }{ mile on the Port hand, and steer East until the Red Buoy ofl the Northern part of Hen and Chickens bears NE. ; then run for it on this counc, leaving? it on tiie Starboard hand, carrying not less than 12 feet water at low tide through this channel. WESTPORT HARBOR. Tlie entrance to this harbor, which is narrow, lies between Horse Neck Beach on the East, and u remarkable higli Rocky KnubJjle (or Point of Rocks) on the "West ; this entrance is N-NW-, 8 J/2 miles from Liglit-ship off Sow and Pigs ; 5 miles NW. by N. % N. from Light-ship off Hen and Chickens ; and East Northerly G miles from Dr}- Rocics off Sakonnet Point. Hewarlk's. In approaching and entering Westport Harbor, there arc several dangers, some of Avhich at this dale (1881), are marked with spindles and buoys. At low tide, about 8 feet water can be taken in as far as the Middle (i round, ami from this about 7 feet through a narrow Channel to Westport Point. From the Southern end of this Middle Ground, which lies about ){ mile Northwesterl}- from Point of Rocks (Western side of entrance), tlie Channel is generally staked out to Wcslport I'oint ; in some places both sides are Jinrkcd, so that vessels maj-, with a favorable and commanding breeze, follow the Channel up to this point. At the entrance of this Harbor the Car- rent sets out and in very strong ; strangers sliould not, tlierefore, attempt to enter it, unless they have a favorable and commanding breeze. N ELDIUDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 69 ebeny Necik raw iieiu this . of Lnmhar of Hon and in th(3 outer in thi^ Neck ■ks nboiit i^ 3iio_v ofl the run for it on ing not less twecn Ilorse •ky KnubJjIe ■.NW., Sj4 by N. y. N. lerl}- G niik's 3 arc several larked with s far as the h a narrow ' this Middle )int of Kocks italvcd out to kod, so that 3, follow the bor the Cur- t, tlicrefore, 3ommanding Sailing Directions for Westport Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more tiien 7 feet draught, from tiic Kaslwaid, with a favorable and conunanding l)rce2:c ma}', at about 3^ Hood, leave tho Light-sliii) off Hon and Cliickens Reef, about JX "''1^' to tlic Eastward, and make good tiio course NW. by N. jj N., leaving tlie Hod lUu)y oil" tiio Soutiiorn part of Lumber Hocks, about y^ mile on the Starboard hand; tliis buoy bears about NW- l>y N. from the spindle on Old Cock, distance 1 mile ; when past tiie last- named buoy, tlio course is more Northerly ; as you sail in you will SCO tiie Black Si)indle on Two Mile Rock, and farther in tiic Black Buoy otr Dog Fisli Ledgi- ; leave the Black Spindle abcjut '2bO yards on tlie Tort iiand, and steer N. J j W-, when the Red Buoy off West part of Half Mile Siioal will be seen, and about 300 yards to the Westward of it, two bare Rocks, which are quite l)()ld ou tiieir Eastern part (these are called Half Mile Rocks). When tiioso Rocks bear NW. by W., then haul up about NW.. passing al)out midway between them and the Red Buoy olf Half INIilo Shoal; when well past Half Mile Rocks, the entrance to the harbor will be fairly open, bearing about W-NW., when yon may run in, keeping the Western si(h> of Point of Rocks best aboard, and anchor in the narrow Channel, on the Western side, above the Wharf, in about 12 feet water at low tide. If bound up to Westport Point, in order to avoid the Middle Ground (after passing the Point of Rocks on the Western side of entrance) keep the Eastern shore best aboard, and pass the stakes as the}' are set to mark the narrow channel np to town. From the Westward when the Light-ship off the Hen and Chickens is made, bring it to bear about Ii^ast, and run for it on this course until about 3 miles from it, then haul in about NE., and when the Red Buoy olf Lumber Rocks is made follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Westport Harbor 3h. 31m. before it is at Boston ; connnon tides rise about 3j/( feet. The Coast from Sakonnet Point to entrance of Westport Harbor. From Sakonnet Point to entrance of Westport Harbor there are many dangerous Rocks and Shoals, some of which extend off f. ■'; 70 ELDIJIDGE'S COAST TILOT. nourly a mile from shore ; heavy draught vessels should therefore, especially at night, giv^ this part of the coast a wide berth. i ! SAKONNET RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is between Sakonnet Point (the mainland) on tlie East and Sachuost Point (Rhode Islanii) on the West, lies Northwesterly about \\j4 miles from Light-ship off Sow iind Pigs, about 9 miles Wcst-?,''ortiiorly from Liglit-ship off lion and Chickens, loja miles East-Northerly from Point Judith Lighthouse, and 7J^ miles East-Northerly from Light-ship off Brenton's Reef. Memarh's, The course of this River from Sakonnet Point to Mount Hope Bayi3 about N. ^4 E., distance 12j^ miles. Its width at the entrance is about 2^2 niiles, gradually diminisliing to Fogland Point, C)l4 miles above Siikonnct Point, whore it is onl}- ^^ mile wide, then expanding to the width of more than a mile, and again contracting to J^ mile at the Stone Bridge, tlu'ough which narrow passage it leads into Jlount Hope Htxy. About 3 fathoms water at low tide can be taken through it to Mount Hope Bay, and the principal obstructions in navigating it are the Cormorant Reef, which lies on the "Western side of entrance, and the Flats wliich extend off from both shores, no dangers being found in the channel- waj- ; the greatest difficulty experienced is in passing the draws thrmigh which the current runs ver}- strong. In this River vessels can find good shelter from all winds above Fogland Point, which is on the Easb side about G miles from tlie entrance, and good anchorage maj- be found in the Coves near the entrance in both Easterly and Westerly winds. Sailing Directions for Sakonnet River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, by way of Vineyard Sound, leave the Light- ship off the Sow and Pigs a short distance on either hand, and make good the course NW. by W. Vj W- 10 miles to Red Buoy off Southern part of vSchuyler's Lodge ; this Ledge lies about }4 mile to the Southward of Sakonnet Rocks and lias about 7 feet water upon it at low tide. When this buoy is made, leave it a '*'' i^it ELDUIDGFS COAST 1 .LOT. 71 uld therefore, berth. ikonnet Point Hiode Islaiui) )m Light-sliip Liglit-ship olf Point Judith Light-ship ofl' Mount Hope width at the 5 to Fogland . onl}- ^ mile ilo, and again which narrow fathoms water Bay, and the lit Reef, which whicli extend channel-waj' ; Iraws through issels can find liicii is on the od ancliorage > Easterly and 1 Dasrtime, Lther. ivc the Light- ler hand, and 1 to Red Buoy lies about J^ s about 7 feet lIc, leave it a «hovt distance on the Starboard hand, and stoor NW- by N- Vz N- lb. ut 1 mile, when the River will be fairly open ; then run up about ISr ...', E., passing about midway between tlie Blacc buoy oil Hint's Point and Red Buoy off Church's Flats ; after p .ssing these buoys keep the middle of the River as you sail up ; when^ nearly .breast Sandy Point, which lies on the West sule and is bobl, ym, will see nearly in the nuddle of the River a Red Buoy, wlnc.MS left on the StarbJard hand ; when past this buoy keep in the muklc of the River and anchor above the next Point, on ^1- l-«t-n sule m about 5 fathoms water. Vessels of not moi;e than 8 or 9 fee drauc^ht may leave this last point about )i mile on the Staiboaid h.nd" and haul in and anchor above it, near the Eastern shore, in ^om 10 o 12 feet water at low tide. If bound to Mount Hope C when past the Red Buoy off Sandy Point, keep the Eastern shore best aboard, when you will see a small Island lying nearly in the middle of the River; pass about midway between this Island and the Eastern shore, and in order to safely pass through the Bridcres anchor and wait for slack water. Fi-om Buzzard's Bay leave the Light-ship off Hen and riuckens close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the cour W. 3^ N. for Red Buoy off Schuyler's Ledge, distance 8 miles ; when this is made, follow the directions before given. From the Westward, bound to Sakonnet River, when past Point Judith, bring the Lighthouse to bear W- by S-, on winch bearing U ep i andLer E- by N- ; when the River is faiHy open run in about midway, leaving the Black Buoy off the South side of Cormorant Reef well on the Port hand ; this last-named Reef, which is Ze in some places, lies S. by W- about ^A mile from Sachuest Point, West Bide of entran^o to this River; when past this last- named Buoy follow the directions before given. From Newport, or Narraganset Bay, leave the Liglit-ship ofT Brenton's Reef a short distance on either hand and ma^e good he eonrse East, keeping a sharp look-out for the Black Buoy off the Soutbern side of Comorant Reef, and proceed as before d,reeted. Anchorage near the Month of Salzonnet Miner. In Eastcrl / or Northeasterly winds vessels may find good shelter in Church's Cove, which lies on the Eastern side of entrance to Uus River, and is free from dangers. The best anchorage is in from b to7 fathoms water about I/3 n.iles above Sakonnet Point ; heR d BuoyoffChurch'sPointbearsfromthisanchorageN.bj W. ^miie. 1? 72 ELDIIIDGE'S COAST TILOT. In Westerly or Northwesterly winds, by leaving the Black Buoy on tlio Port imnd, vessels may find shelter in tlie first Cove on tlie Western side oC entrance. In tliis Cove tlie FlaL'^ extend some distance from sliore, it is therefore advisable in cnt-ring to use the Lead before anchoring. High Water. It is high water at tlie entrance of Sakonnet River 3h. 4401. before it is in Boston ; common tides rise about 31^ feet. NEWPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is between Beaver Tail Point on the West and Brenton's Point on the East, lies West-Northerly 18 miles from Liglit-ship olf Sow and Pigs ; 16 miles West-Nortli- erly from I/ight-ship oil' Hen and Chickens, and about 7 miles Northeasterly from Point Judith Lighthouse. Brenton's Reef. In approaching this Harbor, the principal danger is Brenton's Reef, v\hich extends olT about Yz mile from tlie Southwc>«tern part of Rhode Island ; some parts of this Reef are bare at low tide and breaks with a little motion of the sea. In thick weather or i..ght-- time the Lead gives no warning in aiiproaching it from the West- ward. Iirenton\s lieef Light-ship. In the middle of the entrance to Newport Harbor, about a mile from the Southwest end of this Reef, is placed a Light-ship, which at this date (1881), shows two fixed White Lights, and lias a bell which is rung in thick weather. Bearings and Distances from Brenton's Keef Light-Ship. Distance. Light-ship off Sow and Pigs, E. by S. ?4 S. . • . 1 7^4 miles. Light-ship off Hen and Cliickens, E. J<2 S '^^% " Red Buoy off' Schuyler's Ledge, E. ^ S. Black Buoy off Southern \mt Cormorant Reef, E. J^ N. Beaver-Tail Lighthouse, NW. by N- >^ N- . . . Point Judith Lighthouse, SW. by W. J^! W- . . . Block Island Northern Lighthouse, SW- ]i W. . • Block Island Southeast Lighthouse, SW. yi S. . . 8 G 1/2 173^ "ijii; (ijai*'»-'*» "^-^ iig the Black tlie first Cove ! Flats cxLoiid in cnt'.iiiig to Liver 3h. 44m. feet. wcr Tail Point Vest-Northerly s West-North- about 7 miles ?r is Brcnton's thwestern part it low tide and athor or ii.glit-- i'om the Wcst- r, about a mile a Light-ship, 5hts,arul has a Light-Ship. Distance. . Mi^ i"iles. . 8 f. G . m . 173^ ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 73 Beaver-Tail Lighthouse. Upon Bcavor-Tail, South Point of Conaniciit Island, between the two entrances to Narrnganset Bay. is a Lighthouse, wliidi at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Liglit, wliicii is intended to guide vessels into Newport and Dutch Island harbors. A Steam Whistle, giving Blasts of fi socimds each at intervals of 10 and 50 seconds, is placed near this Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Beaver-Tail Lighthouse. Distance, Goat Island Lighthouse, NE. by E. Ji E 4J4 miles. Red Buoy off outer part Brenton's Pvccf, E SE. . . 1 J^ " Brenton's Reef Liglit-ship, SE. by S. ^^ S. . . . \% " Buoy off Newton's Rock, SW. by S Yi mile. Dutch Island Lighthouse, N- >^ E 2^g miles. Jones' Ledge, NW. / N 1>^ " Whale Rock Lightliouse, W- J4 S 1>3 " Point Judith Liglithouse, SW. nearly (>]/2 " Block Island North Lighthouse, SW. / S 15?^ " Block Island Southeast Lighthouse, SW. by S. ]i S. 18>^ " Dangers. In entering Newport Harbor, after passing Brenton's Reef, there are several dangers lying near the shores. Wash Ball, The first met with is a small bare Rock off Castle Hill Point called tlie Wash Ball, about l.")0 yards from sliore. Tliis danger may be avoided by keeping at least I3 mile from the Eastern shore. Kettle Bottom Bock. On the Northern side of the Channel, 1-)^ miles above Beaver- Tail Light, about yi mile from shore, is a small Bare Rock called Kettle Bottom Rock. It is bold on its Southern and Southeastern parts. Vessels should not attempt to pass to the Northward of this Rock. At night-time, in order to avoid Kettle Bottom Rock, vessels should not shut in Goat Island Light l)ehind Fort Dumpling, or, in other words, this last-named Light should be visible on either tack. 74 ELDRIDGDS COAST PILOT. T1^e DumpUnffs, These are a clnstor of Rocky Islets always above water ; they O'o vciy bold on their Eastoni part, and lie on the Western side of tlie paspage nearly opposite Fort Adams. In l)eating in at night, ii\ order to avoid these Rocks, when nearly abrcist Fort Adams the tlie Red Light on Rose Island should not bear to tlic Eastward of NE. by N. Lime Hock Lighthouse. On a small Rocky Islet, South side of entrance to Newport Inner Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date shows a Red Fixed Light, which is intended to guide vessels at night by the South channel into Newport Inner Harbor. Vessels at night-time, of about 10 feet draught, may safely at low tide approach this Light on its Nor- thern side within 75 yards, but there is no passage on its Southern side. Goat Island Lighthouse. From the Northern part of Goat Island there extends ofT about 400 yards in a Nortlierly direction a stone Breakwater ; on the ex- treme outer end of this Breakwater is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Wliite Light. This Light is intended to guide vessels at night into Newport Inner Harbor by the Nor- thern channel. A Fog Bell is placed near this Lighthouse. Hose Island Lighthouse. On the Southwestern part of Rose Island is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a Red Fixed Light, which is intended to guide vessels up the Narraganset Bay (Eastern passage) and also into Coasters' Island Harbor. Goat Island Light bears from Rose Island Light E. by S- }i S. about ji mile. Lime Rock Light- house, SE. by S- % S., distance Ij^ miles. NEWPORT OUTER HARBOR. The depth of w.ater in entering Newport Outer Harbor is sufficient to admit vessels of the heaviest drauglit, even at the lowest tides. With an ebb tide and light winds, or winds ahead, the harbor is difficult of access, on account of the current which sets out strong. ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 76 tor; theyov>- S- J{ S., on wliich bearing keep it, and steer NE. by N- }.i N- about '/i mile an.l anchor in about 2li falhoius water, Clout Island Light bearingN. byW. ^2 W. x- u f If you inteud to enter the Inner Harbor by the passage ^orth of Goat Ishtn.l, run for Goat Island Liglit, bearing N-E- by E-, ">>til the Red Li-ht on Rose Island bears N- by W-, tlieu steer NE. lA N nnd under short sail haul round Goat Island Light at a dis- tance of 200 yards, leaving it to the Soutliward ; when p;.st this Li^bt keep ill mid-channel (course about South) until past the Long Wharf, then steer more Easterly and anchor in about iji fathoms water at low tide. Lime Rock Light bears SW- by S- }{ S. from this anchorage. Beating into Newport Harbor at Night.* When past the Wash Ball Rock, which lies about L^O yards Southwest from Castle Hill Point, the So- itl.eus.ern shore is very bold; it is therefore advisable, after pass ng this danger, to keep this side best aboard, an.l when past Fort Adams, which is left on the Starboard hand, anchorage may be found to the Westward of Goat Island in from C. to 10 fothoins water. In order to avoid Kettle Bottom Rock and other dangers which lie near the Western ♦ Vessels of more than 13 feet drau-ht Iieating into Newport or Casters' Isliiml Aiichoni;ie shoukl be careful to avoid a sunken Kock which bears SE. by E. 4 E. about i mile from liose Island Lighthouse. 78 lCLUUIl)(iK'S COAST I'lLOT. Hlioro, i\, is ttdvisr.blo to not shut float Island Light in bchiiul Fort Diiinpliiig. In onU'iing Nc^wport Ilivrlior tlio sliorcs arts vory bold, tho lead llu'ivforc givi'H but litllo warning in ni)i)roa('hing tlicnj. Thiek Weather. At this date (IHSl ), there is u Steam Wliistlo at llcavor-Tuil Lighthouse, and a Fog HoU at (loat Island Lighlliouse. Vessela making llrcnton's Reef Light-ship in tliick weather may leave it close to on either hand and make good the eoursi! N- I'V E- ^4 E. about 1 ^4 miles, or until tiie Fog Signal at Ileaver-'rail Lighthouse bears W. by S. ^j S-, the course is tlien NE. by E- into tiio Outer Harbor. It is advisable, however, aller passing tlio Wash Ball Roek (before described) to keep the Kastcru shore best aboard. High Water. It is high water in Newport Outer Harbor 3h. 44m. before it ia at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. 1^ \ FALL RIVER HARBOR. This Harbor, which Is situated near the moutli of Taunton River, is r.)'^ miles Northeasterly from Brenton'a Reef Light-ship, and 16 miles Northeasterly from West Island, by way of Sakonnet River. Semarka. At this date (1881), about 16 feet water, at low tide, can be carried through Moimt Hope Bay, up to the City of Fall River ; good anchorage may be found off the City in from 3 to 5 fathoms water, good holding ground. Prudence Island Lighthouse. On Sandy Point, East side of Prudence Island, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light. Bristol Ferry Lighthouse bears from this Lighthouse NE. j/i "E., ''> miles. !' ■ n bchiiul Fort hold, tlio luud II. it llcttvor-Tull )ii!i('. Vcssi'ls • iiiiiy have it . I'vE. ;XE. nil Liglillioiiso y E- into tlio iiiig liu) AVasli u sliuri) best m. before it is 'aunton River, ,iglit-ship, and idcoimet llivcr. V tide, can be of Fall River ; } to 5 fathoms a Ligbtliouse, jight. Bristol /i "E., o miles. KLDIUnOF/S C0A8T PILOT. liristol Forry Lighthouse. 79 On Bristol Ferry Point, Nortli side of eiitruiice to Mount Hope Bay, is a Lighthouse, whieh at tliis date (1H81), shows a llxcd White 1-igiit; the Liglitliouse on Muselc Bed Shoals bears S. li Wm '/j mile from tliis Lightliouse. Muscle Bed Shoals Lighthouse. On Southeast side of Channel, opposite to Bristol Ferry, is a l.iglithonse, whieh at this date (18H1), bIiows a fixed Red Light. rnideiiee Island Lighthouse bears from this Liglitliouse SW- by W., distaiiee 2^^ mile. A Fog Bell at this date (1H81), is plaeed 'near Muscle Bed Lighthouse. Sailing Directions from Brenton's Reef Light-ship to Fall River Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Light-ship off Brenton's Reef close to on cither hand, and make good the course N- by E. H E-, leaving the Red Buoy oir the outer end of Brenton's Reef well on the Starboard hand ; continue the course until the entrance to Newport Harbor is fairly open, then keep about mid-channel, until the Lighthouse on the Southwest part of Rose Island* bears N. by E 'A E., then run for it on this course, leaving the Dumpling Rocks well on the Port hand; when about '4 mile from Rose Is- land Lighthouse, haul gradually to the Westward, and leave it about li mile on tlic Starboard hand. Wiieu this Lighthouse bears East, make good the course NE. by N. J^ N., 7 miles to Prudence Island Lighthouse ; as you enter the Narraganset Bay on thia course, you will sec on the Starboard, the Red Buoy off the North- ern part of Rose Island, the Red Buoy off Bishop Rock, the Red Buoy oir the Sisters, and also Dyer's Island (off the Southwest part of whichis a Red Buoy) ; all these are left on the Starboard hand. On the Port Avill be seen Gould's Island, which is bold, and farther in the Black Spindle on Halfway Rock, and lastly Prudence Island Lighthouse ; these last-named arc left on the Port hand. From the Southern Point of Prudence Island to tiio Lighthouse, the shore is very bold ; it is, therefore, only necessary to keep but a short dis- tance from it. * Rose Island Lighthouse bears from the Northern part of Fort Adams N. iW., distance about i mile. 1 i; nr n,! 80 i;i.I)liII)(ii;'H COAHI' PILOT. Prom Prudonco Island Lighthouso to Pall llivor. Alltr pnMHliifr Prmlfiicc Islmid Lifrlitlioiisc, luiii;;,' it to hear SW. '4 WmOii vvliich IxMiriiin; Ii«M'|) it, ntid stocr NE. ^4 E. for Hristol I''ciTy; iim yon iippmacli tliis Forry, yuii will sec on llio Starlxmnl. the Ki'd I'.noy olf Coal .Mmu' Flats, and also the Li;,dit- lioiiHi) oir Musolo Hod Shoals; on the I'ort will ho HCcn the lllnck Hiioy oir !Io^' Island Flats, ami also tlif Li;,'lillintisc near Bristol Ferry; };ivi' Uw UlucU lUmy olF the Southern part of Ilo^r Is- land Shoals (whieh hears W. hy S., I'j ni'le from the Li^rl,il,„iiso on the Muscle Hed Shoals) a small herth, Icavin;,' it on the Port hand, and pans Hristol Ferry aliout midway between the two Li;ilit- honscs. When past the Ferry, .steer NE. l)y E., '>'/j miles, whiuli course will take yon in about IT) Cent water ncross the Flats In Mount Hope Hay to the City of Fall Kiver. where you may anchor between the Wharves and J.ij,dith(jnse» onlJurdon's Flats, in about 5 fathoms water, good holding; j^round Jfif/fi Water. It is liijrh water in Fall River Harbor 3h. 19m. before it is at lloston ; eoiiunon tidijs rise about 4J:^ feet. TAUNTON RIVER. There are in any dan^'ers in Taunton Kiver; strangers, therefore, must not attempt to pass beyond the City of Fall Kiver without a pilot. BRISTOL HARBOR. ':'■ f This Harbor lies 1.5 miles Northeasterly from Brenton's Reef Light-ship; 11 miles from Goat Island Lighthouse (North entrance to Newport Inner Harbor); and 11 miles Southeasterly from the City of Providence. Memarks. In entering this harbor, there are two Channels ; the Western Channel, which is the widest, leads in between Hog Island on the ♦ Upon Borden's Flats, opposite tlie city of Fall River, is a Lijjlitliouso, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Red Light. Attached to this Liglithouse is a Bell, which, la thick weather, Is struck at Intervals of 15 seconds. j'all llivor. iii; it to l)('iir NE. '( E. for will M'f on Iho jilso till' Li;j;lit- Hcvn tli<> I Hack sc near Hristol rt of Ho;; Is- tllC Li-^ E , leaving,' the Black Buoy oil' Fopivsipiash I'oiiit well on the Fort, and the Beacon on Castle Ishuul Shoal on the Star- board hand. When abreast this last-iiamed Beacon, you will see two buoys. The one painted in lied ami Black Horizontal Stripes lies oir the North end of Middle (hound ; the other Black Buoy lies otr the Eastern part of Usher's Rocks ; pass midway l)etween these last-named buoys, and run up about N- by E- K- E-, and anchor oir the Wharves in about 2>^ fathoms water. Heavy draught vessels, when past the Buoy on the Middle Ground, should anchor a short distance from it in about \lji fathoms water, at low tide. Coming from Fall River, or through Sakonnet River (sec direc- tions for" that River), boand to Bristol, give the Red Buoy off Pearce's Rock (which lies about 400 yards West from Bristol Ferry Lighthouse) a berth of about }, mile, leaving it on the Stor- board hand, and steer N- by W-, leaving the Black Buoy on the Western side of the channel, and Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Northern part of Middle Ground, both on the Port hand. When past this last-immed Buoy, run up and anchor off the Wharves iu sticky bottom with good holding ground. Iliffh Water. It is high water in Bristol Harbor .^h. 24111. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 4 4 f^ct. I 82 ' I' i'>- i ELDIIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. WARREN RIVER. The entrance to this River is 1 7 miles Northeastcrl}- from Bren- ton's Reef Liglit-sliip ; C miles Northeasterly from Prudence Island Lighthouse, and 8^ miles Southeasterly from the City of Provi- dence. * Memarks. From the mouth of this River to the Town of Warren, which i^ situated upon its Eastern bank, the course is Northeasterly about Ij.'s miles. Tlic^re are many obstructions in this River, but the channel at this date (1881), is well marked with Buoys. With a good pilot, about 11 feet water at low tide can be taken up to the Wluirves ; il is advisable, however. Cor vessels of much size bound up this River to take pilots, especially with unfavorable winds. Sailing Directions for Warren River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the directions before given from Brenton's Reef Light- ship to Fall River Harbor, until abreast Pru'lonce Island Light- house, which may be Ml about }{ mile on the Port hand ; then steer about N. ^ E., leaving the Red Buoy off Southwest part of Hog Island (which bears NE. by N. yi N. aom Prudence Island Lighthouse, distance 1 3/^ miles) well on the Starboard hand ; when past this last-named Buoy, run about N. by W., leaving the Black Buoy off Popasquash Point well on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, follow the Eastern ohoro (which is bold and free from dangers) , keeping about J/S mile from it, until you make the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which is the first at the entrance of the River. Leave the last-named Buoy about 2.50 yards on the Port, and steer about N NE., leaving the Black Buoys and Beacon on the Port, and Red Buoys on the Star- board hand, and anchor off the Wharves in from 10 to 15 feet water, hard bottom. From Providence River, when past Conimicut Point Lighthouse, bring it to bear NW. ^4 N-, and make good the course SE. % S., until Warren River is fairly open ; then run in, leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which is the first at the entrance of the River, on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. ^.J. ELDIUDGES COAST PILOT. 88 ■I}' from Bren- udencc Island [,'ity of Provi- High Water. It is high water in Warren River 3h. 24ra. before it is at Boston ; comuion tides rise about 4^ feet. irren, which i^ easterly about iliver, but the oys. With a iken up to the ich size bound )lc winds. 1 Daytime, ather. 's Reef Light- Island Light- rt hand ; then thwtst part of udoncc Island d hand ; when viiig the Black id ; when past bold and free you make the s, which is the st-named Buoy 3., leaving the rs on the Star- 10 to 15 feet nt Lighthouse, course SE. yi n, leaving the I, which is the ad, and follow PROVIDENCE RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is between Conimicut Toint on the West and Navat Point on the East, lies lf.>4 miles Northeasterly from Boav(M--Tail Ligril.ousc ; 14 miles Northeasterly from the City of Newport ; Northwesterly, 7 miU'S from Prudence Island Light- house ; Noi theasteilv, V/^ miles from Warwick Point Lighthouse, and Southeasterly, 0;^ miles from the City of Providnice. Conimicut Point Lighthouse. This Lighthouse, which is eroctccl on tlie outer end of Conimicut Shoal Wi^st side of entrance to Providence River, is painted Gray, and shows a lixed White Light. At this date (1H81), a Fog Bell is struck at this Lighthouse at intervals of 12 seconds. Vessels m.ay aiiproach tliis Lighthouse on its Eastern side, within 50 yards, with- out danger. Bearings and Distances from Conimicut Point Lighthouse. Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes otf Southern part Ohio Ledge,* S- by E. J^ E , distance 2./3 miles; Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Northern part Prudence Island, S. by W. ]i W- distance 2/3 miles. Bullock's Point Lighthouse. About N.NW., 1 Yz miles from Conimicut Point Lighthouse, on the Eastern side of the channel and a little more than Vi mile Southwesterly from Bullock's Point, is a Lighthouse painted Drab color, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Red Light. Sabine's Point Lighthouse. About N. 34 W. , 1 ^ miles from Bullock's Point Lighthouse, on the Eastern side of the channel and a little less than }i mile South- ♦ Ohio Ledge has about 8 feet water upon it at low tide. vh. 84 ELDIilDGK'S COAST PILOT. westerly from Sabine's Point, is a Liijjhtlionse painted 'White, which at this date (ISHl), shows a fixed White Liglit. Pomham Rocks Lighthouse. About NE. by N. ^ N., 1^^ mile from Sabine's I'oint Light- iioiise, on the Eastern side of tlio channi;!, on a liigh lloek and near tlie Ii^astern Sliore, is a Liglitiioiise painted White, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Ked Light. Puller's Rock Lighthouse. About N. by W. ji W-, a, little more than a mile from Pomham Rocks LiglUhousi , on tlic Eastern side of the channel, near the shore, is a Lighthouse painted White, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light. Sassafras Point Lighthouse. About NW-, ^4 ii^ile from Puller's Rock Lighthouse, on the West side of the channel, on Sassafras Point, is a Lighthouse painteil White, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Red Light. This last-mentioned Lighthouse is located about yi mile below the Cit}' of Providence. MeinarJt's. From Conimitut Point Lighthouse at the entrance of the Eiver to Providence City the distance is 6^ miles. The cliannel, which in some places is narrow, is well marked with Buoys. Strangers, in small vessels in daytime, with favorable winds, ma^- safely pass up this River without danger. It is, however, advisable for heavy- draught vessels to take pilots. At this date about 1 4 feet water at low tide can be taken up to Providence. Sailing Directions from Brenton's Reef Light-ship to Providence City by Ship Channel (or Eastern Passage) in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Light-ship off Brenton's Reef close to on either hand, and make good the course N. by E. ^ E., leaving the Red Buoy otf the outer end of Brenton's Reef well on tiie Starboard hand ; when the entrance to Newport Harbor is fairly open, tlien run in about raid-channel until the Lighthouse on Southwest part of Rose Island ELDKlDGIi'S COAST I'lLOT. 85 ■Wbito, which Point Light- [lock and near which at this from Pomham inel, near the date (1881), 0, on the West lioiise paintPtl I Light. This jelow the Citj' 5f the River to nncl, which in Strangers, in safely pass np l)le for hoavy- ] 4 fi'ct water Light-ship or Easteru winds aud >n either hand, > Red liuoy otf d hand ; wlion run in ahont af Rose Island s bears N. by E- J4 E-, then run for it on this course, leaving the Dumpling Rocks well on the Port hand ; when ai)out >i mile from Rose Ishmd Lighthouse, haul gradually to the Westward, and leave it about ji mile on the Starboard hand ; when this last-mentioned Li-'hlhouse bears East, make good the course NE- by N. J^ N. 7 miles, which will bring you up with Prudence Island Lighthouse ; on this last course, when past Rose Island, you will sec on the Star- board the Red Buoy off its Northern part, the Red liuoy off IVishop Rock, the Red Buoy o'? the Sisters, and lastly, Dyer's Island off the Southwest part of which is a Red Buoy, - all these are left on the Starboard hand. On the Port will be seen Gould's Island, which is bold, and farther in, the Black Spindle on Halfway Rock, and lastly. Prudence Island Lighthouse, — these last-named are left on th: Port hand. From the Southern Point of Prudence Island to the Lighthouse the shore is very buhl ; it is, therefore, only necessary to keep but a short distance from it. Leave Prudence Island Light- house about yi mile on the Port hand and make good the course N. yi E. about 11^ miles, or until abreast the Red Buoy* off South- west partof II. g Island (which is left on the Starboard hand), then steer N. ^ W. 3 miles, which will bring you up with the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, off Southern part of Ohio Ledge ; Conimicut Point Lighthouse, which stands on West side of entrance to Pi^ vidence River, bears from the Buoy off this Ledge (which has 8 feet water upon it at low tide), N- by W- }i W-, distance 2' 3 miles. AVhen the last-named Buoy is made, leave it about yi mile on the Port hand, and steer about N. ^ W. until Conimicut Point Lighthouse bears NW- j4 N-, then run for it on this couse. Sailing Directions for Providence River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave Conimicut Point Lighthouse, which stands on the AVest side of entrance to the River, about 200 yards on the Port hand, and make good the course NW. by N- with Bullock's Point Liglithouse on the Starboard bow ; when abreast this last-mentioned Lighthouse (which may be left 200 yards on the Starboard hand) , the course is then N. ji W. to Sabine's Point Lighthouse ; on this last course Thn Kod Buoy off Southwest part of Hog Ishmd bears from Prudence Island Liglithouse NE. byN. i N., distance IJ miles. 86 ELDUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. Pawtuxent Beacon will be left well on the Port hand ; give Sabine's Point Lighthouse a berth of about 200 yards, leaving it on the Star- board hand, and continue the course about }i mile past it, or uiit.l the Red liuoy otf the Oyster Beds bears NE. by E-, the course is then about NE., leaving the last-named Buoy on the Starboard i>.nd a Black Buoy on the Port hand ; conlinue the course NE. until Pomhani llock Lighthouse bears N- NE, then steer for this Light- house on this course, leaving it about lOU jards on the Starboard, and Pomhain Beacon on the Port hand ; when abreast this last- named Lighthouse the course isN. ^i W-, leaving a Black Buo}- on the Port, and the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripe^ on Bulkhi ad Rock on the Starboard liand ; continue the course, passing between two Buoys, one Black, the other Red ; when past these Bunys the course is more 'Westerly-, leavizig Fuller's Rock Lighthouse ahout 100 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past this last-named Lighthouse, steer about NW- ^ N., passing between the Red Buoy olf Sassafras Shoal and the Lighthouse ; when past Sassafras I'oint Lighthouse, the course is about N. b}- W., leaving the Buoys as thev are set to mark the channel to the city. In navigating Providence River, particular attention should be paid to the color of the Buoys, as there is but little water in many places ou each side of the cbanneL t'ii NARRAGANSETT BAY (Western Passage). Beaver-Tail Lighthouse. Upon Beaver-Tail, South Point of Conanicut Island, between the two entrances to Narragansett Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light, which is intended to guide vessel" into Newport and Dutch Island Harbors, and also up the Westeia passage of Narragansett Baj-. A Steam Whistle is placed near this Lighthouse, which gives blasts of 6 seconds at intervals of 10 and 50 seconds. Vg' .1 iBiBe.Wtf y=*r«=> •> ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 87 ; give Sabine's it on the Stur- )ast it, or uiit.i 1., the eouise is Starboard i>.nd irse NE. until for this Light- the Starboard, oast this last- Black Buo^- oi) izontal Stript's lue the course, !(1 ; when past Fuller's Rock when past this issing between ie ; when past y W., leaving city. ion should be water in many estem i, between the , which at this ?n(lc(l to guide id also up the listle is placed at intervals of Dangers in Entering Narragansett Bay by the Western Passage. Newton s Rock, This Rock, on which it breaks if there be any sea, lies about }i mile SW. by S. from Beaver-Tail Lighthouse. This Rock is niirked ofl' its Southwest part with a Buoy having Red and Black ilorizontiil Stripes. Whale Rock, This Rock, which is above water, is bold on all sides, and lies on the Western side of the passage ; it is easily recognized in the day- time on account of its being whitewashed. Beaver Tail I ! ^hthouse bears from Whale Rock E. }4 N., distance \% miles " Jones* Ledge, This Ledge, which lies on the Western side of the passage, has about 8 feet water upon it at low tide ; it is now marked on its Eastern side with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which bears from Beaver-Tail Lighthouse NW. Yi N. 1>8 miles. Dutch Island Lighthouse. This Lighthouse, which shows a fixed White Light, stands upon the Southern part of Dutch Island, and is intended as a guide for vessels bound up Narrauansot Bay by the Western passage, and also into Dutch Island llarbur. A Fog Boll at this date (1881) , is placed near this Lighthouse. Dutch Island is bold on all sides, and may be approached within }i mile without danger. Boavor-Tail Lighthouse bears from Dutch Island Lighthouse S J4 W., distan ce 2J^ miles. ^ * Since the above was written a Lighthouse has been erected on Whale Uork, which at this date (1882), shows a Fixed Kod Light. ^ B.ll at h.s time is attached to this Lighthouse which, in thick weather, is struck two blows in quick succession, at Intervals of 20 seconds. Eli 88 ELURIDGE'S COAST PILOT. li .III M-1 4 E. ; then run for it on this course and follow the directions given. High Watef. It is high water in East Greenwich Harbor 3h. 27m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 J^ feet. Iho nnchorpgo of tlio IJa)' is jscld of much Harbor in weather. ;;c, follow tlio to Coaimiciit arwick Light- i in about 6^ ing W. by S. )-oii will see on ivc this Buoy 3 about NW. k will bo seen ing it a short . for the town, 15uoys on the the town. It bound to East Harbor, leave arboard hand, the Starboard 3 Spindle on udence Island, the Port will xrthcr in Hope rt ; this last is eft on the Port )ut South, 3^ W. by N. until then run for it 7m. before it is ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. APPONAUG RIVER. 91 In the extreme Northwest part of Croenwich Ray, about 3j^ miles Northwest from "Warwick Lighthonsr. 'los the entrance to Api)onaug River, whicli has but little wr.u:r in it at low tide. About Y^ mile from its mouth is the village of Apponaug. PAWTUXET HARBOR. This Harbor, which is u long shallow Cove, lies on the Western side of Providence River about 'A^ miles above Conimicut Light- house. Light draught vessels bound to Pawtuxet may follow the direc- tions before given for Providence River until up with Sabine's Point Lighthouse ; it is then advisable to anchor near Pawtuxet Ileacon and take pilots. WIOKPORD HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which lies on the Western side of Narragansctt Bay, is Northwesterly about 7^ miles from Beaver- Tail Lighthouse ; Northwesterly about T) miles from Dutch Island Lighthouse, and Southwesterly 6%. miles from Warwick Light- house. Old Gay Rock Lighthouse. Upon Old Gay Rock (which lies upon the Southern side of the channel in entering Wiekford Harbor), at this date (1882), a Lighthouse is in course of construction. Remarks. In entering Wiekford Harbor, there are many Shoals, Rocks and Ledges, most of which at this date (1882), are marked with Bea- cons and Buoys. At low tide, about 13 feet water can be carried up abreast the Lighthouse, and from this not more than 9 or 10 feet 1 02 KI-DUIDOK'S COAST I'lI-OT. can 1k' taken through a narrow clmimel to the Long Wharf at the Kastern eutl of the village. SaiUng Directions for Wickford Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. VoHScls lionn.l to Wickford may follow the directions heforo given for the Western passage of Narragansett Bay, from B<'tiver- Tail Lightiiouse to Conimlcut Lighthonse, entrance to rroviilenuc Uiver, until the Lightiiouse on Old Gay Rock, entrance to Wick- fory W. ; then run for it on this course, leaving it about 75 yards on the Port hand ; when abreast the Lighthouse you will see the Red Buoy which lies olf to the South- ward of Charles' Rock ; leave this Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and steer about NW- by W. until the harbor is well open ; then under sliort sail run for the end of Long Wharf, bearing about SW. by S., carrying about 9 feet water at low tide. From the Lighthouse on Old Gay Rock to Long Wharf the channel is very narrow ; it is therefore necessary, after passing this Lighthouse, to proceed with caution. Vessels front Newport, bound to Wickford Harbor, may leave Rose Island Ligiithouse about }^ mile on tlie Starboard hand and make good the course N- ^ E. ; leaving (iould Island, which is bold, a short distance on the Starboard hand, haul round the Northern part of Conanieut Island at a distance of yj, mile, and run about W-SW-, leaving all tiie Buoys on the Ledges, and also White Rock Beacon well on the Starboard hand; continue the course W SW- "util Old Gay Rock Lighthouse bears W.NW- ; then run f.a- it on this course, and follow the directions before given. Vessels may anchor in Wickford Outer Harbor, from three to six hundred yards E- by S from the Lighthouse on Old Gay Rock, in about 13 feet water at low tide. It is advisable for strangers iu vessels of much size, bound into the Inner harbor, to take pilots. High Water. It is high water in Wickford Harbor 3h. 29ra. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4^ feet. nod holding ground, or haul up for the head of the harbor, and anchor iu from "2;^ to ^ fathoms water. I! i' M r,i.i)Uii)iii;'s (OAST PILOT. ■1 Boating into Dutch Island Harbor. 'I'lic KiiHtiMii imil of D'ltcli Isliuul is vory bold, nml vessels in Itfiitiii;^ into tiif Iciilior imiy ai>i»foucli tliis «!«!«' ol'tiic Isliiiid, willi- ill ."lO Minis, willioiiL (lander. Tlu! Noitiu-ni ciilniiu'i' tt» this Inir- Ixtr lias 11 widlli of inoi-o tliiiii '/j iniii- ; in lioatiij;r in, it is tii^n'runi advisaltic! for lar^o vt-sscls, witii Noiliicast winds, to pass to tlio Westward of Dnlcli Islaml, and Htiind in ilosi'-liniilid until tlu-y ('.•III fetch in. Heavy dianjiht vessels, in eiitiMinj; tlie Norliiern paxsngi-, sliuiild Ivoep near tlio Northeast jtart of tliis Island, which is hold. Sailing Directions for Dutch Island Harbor at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Al. iii^;ht, vessels from tlie Soiitiiward or SoiitlieustwMrd may lirliijr Beaver-Tiiil Li^jjit to l)ear fioni NW. I'v N- to N-NE- and run fir it; us yon draw near this MjJ,lit, lianl };i'adiially to tlio Westward, and, in order to avoid Wliale Uoeii (on wiiieli lli^re is a Lif^lithonso liiiildin;.';)i imd .Jones' Ledi^e hefure deseiihed, do not leave Heaver-Tail Li;;ht more than 7^ mile to the Ka^tward ; when the last-named lA'^Ut hears E. hy S- alioiit J j mile, steer N. l»y E- until Dntch Island Lij^iitlionso bears N- l)y E. ,'j E. ; tlien run for it on this course, wiiieh will taive yon nearly i;i tiie ni'ddU^ of the p.'issajfe ; continue tlie eonise for tliis I.i;i'it nniil alioiit .'!0() ■■•••Is from it; then Imn! to tlie Kiislward, liaviie^ it elo-e to, or not more than 10!) yards on tlie I'oil liaiid ; wlien t!»is Light hoars W- by S., make good tlic eoiirse E. by N. about 33 mil-, or until the wat'r shoals to fathoms; then nneiior in stielvy liottom with good holding ground. There is good nneliorage during Kasterly g.'iles for large v(!ssels in the Western passage of N.-irragansett Hay, betwi'cn Iieaver-Tail Liglit and Diiteli Island L'glit. Care shoiilil be UNed in entering to avoid Whale Ilock and Jones' Ledge before mentioned. SaiUng Directions for Thick Weather. At this date (1882), th-re is a Steam Whistle at Beaver-Tail Liglithonse, a Lighthouse at Whale Roek, and a Bell at Dutch Island Lighthouse ; vessels, therefore, in thick weather, bound to Dutch Island Harbor, will, as soon as the Fug Signal at Beaver- KLDUIDOF/S COAST I'lI.OT. 9-) rbor. il, mill vcHHcIs in the IslaiKl, willi- iiiu'c to this hiir- in, il is tiii'rcrDro 4, to pIlHS to tllO allied until they n;; tlic Nuitlicrii his Island, which I Harbor at s and fair itlicustwMid may r. l« N.NE. and (■railiially to tho I wliirli Ih'Ti) is a li'.s('iil)fd, do not Ivi'itwai'd : wlicii '. slocr N. l»y E. ,'j E. ; tlicn mil i;i tlic in'ddli! of iiiiti! alioiit.'iOO ig it clo-c to, or I t!»is Light hoars y'i mil", or until ii'lvy liottom Willi ■ during? Kastcrly larrag.'insftt Bay, lit. Care should K's' Lodgo bi'lbro Gather. ! at Beaver-Tail a Bell at Dutch cather, bound to igual at Bcavcr- Tall is heard, hriiii^ it to hear N NE ""(/ ini•>'' ill from l to G fatlioms water; good holding ground. After passing Newton Hock (before descrilied) the Kastern shore of the Western passage of Narragans^ett Bay, from Beaver-Tail Lighthouse to Beaver Head, Kastern nido of entrance to Duteh Island Harbor, is bold, and ihero are no dangers c xeeptiiig tlioso lying near the shore ; when past Whale Bock and .Fones' Ledge, tho latter of which bears NW- J.- N. Ijfi '"'I'^^s ''•"" Hf'aver-Tail Lighthouse, the Western slioro of this passage to Dutch Island Is qu-te bold, and iua\ l)e safely ap|)roaehed by vessels of lo feet draught us near us aoO yards without danger. Jfiyh Water, It Is high water in Dutch Islaud Harbor 3h. 42m. before it U at Boston ; common tides rise about 4 feet. Narragansect Pier. This settlement which is built on a bend of the Eastern shore of Point Juditli Neck, and noted as a watering place and summer resort, bears about W. by S. J-4 S. from Beaver-Tail Lighthouse, distanec 2^ miles. Anchorage opposite the upper Tier, in from 4 to 7 fathoms water, may be found during heavy Westerly gales, but the hokliug grouud is said to be bad. Coast from Narragansett Pier to Point Judith Lighthouse. There are many dangers lying off the coast from Narragansett Pier to Point Judith Lighthouse; it is therefore advisable for strangers, in thick weather or niglit-tiine, to not approMcli t' is part of the coast nearer than y^ mile or in less than 10 fathoms water. 96 ELDUIDGES COAST PILOT. if i '^ IN-; Point Judith Lighthouse. On tlio Southeast extremity of Point Judith is a Lighthouse whieii, at this date (1SS2), siiows a flasliing White Light. A Fog Signal is placed near tliis Lighthouse which, at this date (1882), scuuds blasts of G seconds at intervals of 40 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Point Judith Lighthouse. Dlatancc. Cay Head Lighthouse, E- hy S 29 miles. Snwand I'igsLiglit-ship, E. ?"a S 22^ " lien and Chickens Light-ship. E. Ji N 21>^ " l?renton'sRcefL!ght-ship, NE. by E. ^ E. ... G>^ " Beaver-Tail Lighthouse, NE C>4 " Watch II ill Lighthouse, entrance to Fisher's Island Sound, W. ':( S 17>^ " Little Gull Isliind Lighthouse, Eastern entrance lo Long Island Sound, W- 3/( S 30 " Gardiner's Island Lighthouse, W- by S- ^ S. . . 33 " Montauk Point Lighthouse, SW. 3^ W 24 ^j;." Blork Inland Northern Liglithouse, SW. y+ S- . . 0% " Block Island Soutlioast Lighthouse, S.SW. ... 13 " BLOCK ISLAND. This Island, which lies in a S-SW. and N-NE. direction, is about 5 miles long, and 3 miles wide at its Southern end, from which pr)iiit the width gradually diminishes to its Northern end, which is a, low point, known as Sandy Point. Block Island Northern Lighthouse. About 500 yards to the Southward of the Northern extremity of Sandy Point (Block Island) is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Block Island Northern Lighthouse. Distance. Black Buoy off Northern part Block Island, N- ^ E. 1 j4 miles. Cay Head Lighthouse, E. >8 N 34 " Sow and Pigs Light-ship, E. ^ N 28 " ill. PR: I t'l 3 a Lighthouse Light. A Fog lis dace (1882), 3. Lighthouse. Distance. . 29 miles. md lo 22 }i 21/3 17 y^ u 30 33 24 yi 9/8 13 E. direction, is A\ern end, from s Northern end. )use. !ru extremity of ich at this date Northern B. Distance. lyi miles. 34 " 28 " f ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 97 Distance. Hen and Chickens Light-ship, E. by N. J4 N. • • 28 »;( miles. Bienton's Reef Light-ship, NE. J3 E 151^ " Beaver-Tail Lighthouse, NE. Ji N 15^ " Point Judith Lighthouse, NE. J^ N 9>^ " Watch Hill Lighthouse (entrance to Fisher's Island Sound), NW. by W. ;5^ W ^^'A " Little Gull Island Lighthouse (Eastern entrance to Long Island Sound), W- / N 241^^ " Moutauk Point Lightnouse, SW. by W. 34 W. . . 15 J^ " Block Island Southeast Lighthouse. On Crawford's Head, Southeast extremity of Block Island, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light. At this date (1881), a Fog Signal, giviiig bl.asts of 4 seconds at intervals of 30 seconds, is placed near tiiis Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Block Island Southeast Lighthouse. Distance. New South Shoal Light-ship, E.SE 78 miles. Gay Head Lighthouse, E. ^ N 34 J^ " Sow and Pigs Light-ship, E. by N. >^ N 28^ " Hen and Chickens Light-ship, NE. by E. / E- • • 20}i " Brcnton's Reef Light-ship, NE. ^ N 17^ " Beaver-Tail Lighthouse, NE- by N- J4^ N 18>^ '' Point Judith Lighthouse, N.NE ^^'A " Montauk Point Lighthouse, W. by S 1^^ " Memarks. A Rocky Shoal extends off about a mile from Sandy Point, the Northern extremity of this Island. A Black Buoy is placed close to the Northern end of this Shoal ; Block Island Northern Light- house bears from this Buoy S. H W-, distance !?/& miles. There are no other dangers, excepting those lying near the shores. In order to avoid Block Island in thick weather, do not approach it nearer than 8 fathoms water. Block Island Basin. On the Eastern part of Block Island, about I'/a miles from the Southeast Lighthouse, is an artificird Harbor, constructed by the United States Government, called Block Island Basin ; this Basin m 98 ELDUIDGES COAST PILOT. is 125 yards square, aiul has in it a depth of about 7 feet water at low tide; the entrance, which is on the Northern side, is about 75 feet wide. In t!;is Basin, vessels moor head and stern, where it i? said they may lie secure from all winds. Range Lights. The entrance to this Basin is marked at night by two Reci fixed Lights. In entering, bring these Lights in range, and run for them, which will take you to the outer end of the Pier. Block Island Roads. These Roads, which lie outside the Basin, have from 2'^ to 10 fathoms water in them; vessels may find good slieltcr here in Westerly winds, and it is said that when the Breakwater is com- pleted, these Roads will afford good siiclter in nearly all winds, for vessels which draw too much water to enter the Basin. High Water. It is high water in Block Island Basin 4h. 05m. before it is Boston ; common tides rise about 3 feet. at Squid's Ledge. This Ledge, upon which there are as little as 12 feet water at low tide, extends nearly North and South about }i mile. The Southern part of this danger (which at this date is not buoyed) bears from Point .Judith Lighthouse W- M Sm distance 1'^ miles. Between this Ledge and Shore there is a channel about % mile in width, having 19 feet water in it at low tide. Coast from Point Judith to Watch Hill Lighthouse. When past Squid's Ledge, there arc no dangers, excepting those lying near the Shore ; heavy draugiit vessels should not, however, approach nearer than % mile to this part of the coast, or in less than 5 or 6 fathoms water. FISHER'S ISLAND SOUND. The Eastern entrance to this Sound, which lies between Napatreo Point on the North, and the Eastern Point of Fisher's Island on "'J -i ut 7 feet water side, is about stern, where it two Reci fixed ;, aud ruu for ;r. from 2'^ to 10 licltcr here in kwater is com- ,• all wiuds, for n. before it is at et water at low Tiie Southern ed) bears from lies. Between mile in width, Lighthouse. excepting those I not, liowevcr, !oast, or in less STD. Lween Napatreo sher's Island on ELDKIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 99 the South, is about 2 miles to tlic Westward of Watch Hill Light- house. Keniarks. There arc many Rocks, Ledges, and Shoals in this Sound, which in the channel-way are ail niaiked with Buoys, Beacons, and Spindles, a better knowledge of whith may be obtained by inspect- ing Eldridge's Chart of Long Island Sound than by any written directions. On a direct line, about 19 feet water can be taken through this Sound at low tide. Watch Hill Lighthouse. Upon Watch Hill, >'orth si^ S. • -125^^ " Whistling Buoy otf Middle Ground or Cerberus Shoal, SW. /2 S. ' ^ " Eel-Grass Ground Light-ship. Otr the Southern end of Eel-Grass Shoa', in the middle of Fisher's Island Sound, is placed a Light-ship, which at this date (1881), shows one fixed White Light, which is intended to guide vessels through this Sound. Bearings and Distances from nel-Grass Qrov ad Light-ship. Cistanee. Watch Hill Lighthouse, E. by S. ]i S 4 miles. S^onington Lighthouse, E-NE 2J| " Spindle on Latimer's Reef, SE. by E. J^ E M *' Red Buoy of. Soutii part Ram Island Reef, W. J2 S. 1^ " Dumping Lighthouse, W. by S 3>^ "^ Bvacon on Patter's or Sea Flower Ledge, West . . 4 Bartlett's Reef Light-ship, W- >^2 S 8J^ " 100 ELDllIDGE'S COAST PILOT. M I I: Sailing Directions for Fisher's Island Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, In-ini? Watch Hill Llj^litliousc to btvir W- by Nv and run for it on this course ; as you draw near tills Lighl- liouse keep a sharp iooliout for the Red Buoy olT tlie Soutluuu part of Gangway Rocli * ; leave this Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course W. Ji N., leaving the next Ked Buoy off Napatrce Point a short distance on tlie Starboard iiand ; when past this last-named Buoy continue the course W. Ja N-, leaving the Black Buoys and Si)ind!es on tlie Bocks and Ledges which lie to tlie Northward and Eastward of Fisher's Island, well on the Port hand ; as you enter the Sounilyou will see on the Star- board the Red and Black Spindle on Latimer's Reef, the Liglil-sliip off the Southern part of Eel-Grass Ground, and, farther in, the Spindle and Red Buoy off South part of Ram Island Reef; the last- named Buoy bears W. ^2 S. from the Liglit-ship, distance 1 ;/ miles ; all these last-mentioned are left on the Starboard hand. When about ?^ mile past the Buoy off Ram Island Reef, make good the course W- 3/^ S. for Bartlett's Reef Liglit-ship, leaving the Lighthouse on tlie North Dumpling about j{ mile on the Port, and the Beacon on Potter's or Sea Flower Ledge on the Starboard hand. From the Westward, bound through Fisher's Island Sound, leave the Light-ship off Bartlett's Reef close toon tlie Port hand, and make good the course E. by N-, leaving Sea Flower Reef Beacon well on the Port and the Dumpling Lighthouse about 300 yards on the Starboard hand ; when abreast tliis Lighthouse, steer for the Light-ship olf Eel-Grass Ground, bearing E. by N. As you enter the Sound you will see on the Port bow the Red Buoy off the South part of Ram Island Ledge ; the last-named L!glit-slii[) bears from this Buoy E. }'2 N. 1 }i miles ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port hand and make good the course E. by S., witli Watch Hill Light a little on the Port bow, and leaving the Red Spindle on Latimer's Reef well on the Port hand, and the Clumps of Rucks and Black Buoys on the Starboard hand ; when past the Spiiulle on Latimer's Reef, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy otf Napatree Point * Gangway Rock, on which there is but little water at low tide, bears aljout S. 4 W. from Watch Hill Lighthouse, distance i mile. nd in Day- treather. to bo'ir W. ir this Liglil- Soutlioni pait he Starbotiril the next Keil rboiird liaiid ; icW. J8 N., I ami Liidj^es 3 Island, well e on the Star- Ai.e Liglit-ship arther in, the leef ; the last- distance 1 1£ ,1'board hand. ef, make good , leaving; the the Tort, mid the Starboard I Sound, leave jrt hand, and Reef Beacon 300 yards on steer for the As you enter • off the South |) bears from to on the Port •h Hill Light on Latimer's vs and Black on Latimer's ipatrce Point low tide, bears ELDRIDGE-S COAST PILOT. 101 (Watch Hill Light bears from this last-named buoy E. }s S. about 1 }( miles) ; when this is made leave it close to on the Port hand, and steer about E. by 3-, leaving the Rod Buoy off Gangway Rock abmt 100 yards on the Port hand; when past this last Buoy the course is about East to Point Judith Lighthouse. Vessels of more than 10 feet draught, bound in or out of the Eastern part of Fisher's Island Souml, should beware of a Ledge which lies nearly in mid-channel, between the Il?d Buoy off Gang- way Rock and Black Spindle on Watch Hill Reef. There is a rapid current in Fisher's Island Sound, and also many dangers ; it is, therefore, not advisable for strangers to attempt this Sound at night-time, or when the Buoys and Spindles cannot bo seen. STONINGTON HARBOR. This Harbor lies about 2-% miles Northwesterly from Watch Hill Lighthouse, and East-Northerly 5^ miles from Lighthouse on North Dumpling. Stonington Harbor Lighthouse. This Lighthouse is located on the East side of entrance to Ston- ington Harbor, and shows a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Stonington Lighthouse. Distance. Spindle on Latimer's Reef, SW- >^ W. • • • • • 1/8 miles. Light-ship off Eel-Grass Ground, W.SW ^'A '' Remarks. Stonington Harbor, at the best, is a narrow and contracted place, open to Southerly and Southwesterly winds, and is only fitted for small vessels ; by keeping close to the outer end of the Break- water, about 12 feet water can be carried into it through a narrow channel. When the new Breakwater (which extends off from both sides) is completed, Stonington Harlior will then be enlarjied to a considerable extent, and good shelter may be found opposite the town for vessel.'^ of 12 feet draught and upwards. Il 102 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. I Sailing Directions for Stonington Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, bring Watch Hill Lighthouse to bear W. i)y Nm aiul run for it on this course ; as you draw m-ar this Lightliouse Icucp a sharp lookout for the Ilt'd Buoy off the Southern part of Gangway Rock ; leave this buoy (which bears about South from the Liglithousc, distance }i mile) close to on tlie Starlward, and steer W. ^4 N. for the Red Buoy off Napatrco Point, distance 1 J^ miles; on this last course the Black Buoy and Spindles on llio Lodges will be IcR well on the Port liand ; when past the Red Buoy off Napatrce Point, steer about NW- by W-, leaving Hie next buoy, No. 6, Red, close to on the Starboard hand ; wlien past the last-named buoy, for the deepest water, make good the course N.NWm until Stonington Lighthouse boars NE., then run for the outer end of tiic Breakwater, bearing about NE- by N- J4 N., double close round it, and anchor just far enough to swing clear of it, in about 12 feet water at low tide. When past the Breakwater, s!t.all vessels may haul over towards the Western shore outofthe way of steauihoats, and anchor n.ider Wamphassuck Point Breakwater, about y& mile from shore, and nearly opposite the steamboat wharf. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draught, from the Westward, may leave tlie Lighthouse on the Nortli Dumpling about ^.i mile to the Soutliward, and make good the course E. j4 N., leaving the Rod Buoy off tiie '^->uthern part of Ram Island Reef, on tlie Port, and the West Clu...j, IMiddle Clump, and East Clump well on the Starboard hand ; continue tlie course about E. J4 N , leaving the Liglit-ship off the Southern part of Eel-Grass Ground about 200 yards on tlie Port, and, when a short distance past it, steer for Stonington Lighli;ouse, bearing NE. by E. % E-, leaving the Red Buoy with Cage on top, off Noyes' Rock, well on tiie Port hand ; when tlie outer end ofther>rcakwater bears about NE. by N. >4 N., follow the directions before given. Sailing Directions for Stonington Harbor at Night- time,* with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 9 or 10 feet dr-mght, from tlie East- ward, may leave Watch Hill Light about }( inlie to the Northward, * In oiiteriug Stonington IIarl)or at night, a sliHvp lookout should tx- kept for the Xcw BrcaivWiiter which is now in course of construction on the Eastern side of the channel. I' i^ * ■ »- -'--i^^HF^ KLDRIDGES COAST I'lLOT. 103 or in Day- leather. Lo bear W. by bis LigbthouMe tutborn part of it Soutb from ■ituiiward, niul L, distance 1 yi pindlcs on llie past tbi' IJod 57"., leaving ibc 11(1 ; wiic'ii past ood tlio coiusc ., tlicn run for by N. yi N., swing clear of jc Breakwater, joutoftbe way lit Breakwater, ;amboat wharf, tlie AVestward, jotit l,i mile to U,, leaving tbe >f, on tlic Port, np well on the N" , leaving tlie md about 200 st it, steer for 3., leaving the tbe Port hand ; l.byN.J^N., or at Night- weather. from tlie East- ibe Northward. okoiit should 1)1' coustructloa on l)y so doing, they will pass about midway between the Liglitiiousc Mud SpimlU! on Watch Hill Ueef. When Watch Hill Light bears NNE., niakc good the course W- H N-, until Stonington Light bears North, then haul up NW. by N , unlil this last-named Liglit bears NE-, wben you may then steer NE. by N. Jj N , keeping a slKup lookout for the outer end of the Breakwater, and anchor as before directed. If the niglit is so dark tliat it is dimcult to make the Brcalcwater, it is advisable lo anciior wiien Stonington Light bears East in about 1.') feet water, at low tide, and wait for daylight. At night, vessels of not more than 10 feet draught, from the Westward, mny run for the Ked flxed Light on the North Dump- ling, bearing E. by N. Leave this Light about 300 yards to the Southward, and make good the course East, until the Light-ship off the Southern part of Eel-Grass Ground bears E. by £i. V2 N-, then steer for it on this course ; leave this Light-ship about 100 yards on the Port, and make good the course East aliout ]{ mile, or until Stonington Light bears NE. by E. V, E-, then run for this last named Light on this course, until '1 mile from it; the outer end of the Breakwater will then bear N-NE-, distance ^ mile. If the night is so dark that it is diflleult to make the Breakwater, it is advisable to anchor here in about 15 feet water, and wait for davlight. The current sets strong througb Fisher's Island Sound, therefore with light winds, the courses cannot be relied upon. IMasters of vessels", bound to Stonington, should not, therefore, attempt to pass through this Sound at night, unless they have a favoraljle and com- manding breeze. Between "Watch Hill Reef and the Eastern end of Fisher's Is- land there are several passages between the Pocks and Ledges which lead into Fisher's Island Sound. Strangers, bound through this Sound, or into Stonington Harbor, should not attempt these Channels, as they can only be safely navigated by those acquainted with the ranges. High Water, It is high water in Stonington Harbor 2h. 20m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise r'c'it 2^ feet. 104 ELDRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. WESTERLY. The enlrance to Pawcatnck River bears E.SE- from Stoiiiiigton Li<'htli()iiso, ilistaiice about 2 miles. From the eutrance of (his River to Westerly, tlie course is Nortiieasterly, and distance about 3^ miles. Small vessels, of light draught, at high water, can pass up to Westrley ; it is, liowever, advisable for strangers, in all cases, to take pilots, as the water in botli Little Narragansett Bay and I'awcatuck River in many places is sliallow. NOANK AND MYSTIC HARBORS. The entrance to these harbors lies Northeasterly from the Light- house on tiie North Dumpling, distance about 2 miles ; and V/est- Korthorly about 2 miles from Light-sliip off Soutli part of Eel- Grass Ground. Mystic Lighthouse. Upon morgan's Point, "West side of entrance to Noank and Mj'stic Harbors, is a Lighthouse, whidi at tliis date (1881), shows a fixed "Wliite Light. North Dumpling Lightlinusc licars from this Light SW. ji W., distance 2^^; miles; Light-ship olf Southern part of Kel-Grass Ground SE. by E. yi E., 2 miles. Dumpling Lighthouse. At the Western entrance of Fisiier's Island Sound, upon an Island called North Dumpling, is a Liglitiiouso, which at tliis date (1881), sliows a fixed Red Light. A Fog Bell is placed near this Lighthouse, which is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Dumpling Lighthouse. Distance. Eel-Grass Ground Light-shii), E. by N 3'^ miles. Red Buoy off South part of Ram Island Reef, E. by 1)1. }i'lH :. . . . 2li " Spindle on Latimer's Reef, E. -3b N 4 " Mystic Lighthouse, NE. }( H 2>4 " Beacon on Pottor's or Sea Flower Ledge, NW. }( N. J:( " Buo}' painted in Red ami Black Horizontal Stripes, on SW. Ledge, entrance to New London, NW. bj- W. ;4: W 2^ " Bartlett's I\ ' Light-ship, W. J4 S 6>^ ' "^Jg ^ ELnniDOES COAST PILOT. 105 Vom Stouiiigton iutran','c of tliLs 1 distance' about water, can pass Brs. in all cases, jansctt liay and IBORS. from the Light- lies ; and Wcst- Lh part of Eol- to Noank and c (1881), shows ! hears from tills lip otr Southern 2S. ioimd, npon an lich at this date placed near this ids. jighthouse. Distniico. . . 3l4 miles. 1'y N. , on • I'y Vi m H 23^ 5yi ItcmnrkH. The Channel leading into Noank and Mystic Harbors is both crooked and narrow, but the dangers on each side of it, as far as Mystic Lighthouse, at this date (1881 ), arc well marked with Buoys and Spindles ; with a good pilot, about 1 1 feet water, al low tide, can bo carried through a narrow Channel as far up as Mystic Ibidgc. Large vessels shouM take pilots outside, Imt small vessels ol" not more than 8 feet draught may, by the n)llowiiig directions, enter as far as the village of Noank ; above this it is not prudent to go without a pilot. Sailing Directions for Noank and Mystic Harbors in Da3rtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward, with a favorable and commanding breeze, may follow the directions before given for Fisher's Island Sound, until the Red Buoy otf South part of Ram Island Lcdgo is made ; this Buoy bears from the Light-ship off Eel-Grass Ground W. '^ S-, 1 }i miles ; leave this buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and steer about W-NW., keeping a sharp lookout for tlio outer buoy (Red) which bears about S.SW., ?i mile from Mystic Lighthouse ; when this last-na'-ied buoy is made, haul round it at a distance of about 100 yards, leaving it on the Starboard hand, and steer about NE. by N. ; as you sail in, you will see nearly ahead, a Channel Buoy, painted with Perpendicular Stripes, and farther in, the Red Siiiiullc on Whale Rock ; the form(!r may be MX close to on either hand ; the Spindle must lie XoiX on the Starboard hand ; when past the Red Spindle on Whale Hock, a Black Spindle and Rod Buoy will be seen a short distance to the Eastward of the Lighthouse; the Channel, which is but 100 yards wide, leads in between them. When past the last Spindle and Buoy, steer more Northerly, and follow the Western Shore, keeping not more than 85 yards from it, until abreast the village of Noank. If bound farther up, a pilot is necessary. Vessels from the Westward, with a favorable and commanding breeze, may leave the Light-ship off Bartlett's Reef close to on the Port hand, and make good the course E. by N-, passing about midwikj between Dumpling Lighthouso and the Beacon on Potter's Reef; the latter bears from Dumpling Lighthouse NW- }i N-, 106 ELDniDGF/9 COAST riLOT. (Ustfttico ^( milp; oontinnc tho ronrso E- 1>j' N-, until Mystic Lij^htiiouso l)(':us NE- I'y N., tli<'i» run for it on tliis oonrHC, koop- h)'^ 11 uliarp ioolvout for tlin outer Hetl Hiioy olF Rum Islund FliitH ; wlicn tliis is nuidc, leave itnl>out 100 yards ou tho Starlioi-nl huml, anil follow tlie directions before given. Al)out ?:; mile to the Northward of tlio Lij,'lit-ship in Fislier'H Island Sound, there is another tliannel leadinj^into Mystie Harbor, liavinn; about 8 feet water in it at low tide. Tiiis channel, wliich is narrow and croolvcd, is considered too intricate for strangers. High Water. It is high water atNoank Harbor 2h. 09m. before it la at Boston ; comtnou tides rise about 2}{' feet. iU. EAST HARBOR. This is a small Cove of very irregular shape, lying on tho North- ern side of Fisher's Island, and a little more than a mile from its Eastern end. Iteinnrks, About 12 feet water can be carried into this harbor at low tide, and there is good aucliorago in it in from 8 to 12 feet. In catering tliorc is a dangerous Rock lying nearly midway tho cliannel, which is awash at low tide. Sailing Directions for East Harbor in Daytime. Small vessels, from tho Eastward, may follow the directions be- fore given for Fisher's Island Sound, until the Light-sliip off the Southern part of Eel-Grass Ground bears N. U E.,on which ])car- ing keep it, and steer S. ^i W-, wliioli will lead to the entrance of the Harbor ; continue the course S. J4 W-, until the water shoals to 3 fathoms, then anchor, and if possible, ascertain the position of the Rock, which lies nearly n:idway the entrance ; when this is done you maj' run in, and anchor in from 8 to 12 feet water, at low tide. From the Westward, leave the Lighthouse on the North Dump- ling about }i mile to the Southward, and make good the course E. ji N-, leaving the West Clump, Middle Clump and East Clump on the Starboard, and the Red Buoy off Ram Island well on I ., until Mystic is course, koop- n IhIuikI Flats ; Itarliornl liuiul, hip ill Finlid'H Mystic 1 1 alitor, laiiiicl, wliicli is strangers. it is at Boston ; ig on tlio North- I a mile from its rlior at low tide, 'Ct, In catering 3 cliaiinel, which 1 Daytime. lie directions be- .ight-sliip oirtlic .,on wliich hcar- ) the entrance of le water shoals to n the position of when this is done ater, at low tide, he North Dump- good the course [!lump and East im Island well on EI-nniDOF/8 COAST PILOT. 10" llic Port hand ; when the Li<^ht-slii|i in Tislior's Island Sound hcarH N. ^^ E., Ilit'ii make good llie course S. }i W., and follow the directions before given. Hiffh Water. Il is high water in East Harbor 2h. 10m. before it is at Boston ; connnon tides rise about 2}^ feet. WEST HARBOR. This largo Cove, which makes in on the Northern side of Fisher's Island, lies about 2 miles Nortlicasterly from tlio SW. point of s:ud Island, and Southeasterly about l/^ miles from Dumpling Light- house. Heniarks. Snndl vessels may find good anchorage in this Harbor in from 8 to 1) feet water, at low tide. Sailing Directions for West Harbor in Daytime. Small vessels of not more than H or feet draught, from the Eastward, may follow the directions before given for Fisher's Isl- and Sound, until the Light-sliip off the Eel-Grass Ground bears NNE-, then make good the course S-SW- ; on this last course ^ou will pass between the Black Buoy olF Young's Uock and the East Clump of Rocks ; continue tlie course S.SW. until a con- 8[)icuous hill near the Northwestern part of Fisher's Island is on a range with Clay Point, ♦ then run W. J^ S., doubling round this last-named Point within 300 yards ; continue the course until the harbor is fairly open, bearing about SW. by S. >^ S., then run in, keeping the Western side best aboard, and anchor in from 7 to 9 feet water, at low tide. From the Westward, bring the Light-ship off Bartlett's Reef to br:.r West, on which bearing keep it, and steer East ; as you draw near the Northwestern part of Fisher's Island keep a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy, which lies off the outer part of a Ledge which * Clny Point, which is bold and free from tlangcrs, lies on the Eastern side of entrance to West Harbor; Diinipling Liglitliouse boars from this Point about W.NW., distance If miles. 108 ELDUinOKH COAST PILOT. (>xtoii(lHol7 from the NortliwoHt pnit of Fisher's Tsland ; when tliis IJiioy '\H nindi', Iciivc it oIohc to on tlic Sturboiird Imnd, nnd iiisiko (i5o<»d !iio course SE. by E., until llio Harbor is fairly opuu, tl>cn run in lis iK'fori; ilin-ctod V»!88('ls <»f 10 or 11 feet difuifrlit mny nn<'hor near the mouth of tho Harbor in about '2|^ fiithoms wiUcr ivt low tide. JHf/h Water. Tt is lii{?h wiiter in West Hiirbor 2h. Ol'tm. before it is at Boston ; coininon tides rise about '2^4 ^^'*''* Montauk Point Lighthouse. On the extreme Kiistern end of Loiijf Island, ealli-d Montauk Point, is 11 lofty tower painted White, whieh ut this date (1881), siiows tt fixed White Lij^ht, which (lashes evi'ry 2 minutes; tlio flashes are visible from .T to 5 miles farther than the fixed Light, HO that when first made it will appear as a Revolving Light. Fog Signal. Near this Lighthouse is n Fog Trumpet, whieh at this date (1881), gives Blasts of 12 seconds, at intervals of 50 seeonds. Setting of the Current between Montauk Point and Block Island. Mid-channel, between Montauk Point and the Southwest part of Block Island, the current turns Northwesterly (or in) about T) hours and 30 minutes after the time for high water in Boston. In order to avoid Block Island, vessels in thick weather (especially with liorht winds) should make allowance for this current, whieh runs in very strong, near the full and change of the Moon. The current runs in to the Northwestward between Block Island and ISIontauk Point, about .'{ hours and G minutes after it is high water on the shore of Block Island, and about 2 hours after it is high water at Montauk Point. Whistling or Warning Buoy. In order to warn vessels sailing between Montauk Point and Block Island, a Whistling Buoy has been placed off Southwest Ledge. Block Island Northern Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NE. % N- >^ miles ; Block Island Southeast Lighthouse, NE. by E. j4 E- i'jja miles, and Montauk Point Lighthouse, W- y^ S. 9>^ miles. slnnd ; wlion this Imnd, nnd iiiitko ly oiifti, tlieu run near the month of B. it ia at Boston ; le. , ealK'd IMontnuk thiM date (1881), y 2 luiiiiitcH ; tlio n tlio llxod Light, i'ing Light. iiic'h at this date jf 50 seconds. Eiuk Point and Southwest part of • in) about T) hours Boston. In order r (espcoiall)' with •ent, whioh runs in )n. ween Block Island tcs after it is high ) 2 hours after it ia loy. ontauk Point and T Southwest Ledge, his Buoy NE. j4 se, NE. by E. y2 V. Yi S. 9>^ miles. EI.DnmOKS CO.VST I'lLOT. lUU Boaringa and Dintancoa from Montaiik Point Lighthouse. South Shoal Li-jiht-shlp, E. by S. j:; S 01 ^i miles. (i:iy Iliiid Lighlhouac, E. by N. nearly .... '1'.) " Block Island SoMtlieast Lightluniso, E. by N. . . . 11)^ " Block Island N(. I them Lig!ithou8e,NE.l>yE. 34 E. . l-tV^ " Toint Jiiilith Ligiithousc, NE. ?^ E 2IJ^ " Watdi Hill Lightliousc, N. by E H " llace Rock Li-hll»ousc, NW. by N. ;.( N. . . . i;i,'^ " LittloGiillIslund Ligiitlionso, NW V.\1'^ " Gardiner's Island Liglithotisc, NW. by W. V2 W. . 13ja " Banicg:it Lighllionsc, SW. l>y W. J< W VM " Five I-'athouj Bank Light-ship olf Cape Jlay, SW- J4 W 189 " Winter (Quarter Ligiit-ship off Chincoteague Shotds, SW. nearly 21t •« Capo Henry Lighlhou.si', SW. nearly 320 " Dangers off Montauk Point. Montauk Shoal. This Rocky Shoal, upon which not li'ss tlian 22 feet water has been foimd, bears from Montauk Point Lighthouse S. by E. about 2^ miles. In strong winds from seaward, tlio sea breaks on this danger. Heavy draught vessels should give this Shual a good berth, especially in rough weather. I*helps* Ledge. This in a Rocky Shoal extending nearly a mile North and South. It is marked olf its Soiilhern part with a Black Buoy, which bears from Montauk Point Liglitliuusc East, distance about 1 J:^ miles ; not less than IG feel water at this date (1881), has been found on this danger. There is a g(xxl channel for small, or light draught vessels between this Ledge and Montauk I'oint, but heavy draught vessels should give it a wide berth in rough weather. Washington Shoal, This Sand}' Shoal, upon which there arc about 12 feet water at low tide, extends NW. by W. '/i W. and S3, by E. '/z E. .'ibont \y^ miles ; its bhoakst part bears from Montauk Point Liglitliouse 110 ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lI-OT. NW- 2^i miles. There is a narrow channel of 4 fiithoms water between this shoal and the shore, but large vessels should not at- tempt to i)as3 through it. Shagwong Reef. This Ro(!f, on which there are about 4 feet water, extends N.NW. and S.SE. Yi mile ; it is marked off its Eastern pait with a Black Buo}-, which bears from Montauk Toint Lighthouse NW. by N., distance 3)^ miles. Between this Reef and Wash- ington Shoal there is a channel about >^ mile in width, having from 3j^ to lalhoms water in it. » 3Ilddle Ground, or Cerberus Shoal. This dangerous Rocky Shoal, which is small in extent, has ai;ont 12 feet water ui)on it at low tide ; at this date (IH81), it is marked off its Southeast part, in 7 fixth.-us water, with a Wliistling Buoy. The current sets strong aitross this danger, and iieavy drauglit ves- sels passing near it in light winds should proceed wiih caution. Bearings and Distances from Whistling Buoy ofT Cerberus Shoal. Distance. Montauh Toiut Lighthouse, SE. by S. H S- • • • 7/3 miles. Gardiner's Island Lighthouse, W. '^ S ^ Little Gull Island Lighthouse, NW- by W. ^ W. . T'A " Race Rock Liglithouse, NW. by N. nearly . . . . G " AVatch Hill Lighthouse, NE. ->^ N '•> " FORT POND BAY. This Bay, which is about I'/s miles in wi(ltli,lies on the Northern side of Long Island, about 5 miles to the Westward of Montauk Point Lighthouse. This Bay has a depth of from 5 to 8 fathoms, and affords good shelter in Southerly or Easterly winds. The hold- ing ground is excellent, and there arc no dangers in entering, it being only necessary to keep about '/■ '"''^ *'i"*^"^ either shore. It is advisable for vessels anchoring here (except in summer) to keep a strict watch, and leave this Bay on the first indication of North- westerly winds. \ ortis water uld not ut- !r, oxtcnds istcni pint Lighthouse and Wtish- iivinjf from ll. :, hns ai;ont t is marfteil tlin 8 fathoms, The hold- entering, it r shore. It ler) to keep u of North- "'V't ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Ill Sailing Directions for Port Pond Bay in Daytime. Vessels of not more than 1 1 feet draught, fro:n the Southward or Eastward, may leave Shagwong Point (which lies Northwesterly about 2]i miles from Montauk Point Lighthouse), about 1 mile to the Southw.ard, and follow the shore to tho. Westward, keeping about ^2 mile from it, until Fort Pond Bay is well open ; then haul in about midway, and anchor near the liead in from 6 to 8 fathoms water. It is advisable for heavy draught vessels bound into this Ray to koop without Phelps' Ledge and Shagwong Reef (before di'scribed) until well past the Black Buoy off the Eastern part of this last-named Reef; then haul in and anchor as before directed. Fort Pond Bay is exposed to winds from W. by N. to N.NE. NAPEAGUE HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor lies on tlic Northern shore of Long Island, about 4 miles to the Westwf.rd of Fort Pond Bay and South 41^ miles from Plain Point, the Eastern part of Gardiner's Island. Napcague Harbor is a shallow Cove, of irregular shape, nearly a mile in diameter; near its entrance is a sandy Islot about fa mile in length, called Golf's Island ; the channel, in whicii there are about 7 feet water at low tide, leads into the Eastward of this Island. When into this Harbor, vessels may lie in from 8 to 12 feet water, secure from all winds. Sailing Directions for Napeague Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 7 feet drauglit from the Eastward may leave Shagwong point (whicii lies Norlb westerly about '!]{ miles from Montauk Point Lighthouse) to the Southward, and follow the shore to the Westward, keeping about >^ mile from it, until the narrow passage leading into Napeague Harbor is fairly open ; then run in, leaving the Red Buoy off Northeast part of Gr)frs Island close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy, steer for the Eastern part of GotFs I.-^land and enter about niidwav the passage ; when past the narrows, keep n 't more than 200 yards fioin tlie Eastern side, and anchor near the head of the Harbor in from 8 to 12 feet of water. li fi t 112 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. From Long Island Sound, when past Little Gull Island, bring the Lighthouse on said I.-land to bear N. by W-, on which bearing keep it, and steer S- by E., leaving I'lain Point, the Eastern part of Gardiner's Island, about one mile to the Westward; when abreast this Point, steer about S. li W. until you make the nar- row passage which loads into the Harbor, then Ibllow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Napeague Harbor 21i. 50m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2^ feet. Passage between Gardiner's Island and Long Island. Strangers in vessels of more than 4 feet draught should not attempt to pass i.;,o Gardiner's Bay to the Southward of Ram Island without a ^1 ., as the channel is narrow, crooked and shallow. GARDINER'S BAY. This Bay, which lies between Gardiner's Island on the East and Shelter Island on tiie West, has an average diameter of aliont 6 miles, the depth of water throughout its length and breadth is from 3 to 8 fatlioms ; there are but few dangers in this Bay, and in entering there is ample l)eating room for the largest vessels. Gardiner's Island Lighthouse. On the extreme Northern point of Gardiner's Island, South side of entrance to Gardiner's Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed Wliite Light, which is intended to guide ves- sels into Gardiner's Bay. Bearings and Distances from Gardiner's Island Light- house. nistnnco, . 135i miles. Jlontaiik Point Lighthouse, SE- by E. J^ E. . . Blofl< Island Northern Lighthouse, E. li N. • • WMtdilliULighthousc, NE. byE. ;4 E ^^'A PiiK't! Pvoc'k Lighlhouse, NE. }i E- 7/3 land, bring icb bearing lastoru part aid ; when io tlic nar- 2 directions )rc it is at I Long should not rd of Ram oolced and le East and of about G id til U from 3ay, and ic isels. , South side at this date ) guide ves- i Light- DIstnnce. 135i miles. 16X " 7>4 " ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 113 Dlatancc. Little Gull Island Lighthouse, NE. hy N 4^ miles. Plum Lsland Lighthouse, NW. ji W 3>^ " Long Beach Lighthouse (entrance to Greenpcrt), W. US :;< - Cedar Island Lighthouse (entrance to Sag Harbor) , SW. ^W 7^ " Dangers in Entering Gardiner's Bay. Constellation, and Breeze Mocks. In entering Gardiner's Ba}', in the channel-way, there are no dangers for small vessels ; but heavy draught vessels should take care to avoid Constellation and Breeze Rocks ; the former has about 20 feet water upon it at low tide, the latter, which lies nearly '4 mile South from the former, has about 22 feet water upon it, and Jit tiiis date (1881), is marked off its Southern part with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes. Gardiner's Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy SW. U W., distance 23/^ m^ics ; heavy draught vessels entering Gardiner's Bay should leave this Buoy to the Northward. Bedford Beef. This Reef, which lies on the Northern side of the channel, has 12 feet water upon it at low tide , Gardiner's Island Lighthouse bears from its centre S. by W., 2j4 miles ; the current sets strong across this Reef, and heav}' draught vessels with light winds, beat- ing in or out of Gardiner's Bay, should beware of this danger. Crow Shoal. This dangerous Shoal, upon which there are but 5 or 6 feet water at low tide, extends from Crow Head, the "Western part of Gardiner's Island ; a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes marks the outer or Southwestern part of this Shoal. Gar- diner's Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NE. by N. Yz N., distance 4 miles ; Crow Head, the Western part of Gardiner's Island, NE. by E- ^ E., l^ """^^ ; Long Beach Bar Lighthouse, entrance to Greenport, NW. by W. /2 W., ^'/i miles; Cedar Island Lighthouse, entrance to Sag Harbor, W. by S. J+ S., 4;i miles. Vescls of not more than 10 or 12 feet draught, by keeping about ^ mile from Crow Point, can pass across the Shoal. lU ELDKIDGK'S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Gardiner's Bay, with favor- able winds and fair weather. There Is good anchonige uiuUt Gardiner's Island in P^asterly winds. In order to avoid Constelliition and Breeze Rocks (before described), heavy drauglit vessels from the Eastward must bring Gardiner's Island Liglit to bear W.SW-. and run for it on this course ; haul round the Northern Point of Gardiner's Island at a distance of J<; mile, leaving it to the Southward ; wiien the Light bears E-NE- ; haul up about S-SE. until it bears NE. ; then auehor in from 4 to 5 fathoms water, good holding ground. Ves- sels of not more than 19 feet draught may go farther in and anchor with the light bearing from N. by E. to N-NE. This anchorage is called Bostwick's Bay. SAG HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor is Southwest about 8 miles from Gardiner's Islaad Lighthouse. Cedar Island Lighthouse. On Cedar Island, Southeast side of entrance to Sag Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light. This Lighthon°'^ bears from Gardiner's Island Lighthouse SW. ]4 W-, distance about 7J^ mile; from Plum Island Lighthouse SW. byS. H S.,8 ^rC miles. Jiemarks. A sand Bar extends across the entrance to this Harbor ; on this Bar there are usuall}' at low tide about fourteen feet water ; this depth can be carried in past the Beacon on the sand spit, and from this about 10 feet at low tide, to the end of the Long Wharf. At this date the channel leading into Sag Harbor is well marked with Buoys and Beacons ; it is, however, advisable for large ves- sels to take pilots off the Bar. Sailing Directions for Sag Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward may leave Gardiner's Island Light- house about ^( mile to the Southward, and when past it, steer ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 115 ti favor- 1 Easterly ks (before oust bring it on tliis sland iit a tlie Light IE.; then md. Ves- lud anchor anchorage niles from arbor, is a hitc Light. e SW. ^ ousc SW' 5r ; on tliis yater ; tliis 1 spit, and )ng Wharf, ell marked large ves- )aytiine, ler. land Light- ,st it, steer about SW- Yi S- for Cedar Island Lighlhoiiso, leaving the Buoy off Crow Shoal well on the Port hand ; when this last-naircd Light- house is made, bring it to bear SW. by W. J 2 W., and steer for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the outer Bar Buoy (Red) ; Cedar Island LighthouoC bears from this Buoy SW. by W- yi W., distance 1^^ rviles ; leave this last-named Buo}' close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course W. by S. >2 S., leaving two Black Buoys on the Port hand ; haul round the Light- house at a distance of % mile, leaving it to the Eastward ; when this Liiihthouse bears East, steer about S. by W. ; when abreast Mashoiinick Point, which is on the AVest side, and bears about S. W. by Sm one mile from tliC Lighlhouso, you will seo on the Northern side of the channel the Beacon and Red Buoys, the latter marks tlie Southern part of sand 8i)it ; on the Southern side will be seen the Black Buoys, which mark the Northern side of the Barcelona Bank ; pass about midway between these Buoys, and in order to avoid the Rocks which lie off about 150 yards to the Northward of a small Islet on the Port side, steer W. by N., when you will see to the Southwestward a Red Buoy ; continue the course W. by N. until this Buoy bears SW. Yi S., then run for it, and leave it close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, continue the course SW. Y S. until the outer end of the Long AVharf bears S. by W., then run for it on this course, which will take you in the deepest water. Sailing Directions for Sag Harbor in Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels at night bound to Sag Harbor may leave Gardiner's Island Light about ^ mile to the Southward, and when past it, steer about SW. Y^ S. ; when Cedar Island Light is made, bring it to bear SW. by W. Ja W., and run for it on this course ; as you approacii this Light, use the lead, and as soon as the water shoals to 3 fatlioms on the Bar, then run in W. by S- until the Light bears SW. by S. ; then run for this Light* on this course under short sail ; haul round it a distance of 200 yards, leaving it to the Eastward ; when abreast this Light or it bears East, steer S. by W. until it bears N-NE. ; then make good the course S.SW-, f * Cedar Island Light may be approached on its Northern and AVestern sides by vessels of 12 feet draught wiLliiu 1>"0 yards without danger. 116 ELDKIDGKS COAST PILOT. and with Northerly winds haul to the Westward, and apchor close in undor Mashomuck Point in from 3^4 to 4 fathoms water, and wait for daylight ; in fksterly winds anchor when past the Light in from 4 to G fathoms water. Mashomuck Point bears about SW. by S. from Cedar Islaad Light, distance about one mile, or it is the first Point on the West side alter passing the Light. Tiiis Point is bold on its Southeast- ern side, and may be approached within 250 yards without danger. Beating into Sag Harbor. In beating into this Harbor, a better itlca of the channel can be obtained by insi)ceting Eldridge's Chart of Long Island Sound than by any written directions. s High Water. It is high water in Sag Harbor Ih. 24m. before it is at Boston ; comDion tides rise about 2}4 feet. JAMES PORT HARBOR. This Harbor, which is at the head of Great Pecouic Bay, lies West-Southerly about IG miles in a direct line from Cedar Island Lighthouse. Hcmarks. There are two Passages leading into Great and Little Peconic Bays, one by the way of Sag Harbor entrance (South of Shelter Island) , the other by way of Greenport entrance (North of this last- named Island) . It is advisable for vessels bound to James Port or any other place in these Bays, with Northerly winds, to go by way of Greenport; but with Southerly winds by way of Sag Har- bor entrance. About 10 feet water can be carried up abreast the Village of James Port at low tide. Sailing Directions for James Port Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draaghu, with Southerly winds, bound to James Port, may follow the directions before given for Sag Harbor until abreast ISIashomuck I'oint before de'scribcd ; haul rouud tills Point at a distance of not more than 300 yards, leaving ELDRTDGE'S COAST PILOT. 117 it to tlic NorlliwanJ, aud tlic Beacon on Sand Spit Slioal well to the Soutlivvard ; when past this I'oint, haul up about NW- by N. liceping al)Out midway of Slicltcr Island Sound, until the narrow part of the Sound between Hog Neck and Shelter Island is well open, bearing about W. hy S. i then run through this passage in about niid-ehannel, keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy on Southern end of West Neck Shoal ; leave this last-named Buoy . close to on the Starboard, and make good the course W. by S-, leaving tiie Black Buoy off Jessup's Neck close to on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy, stecjr about SW. 4 }^ miles across Little I'econic Bay, which will bring you up with the Black Buoy off the Southeast part of Bobbins' Island ; leave this last-named Buoy close to on the Port hand, and steer SW- by W. >i W., keeping a sharp lookout for the channel Buoy painted in Black and White perpendicular Stripes, which lies off the Southwest part of Robbins' Island ; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and make good the course W- ^ S. 33^ miles across Groat IVconic Bay to Red Buoy, which lies abom, IJ^ miles to the Eastward of James Port ; leave this last-named Buo}' on the Starboard hand, and when past it, you will sec a short distance from James Port two Buoys, one Black, the other Red, pass between these Buoys and anchor off the village. leaving OUTOHOGUE HARBOR. This Harbor, which lies to the Northward of Robbins' Island, is a large shallow cove of irregular shape ; anchorage may be found in it in from 12 to 14 feet water, sheltered from all winds. It is, however, not advisable for vessels of more than 8 or 9 feet draught to attempt to enter it without a pilot, as the Harbor at this date (1881), is not buoyed. Sailing Directions for Cu:cliogiie Harbor in Daj< time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet draught bound to New Siitrolk or Cutchogue Harbor, may follow the directions before given for James Port Harbor, until up with the Black Buoy off the Northern part of Jessup's Neck (before mentioned) ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port, and make good the course SW. }2 W^. ; 4- ' ■ iv 118 ELDUI1)GE"S COAST PILOT. 3^ miles, which will bring you up with the Rod Buoj' ofT South Point of Little ilog Neck ; leave this last-mentioned lluoy close to on the Starboard, and run u[^ about NW- by N., until the Villuge of Nev Suffolk bears W- lo N., then run for it on this course and anchor near it. Jliyfi Water, It is hii;h water in James Port and Cutclioguc Harbors about ]') minul 8 before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2^ feet. GRBENPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is between Long Kcach Point on the North and Shelter Island on the South, lies W. H S- ^^^^^ IVi miles fi'cnu (iardiner's Island Lighthouse. Long Beach Bar Lighthouse. On Long IJcaeh Bar, Northern side of entrance to Greenport Harbor, in about .') feet water, a Lighthouse has been erecited, which at this date (1«S1), shows a fixed Red Light, and has a Fog Bell attached to it. Gardiner's Island Lighthouse bears from Long Beach Bar Lighthouse E. Y2 N-, distance 7^ miles. liemarks. About 21 feet water can be taken into Greenport Harbor at low tide, but the channel to the Southward of the Lighthouse is narrow ; heavy draught vessels, ?n entering, should therefore proceed with caution. Sailing Directions for Greenport Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Shijf Channel. Heavy draught vessels from the Eastward, bound to Greenport, must bring Gardiner's Island Lighthouse to bearW-SW-, and run for it on this course, leaving Breeze and Constellation Rocks (be- fore described) well on the Starboard hand ; give Gardiner's Island Lighthou-^e a berth of about ^ mile, leaving it on the Port, and wirenit bears S.SE. make good the course SW. by W-, nntil Long Beach Bar Lighthouse bears WNW-, then run for it on this ELnniDr.R's coast pilot. 119 courso ; as yon nppror.oh tlio Lighthouse, koop a Blinrp lookout for tlio Channel lUioy, pahited in Bluik and Wiiite Perpendicular Stripes ; lenve this last Buoy close to on either hand, and make good the course W. hy N. until the Lightliou'^e bears N. hy W., then in about 10 futhonis water haul up NW. hy N-, passing about midway between the Black Buoy and the Lighthouse, in not less tli|in 7 fathoms water; when past this last-named Bm>y, you will see the Black Buoy olf Hay Beach Point, which may be loft a short distance on the Tort hand ; from this last Buoy steer about SW. by Wm leaving the Red Buoy off Sheep Head Hocks well on the Star))oard hand ; when past Sheep Head Rocks, haul in, and anchor oir the town of (iroonport in from 5 to 12 fathoms water. Heavy draught vessels should not attempt to enter this Harbor at night without a pilot. Sailing Directions for Greenport Harbor at Night- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. At night, vessels of not more than 10 feet draught may make a harbor inside Long Beach Bar Light, by the following directions : Run for Gardiner's Island Light on any bearing from SW. to W. by S., leaving it about 3^ mile to the Southward ; when this last- named Light bears S.SE., make good the course SW. by W., until the Red Fixed Liglit at the entrance of Greenport Harbor bears NW. yi W.,then, under short sail, run for it on this course ; as you approach the Light use the lead, and when you are about a mile from it, the water will dec[)en to Tja fathoms ; you arc then in the channel- way, and mny steer ab jut W. by N. yi N., carry- ing not less than 10 fathoms water, un.il tlic Light bears N. by W., then haul up NW. by N., carryii^g not less than 9 fathoms, until the Light bears N by E., then gradually haul to the Eastward, leaving this Light not more than 2U0 yards on the Starboard ; when past it, or it bears E. by S., st' jr up North, and anchor when the water shoals to 3 fathoms at If r tide, and wait until daylight. In leaving this anchorage, L- md to Greenport, in order to avoid a Shoal, which extends off from the Western shore, do not go to the Westward of the Light bearing S.SE., until about yi mile from it, then follow the directions before given. Beating into Greenport Harbor. In beating into Greenport Harbor, a better idea can be obtained (of the extensive Flats which make off from both sides) by inspect- -il 1 120 ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT. ing Eldridgc'a Chart of Long Island Sound, than by any written description. Sailing Directions for James Port Harbor by way of Groenport in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. with Northerly winds, follow the directions boforo given for Grecnport lliirbor until abreast this town, then run to tiic Southwest- wiinl, k(>oi)iiipj midwiiy the pnssage ; nsyou sail in, you will see on tlie Starboard the Red Ibioy off Fanning's Point, which is tlio first after passing fJrcenport, and farther in Conkling's Point; on tho Port vill bo seen Rocky Point, which is about 2}^ miles from tho town ofCIreeiiport ; haul round this last-named point at a distance of 400 yardh, leaving it on the Port, and steer about S. by E-, 1 )^ milea across Southold Bay, whieh will bring you up with the Red Buoy off ITallock's Point ; leave this last Buoy about 200 yards on the Starboard hand, and steer about S. by E., keeping a fharp lookout on the Starboard for tiie Black Buoy off the Northern part of Jessup's Neck ; vhcn this last Buoy is made, leave it on the Port hand, and if bound to James Pent or Cutchogue Harbors, follow the directions before given for James Port Harbor by way of Sag Harbor. SOUTHOLD LANDING. Tlii^ T-anding is on the Northwestern side of Southold Bay, about 3^ miles Southwesterly from Greenport. Vessels bound to this Landing may follow tho directions before given for James Port Harbor by wa}' of Greenport until abreast Rocky Point, then run about SW. by S. about a mile, and anchor off the Landing in from 3 to 4 fathoms water, and wait for high water. High Water. It is high water in Greenport Harbor about 2h. 06m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2yi feet. ORIENT HARBOR. This Harbor lies North about 1 J^ miles from Long Beach Bar Lighthouse, entrance to Greenport Harbor. ly written by way ) winds given for wuliiwest- i^ill 8i!(; on is tlio first it ; on tbo 3 from ilit! a (Ji.stanco y E., i}{ 1 tlie Red ) yards on g a Hliarp llicrn pint >n tlie Port rs, follow ay of Sag ?ay, about nd to this imcs Port ,, then run ig in from fore it is at Beach Bar ELDninoKS COAST riLor. 121 JtemnrA'M, About IT) foot water can bo cirricd, at low ficK-, up abreast the village. At tlic entraneo of this l!:ui)or an extensive Slioal makes olT a long distance from the Western shore; shoal ^^•atl^ also ex- tends from tlie Eastern sliore, nuking the ciianncl in entering not more Hum 'j mile in widlii. SaiUng Directions for Orient Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Orient Harbor may follow the directions for Groenport Harbor until abreast the Lijjhtlionse on Long Ileacli Rar; give this Lighthouse a berth of about 200 yards, leaving it on the Starboard, and make good tlie course ?i . J^ E., and anchor off the village in about 2j4 fatlioms water at low tide. At Night-time. Vessels may enter this Harbor at night-time, by following the directions before given for(»recnport Harbor. irtgh Water. It is high water in Orient Harbor 2h. 10m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about i'/t feet. PLUM GUT PASSAGE. This Passage, which lies between Plum Island on the East and Oyster Pond Point (the Northern extremity of Long Island) on the West, is about l}i miles in width. Plum Island Lighthouse. On the Western part of Plum Island is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a Flashing White Light, which is intended to guide vessels through Plum Gut Passage, and also through Long Island Soimd. A Fog Bell at this date is placed near this Lighthouse, which, in thick weather, is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. 122 ELDIlinOF/S COAST I'lLOT. Soarings and Diatanoos from Plum Island Lighthouso, flimliiuM's I.slund I.islitlioiiso, SE. J( E- . • ■ lliirllcll's Hci'f LiKlil-Hliip. NE. Jj N Saybniok Li'^htlioiisf, NW. "4 N «/j CoViillcM I'niiit Li^'ht-Hliip, NW. I'.V W. y.i W. . Fulkru'i'a Isluml Liglithousc, W. l>,v N- '/j N. . Dlttnnct. ^l4 IIlill'H. H/, w Itemnrks, AlthoMjih Plnin Ciiit PivHsngo from shoro to elioro is n1)oiit IJ/fi miles wiilc, yet tiu> cliaiincl is l)iit little over J^^ mile in wiiltli ; this is on nccoiintc)!'^ dan^jcroiis llcof which extends oir from Oyster Pond Point, the Western side of the passage ; the outer part of this Reef is m irlvcd iit this date with a Beacon ; Plum Island Lif,'lithouse boars from this Beiicon NE. Yt E., distance T,i mile ; tliere arc also several slioal spots in the channel-way, having from IG to 20 feet water upon tliem, wliieh, at tliis time, arc not marked with Buoys ; hi-avy draught vessels sliould not, therefore, attempt this passage ; vessels of not more than 12 or 14 feet drauglit may, with a favorable and commanding breeze, pass througli this channel, hut should not attempt it witli liglit winds, as the current sets with great strcngtli and velocity across tlie Reef. Sailing Directions for Plum Gut Passage in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward or Eastward, with a favorable and commanding breeze, intending to pass tlirough this Gut, must bring Plum Island Lighthouse to bear North, and run for it on this course, leaving tiie Beacon on the outer part of tiie Reef well to tho AVestward ; when about J4 mile from the Lighthouse, haul gradually to tiie Westward, leaving it about Yi mile on the Star- board, and pass into Long Island Sound ; vessels from Long Island Sound, witli commanding and favorable winds, bound through this passage, may bring Plum Island Lighthouse to bear SE-, and run for it on tliis course, until about % mile from it, Ihcn gradually haul to tho Southward, leaving the Lighthouse and also a dangerous Rock, which lic.^ about 200 yards Northwest from it, well on the Port '.land, and tlic Beacon off the Eastern part of the Reef well on the Starboard hand. EMVitlDr.K'S COAST PILOT. 128 Littio Gull Island Lighthouse. Upon T.iUlo (lull Islainl, South hidi! ol" iiiiiiii I'litraiici' to Loiij^ I>1- mill SoiiinKisa I-igiitlunisc, wliicli nt this (lati! ( IKSl ), kIiows ii llxcd Whito Lifiht. A l'\y^ Si;j;iitil Ih phiccd lu-iir tliis Lij^litiiousc, which at this tiiuo gives bhiHU of r> Hccoiicb nt intorvalH of 10 suooiula. Bearings and Distances from Gull Island Lighthouse. Iililnrico. Block Island Northern Lij:hthouH(>, E. Ji S. ... 21 ;^ miles. Point .Iiiilith Lit^hthonso, E. ?; N. . . . Montank Point Lif^hthousp, SE Watch Hill Li-jhthonso, E. hy N. H N. . . (lardincr'H Island LijJihthoiisc, SW. l>y S. • Race Uock Li^dithousc, NE. 1>.V E. ,'.{ E. . New London Lii^hthonsc, N. •'}■ E. jj E. Hartlett'8KcpfLi«rht-.ship, N. )< W. . • . C;orii(lcld Light-ship, W. hy N. ]i N. . . • Falkncr's Island Lighthouse, W. ''.v N. nearly Stradford Point Lighthouse, W. ,'j N. nearly M iddl(! Ground Lighthouse, W. ^48. . . .30 1234 4.')'/ n it tt 2U /4 Bearings and Distances of Dangers f^om Littio Gull Island Lighthouse. DUtanno. Whistling Buoy o(T .Southern part of Middle Ground or Cerberus Shoal, SE. by E. ?4 E TH ""'•'-'S- Buoy off Southern part of Constellation and Brcczo Rocks, S. by W. J^ W Buoy off Western part of Valiant Rock, E-NE. . . 2 J a Centre of Bedford Reef, SW. by W '^}i Old Silas Rock, W. by S. J^ S 2 One Foot Rock, E. >4 JJi f Strangers should not attempt to pass betwech Plinn and Great Gull Islands. Race Hock Lighthouse. Upon Race Rock, Northern side of entrance to Long Island Sound, 19 a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a Flash- ing Red and White Light. At this date a Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which is struck two blows in quick succession every 20 seconds. It ii ■ mm H I - L I m mmmmff9' :^»iHf.* ll I ' i): in 121 ELDIUDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. Bearings and Distances from Race Rock Lighthouse. Distance. Point Judith Lighthouse, E. ^ N. Block Island Northern Lighthouse, E. 1'}' S. Montauk Point Lighthouse, SE. by S. }i S Watch Hill Lighthouse, E. I'V N. 14: N. . Gardiner's Island Lighthouse, SW- Vs W Little Gull Island Lighthouse, SW. l>y W. New London Lighthouse, N. by W. H W. Bartlett's Reef Light-ship, NW. by W. }( Cornfield Point Light-ship, W- ^2 N. Falknor's Island Lighthouse, W. J2 N- . Stradlbrd Point Lighthouse, W. H N. • Middle Ground Lighthouse, W- fa S. • >8 s. w. w. 2GJ^ niilss. 2154 " O 1/ (4 434 " 4' " !')>-< " 2ljji " 47>^ " 48^ " Meniarlcs. Race Rock is very bold, and the Lighthouse may be approached close to on all sides ; there is a good channel of 5 fathoms about ^ mile in width, between this Lighthouse and the Buoy olf the South- west part of Fisher's Island. Cornfield Point Light-ship. This Light-ship, which '"s placed off the Southern side of an ex- tensive and dangerous Shoal, called Long Sand Shoal, shows at this date (1881), one fixed Red Light, and has a Bell and Horn. Ifemarks, This Shoal, which is marked with Horizontal Striped Buoys on both ends, is quite narrow in some places, and extends East and West about 5 miles, aiul has as little as 6 feet water upon it in some places ; in thick weather and Uuht idnds, vessels bound to the West- ward with flood tide sho M, after pa.^.sing Cornfield Point Light- ship, beiuare of the current which sets strong to the Northwestward between this Shoal and Falkner's Island. Bearings and Distances from Cornfield Point Light-ship. Diftnnce. Race Rock Lighthouse, E- Jj S Little Gull Island Lighthouse, E by S. H S. l')]2 miles. Bartlott's Reef Light-sliip, E. Ji N 12 Saybrook Lighthouse, NE. ji E. 3>4 >use. >i8tancc. ^ nillss. % " 1/ u /- 3/ " /2 - V2 " ^ )proaclied ; about Yi he South- of an cx- , shows at ;l Horn. Buo3's on \ East and it in some » tlie West' tint Liglit- Ihwesticard Lt-ship. Diftnuce. ')]i miles. 2 3>4 •' ELDIUDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 125 niHtance. Horton's Point Lighthouse, SW. by S. ? 8 S. . • . 8 J^ miles. Falkncr's Island Lighthouse, W. ^ N 12 " Lighthouse on Middle Ground, W- U S- .... 34 " Horizontal Striped 15uoy off Western i)art of Long Sand Shoal, W- hy N ^'A " Horizontal Stripo'l Buoy off Eastern part of Long Sand Shoal, E. by N ^!{ '' Black Buoy off the Northern part of Orient Shoal, S-SE. !'>}{ " Horton's Point Lighthouse. Upon Horton's Point, South side of Long Island Sound, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light, which is intended to guide vessels through this Sound. Between Horton's Point and Old Field Point Lighthouse, shoal water ex- tends off in some places from the Southern shore nearly 2 miles. Bearings and Distances from Horton's Point Lighthouse. Pittance. Cornfield Point Light-ship, NE. by N. s^ N. . . . 8^^ miles. Falkner's Island Lightiiouse, NW. M^ N 12 " Lighthouse on Soutiiwest Ledge, entrance to New HavcnHarbor, NW. byW. J8 W 23 " Stradford Point Lighthouse, W. by N. ^a N. ... 30 " Middle Ground Lighthouse, W. ^N 29 " Old Field Point Lighthouse, W. }i S. nearly . . . 30 J^ " Palkner's Island Lighthouse. Upon Falkner's Island, Northern side of Long Island Sound, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light varied by White Flashes. A Fog Whistle is placed near this Light- house, giving blasts of 8 seconds duration, at intervals of r)2 seconds; Falkner's Island Light is intended to guide vessels through Long Island Sound. Hetnarks. Falkner's Island is nearly surrounded In' shoal water. A Reef of Rocks, dry at low tide, extends off to the Northward of the Light- house about '2 mile, and is marked on its Northern part with a Black Buoy ; shoal water also extends off to the Eastward about it |& if'V 12G ELDIUDGH'S COAST PILOT. li the same dislancc, and to the ^Ycstwara nearly a mile, uniting with another small Island called Goo 3 Island ; this last-named Island, wbi'-h lies about a mile W- V2 S- from the Lighthouse, is also sur- roM \ bv a Reef of bare Rocks. Tliore is a passage for small VOSS..3 between l^alivner's and Goose Islands; in going tlirough keep nearer tlie former. Falkner's Island Liglithouse may be approached within K !«»« on any bearing from NW- to NE. witliout danger. Bearinp;3 and Distances from Palkner's Island Lighthouse. . 2GJ:^ miles. . 24'/ " New 12 12 113^ 25 20 (( (( Race Rock Lighthouse, E. >2 S Little Gull Island Liglithouse, E. by S- nearly Cornfield Toint Light-ship, E- J2 S Horton's Point Liglithouse, SE- K S. . • • Lighthouse on Southwest Ledge, entrance to Haven Harbor, W- by N. V-z N. • • • • Old Field Toint Lighthouse, SW- by W. J 3 W. IMiddlc Ground Lighthouse, W. by S. ?8 S. • Stradford Point Lightliousc, West nearly . . Falkner's Island Lighthouse bears from Branford Reef Beacon, E. by S. J^ S 6^ . " Horizontal Striped Buoy of Northern part of Kimber- ley's Reef, W. ^ S ^^^ Stradford Point Lighthouse. Upon Stradford Point, Northern side of Long Island Sound, is a LiUthouse, wliich at this date (18«1), shows a Revolving White Li^ht A FoH " Old Field Point Lighthouse, S. by W. nearly . . 10>^ " PenfieldReefLighthouse, W. by S. ^3 S ^H " NorwiilkLighthouse W. by S. -3i S 1''>'3 " Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, SW- by W. >^ W. . . 18 " Lighthouse on Execution Rocks, W. by S. Jh S. nearly 33 " Red IJiioy on outer part of Shoal, off Stradford Point, SW Ifs " Middle Ground Lightliouse. Upon a Shoal (midway Long Island Sountl) , called the Middle Ground, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881) , shows a Flash- ing White Liglit. A Fog Trumpet is attached to this Liglitliouse, giving blasts of 6 seconds duration at intervals of 21 seconds. MeinarJcs, Largo or heavy draught vessels should not approach this Light- house nearer than ^^ mile, except on its Western side, where it is quite bold. Vessels of more than 5 feet draught passing South of this Light should give it a berth of at least J 3 '"ilt^' Bearings and Distances from Middle Ground Lighthouse. Distance. Race Rock Lighthouse, E- ?a N 48?^ miles. Little Gull Island Lighthouse, E. ,!i N i">H " Cornfield Point Ligiit-ship, E. ->i N 34 " Falkncr's Island Lighthouse, E- l»y N. H N- • • • 21i^ " Southwest Ledge Lighthouse, entrance to New Haven Harbor, NE. 3,^ E ^^'A " Stradford Point Lightliouso, N. 34 E ^H " Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse, N.NW C?^ " Black Rock Lighthouse, NW. Jj N '''A " PcnficklRcefLighthouse, NW. -;8 W C;^ " m' ;^4## 128 ELDHIDGES COAST PILOT. niatanee. Nonvalk Lightliouso, W. ij N 14;^ miles. Groat Captain's Island Liglitliouso, W- J4 S. . . . 24 " Horton's Point Liglitlioiise, E f8 S 29 " 01(1 Field Point Lighthouso, S. by W- Jj W. ... 5 " Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, W. by S. ^j S 14'^ " Penfield Reef Lighthouse. On the Eastern extrjuiity of this Reel" a Liglithonso has been erected, which at this date ( 1.S81 ) , shows a Flasliing lied Light. A Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick wcallier is struck two blows in quick succession at intervals of 20 seconds. Jtemarh's, Penfield Reef Lighthouse is intended to guide vessels to the Harbors of Bridgeport and Black Rock, and also through the Northern channel of Long Island Sound ; shoal water extends to the Southwest more than i-^ mile from this Lighthouse ; about I/3 mile Northeast from it lies the dangerous Reef called the Cows, which arc marked on their Eastci-n part with a Beacon, wiiich is left on the Port Hand by vessels bound to Black Rock or Bridge- port Harbors. Bearings and Distances from Penfield Reef Lighthouse. Dixtunce. Stradford Point Lighthouse, E. by N. Yq N. . . . b^^ miles. Middle Ground Lighthouse, SE. -'8 E Q}i " Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse, NE. J4^ E 3 " Black Rock Lighthouse, N. by E. >^ E l^^ " Old Field Point Lighthouse, S. by. E. ?/( E. . . . ^% " Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, SW. }:( W Vl]^ " Norwalk Lighthouse, W. by S. >^ S 10 " Lighthouse on Execution Rocks, W-SW 21% " Red Buoy off Stradford Point, East 41^3 " Beacon off P^astcrn part of Cows Reef, NE. by E % E. % " Red Buoy o!F Southeast part of Norwalk Islands Shoal, W. by S. Ji S 5 }i " Norwalk Lighthouse. Upon (he Southwest part of Shcinold Island, one of the Norwalk Group, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed 11 (t (( (1 u it KLDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 129 "White Light, varied at intervals of one minuto 1)\' Red Flashes ; this Light is intomlod to guide vessels into Norwalli lliver, and also through Long Island Sound. Meinat'Jcs, In ui^proaching Norwalk Eiver the channel is very narrow, crooked rnd full of Rocks and Shoals, few of which at this time aiu buoyed; tiierc is, however, excellent anchorage under Slieflield Island In all winds and weathers for vessels of from 10 to 1-' feet draught. Thi; principal danger in entering is Green's Ledge, wliich extends off "West-Southerly from the Lighthouse about 1 J^ miles, and is bare in some places at low tide ; tiiis Ledge is marked off its "Wesiern part willi a Red Buoy ; Norwalk Lighthouse bears from this Buoy E. by N. '/> N-, distance 1;^ miles. Vessels of more than 7 feet draught should in no case attempt to pass between this Buoy and the Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Norwalk Lighthouse. Diolunce. Middle Ground Lightnousc, E. >< S 1!jXi"11'JS. Str.ndford Point Lightliouse, E. by N. 5^ N. • • -L'.'^ " Pcnfield Reef Lighthouse, E. by N. }^ N 10 Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, S- J^ E Execution Rocks Lighthouse, SW- byW ^ W- • • 1^^ Red Buoy off AVestern part of Green's Ledge, "W- by ^H S. 1/ 1: r>!i Red Buoy, off South part of Bare Ledge, called the Cows, W. by S. 34 S To avoid this last-named Ledge in beating through the Sound, vessels should not stand to the Northward of Norwalk Lighthouse bearing NE. by E. % E.. '^r Captain's Island Lighthouse W. Budd's Reef, on whicli there i^: 21 feet water, bears from Norwalk Light SW. H S. l-;8 iiiilos. Great Captain's Island Lighthouse. Upon the Eastern end of Great Captain's Island (North side of Long Island Sound), is a Lighthouse, vhich at this dato (1881), sliows a fixed White Light ; this Light is iulended to guide vessels into Great Captain's Island Harbor, and al.-;o througli Long Island Sound. I:; i;; ' tj 130 ELDHIDGKS COAST TILOT. Ite marks, CJrcat Captain's Island is nearly surrounilod hy Sliouls, and can only bo ai)i)roachcd ou its Southern side within J^ i"''^' witliout danger. Benrings and Distances from Groat Captain's Island Light- house. Dislanee. Middle fi round Lighthouso, E. ji N 21 miles. Old Field Point Lightiiouse, E. Ja S '^m " Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, E.l'yS. ^a S H))4 " Execution Rocks I.iglithonse, SW. ]i W 8}a " Red Bnov off Ronthern part of Bare Ledge, calUid the Cows,E. 34 N 434 « Old Field Point Lighthouse Upon Old Field Toint, South side of Long Island Sound, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1.H81), shows a fixed Wlr'tc Light, which is intended to guide vessels through the South Channel of this Sound. He marks. Between Old Field, and Ilorton's Point Lighthouses, a distance of more than 30 n I'.es, shoal water in several places extends olf a long distance ; large or heavy draught vessels, sailing through the Sound, should give the Southern shore 11 wide berth. Bearings and Distances from Old Field Point Lighthouse. l)\»ta\iCQ. Horton's Point Lighthouse, E. J4 N 30'4 miles. Middle Ground Lighthouse, N.hyE. K' E ^ " Norwalk Lighthouse, NW. by W. ?4 W 14/4^ " Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, W. Ji N ^m " Great Captain's Island Lighthouse, W. J^ N. . • • 22?^ " Black Buoy off Northern part Mt. Misery Shoal, E. 5 s N. 1 ?<; " Fi^ton's Neck Lighthouse. Upon Eaton's Neck, South side of Long Island Sound (and East side of entrance to Huntington Bay), is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1S81), shows a fixed White Light, which is intended to guide vessels into Huntington Bay, and also through the Sound. A Fog Signal is placed near this Lighthouse, giving blasts of 9 seconds duration, at intervals of 35 seconds. ELDIilDGE'S COAST I'lLOT 131 Memarh's. A Shoal cxtomls olT to the Nortliwanl, nearly a milo from tho Lighthouse, and is m:iike(l on itsXortlicrn part with a I'.lack llnoy ; hoa\y draught vessels should not go the Southward of this Buoy ; without this Buoy there are several Rocky Shoals, havin.g in some places not more than 10 feet water upon them ; Eaton's Neck Lighthouse bears from the outer Shoal S. byW-, distano) 2;^ miles ; in order to avoid this danger, large or heavy draught vessels should keep nearer Norwalk Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Eaton's Neck Lighthouse. Distance, Stradford Point Lighthouse, NE. by E. /-S E. . . . 18 miles. Middle Ground Lighthouse, E. by N. ji N. . . • 1 15^ " Peuficld Reef Lighthouse, NE. J4; E 1'-^J5 " OW'^ield Point Lighthouse, E. J4: S 12^ " Norwah- Lighthouse, N. '4 W ^H '' Great Captain's Island Lighthouse, W- by N. 5 a N. . 10>^ " Black Buoy off Northern part of Eaton's Pt. Shoal, N. -H E ?'8 " Black Buoy off Lloyd's Neck Shoal, W. ?+ N. • • ijA " Sands' Point Lighthouse. Upon Sands' Point, South side of the channel, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a Flashing White Liglit. Meniarks. A Reef extends off Northwesterly from this Lighthouse nearly ^ mile, and is marked on its Northern side with a Black Buoy ; Shoal water also extends off Northeasterly about i^ mile, ^'cssels bound to the Westward should keep nearest the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks. Bearings and Distances from Sands' Point Lighthoiiso. Distance. GreatCaptain'sIslandLighthouse, NE. J^N. . • . 8/4: miles. Norwalk Lighthouse, NE. by E. )^ E 17-)^" Execution Rocks Lighthouse, N. by W- H W- • • "/s " Stcppiug Stones Lighthouse, SW. >2 W. • •^- • *^'+ Black Buov off Northern part Sands' Pt. Reef, K"vv , by N. /2N li ' Black Buoy off Northern part Gangway Rock, W-iSW- "/i " If sarf' BP' ^ mile on m i;)() KI.DIMDfilVS COAST I'U.OT. tho Starboard Imnd, niiil innkc j^ood tlio coiirso W. ,'j S. until Grout, ('iipl.'iiti's I^limd IJiilitlionso hears W-NW. ; llif coiirHO is then W'SW. mid distiiiicc 1<)^;( miles to tiio Li^iitlioiisc on tlio Execution Uocks ; iis soon ns this I!is),in>^ this last-named I'oint use tlie lead and do not apiMoaeh it nearer than l^j miles, or in less than iJ fallioms water; when past this I'oint there is good aneiiora^e in Northeast jjales in from 8}^ to 4 fathoms water. Sec dircctioua for IJiidgo- port Harbor. Sailing Directions from Lighthouse on Execution Kocks to Riker's Island, in Daytime, with favor- able winds and fair weather. Run for tho Lighthouse on Execution Rooks, as before direotod, passing about midway between it and the IJlaok IJuoy olF Sands' Point; when the former bears N. by W- steer about SW., leaving tlie IMaek Buoy off Gangway Rock well on tlie Port hand, and tho Lighthouae on tho Northwestern part of tho Stepping Stones a short distance on the Port ; when past this last-mentioned Lighthouse steer more Southerly, and haul round Throg's Neck Lighthouse at a distance of 400 yards, leaving the Rod IJuoy olf the Fort on tho Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy keep about in the middle of the River, course al)outW. '/^ "N.^^ji miles to Riker's Island ; on this course tlie Black Buoy otf College Point la left on the Port hand. Sailing Directions from tho Lighthouse on Execu- tion Rocks to the East River, at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels at night-time may run for the Light on tho Execution Rocks, bearing W.SW-, leaving it about 400 yards on the Star- board ; when past this Light, or it bears N. by W., bring the Red fixed Light on the Northwestern part of tlie Stopping Stones on a range wHh Throg's Neck Light, bearing about SW- Vz S., then run for them in range, leaving the Red Light on the Stepping Stones •■ t 'Vi 1 :l*-f m 138 ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. : 1 close to on the Tort hand ; whon past lliis last Light steer more Southorly, aiul lisuil round Throi^.s Neck Light at a distance of 500 yards and nin up W-NW- about 7^ niilo, and anchor close in under Throg's Neck in fVoui f) to S fathoms water. Anchorage Between Throg's Neck and Riker's Island, in Daytime. If yon Avish to anchor between Throg's Neck and Riker's Island, follow llie dh-ections before given until past Throg's Neck Light- house, tlien keep al)Out in the middle of the River (course about W. J-> N.) ; as 3-ou sail in keep a sharp lookout fortlicLlack llnoy off College Point, whicli is about 2^^ miles from Throg's :^.eck Lighlliouse ; when tliis buoy is made, leave it close to on the Tort, and run in SW. Jj W-, ji mile, and anchor in Flushing Bay in from 3 to 8 fathoms water, soft bottom. In entering this Bay the channel is very narrow; it is, therefore, advisable when past the Buoy to use the lead. On the Northern side of the River, about 1 mile above Throg's Neck Lighthouse, good anchorage may be found in from 3»^ to 8 fathoms water ; there is also anchorage for a few small vessels in from 6 to 12 feet water, l)etween Riker's Island and the South Brother. The north end of this last-named Island bears about East from this anchorage. Hell Gate. No suitable directions can be given for navigating this dangerous place ; it is therefore advisable for masters of vessels unaccpiainted with it to employ a steam-tug or pilot. Turning of the Current in Hell Gate. The current turns to the Westward through Hell Gate about 1 hour and 23 minutes before the time for high water in Boston, and commences running to the Eastward through this dangerous place about 4 hours and 19 minutes after the time given for high water at this last-named place. Sailing Directions from the Lighthouse on Execu- tion Rocks (by the South Channel) to Point Judith Lighthouse in Das^time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks about j^ mile on the Tort hand, and make good the course E-NE., leaving the EI.DUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 1:3!) Black Buoy ofT IMatinicofk Point woU on tho Starboard luiiid. "Wlicn Ch-cat Caplain's Inland Liglitliousc bears W-NW-, and tho Black Buoy off the Northern part of Lloyd's Neck SE. hvE- Ji E. about lj{: miles, the course is then E. 5^ N-, 20 miles to the Lighthouse on Middle f! round ; in running this last course, large or heavy draught vesK'ls shoidd be careful to avoid tlie Rocky bottom o(T Eaton's Neek Lighthouse ; for information relative to this, see description of Etiton'.s Neek Lighthouse. Leave tiie light- house on t!ie Jliddle dround al)out ?4 mile on the Port hand, and make good the course E. -;8 N-, -10 miles ; then, with Guil Island Lighthouse bearing South about ?4 mile, steerE- by S. J j S-, pass- ing between the Black Buoy which lies off a short distance from it, and the Buoy on Valiant Rock * ; continue the courr.o E. by S. li S., until the last-named Lighthouse bears W. U S-, the course is then E. yi N-, to Point Judith Lighthouse. Sailing Directions from the Lighthouse on Execu- tion Rocks (by the North Channel) to Little Gull Island Lighthouse in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks about j{ mile on" the Port hand, and make good the course E. by N. }i N. 33 miles ; on this course tho clangors on the Northern side of the Sound will all be left well on the Port hand ; when Stradford Point Light- house bears North about lj4 miles, the course is E Ja N., 21 miles to Falkner's Island Lighthouse. Leave this last-named Lighthouse about one mile to the Northward, and steer E. ji S. \ly2 ii>ili's, which will bring j'ou up wi'h Cornfield Light-shii) ; from about ]'', mile South of it make good the course E. by S. 13 miles to Gull Island Lighthouse, and if bound East follow tho directions before given. NEW LONDON HARBOR This Harbor lies West-Northerly 27}i miles from Point Judith Lighthouse ; 8 miles Northeasterly from Little Gull Island Light- house ; and East-Northerly about 05 miles in a direct line from the City of New York. * Tlif! Buoy Oil Viiliimt Hock, w'.iich has 17 foct water upon it, bears E.NE. from Gull Ishiml Liylitliouse, distance 2 miles. ■;! ''A n. M() ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. New London Lighthouse. Oil the West side of entrance to Now London Harbor is a Lightliouse, wliicb at this date (1881), sliows a fixed White Light. A Fog .Signal, giving blasts of C seconds, at intervals of 11 seconds, is placed near this Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from New London Lighthouse. Distance. Dumpling Lighthouse, SE. ?4 E 35 g miles. Race Rock Lighthouse, S. by E. J4 E Little (;uU Island I ighthonse, S. by W- % W. . Bartlett's Reef Light-ship, SW. J2 S 4?4 In approaching and entering New London Harbor there are many dangers, all of which, lying in the channel-way, at this time are marked with Light-ships, Beacons and Buoys. Sea Flower or Potter's Reef. This Reef, which lies nearly in thu middle of the Western en- trance to Fisher's Island Sound, is about 200 j'ards in diameter, and in some places is nearly bare at low tide ; on its shoalesL p.irt, wiiicli is near its "Western end, is a square Beacon, whieh at this dtite is painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, and sur- mounted by a Spindle with a barrel-shaped Cage on top ; vessels should not .'ipproach this Be.icon nearer than 300 yards, especially on its Eastern side. New London Lighthouse bears from this Beacon NW. J a W . distance 2^^ miles. Beacon on Black Ledge NW. by W. ]i W., m miles. is Black Ledge. This Ledge, which has but little M'ater upon it in some places, is about COO yards iu length, and .^uO yards wide ; at this time it is marked on its Nortliwestern part with a lieacon, surmounted by a Spindle and Cage, both of which are painted Black ; OiTits E.asteru part with a Black Buoy, and off its Southwest part with a Red Buoy. New London Lighthouse boars from this last-mentioiud Buoy, NW- Vi N-, distance 1 l^f miles ; Buoy painf"d iu Rod and Black Horizontal Stripes off Southwest Ledgo NW. by W- j+ W., about ][ mile 1 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 141 Southwest Ledge. This Ledgo, which is small, lies ik aily midway the entrance to New London Harbor, and has about 6 feet water on it at Ion- tide ; it is very 1)old on sdl sides, and in tliiek weather or ni^ miles. Race Rock Lighthouse, SE. by E. Ji E 4 Little Gull Island Lighthouse, S. ^ E ^H '' Plum Island Lighthouse, SW- Ji S 6^ " Cornfield Point Light-ship, W. J4^ S -12 Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Southeast part Rapid Rock, NE. J^ E 1^ " ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 143 Remarks. New London Harbor is the best on the Ncrthern ore of Long Isliuul Sound ; about 24 feet water eun be carried up to tlie anchor- age abreast tlie city, at low tide ; large or heavy draught vessels with Northerly or "Westerly gales can find good shelter olf the Lighthouse in about 5 fathoms water. Sailing Directions for New London Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, as soon as Eace Rock Lighthouse is made, run for it, bearing about W- by N. >j N., give it a bertli of about ]l mile, leaving it on the Starboard hand, and steer for New Lon- don Lighthouse, bearing N- by W-, distance 4 3^ miles; as you approach it you will see on .he Starboard, the; Beacon and Buoys on Black Ledge, and also tlie Buoy olf Southwest Ledge (liefore described) , and farther in the Buoy off Frank's Ledge ; on the Port will be seen the Buoys olf Goshen Eeef, Sarah's Ledge and Cor- morant Reef; contiiuic the course for New London Lighthouse, bearing N. by W- until about ^ mile from it, or the Beacon on Black Ledge bears East; the course is then about N- M E., keep- ing tiie Eastern shore best aboard, leaving the Thioys on the South- west and Frank's Ledges well on Uic Starlond, and the lilack Buoy off IMelton's Ledge well on the Port band, and anchoi- oif the city, according to draught, in from 2 to 5 fathoms water. By Way of Fisher's Island Sound, Vessels bound to New London Ilarb i "'V way )f Fi her's island Sound may follow the directions before gi\ea for i'l-.t Sound, until abreast the Dumpling Lighthouse ; then sV er about W- I'V N. leav- ing the Beacon on Sea Flowc r Potter's Reef voll on the Star- board hand ; when New Lomb lighthouse beats N. by W- follow the directions before given. ^ Pine 1 )and Channel. This channel, which lies Vntwecn the Beacon on Black Ledge and Pine Island, is frequentc ' vessels from Fisher's Island Sound bound to New London bor ; it is, howe\cr, advisable for strangers not to attempt thi.s channel. From the Westward leave Cornfield Light-ship about )4 mile on lU ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. the roit, and mako good the course E. ^ N., until Bartlott's Roof Liylit-ship id niado ; tlieu li^ave lliislasL niciiUoiicd Liglit-sliipdoso to on the Port, and steer about NE. b}- E. li E. ; on this last course the Buoys oil" Rapid Rociv and Sarah's Lodge will be loft well on the Port hand ; continue the course NE. b^' E. Jj E. un'il New London Lighthouse bears North, then run i\ r it on tliis ciunvie until th(! Beacon on Black Lcdgi; boars Last ; the course is thou about N. by E., keeping the Eastern shore best aboard, and anchor olf the city according to directions before given. Sailing Directions for New London Harbor at Night- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, when past Point Judith, bring the Light to bear E- Ji N., on which bearing keep it and steer W- Ji S- until Race Rock Light bears W. by N, y. N. ; then run for this last named Light on tliis course, leaving it about j( m'xh on the Star- board, and run for New Loudon Light, bearing N- by W. until j-ou judge that you are about J^ mile from it ; then, in about 4]4 fathoms water, gradually haul to the Northeastward, leaving it not more than ji mile to the Westward ; wlion this Light bear^i West you are tlien past all the Leilgos on the Eastern siile of the chan • 1, and may steer about N. >^ E. keeping the Eastern shore best ai)oaid ; if the night is very dark, wlien past the Light shorten sail and use the lead, and do not go into loss than 3}^ fathoms •wauor until you reach the anchorage off the city. From the Westward leave Cornfield Point Light-ship about i<^ mile to tlie Northward, and make good the course E. J4 N. ; as soon as Bartlett's Reef Light-ship is made, bring it to bear E. ji N. and run for it on this course ; leave the last named Light-ship close to on the Port and make good the course NE. by E. J'3 E. until New London Light bears N. by W. ; then follow the directions before given. Beating in at Night. In beating into New London Harbor at night, in order to avoid the Ledges on both sides of the channel, bring the light to bear from N. 14 E. to N. by W-^i W- ; when this light boars W- by N. you are then past the Lodges on the Eastern side of the channel and may stand farther to the Eastwanl ; when past the Light keep the Eastern shore best aboard, and tack when the water shoals to it fi ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 145 ^yy f;itlio7iis ; in beating in, it is advisable for large or heavy ilrauglit vessels to anclior abreast tlic Liglit in from A^j to f)'^. fathoms water, and wait for daylight. The above direeliona will answer for day or night. Thick Weather. At this date (1881 ) , tiiere is a Fog Hell at Race Rock Light honsc. which is struck two blows in quick succession every 20 seconds ; a Fog Signal at Little Gull Island Lighthouse, giving blasts off) soc- oruls, at intervals of 40 seconds, and a Fog Trinnpet at New London LigUthoiisc, giving blasts of 6 seconds, at intervals of It seconds. Vessels therefore from the Eastward making or hearing tlie Voix Bell at Race Rock Lighthouse must bring it to bear S. by E. }( E. and make good tlie course N. by W- ^^ W. ; as soon as tlie Fog Truuipi-t at Now Loudon Lig'itliouse is heard, bring it to boar N. by W-, and run f(jr it until 5-ou judge you are about y. mile from it ; then gradually haul to the Northeastward and follow the direc- tions before given Vessels fro;,i the Southward or Eastward, making or hearing tiie Fog Signal nt Little T-^ '■ Tsland Liglithousc, may bring it to bear S-SW. and make gooii '.< coursoN NE. ; as soon as the Fog Trum- pet at New London Liglitlioicio is made or heard, bring it to bear K". by W., and run for it on this course, and i)roceed as before d)Vo'cted. Vessels from the AVestward, making or hearing the Bell at Bart- Ictt's Reef Ligiit-ship, must leave it close to on the Port and make good the course NE. by E. ^ E. until the Fog Trumpet at New London Lighthouse bears N. by W. ; then run for it on this course and follow the directions before given. Vessels bound to Norwich should take a pilot at New London. Ilifjh Water, It is high water in New London Harbor 2h. 5m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2% feet. NIANTIO BAY AND HARBOR. This Bay lies about 5 miles to tlic Westward of the entrance to Now London Harbor, and Northwest about 4 miles from Bartlett's Reef Light-ship. i®?f^ fimZl mx 146 ELDRIDGIi'S COAST PILOT Ileinarks, Niaiitio Bay, wliich is va^y of access, is one of tlio boat Harbors of refuge on the Northern shore of Long Island Sound, with winds Irom West to East, by way of North ; about 20 fuet water can he car- ried in past White Rock, and vessels may anchor according to draught near the hiad of the Bay in from 12 to 15 feet water. This Bay is sometimes of great importance, as vessels can make it in day- time with Vieavy Northeasterly gales, when it wouUl be impossible to get into New London Harbor. Sailing Directions for Niantic Bay in Daj^imo, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Eacc Rock Lighthouse about ji mile on the Starboard hand, and steer NW. by W- for Bartlett's Reef Light-ship ; leave this Light-ship about }( mile on the Starboard, and make good tiie course NW. by N., leaving the first Buoy (Red) off Bartlett's Reef well on the Starboard hand ; as you sail In, you will see on the Starboard bow a Red Buoy, and a little far- ther in a small Rocky Islet ; the ibrmer lies off Little Rock, which is bare ; the latter is White Rock, which is bold on its Western side ; leave both these rocks about l.JO yards on the Starboard fiaud, and when past White Rock, run in about J4 mile NW. by N. }i N-, and anchor in about 3>4 fathoms water, good holding ground; small or light draught vessels may go farther up and anchor in about 2}i fathoms. By way of Fisher's Island Sound. Vessels coming through Fisher's Island Sound may follow tho^ directions before given for that passage until up with Bartlett's Reef Light Ship, then proceed as before directed. Vessels from the Westward may leave Cornfield Toint Light- ship about T{ mile to the Northward, and steer about E. jd N- until past Cornfield Shoal, or Saybrook Lighthouse bears NW., then haul in E- by N. '/z N., leaving Black Point (which is on the West side) about ]^ mile to the Northward, when Niantic Bay is well open run np about N- by E. and anchor to the Northwestward of White Rock as before directed. Beating into Niantic Bay. In beating into this Bay, the only danger on the Western side, excepting near the head, is"3-Fcet Rock ; this rock lies about ^^ mile ^Jii "m "'^r'^rjiiT KLDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 147 \ from the Wcstfrn slioro, uiiil at tlii.s date (1881), U marked on its Eastoiii sido willi ii r.liu:!< IJuoy, which boars from 'Whito Rock W. 1)3'N. J J N., distance oiu! mile ; vessels can, tlicrerore, wlieii alircast Black Point, stand into 3 latiionis on tlic Western side Avithout danger. \ TWO TREE ISLAND CHANNEL. \ Tliis passage, wliicli leads into Niantic Raj-, is to the Northward \ of Bartlett's Reef, Two Tree Island and White Rock ; tliia cliaimel is not recommended for strangers, especially with light winds, an the cnrrent sets stroni; in some parts on the Ledges. ANCHORAGE UNDER BLACK POINT. Ill heavy Kasterl}' gales when you cannot fetch into Niantic Bay, you may find shelter under Black I'oint. Sailing Directions. When you make Black I'oint, whicli bears W.NW. '(^jj iiuies from Bartlett's Reef Light-ship, leave it about }( mile to tlie East- ward, as you sail in you will see (on the Port) the Red Buoy on the Southern part of Black Buoy Ledge ; anchor (to the Eastward of this I>uoy) close in under the Point in about 4 fathoms water ; Kian- tic Bay is a nuich bettci Harbor, this anchorage should therefore only be used in case of emergenc3^ •■'J, SAYBROOK HARBOR, or CONNECTI- CUT RIVER. The entrance to this Harbor and River is about 1 1 J^ miles to the Westward of New London entrance, 1 1 miles Northwesterly from Little Gull Island Lighthouse and 26 miles to tlie Eastward of New Haven entrance. Saybrook Lighthouse. On Lynde Point, West side of entrance to Saybrook Harl)or and Connecticut River, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows 118 ELDniDGE'S COAST I'lLOT u flxi'il "Wliito Li^ht ; si Fo'r Si<,niiil is [jlacod near tlic Lighthoiiso which is strudi in Ihiclt weather at intervals of 12 seconds. Bearings and Distancos from Saybrook Lighthouse. I)l8tllllC0. Burtlett's Reef Light-abip, E. 'a S !»;< miles, llace li(jek Llglitliouse, E. !>}• S. '/j S l^Ji " Littlo Gull Island Lij,'hthou;se, SE. by E. J2 E. . • 11,'.( " ( orniield Point Light-ship, SW. /i W '^>'A " UimI lluoy oir .SouthcuHt part of Hatchet's Reef, E. by S. J4 " Horizontal Striped IJiioy off Eastern part of Long Sand Shoal, S. by E. ;i E 2 " IteutnrJcs. A very dangerous Bar of Slufting Sand extends across the en- trance to Saybrook Harbor and Connecticut River; this lUtr, which shifts with every gale and freshet, extends off Southeasterly from the Lighlhouso about 2 miles. In enteririg, there are two channels, the Southeast dianuel and the Western or main channel ; the former usually lias at low tide from 4 to 6 feet water in it; the latter, Avhieh has recently bi'cn improved by artificial Pitas or Jetties, has, it is said, at this date (1881), about 7 feet water in it at low tide ; this last-named or AVesteru elianuel is the best for strangers. Sailing Directions for Saybrook Harbor and Con- necticut River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. A little bef(irc high water, vessels from the Eastward, of not more than 7 feet draught, bound into Saybrook Harbor or np Connecti- cut River, must bring Saybrook Lighthouse to bear NW. j-i W. and run for it on this course ; as j-ou approach this Lighthouse keep a sharp lookout for the Channel Buoy which lies on the outer edge of the Bar and is painted in Black and White rcrpendieular Stripes ; Saybrook Li-hthouse bears from this Buoy, at this date, NW. }i W., distance 2 miles ; leave tliis buoy close to on cither hand and run for the Lighthouse, bearing NW- 'A W. ; as you sail in you will see nearly ahead (and a short distance Southeast from the Lighthouse), a Stone Beacon, which may be left about 100 yards on the Tort hand ; when past this Beacon, run up about N-NW-, keeping the Western shore best aboard, and anchor ^i mile ELDIIIDOE'S COAST IMLOT. 119 ({ iihovc the Slcniubodt Docks in nltoiit 2 fatlioni.s water. Jf hound up the Kivir it is ndvisahlo to take ii pilot here. Vessels from tlu- AVostvvanl, l.,mi,l to Sayl.rook Harl.or or Con- necticut Hivcr, may leave J-'aikner's Islaiul Ui,'!itiioiiM- iilM»iit 1 mile to the Nortiiwanl, at.d make good the oonrse E. ji N.. Icaviii<' tiie n..ri/.ontMl Striped Buoy, otF the West partof Lonji Sund Shoiil" and Corndel,! Point Li-ht-ship well to the Soiillnvaid, and the Ik-acon on Ilcn and Chickens IJccf vv.il to tlie Nortiiwanl; con- tinue tlie course E. J< N. until Saybrook I.i-,dithouse hears North, Iheu at about half (lood run for it on this course, and pass in ho- tweeu the .Jetties, and -ladually haul to tiic Kastward, enlerini,' the River midway between the Liohthouse and 15eacon ; whui past the former follow the directions I)eforo given. It is udvisable for vessels of more than 7 feet draught to wait outside the Jcltiea until m'arly liij^li water. It is also advisable for vessels of more than 7 feet draii-iit. from the Eastward, to briii;r Say!)rook Lighlhous(« to bear N vV. ;^ N. and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for tlie Ucd IJuoy off the Southern part of tlic liar ; when up wilii tliis Ihioy or you strike ;J fathoms, haul to the Westward until Saybrook Light- house bears North, then a little before high water run in betw'een tiic Jetties as before directed. Strangers should not attempt to enter Connecticut liiver at night. Iliylt, Water. It is high water on Saybrook IJar 1 h. 10 ux. before it is at Bos- ton ; eounuon tides rise about 4 feet. m 7 'f WESTBROOK HARBOR. This Harbor, which lies about 5 miles to the "Westward of Say- brook Lighthouse, affords good anchorage in ^\\.slL•rly and North- erly winds, but it is somewhat exposed to Southerly and Southeast- erly winds. Sailing Directions for Westbrook Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward may run for Saybrook Lighthouse, l)earing NW. }i N. until up with the Ited Buoy off the Bar or II 150 ELDRIDOE'S f'OAST I'lLOT. tli(! wnliT slionls to :5 fiithoiiis, tlitii innko jfixxl tlio course W- I'V N., Ifiiviii'^ tho Uiil Hiioy oir Coinncld I'oiiit, Uw Hiiicoii on IIcii :iih1 CliickiMis ami \hi\ IJiioy off Soiitlicrn |i:irt of Criiiic Ui'cf. all (III tho Starlioaid liaml ; when past Ihc Ui;;ssiii'^ Kitnlierley's Reef. brin<^ Falk- ner's Island I.i^'hlhonse to bear W. j.y S-i on wliieh bearinj; keep it and steer E. it N- ; when the lUioy olf Cnuu; Reef is made, follow tho directions before given. KILLINGWORTH HARBOR. This IIarl)()r, which is open to Sontherly winds, is a shallow Cove about ?4 mile wide, and lies H,'< miles to tiie Weslward of Saybrook Lij^hthouso and about C. '^ miles Northeasterly from Kalkner's Island Lighthouse; not more tiian 2 feet water at low tide can be tai;cn up to Sandy Point, the entrance to Indian River, on th(? banks of which is situated the village of Clinton. Sailing Directions for Killingwortli Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave the Light-shi|) off South side of Long Sand Slioal close to on tiie Starboard hand, and steer about West, kecpin;jj a siiarp lookout for the Horizontal Striped Ibioy olf West- ern part of the above-mentioned Shoal ; >vhen this Ikioy is made, rmi for i:, bearing about NW-, iind leave it close to on the Star- board li:ind ; when past this Ihioy m.akc good the course W.NW. Sy^ miles for the Red Buoy o(T the Southern part of Stone's Reef; leave thus last-named Rnoy on the Starboard, and run in about NW- by N. ]< N., and anchor outside tho Red Buoy off West- ern partof WliccK'r's Rock, in about 2 fathoms water at low tide ; L*" bound to Clinton, a pilot is necessary. Vessels from the Eastward, bound to Killingwortli ILarbor, may pass to the Northward of l>oiig Sand Shoal by the following direc- tions : Run for Saybrook Liglilhouse, bearing NW". ; j N. until up ^(! W. liy II r>n Ili'ii Uvvf. all •aiie Ut'cl' LstaiKu 2 ^tw.nnl oC jioins to H ar.s ul)oiit ■iiii? Fiilk- iiii{; k(;ci> is inudo, a sluillow slwiiid of cily from Icr lit low i;m llivor, in Day- ther. of Long loiit W'c'ist, off Wt'st- y is made, 1 till" Slar- W.NW. no's Kecf ; 1 in abont off Wcst- , low tide ; arbor, niiay ving dh'cc- '^. until up f IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 i.i liSk 12.0 1.8 1-25 1.4 1.6 < 6" ► Photographic Sdences Corporation ^ V ^ ^«>/'^o\ ». rv 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ■-■*^'--:-'i'^' •'■*" ii,«6i;i-r r;(.p2'»#; o 7i CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICIVIH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques t*gjgj».< y.....,,»^^;i^^y-_jay,tj^^^gg3;^jj^ T* ' --!i ' J. 'ff' ' ■ ""nv- ":■* ' - 1 . " r ' .w.'.u ^ . '■' - ^ "- 'f! . ' ^^ 'y^'?*^' ^y^ ff ^ '^ - '*' * ~* " ...^.iiwi. I ■'i *f i«> ^ ff *» i itw[ ti' i M._ i iaj|. fpi ^y w f L KLDlUnOE'S COAST PILOT. 151 with tb(! Red lUioy ofT the Bar or the water shoals to .T fathoms, then malvc good the course W. >< N- miles, to Rod Duoj- off Stone's lieef; on tliis last course, the Rod Buoy, off Cornfield Toint, the Beacon on Hen and Chickens, the Red Buoy off the Southern part of Crane Reef, will all be left to the Northward ; the Horizontal Striped Buoy on the Eastern part of Long Sand Shoal, the Light-ship and the Horizontal Striped Buoy on the Western part of the last-mentioned shoal, will be left well to the Southward ; when the Red Buoy off Stone's Reef is made, run in as before directed. From the Westward, when past Kimberley's Reef, which bears E. % N., 1^ miles from Falkncr's Island Lighthouse, bring the said Lighthouse to bear W. J2 S., on which bearing keep it and steer E! Jj N., leaving the Buoy off Haumionasset Toint well to the Northward ; when Killingvvortii Harbor is well open, run in aa before directed. High Water. It is high water in KillingworUi Harbor 4 7 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 5 feet. GUILFORD HABBOR. This Harbor, which is a shallow Cove, lies about 14j^ miles to the Westward of Saybrook Lighthouse, 3 miles North from Falk- ner's Island Lighthouse and 11>^ miles to the Eastward of the en- trance to New Haven Harbor HeniarJiS, On account of the numerous Shoals which obstruct the approach to it, this Harbor is only fit for very light draught vessels, and strangers seeking shelter from Easterly gales, will find good an- chorage under Hammonasset Point. Sailing Directions for Guilford Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward may leave the Light-ship, off Corn- field Point, a short distance to the Northward, and steer about West, leaving the Hciizoutal Striped Buoy, off Western part of ^* ' i.-f'?' t^ l»!i 152 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Long Sand Slio.il, m-cU to tlio Northward ; when past this Eiioy, make good tlip course W. hy N. Y-i N. ; ms you approach Falk- ncr's Island Liglitliouso, keep a sharp lookout for tiic lUioy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, on the Northern part of Kimberley's Reef, and tiie Black Buoy off the Northern part of Falkner's Island, both these last-incntloned Buoys arc left m'cU to the Southward; continue the course W. by N. Yz N., until Falk- ner's Island Lightliouso bears South, then make good tlie course North, keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off tiic Eastern part of the Lobster Rock ; leave this last-mentioned Buoy about 100 yards on the Port, and steer about North, leaving another Black Buoy, off the Southeast part of Shoal Ground, on the Tort hand nnd anchor about 400 yards past it, in from 7 to 9 feet at low tide. If bound into East River or Guilford Landing, a pilot is nccessar}' here. Vessels from the Eastward m.ay pase to the Northward of Long Sand Shoal, by observing the directions for Killingworth Iljirbor until abreast the Red Buoy off Stone's Reef, then make good the course W. Y^ N., leaving the Red Buoy off Ilammonasset Point and t!ie Red Buoy's off IMadison Ledges, well to tlie Northward ; when Falkner's Island Lighthouse bears South, steer North, and follow the directions before given. From the Westward, as soon as Falkner's Island Lighthouse is m.ad('. bring it to bear about E. Y^ S-, and run for it on this course, leaving the Beacon on Branford Reef well to the Northward ; when from 2 to 3 miles from this Lighthouse, haul gradu.ally to the North- ward, leaving the Blaclc Buoy off the Northern part of Falkner's Island wt'll to tlie Southward; when tiic last-named Lighthouse bears South, then make good the course North, and follow the directions before given. nigh Water, It is high water in Guilford Harbor 29 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about T)!^ feet. Anchorage under Hammonasset Point. This Point, under which there is good anchorage in from Sj-i to 4 fatlioms with Nortlierly or Northeasterly gales, bears from Clorn- lield Li.i;lit-ship W-NW-, distance about 7 miles, and from Falk- ner's Island Lighthouse E. by N. Y^ N. 5>^ miles. y ELDUIDGES COAST PILOT. 153 this Biioj', aaeh Falk- lo}- painted in part of irn part of left well to until Falk- tlie course lie Eastern JI103' aI)out iig another )n the Port feet at low , a pilot is (1 of Long th Harbor 3 good the isset Point Northward ; North, and hthouse is liis course, ard ; when tlic North- ■ Falkner's Lighthouse follow the re it is at It. ■ora S}2 to Voni C!orn- 'rom Fulk- Sailing Directions. Vessels from the Eastward may leave Cornfield Point Light-ship a short distance on the Starboard hand, and run about West until the Horizontal Striped Buoy off the Western part of Long Sand Shoal bears NW- ; then run for this Buoy, leaving it close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course W. by N. J2 N., leaving the Red Buoy off Southwest from Ilammonassct Point a short distance on the Starboard ; when past this Buoy, steer more Northerly, and anchor about a mile above the Point in from 3j4 to 4 fathoms water. SACHEM'S HEAD HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor bears from Falkner's Island Light- house about NW., distance 3 miles, and E. ^^ N. 4}^ miles from the Beacon on Branford Reef. Mewiarks, This Harbor is a small Cove about ^ mile long and about 200 yards wide, lying between Sacliems Head on the East, and Joshua's Point on the West ; anchorage may be foinid in this Harbor in from 6 to 9 feet at low tide ; it is somewhat exposed at high water to Southerly and South westerly' winds. Sailing Directions for Sachem's Head Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Cornfield Light-ship close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course W. hy N., until P^alk- ncr's Island Lighthouse bears SE. ?^ E* ; then make good the course NW. ^ W. until Sachem's Head, the Rock}' Point forming the SouUiern side of the Harbor, bears NNE- ; then run for it on this course, leaving Chimnej' Corner Ledge, which has 12 feet water on it at low tide, well on the Starboard hand ; when about }{ mile from Sachem's Head, haul to the Westward, leaving it about j^ mile on the Starboard ; when past this Point, j'ou will open the Harbor bearing about E.NE, then run in about midway, and anchor according to draught in fronx G to 9 feet at low tide. ■4 ,f I' Af* 154 ELninncF/s coast tilot. From the "Westward, loavc the Beacon on T.ranfovd Reef about )^ mile to the Northward, and make good tlio course E. J2 N., k!avnig the Red Buoy olf Brown's Reef and the Red Buoy clF Southwest part of (loose Rocks, both well on the Tort hand ; when Sachem's Head bcai's N-NE., follow the directions before given. With Northerly or Northwesterly winds, vessels from the West- ward may enter this lIarl)or to the Northward of Gooso Rock Shoals by the following directions: Leave the Beacon on Branford Reef about '^ mile to the Nortliward, and steer about E. by N. li N., leaving the Red Buoy off the Sotithern part of Brown's Reef (wliich bears from the Beacon on Branford Reef E. li N.,tlistance IJ^ miles) close to on the Port hand, and steer about E-NE., keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off Southwest part of Goose Rocks, wliich are bare at low tide ; h^ave this last-named Buoy not less than Yi mile on the Starboard, and run about E.NE. until Sachem's Head bears SE. by E., you are then past Goose Rock Shoals, and may steer for the Head on this last bearing until the Harbor is fa.rly open, bearing about E-NE., then anchor as before directed. High Water, It is high water in Sachem's Head Harbor 29 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 5j4 fctt. \ THIMBLE ISLANDS HARBOR. The entrance to this small Harbor bears NW. by W. J^ W. from Falkner's Island Lighthouse, distance b]^ miles ; and about E-NE. from the Beacon on Branford Reef, distance 2]i miles. Jtemarks. This Harbor, which has a width of not more than 200 yards in some places, lies among the Thimble Islands, and is easy of access for small or light draught vessels with favorable winds. About 15 feet water can be carried up to the anchorage at low tide. This is said to be the most charming spot for sportsmen that can be found on the shores of Long Island Sound. !* * ccf about E. V2 N., Buoy off nd ; when given, the Wcst- )oso Rock 1 Branford by N. % nn's Kecf ., distance E.NE., st part of ast-iiained lit E.NE. xst Goose iring until auclior as 1 before it U-Vz W. and about miles. yards in y' of access About 15 3. This is n be found ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 155 Sailing Directions for Thimble Islands Harbor in Dajrtimo, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, when about 2 milus past Falkucr'.s Island, bring tlio Liglilliouac to bear SE. by E. Yz E. and make good the counse NW. by W. Y^ W. for the outer Tliirnble Island ; as you approach this I.sland,you will first see on the Port the Rod I5uoy off tlio Southern part of Brown's Reef, and about Yz "'ilc to the North- ward of tliis tlie Black Buoy off the Northern part of "Wheaton's Reef, and further in the Red Buoy off the Southern i)art of tlie Inner Reef; leave the first two Buoys on the Port, and the Red Buoy off Inner Reef about 2.')0 yards on the same hand ; when this last-named Buoy bears W.SW., the entrance will bo fairly open, bearing E.NE-, when you may run in, keeping nearer the Islands on the Starboard ; after you liave passed three Islands on the Star- board, anchor in about 15 feet water, North from the Northern end of the last three. Branford Reef. This Reef, which is bare in some parts at low tide, is marked om its Northern part with a Gray Stone Beacon of circular form, sur- mounte(i by an Iron Sliaft and Ball ; heavy drauglit vessels should' not approach this Beacon from the Southward nearer than Yi m'le ; Falkner's Island Lighthouse bears from Branford Reef Beacon E. by S. Yir S., distance 6j^ miles ; Lighthouse on Southwest Ledge, entrance to New Haven Harbor, W. by N. Y^ N., 4/8 miles. Vessels from the Westward, bound to ThimbK; Islands Harbor, may leave Branford Reef Beacon about Y\ ">•'« o" the Starboard, and make good the course E. by N. % N. for tlie Ri'd Buoy off the Southern part of Inner Reef; on this last course, the Red and' Black Buoys off Brown's and Wheaton's Reefs will be left well to the Southward, and the Red Buoy off the Negro Heads well to the Northward ; leave the Red Buoy off Inner Reef close to on the Port, and run in as before directed. High Water. It is high water in Thimble Islands Harbor 15 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 5^ feet. ,J\) ELDUlDGpyS COAST PILOT. BRANFORD HARBOR This Harbor, wliicli is a largo shallow Cove, lies about. W.NW. from Fulkncr'a Island Lighthouse, distance 8i^ inilos ; N. by W- l4 W-- 2 miles from the Beacon on liranford Kccf, and East- Northerly 4 miles from the Lighthouse on Southwest Ledge, entrance to New Ilaveu Harbor. M liemarks. In this Harbor there is good anchorage for small vessels in from 6 to 12 feet water at low tide, in Northerly and Northwesterly winds. It is, however, much obstructed bj' Sunken Rocks and Ledges, and is, therefore, not a suitable refuge for strangers. Sailing Directions for Branfori. Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Falkncr's Island about a mile on either hand, and when about 2 miles past it, bring the Lighthouse to bear JE. by S. ]4 S-i and make good the course W. by N. }i N. for Branford Reef Beacon ; when this is made, leave it about j{ mile on the Port, and steer NW., leaving tiie Rod Buoy off Negro Heads well on the Starboard ham* ; as you sail in, you will see nearly ahead the Red Buoy off the Southeast part of Five Feet Rock, and farther in, nearly in the middle of the entrance, two bare Rocks ; the first is Taunton Rock, the next Blyn Rock ; these Rocks, which lie nearly j{ mile apart, are quite bold on all sides, and have a channel of about 2J,2 fathoms water between them ; leave the Buoy on Five Feet Rock a short distance on the Port hand, and run in about midway between tlie above-mentioned Rocks ; when past these Rocks, you will see the Red Buoj' on Bird Reef ; leave this last- named Buoy about 100 yards on the Port, and anchor a short dis- tance above it in from 9 to 10 feet water at low tide. If bound mto Branford Creek, it is not safe to go beyond this anchorage without a pilot. From the Westward, leave the Lighthouse oh Southwest Ledge, entrance to New ILiven Harbor, about J/^ mile to the Northward, and steer about East, leaving the Red Buoj' off Round Rock Shoal (which bears from the Lightiiouse on Southwest Ledge, E- by S. /i S- 1/^ miles) about ^ mile on the Port hand. As you sail to KLnmnoK's coast pilot. 157 W.NW. f. i>y W. iliul KllStr it Ledge, Is in from .hwosterly locks ami ;ors. in Day- ither. V mile on lighthouse i^y N. H e it about I 15uoy off 1, yon will Five Foot '., two bare 3SC Rocks, , and have leave the d, and run when past c this last- short dis- If bound anchorage est Ledge, "Northward, lock Shoal S E. by S. you sail to the Eastward, you will sec on thi; Port two small bare Rocks, which are called llie Cow and Calf, and farther to the Eastward, tiio Rod Buoy off PI ve Foot Ruck; leave this lust-namod Buoy about 200 yards to the Eastward, and run in, leaving Hlyn Rock (l)of(}ro described) about 200 yards on either hand, and proceed as before directed. jrigh Water. It. is high water in Branford Harbor IGm. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 53^ feet. NEW HAVEN HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor is West-Northerly 40 miles from Race Rook Lighthouse, "VVost-Northerly 12 miles from Falkner's Island Lightlioiiso, Northeasterly 11 milos from Slradford Slioal Lighthouse, and Northeasterly 43 milos from Sands' Point Light- bouse. Southwest Ledge Lighthouse. This Lighthouse is nearly in the middle of the entrance to New Haven Harbor, and at this date (1S81), shows a fixed Whit(! Liglit. A Fog Bell is attached to the Lighthouse, which is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Bearings and Distance.-} from Southwest Ledge Lighthouse. Distance. Horton's Point Lighthouse, SE. by E. ys "E. . . .23 miles. Falkner's Island Lighthouse, E. by S. ^^ S. Middle Ground Lighthouse, SW. yi W. , . Old Field Point Lightlionse, SW. ?^ S Eaton's Neck Lighhouso, SW. by W. % W. . . Stradford Point Lighthouse, W. by S. s^ S. . . New Haven Long Wharf Ligiitliouse, N. si E. 23 113^ 18 Bearings and Distances of Dangers from Southwest Ledge Lighthouse. Townsend's Ledge. This Ledge, which has about 17 feet water upon it at low tide, is marked off its Southern part with a Buo3- pjiinted in Rod and Black Horizontal Stripes. Southwest Ledge Liglithouse bears from this h^-f •■ I > l;-8 ELDUIDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. IJiioy NW. '4 Wm distance 2% miles. Heavy drauglit vessels sliould not, pass to the Noitliward of this IJiioy. Luddington's Rock. 'I'liis Rocli, on which tliorc arc about 12 feet water at low tide, is marked oit its iSoutheastcin part with a liuoy painted in lied and Bhicii Horizontal Stripes. Souliivvest Ledgci Lighthouse l)ear3 from this Buoy E. by N., distance ^s "I'de. In entering New Haven Harbor the deepest water is between Lhis Buoy and Lighthouse. Adam's Fall. This Ledge, which has about 5 feet water upon it at low tit vessels w tide, is 1 Ucd niul cars from w Haven liuusc. iw tiy W., distant;(> nearly a mile) a short distance on the I'ort hand ; when past this Buoy, proceed as before directed. V Beating into New Haven Harbor. In beating into this Harbor, at night or day, a better knowledge of the dangers can be obtained by inspecting Eldridge's Chart of Long Island Sound, than by any written directions. Sailing Directions for New Haven Harbor at Night- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. At night-time, vessels of not more tlian II feet draught, bound to New Haven Harbor, may leave Falkner's Island Liglitliouse; about 2 miles to the Northward and steer W. b}- N., leaving the Beacon on Branford llecf well to the Northward. When tlie Lig'nt on Southwest Ledge entrance to New Haven Harbor ])ears NW. by "W"., tiicii run for it on tliis course and leave it .about 100 3ards on ; the Starboard hand ; when abreast tliis Light, or it bears P2ast, make good t!ic course Nortli about one mile, or the water shoals to 2% fathoms at low tide ; you are then past the Ledge called Adam's Fall. It is then advisable for vessels of more than 10 foct draught ti II lii . I i KiO KLDUinr.r/s coast I'ILut. to limil lip ahull), NE- I'j N. Hiid iiiiclior at tlio moiilli ol" Morris' Covo ill alioiit It I'wX water ami wait tiiilil (l.'i\ li^lit. Vt'ssols of lu/i, nioio tli.'iii ID IVct iliaii^^liL may (at half lido) leiivo tlio Lij^lit on Soiilliwi-st Lcil^o altoiit 101) yards on tiu! Star- board iiaiid and niaUo good tlio coiu'so Noilii aliont oiio iniic, or until tlu! watiT Hlioai.s to )>}<, latlionw at low tide ; tlicn haul to tlio Nf)i'tlicast\varil inilil tln! U;'d l''i\cd Mirlit on Now Ilavt'ii Lous' Whair hoars N. ,'.( E. ; then stocr for it on this coiirso, which, if thcro bo no orror in tlio co'.iipass, will load safoly up tli(^ chaniiol to tlio Wharf. The best niioiiora;:;o is a Hlmit distanoo Southwest from the end of this Wiiaif. At ni;;!it, vessels of more than l.'l feet dranjjht, from the Westward, iiin.st hriii^ the Li;;lit on South- west LedL^t! to hear NE., a^'d run lor it on this conrso ; whoirubout lOU yards from it, follow tliu ilirecllons before given. MORRIS' COVE. This Covo, which lies on tlio East side of ontraneo to Now Haven Harbor, is about 1 jj miles above the Lii^htlionso on Soiitli- wosL Lodge, and allords yood aiuiioiage for wind-bound vi'ssels in from ar Adam's Fall, steer Nortli about ?/( mile, or until the water shoals to 2;^ fathoms, then anchor, especially at low tide. KM)UII)(1IVS f'OAST VU.OT. 161 Smnll vcsscIh, in Uiick woixtlicr, mny run for tlic Li<:!;lil house on Southwest L('(lj,'e on any course from E.NE- to W NW. ; h-nve this LiLzhthoiise alioiit 100 yarlI^^ on tin- Slarhoanl, jiiid niiike <^i»u\ tlic course Norlli iihoiit 3^ niiU', or until pust Ailiiiu'.s l'':ill ; then haul to the Northeastward, and anchor in Morris' Cove, acconhn" to (h'au^ n.ile North- easterly from Stratlfortl Point Lighthouse. McniarkH. A Sand Bar extends across tlie mouth of this River, upon which there are usually not more than 2 or 3 feet water at low title. The town of Stradford is situated upon the Western bank of thl;', River, about 2 miles from Stradford Point Lighthouse. It is navigable for very light draught vessels about 10 miles above this town. It is advisable for vessels bound into this lliver to take pilots off the bar. High Water. It is high water on Stradford Harbor Bar 12 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise altout 6 feet. \.l BRIDGEPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor is Zy^ miles West-Northerly from Stradford Point Lighthouse, and 3 miles Northeasterly from Peu- field Reef Lighthouse. Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse. Upon the West side of entrance to Bridgeport Harbor (on the ilats) is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881 ) shows a fixed R<^d Light. A Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse. i 'MtJlIlct'. Middle Ground Liglathouse, S.SE C^ miles. Old Field Point Lighthouse, S. 3^ E H " Penfield Reef Lighthouse, SW. Ji W 3 " Black Rock Lighthouse, W. by S. ^4 S 2 " Bridgeport Harbor Lighthouse bears from the Red Buoy off Stradford Point NW. % W., distance 2^ miles. lUSA- .lie Noith- npon which liile. The thi;', River, 3 navigable 1 town. It lots off the before it is therly from from Peu- bor (on the a fixed Rf>d lighthouse. i'ldlancc. i^ miles. u 1 " ! " ill Buoy off ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 163 MemarJis. The channel loading into Bridgeport Harbor is narrow ; but at this date (1881) it is well marked with Beacons and Bno}!?. Appropriations have been made by llu; United States Govern- ment for the liurpose of improving this Harbor, and when com- pleted it is said that 12 feet at mean low water may be taken up to the city through a dredged channel 100 feet wide. Sailing Directions for Bridgeport Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Falkner's Island Lighthouse about 1 mile to tiic Northward, and steer W. "/a S., leaving the Red Buoy (which lies about 1}^ miles Southwest from Sti'adford I'oint Light- house) a short distance on the Starboaid hand ; when i)ast this Buoy haul in from W. by N. to W-NW. into Bridgeport Bay ; then a little before high water bring the Lighthouse which stands on the flats at the West side of the entrance to the Harbor, to bear N. Yz E., and run for it on this course. As you sail in you will see three Red Buoys and two Black Beacons. Leave the Light- house and two Beacons on the Port hand and the Rod Buoys on the Starboard hand ; when past the third Red Buoy, wliich nuist be left close to on the Starboard hand, haul up about NW. b}' N-, leaving the nest Buo}'^ (Black) on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy run in al)0ut NW. for the wharves. From the Westward, leave Penfield Reef Lighthouse about % mile on the Port, and steer about NE. by E. until the Lighthouse at the entrance of Bridgeport Harbor bears N. yi E., then follow the directions before given. Formerly about 12 feet at high water could be taken up to Bridgeport. High Water. It is high water in Bridgeport Harbor 18 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about CJ-^ feet. Anchorage between Stradford Point and Penfield Keef Lighthouse. Between Stradford Point and Penfield Reef Lighthouse is one of the best Bays for anchorage on the NorUiern shore of Long Island Sound, with winds from W-SW. to NE., by way of North. 164 KLDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Large vessels may anchor with Bridgeport Liglithousc beariiij; about N. by E., ui from 3% to -l}^ fathoms water, good holding ground. Sailing Directions. Large vessels from tlie Kastwf.rd should leave the Red Buoy, which lies Southwest aljout 1)^ miles from Stradford Point Light- house, about ys mile on the .Starboard hand, and steer about W-NW- until Biidg('i)ort Lighthouse bears N.NW-, tlien haul HI and anchor in about -1 fathoms water, the last-named Lighthouse bearing N. by E. Small vessels may go farther in, and anchor in from 2"^ to 3 fathoms water. From the Westward, leave Penfield Reef Lighthouse about J^ mile on the Port hand, and steer about NE. b}- E. ; when Bridge- port Lighthouse be irs N. by E., anchor as before dii'ccted. BLACK ROOK HARBOR. The entrance to this small, shallow harbor bears West about 5}^ miles from Stradford Point Lighthouse, and N. by E. Ij^ jiiilos from Penliuld Reef Lighthouse. Black Rock Harbor Lighthouse. On the Southwest point of Fairwcatlier Island, East side of entrance to Black Rock Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1881), shows a fixed White Light. Penfield Reef Light- house bears from Black Rock Harbor Lighthouse S. by W- % W. 1>^ miles; Stradford Point Liglithouse E. }i S- o\^ miles. lieniarles. In entering this Harbor the principal danger to be avoided is Point Rock Shoal, which extends oil from the Southern point of Fairweather Island, and is marked on its outer part with a Ifcd Buoy. Black Rock Harbor Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. ^ E. about Yi mile. About 8 feet water at low tide can be carried into this Harbor. ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 165 c beiiiiii<^ (1 holding [c(l Buoy, int Light- 3er about then haul lighthouse id anchor about yi m Bridge- id. about 5J^ ly^ jiiiles 3t side of :'ii at tliia ecf Light- by W. 'A ( miles. Sailing Directions for Black Rock Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From tlic I:ast^Ull■d, k'avc tlic Red Buoy (whiih His oir South- west about Iji miles froin Stradford Toint Lighthouse) a siiort distance on the Starl)oard hand, and steer about W. by N., keep- ing a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off Point Rock blioal (before described) ; wlien this Buoy is made, lotive it close to on tlie Star- board hand, and run about NW. bj- N. until tliis Harbor is well open, then run in about midway, and anchor in from 8 to 10 feet water at low tide, the Liglithousc bearing from SE. to S.SE. From the Westward, leave Pcnfield Reef Lighthouse^, and also the Beacon on the Eastern part of tlic Cow.-;, about j^ mil.' on tlic Port hand, and when Black Rock Lighthouse bears N. Jj W., run for it, leaving the Red Buoy off I'oint Ptock Shoal close to on the Starboard, and follow tlie directions before given. At low tide vessels of 10 feet draught should anchor when the Lighthouse bears East At Nxght. Bound into tliis Harbor at night, vessels may bring Black Rock Harbor Liglit to bear from N. by W. to N-NW., and run for it on this course until % or J^ mile from it; you are then past the dangerous Ledge called the Cows, and in order to clear Round Rock Shoal must haul to the Westward until this Light bears NE. by N., then run into the Harbor, leaving the Light al)out 200 yards on the Starboard hand, and anchor with it bearing S-SE. to SE. in from 8 to 10 feet water at low tide. High Water. It is high water in Black Rock Harbor 21 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about &% feet. ^.voided is n point of vith a Red s Buoy N. de can be SOUTHPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor lies about 3 miles West-Northerly from Pcnfield Reef Lighthouse, and 7j^ miles Northeasterly from Norwalk or Sheffield Island Lighthouse. 166 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Reniarha. This Harbor is only fit at high water for small vessels of very light draught ; it is intended, however, to improve it by dredging, so as to obtain a depth of 4 feet at low tide. Strangers cannot, therefore, under any circumstances enter it without a pilot. Sailing Directions for Southport Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Penfield Reef Lightliouse about yi mile on the Starboard hand, and steer about West, leaving the lied Buoy off Tine Creek Point (which bears W. ^ S. from Penfield Reef Lighthouse, distance 1 1^ miles) a short distance on the Star- board hand ; when past this Buoy, steer W- by N. until the outer Beacon at the entrance to Southport Harbor bears N. J^ E-, then run for it on this course, and anchor in about 12 feet water. A pilot is necessary here. From tlie Westward, leave the Lighthouse on Norwalk Island about 1 mile to the Northward, and steer E-NE. leaving the Red Buoy off Southeast from Cockenoc's Island on the Port hand (this last-named Buoy bears from Norwalk Island Lighthouse E. by N. li N., distance 4j^ miles) ; when past the last-named Buoy steer NE. by E. until the outer Beacon at the entrance of Southport Harbor bears N. >^ E., then follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Southport Harbor 25 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1]^ feet. WESTPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is the month of the Sau- gatuck River, is West from Penfield Reof Lighthouse, distance &% miles, and about 4 miles Northeasterly from Norwalk Island Light- house. Remarks, There are usually about G feet water across the bar at low tide, but at this date (1881), there are no Buoys to mark the narrow ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 167 and crooked channol up tlie River to Westport, a distnnce of 3^ miles ; stnuiijers bound into tliis River sliould, therefore, tal0 yards, leaving it on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy run up about W. H mile, and anchor in about 2 fathoms water at low t''.le. From the AVestward, leave Norwalk Island Lighthouse about 1 mile on the Port hand, and when it bears North make good the course E.NE. tuitil the Eastern part of Cockenoe's Island before mentioned bears N. by E., then run al)out N. by W. J^ W., keep- ing a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off the I':astcrn p.irt of Peck's Ledge ; when this is made, follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Cockenoe's Island Harbor 38m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7'^ feet. SHEFFIELD ISLAND HARBOR. This Harbor lies a short distance to the Northward of Norwalk Lighthouse. * Cockenoe's I.slany S- ]'i S. Yi mile from the Lighthouse, the Red Buoy W. by S. ^ S- 1'8 miles; haul round this last-named Buoy, leaving it about Y^ "^''^ on tlio Star- board, and run in about NE. by E. }2 E., leaving the Black Buoy off the Southwest part of Tavern Island -well on Iho Port hand ; when Norwalk Lighthouse bears from S. l)y W. to S SW-, then anchor in about 12 feet water at low tide. Small or light draught vessels can go farther in, rnd anchor with the Lighhouso bearing about SW. by S , in from 8 to 10 feet water. From the Westward, as soon as Norwalk Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear NE- by E- >'2 E , and run for it on this course. r 1i' 170 ELDUIDGK'S COAST ITLOT. As yoii npproach tl.is Liirlitlioiisc. kcci) a sharp lookout for the Roil Unoy oil' tli(> Soiitliwcst |)art of Green's Ledge (before de- scribed) ; wlion this IJiioy is made, leave it about }i mile on the Starboard hand, and follow tlio directions before given. Beating into Sheffield Island Harbor. In boating into this Harbor, when past the Red llnoy off the Southwest part of Clrecn's Lodge, use the Lead and stand from shore to shore nntil the water shoals to 2^4 fathoms. It is advisable for vessels of 12 foot draught to anchor when the Lights house bc-ars SE. by E. to E.SE. ; small or light draught vessels may go farther in. High Water. It is higli water in Sheflleld Island Harbor about 38 minutes before it is at Hoston ; common tides rise about 7>^ feet. NORWALK RIVER. The entrance to this River lies NE. by N. 2}{ miles from Norwalk Ligiithousc. Itemarks. The approach to Norwalk River is through a very narrow and crooked channel, full of Rocka and Shoals, very few cf which at this time are buoyed ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound into Norwalk River to follow the directions before given for Shef- field Island Harbor, and from tiiis place take a pilot into this River. DARIEN RIVER. The entrance to this River is about 3 miles to the Westward of Norwalk Light. Remarks, This River is very narrow, and at very low tides is bare ; strangers cannot, therefore, enter it without a pilot. There is anchorage for small vessels to the Westward of Long Neck Point, with winds from NW. to NE. by way of North. out for the '1)0 fore de- iiiilc on the ►r. uo}' off the stand from ins. It is tlic Lights ght vessels )8 tninutes miles from larrow and f which at fera bound n for Slief- . into tills estward of ; strangers horage for vith winds ELnRIDGE'S rOART l'ILt)T 171 Sailing Directions for Darien River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. iMoiii tlif iMistwjird. leave Norwallt Ligiitliouse about ^:^ tnile to the Nortliwiird, and when it hears N. l>y W. steer about West for Long Nc. k Point, leaving tlie Red IJiioy off the Southwest part of (Jreen's Ledge well on the Starlujard hand ; this last-named Point bears W. ^4 S. from Norwalk Lighthouse, distance 2J^ miles, (iiv.. Long Neck Point a berth of about }{ mile, leaving it to the Norlliward ; when al)ieast this Point, you wi sec, a short dijtnnce to the Northwestward, the lied IJuoy on the IMidillc ; it is .idvis- able to anchor a short distance without this Buoy, and wait for high water and a pilot. From the Westward, as soon as Norwalk Lighthouse is made, bring itto bei.r E.NE., and run for it on this course. As you approach this Lighthouse, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Ihioy off the Southern side of the dangerous Ledge called the Cows. As soon as this Buoy is made, leave it a short distance on the Port hand, and steer NE. by E. 'yi E., leaving the next Red Huoy, off the Southern part of Smith's Rock, a short distance on the I'ort; when past this last Buoy, run about NE. by N. ;4 N. and anchor a short distance without the Red Buoy on the Middle. High Water. It is high water at the mouth of Darien River about 35 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about ly^ feet. STAMFORD HARBOR. This Harbor lies on the Northern side of Long Island Sound, nearly midway between Norwalk Lighthouse and Great Captain's Island Lighthouse. Memarks, Stamford Harbor is a little more than J^ mile in diameter, but so full of Rocks and Shoals as to be dangerous to enter without a pilot. AVith winds from NW. to NE. vessels may find good shelter in this Harbor in from 7 to 12 feet water at low tide. But 172 ELDIUDOES COAST PILOT. ^il C'w of Uic (lungers, nt this time, nro biioyod, (iiid, in the ahupnco of such rn:ukH, it ia not ndvisahle for strangers to nttcinpt to enter it, except in oases of etnerfjency. A narrow, sli.itlow stream, called Mill Uiver, empties into this Ilarhor, and only about 2 feet water, at low tide, ean be taken up as fur as tlie Railway Bridge, whieh is the head of navigation. Stamford Lighthouso. I'pon tlie Southwest extremity of Harbor Letl^c, West side of eiitraiicc to Stamford Harbor, at this date (IHSl), a LightJioii-'o is ill eourso of onstruction. Norwallv Lightiionse bears from Slam- ford Iii;j;htlioiiso E. l>y N. ^^y^ miles, Great Captain's Island Lijjjlithouse W. by S. -% S. iji miles, Ked Buo}- off Southern part of Cows Reef, SE. a little more than a mile. Sailing Directions for Stamford Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave Norwalk Lighthouse about J^ mile to the Northward, and steer W. by S. % S., leaving the Red Buoy off the Cows well on the Starl)oard hand ; continue the coiusc "W. by S. Jj S. until Stamford Lighthouse bears N.NW-, tlien run for it on this course, leaving it about 300 yards on tlie Port hand ; when abreast this Lighthouse, steer about N. % E. and nnchor witli it bearing SW. l4 S., in from 9 to 12 feet water at low tide. .From the Westward, leave Clreat Captain's Island Ligiithouse about 14 "lile to tlu! Northward, and steer E. by N. until Stamford Lightiiouse bears N-NE., then run in with it n little on the I'ort bow, leaving it about ;500 yards on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. High Watef. It is high water in Stamford Harbor about 31 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7]4 feet. LITTLE CAPTAIN'S ISLAND HARBOR. Tliis convenient Harbor lies Northeast about 1 }{ miles from Groat Captain's Island Ligiithouse. For bearings and dislaiices from this Lighthouse, see directions before given. 10 ahspnco l)t to filter 4 into tliis p tukcd up ution. est side of jlitlioii-'o is i'oiii Sliim- n's Island itheni part in Day- ather. ^4 mile to Rod Bnoy ?oin'sc W- , then run Port hand ; nd nnchor it low tide. Liglilhouse 1 Stamford )n the I'ort foUow the itcs before RBOR. miles from 1 dmtaiic'os ELDianOKS COAST IMLOT. 173 Ilvniai'h'M, This Harbor, wliieh adbrds y E. about 2J^ luilcH from (Jiriit Cuptiiiii's Islaml Mglithoiise. Jtrmarh'M. Gri'enwitli Cove lios NE. I'y E. mid SW. by W- al'oiit 1 mile, with nn oviMugo widtli of ii littl(! iiioio tliiin }i mile; tlio moHt of it is very hIiiiIIow, mid scvonil marshy Uocky Ish-ts lio nearly in tho middle of it, which h-nvos a very narrow channi'l Iti'twccn tlicm and the North fihore. Most of the Southern part of this Ilarltor is bare nt very low tides. About 8 feet water can bo taken into this Cove at low tide, where small vessels may lie secure from all winds. Sailing Directions for Greenwich Cove in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the directions before given for Little Captain's Island Harbor until abreast the Red Buoy on the Kastern side of the onlranee ; leave this Ibioy close to on the Starboard hand, and steer N. by E- J4 E leavinj:^ the sunken Hock (called Cove Rock) well on the Port hand. "Wiicn Great Captain's Island Lighthouse bears SW. ^i W. and the entrance to Greenwich Cove is well open, bearing NE. ji Em run in about miilway, and anchor to tiie Northwest of two Marshy Islets in about 8 feet water at low tide. Jllyh Water, It is high water in Green widi Cove a short time after it is at Little Captain's island ; common tides rise about 7^ feet. COS COB, OR GREENWICH HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor bears NE. J j N- from Great Cap- tain's Island Lighthouse, distance about 2],^ miles. Remarks. From the entrance of this Harbor to the Bridge the distance is a little more than J^ mile ; there is anchorage in some parts for Ei.nnrpoE's coast ptlot 175 ^. l)y E. r. iiiioiit 1 milo ; tlio y IslctH lie iw c'hnniu'l oi'ii pnrt of iUt Clin 1(0 ,' lie secure in Day- athor. ill's Isliuid side of tlio liaiid, nnd illcd Cove ill's Island Greenwich ilwa^', nnd lOut 8 feet fter it is at Bt. IBOR. GIrcat Cap- dislanoo is le parts for sniuil vesNclH, tint Utile water, huwever, tan lie taken up to tlio village at low tide. Sailing Directions for Cos Cob Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the (lircofioiis before ^mmii Ibr Little Captain's Island Ilarlior, until alufn.st the Black lliioy on the Western side of entrance; leave tliis Hiioy a short distance on the Tort hiind and sleer about N. >j W., leaving the sunken Hock (called Covo l{o(k) well on tlie Starboard hand. When the entrance to tlie Iluriior is fairly open, sleer ahoiit NE. Iiy N. ;i N. As you sail In, you will see at the entrance, nearly in the middle, several small Islets ; tlie cliaiiiiel is aliout midway lu'lwceu tliese Islets and the Western sliore. Wlien aiirc.-ist tiiesc Islets it is advisable to anchor in aliout 8 feet water at low tide, and if hound further up take a pilot. IIi!//i Water. It is high water at the entrance of Cos Coli Ilarlior 25 minutes before it is at liostou ; common titles rise about 7}3 I'ect. GREAT CAPTAIN'S ISLAND HARBOR. Jtemarh'tt. Reefs extend both Northeast nnd Southwest from Great Cap- tain's Island Lighlhouse ; that which extends to the Northeast is called Great Captain's Island Pkstern Reef, and that which extends off to the Southwest is called Great Captain's Island Western R/2 mile; about 10 feet water can be carried into this place at low tide. Great Captain's Island Harbor is somewhat exposed to Southerly winds. Sailing Directions for Great Captain's Island Har- bor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, bring Great Captain's Island Lighthouse to bear about "West and run for it on this course, leaving the Red « w« 176 ELDTIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Buoy ofT the Soiitliorn part of llic dangerous Loilgo called the Cows well on the Starljoard hand ; leave this last-named Light- bouso about y^ mile to tlie Northward, and keep a shari) lookout for the Red Buoy whieli lies about y^ milo to the Westward of it ; when this last Buoy is made, leave it a short distance on tiio Star- board hand and make good the course about NW. by N- >^ N-, leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes oir the Southern part of Four Feet Rock well on the Port hand, and an- chor in about 10 feet water at low tide (soil bottom). The Soutli point of Great Calves Island bears E. '{. S. from this anchonigo, distance about J mile ; or, when past the Red Buoy off the West Reef, steer about NE. by N. }i N., carrying about 11 feet water, and when the Lighthouse bears SE. by E., anchor in fn.m 12 feet to 3 fathoms water. From the Westward, bring Great Captain's Island Lighthouse to bear NE. and run for it oi^. tliis course. As you approach this Liglitliousc, keep a sluup lookout for the Red Buoy off the Western part of the Reef (before described) ; when tliis Buoy is made, fol- low the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Great Captain's Island Harbor about 27 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7j^ feet. BYRAM RIVER. The entrance to this River bears W. by N. from Great Cap- tain's Island Lighthouse, distance ly^ miles Memarks. Byrain River is a narrow stream, the most of which is bare at low tide ; about ^ mile from its mouth, on its Western bank, is Port Chester. This River Las many dangerous Rocks in it, none of which, at this time, are buoyed ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound up, to anchor iu Great Captain's Island Harbor and take pilots. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 1Y7 go called the named Ligbt- shiui) lookout estward of it ; :c on the Star- byN. /2N., ital Htriijos oir hand, and an- I. The Soiilli lis anclioriigo, ,' oil" the West 1 1 feet water, n from 1 2 feet Lighthouse to approacli this nr the Western )' is made, Ibl- bor about 27 [>ut 7^4 ft-'ct. Q Great Cap- lich is bare at stern bank, is iks in it, none advisable for slaud Harbor MAMARONECK RIVER. The entrance to this River is Southwesterly about "> miles from Great Captain's Island Lighthouse, and NE. by N- about Sji miles from the Lighthouse on Execution Uoeks. Heniarks. This River, whieh is very shallow, is about 400 yards wide at its mouth, but gradually contracts to the village of Mamaroneck, a distance of about ^ mile. Sailing Directions for Mamaroneck River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From tlie Eastward, leave Norwalk Lighthouse about ?..( mile t > the Northward, and when alireast it make good the course W. ly S. ji S., leaving tlie Red Buoy off the Soutiiern i)art of the daii- "(M-ous Lcdae called the Cows on the Starboard hand ; when past tills Buoy, make good the course "W-SW-, leaving (i rent Captain's Island Liglithouse well to the Nortiiward ; Avhen tlie Lighthouse on Execution Rocks bears SW- you will see the Red Buoy off the Southwest part of the Ledge called the" Scotch Caps ; leave this last-named Buoy and the next, which is painted in Red and Black iiorizontal Stripes, off Ship Reck, both a short distance on the Starboard hand ; when past the latter Buoy, steer about N-NW. and anchor at the mouth of the River in about 8 feet water at low- tide. If bound farther up, a pilot is necessary. From the Westward, when about 1 mile past the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks, bring it to bear SW. by S. }i S., on which bearing keep it and steer NE. by N- }^ N- nntil the Buoys at the mouth of the Harbor arc made ;• then follow the directions before given. ITiffh Water. It is high water at the mouth of Mamaroneck River 21 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides li-^e about T^foet. 178 ELDlilDGES COAST PILOT. DELANCEY'S COVE. The entrance to tliis Cove, which is on the Northern shore of Long Irilund Sound, bears N. ^3 C from the Lighthouse on the Execution Hocks, distance about 2^a miles. B,eniark8. Dehincoy's Cove is of irregular shape, about J^ mile in diameter, and has but little water in it at low tide (espcciall}' near the head) ; it is also much obstructed by Letlges, some of which lie almost in the middle of it. Off its entrance lies a dangerous Kecf called Long Ueach Point Reef; these dangerous Rocks, some of which are bare at half tide, lie nearly North and South about ^^ mile and have a width of about ^ mile. At this date (1881), it is not marked with either Buoys or Beacons. \n entering Delancey's Cove there is a good channel of about 35{. fathoms water on either side of this Reef. Sailing Directions for Delancey's Cove in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave the Striped Buoy whicli lies to the Northeastward of the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks on the Port hand, and when this Lighthouse bears S-SW. run N-NE. for the Black Buoy off Delance3''8 Point, leaving Long Beach I'oint Reef well on the Port hand ; when this last-named Buoy is made you will see about % mile to the Westward of it a low Point, this is Long Beach Point ; when this last Point bears W-NW. run for it on this course, leaving it about 300 yards on the Starb(mrd h-ind. When past this Point the Cove will then be open, when you may run in and anchor near the mouth, according to draught, and wait for high water. From the Westward , leave the Buo}* to the Southwest of the Light- house on the Execution Rocks a short distance on the Starboard hand, and make good the course N. >^ E-, leaving Whortleberry Island on the Port and Long Beach Point Reef well on the Star- board hand ; after passing this Reef steer more Easterly, and anchor near the mouth of the Cove as before directed. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 179 High Water, It is high water in Dt'lanccy's Cove about the same time it is at the entrance to Mamaroneck Kivcr. PORT JEFFERSON HARBOR. The entrance to this Harhor, wliich is on the Southern side of Long Island 3ound, bears al)ont S- Yz W. from tlio Lighthouse on tlie Michllc Ground, distance b% miles, and al'oiit !E.SEi- from Old Field I'oint Ligbthouse, distance about \% miles. Meniarks. After leaving Plum Gut, this is the first Harbor on the Southern side of the Sound. It is difficult of access on account of a Sand I5ar which extends across its entrance, and it is saitl tJuit there arc usually not more than 2 or 3 feet water upon tliis Bar at low tide ; when once in, however, there is excellent anchorage in from 3 to 6 fathoms water, secure from all winds. Sailing Directions for Port Jefferson Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, bound to Port Jefferson Harbor, follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound until the Lighthouse on the Middle Ground bears N. li E.,tlu'n make good the course S. ],i W-, leaving the Black Buoj olf tlie Northern part of Mount Illiscry Slioal (upon which there are about 5 feet water) well on the Port hand ; after passing this last-named Buoy (which bears E- }i N. from Old Field Point Lighthouse, disttuu'e 1^ miles), it is advisable to anclior off the Bar in about 4 fathoms water, or lay off and on and wait for high water and a pilot. From the Westward, leave Old Field Point Lighthouse about J^ mile to the Southward, and when past i' . haul in and anchor off tiic Bar, or lay off and on as before directeil. High Water. It is high water on Port Jelferson Bar about 30 miuutod before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1]^ feet. ,f' \.::j.. 180 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. SMITHTOWN BAY. This Ba}' is formed ))y the great curve in the North shore of Long Island, which extends from Crane Neck Point (the first to the Westward of Old Field Point Lighthouse) to Eaton's Neck. Hcmarlis, Thire is good anchorage in this Da)' under Crane Neck I'oint * in about 8 fathoms water, wilii winds from ENE. to SW. by way of South. A strict watcii, liowever, should be kept, except in summer, and the 15ay should be left on the first indications of Westerly or Northerly winds. The Western shore of Crane Neck is quite bold, but flats extend off to the Westward of this from the shore of Smithtown Bay from J^ to ^ mile. Sailing Directions for Smithtown Bay in Dajrtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Large vessels from the Eastward may follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound until up with llie Li>ilithouso on tlie Middle Ground ; then bring this Lighthouse to bear NE. ^^ N., and make good the course SW- Yi S., and haul round Crane Neck Point, leaving it about J4 luilt; on the Port hand, and aneliur in from 8 to 10 fatlionis water, with the end of the I'oint bearing NE. by N., distance about ^ mile ; small vessels may go farther in and anchor witli Crane Neck Point bearing from N. by E. to N-NE. Care should, however, be taken to avoid the shoal water which extends about Yz mile from tlie Southern sliore. From the Westward, after passing Eaton's Neck LiglitlDUse, haul into Smithtown Bay, taking care to avoid tlie shoal water that makes off from the shore, and anchor under Crane Neck as before directed. STONY BROOK HARBOR. Tlie entrance to this shallow Harbor bears about South from Crane Neck Point, distance ly^ miles. * Crane Neck Poiut is the first to the Westward of Old Field Point c of Long st to the 3k. V Point • . SW. by except in ■ations of ane Neck 1 from the aytime, r. diroctions illiousc on E. V, N., laiio Mock lur in from i; NE. l^y or ill and . N.NE. Iter wLich rnise, haul ivator that as before south from rield Poiut ELDRIDGF/S COAST PILOT. 181 Memnrhs. Tiio entrance to Stony Brook Harbor is vor}' slionl, but 2 or 3 feet water at low tide lieing found ill a narrow channel. Tlic vil- lage of Stony Brook is situated on the I'^lastern bank of this stream, about ij mile from its entrance. This Harbor, on aocoiint of its shallowness, is frequented by only small vessels. It is udviaablo for vessels bound to this Harbor to take a pilot olf the bar. lUijh Wafer. It is hicjh water on Stony Brook Bar about 33 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about Tjj^ feet. NISSEQUAGE RIVER. The cntranoo to this sliallow River is on the Southern shore of Long Island Sound, nearly midway between Eaton's Neck and Old Field I'oint Lighthouse. lieninrltS. Nissequagc River is a nan'o\ shallow stream, full of ^larsh Is- lands which separate it into numerous sm;i!l chaiuiels ; not more than 7 or 8 feet water can be taken across the bar at high water. The village of Nissequage is built on the Eastern bank of the River, about a mile from its entrance, and about l^ mile above this on the "Western side is the small settlement of Darlingtowu ; shoal water extends olf more than a mile from Nissequage entrance. Hiffli Water. It is high water on Nissequage Bar about the same time that it is at Stony Brook entrance. HUNTINGTON BAY. The entrance to this Bay, which is between Eaton's Neck on tlio East and Lloyd's Neck on the West, is on the Southern side of f't^memmm^f^m'^ma f W 182 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. the Suuiid, about 15 milos from the Lighthouse ou the Execution Rotks, and about IG miles from tiie Lighthouse ou the Middle Ground. HemarkH. Huntington Hay lies nearly North and South about 2J^ miles, with an average width of more than a mile. It afTorls good anchorage in from S'j to G fathoms water, and good shelter in all except Northerly winds. Sailing Directions for Huntington Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound, until up with the Lighthouse on the Middle Ground ; leave this Lighthouse about J^ mile to the Northward, and make good the course W. by S. for Eaton's Neck. As you approach the Lighthouse on this Neck keep a sharp lookout for the Black 15uoy which bears about N. ^ E. from this Lighthouse ; when this Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Port, and steer about SW. by W. until the Bay is fairh' open, then run in, keep- ing about midway of it. Large vessels may anchor with Eaton's Neck Liglithouse bearing NE. by E., and with Northeast winds maj' go farther up and anchor with the Lighthouse at Lloyd's Harbor bearing W. by S., in about 4 fathoms water at low tide. Should the wind change suddenly to the Northward, vessels of not more than 10 feet draught may at low tide run into Lloyd's Harbor, and vessels of 12 feet draught maj' ruu in at half tide, where they will lie at low water aground in soft mud. See directions for Lloyd's Harbor. From the AVestward, leave the Black Buoy off Llo^-d's Neck on the Starboard hand, and run for Eaton's Neck Lighthouse ; when Huntington Bay is fairly open, then run in as before directed. Beating into Huntington Bay. Shoal water makes off from both shores of this "Ray. Large ves- sels in beating in should therefore keep in the middle of it. Sailing Directions for Night-time. From the Eastward, leave the Lighthouse on the Middle Ground as before directed, and make good the course W- }4 S. until the Light at Lloyd's Harbor bears SW- by S. Ja S. ; you are then past :!iti''iM Execution lio Micldh 2^ miles, jrls good Iter ill all ia3rtime, er. } given for the Middle sortliward, As you out for tlie ighthouRC ; and steer I in, kecp- Ih Eaton's jast winds it Lloyd's low tide. ids of not I's Harbor, rliero tliey jctions for 3 Neck on use ; when Licted. Large a'cs- it. lie Ground 3. until the e then past ELDRIDGE'S COaST TILOT. 183 the r.laok Buoy off Eaton's Neck Liglit, ami nny run I'or Lloyd's Ilarlior Li.^ht, bearing S-W- by S. Jj S-, until Ea'.ou's Neck Light bears E. by N. |j N., then run up about S. Jj W., keeping in the middle of the Bay, and anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water, Lloyd's narl)or Light bearing from West to W. by S. At night, from the Westward, when past Great Captain's Lsland Light, bring Eaton's Neck Light to bear E. by S- H S., and run for it on this course until Lloyd's Harbor Light bears SW. by S. /^ S-, then follow the directions before given. NORTHPORT HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is on the Southeast side of Huntington Bay, bears E.SE. from Lloyd's Harbor Lighthouse, distance 1}^ miles. Iteniarh's. This Harbor lies nearly East and West, is more than 2 miles in length, and has an average width of more than a mile. The chan- nel which loads in from Huntington Bay is narrow, and has a depth of about 3 fathoms at low tide ; at this date (1881), it is well buoyed. This harbor affords excellent anchorage in from 10 feet to 9 fathoms water, sheltered from all winds. The village of Northport is situated near the Southeast arm of the Harbor ; good anchorage may be found off this village in from C to 7 feet water at low tide. Sailing Directions for Northport Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward or Westward, follow the directions before given for Huntington Bay, until the Lighthouse at Lloyd's Harbor bears NW. by W- ^A W-, then run SE. by E. Ji^ E., keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off the Southern end of West Beach Flats ; when this is made, leave it close to on the Port hand, and steer about East, carrying .>,bout 3 fathoms water, and leaving the Red Buoy off the Northwest part of Great Flats on the Star- board hand, and the Black Buoy olf the Southeast part of West Beach Flats on the Port hand ; when past this last-named Buoy you may anchor anywhere in the Harbor, secure from all winds. ISA ELDRIDGE'S COAST riI,OT. i If bound to tlic x'lWn^Q of Norlliport, wlion past tlie IMack Riioy off till- Soiithoast part of Wost licaeh Flats, stoor ahoiit NE. •»}' E. Ij E., l<'avin;4 Littln Nock I'lniit well on tlm Starboard hand. "NVlK'n tbo village of Nurtliport is wcllopcn, run nj) to tlic Soutlicast- ward, ki'oping about midwa}' the llarlior. At low title, vessels of more than 7 feet draught must anchor aVjout a mile Northwest from the village and wait for flood tide. Boating into Northport Harbor. In beating into this Harbor, after passing the lirsl Black T.no)' at the entrance, the channel is very narrow until past the Dhick Buoy off the Southeast part of West Beach Flats. niffh Water. It is high water ut the entrance of Northport Harbor 38 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1% foet. HUNTINGTON HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is at the head of ITiiivtington Bay, bears about S-SE* fiom tlio Liglithouso at Lloyd's Harbor, distance about yi mile. Remarks. From the entrance of this Harbor (which is between two Buoys, one Black, the other Rod) the distance is about 1>^ miles through a narrow, crooked channel to the village of Huntington ; not more than 7 or 8 feet water can be carried into this Harbor at low tide and but little up to the village ; there are also Rocks lying in the channel, none of which at this date are buoyed ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound to this Harbor to anchor in Lloyd's Harbor and take pilots. Jligh Water. It is high water at the entrance of Huntington Harbor 38 min- utes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1% feet. PI Hack Buoy It NE. >>y jurd liaiul. Soullicast- vcHscls of liwcst from lack I'lioj' the Dlack 38 minutes Tnivtington Vs Harbor, two Buoys, les through ; not more at low tide lying in the 9 therefore • in Lloyd's )or 38 min- ^ feet. r.LDIMDfJK'S rOAST IMLOT. LLOYD'S HARBOR. 18^ The entrance to thi-t convenient Ilarhnr fur li^lit draught vessels bears from Eaton's Nock I.iglitiiousc SW- near!}- ;i miles. Lloyd's Harbor Lighthouse. This Lighthouse, which shows a fixed Red Light, is on the South end of Long Beach, North side of entrance to Lloyd's Harbor. Katon's Neck Lighlhouso bears from Lloyd's Harbor Lighthouse about NE., difttaace about 3 miles. Reniarks, The entrance to Lloyd's Harbor is nearly y^ mile wide, but the real channel, which is on tlie Northern Hide, is only about OfjO yards wide, with a depth of from 7 to 10 feet water at low tide; vessels of 15 feet draught may, however, run into this Harbor at high water, whore they will at low tide lie aground in very soil mud, secure from all winds. Sailing Directions for Lloyd's Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward or Westward, bound to Lloyd's Harbor, follow the directions before given for Huntington Bay, until the Lighthouse at Lloyd's Harbor bears al)out West, then run in, leaving this Lighthouse not more tlian 250 yards to the Northward ; when it bears NE. by N- anchor in about 10 feet of water, where j'ou will lie secure from all winds. Above t'xis, the water is shal- low at low tide. These directions will un-^VfCr for night or day. High Water. It is high water in Lloyd's Harbor 30 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7J^ feet. OYSTER BAY. The entrance to this Bay, which is the flrst to the Westward of Huntington Bay, is 5)4 miles to the Westward of Eaton's Neck Lighthouse, and East-Northerly 11 miles from the Lighthouse on tbo Execution Rocks. 186 ELDUIDr.K'S COAST PILOT. lieuinrka, O^-stcr B;iy Is very irr(!^iil:ir in Hliapo, boinj? divided Into two parts by Covo Nccli. Tiie Ivistcrii arm, wliicli is culled Cold Spriiij^ Iliuhur, cxtoiids up Soiithoiiatcrly iiboiit 2 niili'S to the villajifo of Cold Spriiiaoy off Matinicock Point well to the Southward ; continue the course E-NE. until Great Captain's Island Lighthouse bears NW- % W., then steer SE. J4 E. leaving the Black Buoy off Centre Island Reef well on the Starboard hand ; when Oyster Bay is fairly open, then run in as before directed. Sailing Directions for Oyster Bay Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Ea&.ward or Westward, follow the directions before given for Cold Spring Harbor, until past the Red Buoy off the 1 F,T-nninoF/s coast rir.oT 181 \ Into two alh'd Cok) Ics to the , 1^ tnili's lorago, ami ly linibors. tide, and f> 1 somewhat OS off from luol (which than ^ mile in Day- )ather. Northward ?teor obout lyd's Neck ; •t and steer (Ml, bearing the Eastern ''astern end Liio Eastern close to on miles, and at low tide. ,o wait here 3 Execntion licock Point until Great I steer SE- well on tlie 1 run in as ' in Day- ather. tions before uoy off the Eastern part of the Spit, then Htco- SW. about a mile, when Oyster Hay will be fairly open; then run in, iiofpiiig the Western sliore best aboard, and anehor in from I to H fuihoms water, secure from all winds. Beating into Oyster Bay Harbor. In Ijcating into this IIarl)or, in order to avoid a Rocky Shoal which ni.ilves oil' al)out .'5.")i) yards from Cove Neck,* it is necessary to keep the Western shore best aboard. Beating into Oyster Bay. Vcpsels beating into this llay should, after passing the Hhu k Buoy off the Northern part of Centre Island Reef, keep the ICast- ern shore best aboard. Illffh Water. It is high water in Oyster Bay 22 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7j j feet. HEMPSTEAD HARBOR. The entrance to this large Cove, which is on the South side of the Sound, is East-Southerly- about 3 miles from the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks. Remarks. Hempstead Harbor lies nearly North and South about 4 J^ miles in length, and between Red Spring Point and Prospcc't Point it is nearly 3 miles in width, but graduall}' contracts to th.; vill.igc of Hempstead or Roslyn ; about 3 miles above the entrance a narrow Beach makes from the Western side by which the width of the Harbor is diminished to 200 yards ; from 2% to 3 fathoms water can be carried up as far as this Beach, there being no navi- gation beyond this point. Good shelter is found in this Harbor in all except Northerly winds. Sailing Directions for Hempstead Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, leave the Black Buoy off Matinieoek Point a short distance to the Southward (the Lighthouse on the Execu- * Cove Neck lies on the Eastern side of entrance to (.)yatur Hay Harbor. 188 KI.imiDdlVa COART ni-oT. lion Kncks boiirs W. by S. fnmi lliiH Buoy, iliHtanoo ft milcH), iiikI when piiHt this lliioy, run alxxit SW. li W- ""til tlic lliirl.or is fairly ()|»iii ; tiu'n run in iiliout midway initil i»;imL MoICh I'oiiit, wlii(;li in (lie (Irst on the Wi'sU'rn Hi.lc ; wlicn past UiIm lasl-nanu-d I'oiut, anclior in from 3 to 4 futlioms vvati-r. Krom till) Westward, wlion pant tlio Liyl'^l'O''^" "» ^''^ l'''iP('"tion Uoc'Ivs, Hteor E. K' N. mitil tlio entranoo to lIomi)Htead IIarl)or in fairly opcu, then run in as bclbro direi-li'd. Beating into Hempstead Harbor. In boalin}^ into this Harbor lie careful to avoid ricket's Rock, which lies oil to the Northward of Mott's Point about ]i milo from the Western shoro and is awasli at low tide ; when past this last- named Point, which is tho first on the Western side, keei) the Western shore best aboard jrigh Water, It is hi-xh water in IIomi)stcad Outer Harbor 17 rainutca before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7J^ feet. MANHASSET BAY. The entrance to this Bay, which is on the South side of the Sound, is about IJ^ miles Southwest from the Lightliouse at Sands' Point, and about IJ^ miles Northeast from the Lighthouse on the Stepping Stones. Memarks, This r>ay, which is of irregular shape, makes in SE- nearly 1 miles ; at its entrance it is about J^ miU; wide ; excellent anchor- ago may be found in it in from 12 feet to 7 fathoms water, secure fr°m all winds; but U feet, however, at low tide can be taken across the bar at its entrance. Sailing Directions for Manhasset Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather From the Eastward, leave the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks about }i mile on the Starboard hand, and steer about SW- J 2 S. leaving the Black Buoy off the Northwestern part of Gangway Rock on the Port hand ; this Buoy bears from the Lighthous ; on the Execution Rocks about SW. by S. H S-, distance 1 }i miles ; miles) , nnMH water; near tli4 N. aiiout 2 miles; Ilenipstead May will tlica \n> well open, when you may run in and anchor according to directions before given. nigh Water, It is high water in Hempstead Bay 10 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise al)out 1}^ feet. LITTLE NECK BAY. This shallow Bay is oti the South side; of Long Isl-vnd Sound nearly opposite Throg's Ne( k Lighthouse. Itemarks. Little Neck Bay is of little importance, as it only affords anchor- age for small or lig! t draught vessels ; from 8 to 3 feet water can be taken into it at low tide ; vessels of 8 or 'J feet draught may, however, anchor near its entrance. HART AND CITY ISLAND HARBOR. The entrance to this Har1>or, which is between Hart and City Islands, is Southwesterly '2>^ miles from the Liglitliouso on Exe- cution Hocks, and Northeasterly 2j^ miles from the Lighthouse at Throg's Neck. JRemarks. Hart and City Island Harbor is much frequentol by coasters in both Easterly and Westerly winds; about 18 foot water can be taken into it at low tide. The channel, which is narrow, lies about 250 yards from the Southern point of Hart Island. -•S^mm 190 ELDRIDGF/S COAST TILOT. Sailing Directions for Hart and City Island Har- bor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound, until up witli the Lighthouse on the Execution Rooks ; when past this Lighthouse, vdiich may be left H mile on the Starboard hand, steer SW- >^ S-, leaving the South point of Hart Island, which is bold, about 350 yards on the Starboard hand ; when tlie Harbor is fairly open, run in, and anchor iu from G fathoms to 1 1 feet water ; in entering this Harbor, vessels of more than 11 feet draught, should at low tide keep not more than 250 yards from Hart Island. From the Westward, leave the Lighthouse on the Stepping Stones a short distance on the Starboard hand, and steer N-NE-, until the Harl or is fairly open, then run in and anchor as before directed. Sailing Directions for Hart and City Island Harbor at Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound, until the Light upon the Execution liocks is made, then run for it, bearing W-SW., and leave it not more than 400 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past tliis Light, or it bears North, bring the fixed 2cd Light on the .Stepping Stones in range with Throg's Neck Light (fixed White*), and run for them in range, bearing about SW. >4 S-, keeping' a sharp lookout for the Southern point of Hart Island ; when this point is made, leave it about 200 yards on the Starboard and haul in to the Northward, and anchor in from 6 fathoms to 12 feet water. If the night is so dark tliat the Southern point of Hart Island cannot bo seen but a short distance, it is advisable when past the Light on the Execution Rocks to shorten sail, and run with the Lights in range until j'ou judge you are abreast the Southern point of Hart Island, then haul to the Northwestward, until the fixed Red Light on the Stepping Scones bears S- by W-, then steer N. by E-, which will take you into the Harbor in about 12 fcot water at low tide. Large vessels should anchor in about 3}^ fatlioms water, with the Revolving Light on Sands' Point just on, with the South point of Hart Island bearing NE. by B- 14 E. sland Har- is and fair efore given for the Execution left }i mile on South point of the Starboard anclior iu from vessels of more more than 250 the Stepping steer N-NE., nchor as before and Harbor Is and fair before given for cution liocks is t not more than ight, or it bears ping Stones in J run for them arp lookout for t is made, leave the Northward, the night is so )t bo seen but a n the Execution range until j'ou sland, then haul on the Stepping ch will take you . Large vessels I the Revolving t of Hart Island ELDUIDGK'S COxiST PILOT. 191 The Southern point of Hart Island is low, and difficult to make in very dark nights ; in such times, especially with Northeasterly gales, it is advisable, when past the Light on the Execution Rocks, to run in with Throg's Neck and Stopping Stones Liglits in range, leaving the latter a short distance on the Port hand ; haul round Throg's Neck Light, leaving it about }^ mile on the Starboard hand, and run up to the Northwestward and anchor close in under Throg's Neck, from >4 to ^ mile above the Lighthouse, in from 6 to 9 fathoms water, secure from all winds. High Water. It is high water in Hart and City Island Harbor about 9 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise 7yi feet. NEW ROOHELLB HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor, which is on the Northern side of the Sound, boars NW- by W- ^2 W. from the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks, distance 1^ miles. Ketnarks, On account of the obstructions at the entrance, and also the narrow channel leading in, this Har])or cannot be entered by stran- gers in sailing vessels, except with favorable winds ; it is mostly used by steamers and barges ; good anchorage, however, is found off its mouth, in from 2 to 5 fathoms water. Sailing Directions for New Rochelle Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, follow the sailing directions before given for Long Island Sound, until you make the Lighthouse on the Execu- tion Rocks, then bring this Lighthouse to bear WSW., and run for it on this course ; as you approach it, keep a sharp lot;kout lor tlio Striped Buoy which lies about J^ mile Northeasterly from it ; wlion this Buoy is made, leave it a short distance on the Port Land, and make good the course NW. by W. 'A W. ; as you sail in you will see the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which lies ou Middle Rock ; leave this last-named Buoy a short distuuce 51 ^■*-v. 192 ELDIUDGES COAST PILOT. on the Port hand, and ni:iko good the comsc W. >2 N., leaving the Middle Siioal and Bird llooivs (botli of which are bare at hall" tide) well on the Starboard hand ; after passing the latter, in order to avoid a Sunken lloek lying iu the middle of the passage, it is best to anchor in from 4 to 5 fathoms water, close under the North Shore, and take a pilot. From the Westward, leave the Buoy which lies about Yz mile Sonthwost from the Lighthouse on the Execution Rocks, close to on the Starboard hand, and steer N. J4 W-, leaving Whortleberry Island wcl' to the Westward ; when the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes on Middle Rock bcara NW- by W- Yi W., then follow the directions before given. There is a channel to the Westwaid of Davenport's Island having from 7 to 8 feet water in it at low tide, but it is considered too intrl !ate for strangers. High Water. It is high water at New Rochclle Harbor 7 minutes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7J^ feet. PELHAM BAY AND HUTCHINSON'S RIVER. rr The entrance to this Bay and River is on the North side of the Sound, between Throg's Neck on the South and City Island on the North. Hemarks. The entrance to i'elham Bay is nearly 2 miles in width, but grad- ually contracts to the mouth of ilutchinson's River ; only about 5 feet water at low tide can be taken up to the mouth of this River ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound to this place to employ pilots. Shinnecock Jjighthouse. Upon Pondquogue Point, Souf n side of Long Island and North side of Shinnecock Bay, about 1 mile from the seashore, is a Li?^hthouse, which at this date ( 1881) , sliows a lixed White Lijrlit. '''his i.ight- house is West-Southerly 32y2 miles from Montauk Point Lighthouse 1; 11 leaving the hall" tide) in order to , it is best the Norlh >ut Yi mile lis, closi; to hortle berry n Red and ■ by W. ^ and having sidered too fore it is at ISDN'S side of the and on the I, but grad- il\' abont 5 this River ; J to emploj' North side ii^^hthouse, ''his jJ«fiit- Lighlhouse ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 193 and East-Northerly ?fi miles from Fire Island Lighthouse. Tlie Tower of this Ligiitiiouse at this date (18H1), is Red and is not often visiblo in daytime, but at night, wilh a well-dnfmcd iiorizon, this Light may be seen from the deck of a connnon vts-el about I'j miles. SHINNECOCK INLET. This Iidct is ($3 miles to the Westward of Montauk Point Lisiiit- house, and about ^ mile Soutiuvesturly from Siiinneeock Light- house. Meniarks. Shiinieeock Inlet is about \i mile in width and has a Sand Bar at its entrance whieh has but little water upon it at low tide ; tiie ehannel across this I5ar varies in depth und location witii almost every heavy gale from seaward. Siiinneeock Hay, tliougli Ijroad, is shallow, and no description, witli sailing dircc'ions for it, would be '^'"use to mariners. Fire Island Lighthouse. Upon Fire Island Beach, South side of Long Island, about 1 U miles to the Eastward of Fire Island Inlet, is a lofty Tower painted Yellow, and at tliis date (1S81 ), shows a White Revolving Light ; this Light revolves once a minute. Searings and Distances from Fire Island Lighthouse. DiHtnnce. Montauk Point Lighthouse, East-Northerly . . . C8 miles. Shiuuecock Lighthouse, East-Northerly . . . . oG " Sandy Hook Light-shi;>, "W". b}' S 32 " Barnegat Ligiithouse, SW 67 " Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, SW. ^ S. 129 FIRE ISLAND INLET. This Inlet, which is aI)out 1'^ miU's to the Westward of Fire Island Lighthouse, is the only liarl)or of refuse on the South side of Long Island. At this date (1882). about 11 feet water can be 194 ELDHIDGE'S COAST TILOT carried across the liar at low tide, and about 10 feet up to the ancht)rajj;e off the Hotel Wharf; the depth and location of tlie channel across this liar changes with almost ever} gale from sea- ward, but the liuoys are changed so as to siiow the best water. At this time a Bell liiioj' is placed off the entrance to tiiis Inlet in 7 fathoms water. Fire Island Lighthouse bears from it NE. byE. •^ E., distance 1^ miles. Sailing Directions for Fire Island Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward or Westward, having made the Bell Buoy off the Bar, Avill, if possible, wait until about half flood, then run in, leaving the Buoys painted in Black and White Perpendicu- lar Stripes close to on either uand ; leave the first Red Buoy close to on the Starboard hand and haul up about E. by S., leaving a Black Buoy on the Port ; when i)ast this last Buo}', anclior off the Lighthouse in from 3 to 4 fathoms watei. If bound to any of tiic places on tlie North side of tlie Bay, it is advisable to take a i)ilot at this anchorage ; it is also advisable for vessels, unacquainted, of more than 7 feet drauglit, bound into Fire Island Inlet, to take pilots off the Bar. The above directions were good for 18b2. A Whistling Buoj' has been placed in 14 fathoms water off this Inlet. Tiie Bell Buoy off the Bar bears from this Wliistling Buoy N. by W. ji Wm distance S"^ miles; Fire Island Lighthouse North G miles ; Sandy Hook Light-ship West 31 miles : this last-named Buoy is also 70 miles to the Westward of JMontauk Point Lighthouse. JTig Water. It is high water at Fire Island Inlet 4h. 11m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 feet. i ^ ill ROOKAWAY INLET. Tiie entrance to this Inlet lies nearly West, 30 miles from Fire Island Lighthouse and oyi miles (Northeasterly) from Sandy Hook Lighthouse. up to the on of the ! from KGii- ratcr. At s Iiik't in laytime, er. le the Bell flood, then 'erpendicu- l>uoy close , leaving a lor off the any of tlie nke a pilot uainted, of 3t, to talve 18b2. tcr off this tling Bnoj- Lighthouse liles : this r JMontauk re it is at from Fire andy Hook ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 195 Reniarks. A Sand Bar makes across the entrance to this Inlet, which usually has from 12 to 1'j feet water upon it ; the channel over this Bar \9 liable to change with every heavy gale from seaward ; wiien over the Bar there is at this date (1881), not less than IG feet water until the Inlet is fairly entered, after this the dei)th varies from 4 to 8 ftithoius. It is, however, advisable for vessels of more than 7 or 8 feet draught (except in cases of emergency) to take pilots. Sailing Directions for Rockaway Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. At this date (1881), a Bell Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes is placed off the Bar. Sandy Hook Light- ship bears from this Buoy S- by E., distance G miles. Vessels from the I':astward or Westward, having made the Bell Buoy, will, if possible, wait until about onc-lialf Uood, then run in, leaving the Buoys painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes close to on either hand, haul round Beach Point (which is the first on the Eastern side), leaving it about 250 yards on the Starboard and the Stakes on the Port hand ; wlien the end of Beach Point bears SE., haul up about ENE., and anchor off the Southern shore of Barren Island near the lir^t Wharves, in from 3 to 5 fathoms water ; if bound up Jamaica Bay, it is advisable to take a pilot here. Jliffh Water. It is high water in Rockaway Inlet 3h. fjOm. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 4 feet. South Coast of Long Island from Montauk Point to Rockaway Inlet. The South Coast of Long Island has a general course about W. by S. }i S. G8 miles, from Montauk I'oint to Fire Island Inlet, and tlience about W. }( N., about 30 miles to Rockaway Inlet. This siiore may be approached within ^ mile, with 5 fathoms water, anywhere between Montauk Point and Rockaway Inlet. ♦ Inlets on the South Shore of Long Island. Between Fire Island and Rockaway Inlets tliere are several shallow Inlets: Gilgo Inlet, 8 miles to the Westward of Fire 196 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Island Inlet ; Now Inlet, 6 miles to the Wt^stwiirtl of Gilgo, and Hog Isltind Inlet, T)?^ miles to tlie Westward of New Inlet. Tliese Inlets arc all very shallow and cannot be entered even by the ''luallest vessels without a pilot. NEW YORK BAYS AND HARBOR. In entering New York Harbor, by way of Sandy Hook, there arc two IJays, called the Upper and Lower Hay ; the great eommercial city of New York lies at the head of the former. From Sandy Hook ISIain Lighthouse to this city, the course is nearly North and distance about 11 Ja niiles. In entering the Lower liay tlic pas- sage is much obstructed 1)y dangerous Slioals or Sand IJars, which extend from Coney Island to Sandy Hook ; liiero arc several chan- nels across these P.ars, which at this date (1882), are well marked with Buoys. At night, Range Liglits are employed to such an extent, tliat it is frequently remarked by mari.iers, tliat witlj favora- ble winds ami fair weather, the port of New Yoik is more accessible at niglit than in daytime. Dangers, in Ajyproachlnff and Twittering New York Hag and Harbor. East Bank. Tliis extensive Sand Shoal, which is about 2]^ miles wide, ex- lends olf to the Southward about 3 miles from Coney Island and has from 3 t) 18 foet water upon it, the shoal spo*s being scattered all over it ; tliere are several chann.>ls across this Rank wliich lead from sea into the Blain Ship Ciiannel, but they are only used by those well acquainted. Homer Shoal. This is also an extensive S.and Shoal about 5 miles long, with an average widlii of ?^ mile ; tliis Shoal, wiiich lies between and sepa- rates the East and Sw.ash Channels, is nearly bare in some places ; a Stone Beacon has been built upon its Soutir.vestern part ; Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse bears from this Beacon S. li E-, distance a iittlc over 3 niiles. The Southwest part of the Ronier Shoal is very bold, and it is not advisable for strangers to attempt to beat in the Swash Channel, especially at night. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 197 , and Hog t. TllOSl! (n by the BOR. , there arc ommercial )m Sandy rly North ly llie pas- \vs, which oral chan- 2II marked ,0 such an ith favora- acccssible f New \ wide, ex- sUxnd and ; scattered which lead ly used by ig, witli an and sepa- ;no places ; ,rt ; Sandy distance a loal is vcr}- beat in the False Hook Shoal. This Shoal, whidi runs nearly panillcl wltli Sandy Jlook Reach, is about 2 miles in length and lias (Vom 12 to 18 fuet water upon it. Between tliis Siioai and Sandy Ilook Beach is False Hook Channel, which is from 250 to 500 yards in width, and has a depth of from 31^ to 6 fathoms water at low tide ; a Buo}- painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes marks the Northwestern pnrt of tiiis Slioal ; Sandy Hook Main Ligiithouse bears from this Buoy SW. li W., distance ^ mile. Outer Middle Ground. This small spot, which lies to the Eastward of Sandy Hook, has about 16 feet water upon it at low tide ; it is marked on its Soutii- ern part with a Red liuoy ; Sandy Hook Jlain Liiriitiiouse bears from this Buoy NW. by N-, distance 2? a miles ; Scotland Light- ship E.NE. \^/i miles. Plynn's Knoll. * Flynn's Knoll is a Sand Shoal extending about East and WcnI about 1 mile, and has, at very low tides, from 8 to 16 feet water upon it, Tlie "Western part of Flymi's Knoll is calle(l ilie South- west Spit ; this danger is marked olf its Southwestern and Western part wilh two Red Buoys, whieli lie nearly on a line with Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse and the West Beacon ; the first has a Ball and Perch on it, the next lies in about 4 fathoms water off the West end of the Spit ; these two Buoys are bjth left on the Star- board hand by vessels bound up the Main Channel. East KnoU. This is an extensive Shoal, separating the Main and Swash Chan- nels, and having from 11 to 16 feet water upon it; it extends about ly^ miles NNW- and S-SE., and is J/^ mile wide. It is marked off its Western part with two Red Buoys, wliich in going up are both left on the Starboard hand ; the Northern end of the East Knoll is the junction of the Swash and Main Channels. West Kr-oll. This Shoal, wliich lies on the W"^st side of the channel, extends about 1 mile N-NE. and S-SW., and has at very low tides about 15 feet water upon it. It is marked on its Eastern part with a Black Buoy, which in going up is left 011 the Port hand. 198 KLI)1£11)(JK/S COAST PUAIT. West Bank. This {ircat Shoal, .vhich lios on the Wi-st side of tho channel, is really Iho Northeast extremity of Stateii Island Flats ; it is bare in some j)laee8 at low water, and in others has from 1 1o 12 fcit water npoi it; this Hank is very hold on its Kastern side, and would be danw tide ; it [1 llod and I tears from nile. water npon Narrows ; ioys ; Rob- y NW. by [Jpper Bay, oil marked ■itir Island, aek l>uo3-s. and Islands little water ipt to pass mile from til a Black Buttermilk (Is off from c Lead. [iuaruutine. rj.nUIDOK'S COAST PILOT. 199 Sandy Hook Light-ship. Tliis Light-ship, which is the principal gnido to the cntranco to New York Bay and Harbor, is moored in about It fathoms water; tliis Light-ship, at this date (1H82), is pdnled Red, has 2 masts, and siiows 2 Red Hxcd Lights, and al^o at tliis time has a Bell and a Horn ; the bell is rung in thick weather, and tho horn, whicli is self-acting, is also sounded at such times. Bearings and Distances from Sandy Hook Lightship. DIatanoe. New South Shoal, East nearly 186 miles. Fire Island Lighthouse, E. by N 32 " 31 2^ 6^ 6^ 43 m Whistling Buoy oil Fire Island Inlet, East nearly Scotland Light-ship, W- }i JX Whistling Buoy near tho entrance of Gedncy's Chan- nel, NW. ^^ N ^'i Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse, W. I'y N. J^ N. . • Highlands of Navesink Lightliouses, W.SW. . . . Barnegat Lighthouse, S-SW Channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendic- ular Stripes, with Perch and Ball, at the entrance of Gcduey's Channel, NW Buoy with Black and White Perpendicular Stripes at the entrance of South Channel, W. by N. ^ N. 3ji " East Beacon (on Sandy Hook), W. by N. ^ N. . . 6f4 " Highland (Navesink) Lighthouses Upon the Highland of Navesink arc two Towers, 228 feet apart, and range NW. and SE- At this date (1882), these Towers are painted "Brown, and show fixed White Lights, which, with a well defined horizon, may be seen from the deck of a common vessel about 22 nautical miles. Bearings and Distances from Highland of Navesink Light- houses. ^ DiBtance. 191 miles. 38 " 87 " 37A " New Soutli Shoal Light-ship, East nearly . Fire Island Lighthouse, E. by N. Vs N. . . Whistling Buoy off Fire Island Inlet, !!.}( N- Sandy Hook Light-ship, E-NE Scotland Light-ship, NE. J^ E 200 I.I.DUirxiF/S COAST I'll.OT. Scotland Light-ship. This Light-ship, whi(^!i is phiccd in ji'ioiit 7 fathoms water, lies a short tlistaiu^o witiiout tlio wn!oI< of tiin Stwunsliip Scotlaiul. At tills (hilo (1882), tliis Lij;lit-sliip shows 2 fixi'd White LiglitP, and has a Foii Bell which is struck in thick weather. 3r^ miles. 2-3 " Soarings and Distances fVom Scotland Light-ship. I>li^ E 3'4 " Buoy Painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes olT Northern part False Hook Shoal, NE. }{ E. ;8 East Beacon Lighthouse (Sandy Hook). This Beacon, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is painted Red, is near the North Point of Sandy Hook, and shows a fixed White Light. A Fog Signal is placed near this Lighthouse, which in thick weather gives blasts of C) seconds at intervals of 40 seconds. Searings and Distances from East Seacon Lighthouse. Dl'tnnoa. Sandy Hook Light-ship, E. by S. H S CJ/^ miles. Scotland Light-ship, SE. by E 4 Beacon on the Dry Romer, North 2j4 " Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Northern End of False Hook Shoal, E. >^ S. . . ^ " i; rater, lies a jtlaml. At LiglitP, and ship. DiHtoncn. S^tj miles. 4 " ^}i [loolt, on a !s, is Sandy ate (1882), ighthouse. • DintancB. 6J4 milos. k). , Is painted ws a fixod Mise, whicli 40 seconds. ;house. Dlxtnnco. Gya miles. 4 214 " 34 " r,i,i)i!ii)i:i".'s COAST rir-oT. West Beacon (Sandy Hook). 201 This r.eat'on, which is tiiliiated on the; Western slioro of Sandy Hook about 'y{ mile from tlio Main Liglitho'.iH(>, is usod as a Range with Sandy Hook Lighthouse to clear the Southwest S[)it. Tlie Tower is painted White, and at this date (1S.S2), shows a fixed White Light. Conover and Chapel Hill Beacons. When past Sandy Hook you will see to the Southwest, close to the si ore, a Tower painted in Horizontal Stripes of White, Red and While, with Black Frame on each side of it ; this is Conover Bea- con, and a little more than a mile South from it on the highland will be seen another Tower paint; d in White, with Black Frame on each side ; this is Chapel Hill Beacon. These two Beacons show fixed White Liglits, and when in range bear S. by W. H W- and lead up the Main Channel as far as the Narrows. Bayside and Wilson's Beaconc. ' When past the North Point of Sandy Hook you will see about 3^2 miles to the Westward of Conover Beacon, close to the South- west shore,, another Tower painted White, and surmounted by a Lantern with Red Top ; this is called Bayside Beacon, and shows a fixed White Light; about ^ mile to the Westward of Bayside Beacon, on somewhat higher ground, there will bo seen another Tower painted White, and surmounted by a Lantern with Black Top ; this is called Wilson's Beacon, and this also shows a fixed White; Light. These last-named Beacons, when on a line bearing about W. by S., form the Main Channel Range between the North Point of Sandy Hook and Southwest Spit. Ekn Tree and New Dorp Beacons. When past the North Point of Sandy Hook you will see on the Northwest shore a Tower painted White with a Red Band around it ; this is called Elm Tree Beacon, and shows a fixed White Light ; about I'yi miles NW. }( N. from this last Beacon, on a rising ground, another Tower will be seen; this is callci New Dorp Beacon, and shows a fixed White Light. This last Beacon being AVhite, the background of trees which lie to the Northwest of it makes the Tower readily discernible in the daytime. These two last-named Beacons in range, bearing about NW. ji N., lead 202 ELnnrnoK's coast pilot. throii-,'!! tho Swasli Clmnntl in about 13 foot water at low fiilo. Now Dorp Hcacou just open to tlio Norlliwanl of Kliii Troo lloacon li':i(l>t lliroiij^h tli;! Swash Clianiu'l in about 4 fullioiin water at low tiile. Fort Tompkins Lighthouse. Tliis Lighthouse (wlii'li \^ on tlus West sidt) of tlio Narrows), at tills (late (1HH2), sli)ws a fixeil Wliite Li^iit. Vessels may approach tiiis Liglitliouse witiiiu 'MO yards witiiout clanger. Fort La Payette Fog Beli. Upon til's Fort (whidi m on liu; Ivistern side of the Narrows about Jo mill' fi"'" siinre) is a Fog Uell wliicli is struek by machin- ery, one ai.d two blows alternately, at intervals of 20 seconds. Vessels niny ai)proaeh williin 100 yards of tliis Fort without danger. Bobbins' Reef Lighthouse. This IJ'^litliouse, wliicii is just al)ov(! tiio Narrows, is built on the Eastern part of Jersey Flats, and is intended to guide vessels into New York IIarl)or, and also into Newark liay ; attliis date (1882), it shows a fixed White Light, and has a log liell attached to it, which is struck by machinery at intervals of ITj seconds. N'cssols bound up tlio I5ay may leave this Lightliouse '^ mile to the West- ward, and those bound to Klizabethport, or into Newark iJay, may leave it ^ mile to the Nortliward without danger. Fort Columbus Fog Bell. On Fort Columbus, Northwest end of Governor's Island, New York Harbor, is a Fog Bell, which is struck by machinery, twice in succession, at intervals of 20 seconds ; vessels from the West- ward may approach this Fog Bell within 200 yards without danger. Channels across Sandy Jlook Bar. South Channel. This Channel leads across Sandy Hook Bar in a direct line NW. ]l N., in about 21 feet water at low tide, into the Main and Swash Channels; at this date (1882), a Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes marks the entrance to the South Channel ; this Buoy lies on a line ana nearly midway between Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse and Sandy Hook Lii^ht-ship I'LDninOIVS COAST I'lI.OT 203 fit low tiilo. il" Kliii 'rri'o llllOIIH WIlttT 10 Narrows), Vessels may the Narrows 'k by nmehin- ' 20 secoiuls. illiout daiij'cr. 3 built on tlic e vossols into date (1882), ttacliod to it, lids. Vessels to the West- ark "Bay, may Island, New L-hincr}', twice »m the West- thout danger. 'ar. ^ct line NW. lin and Swash n Black and to the South Iway between it-ship Godnoy's Channol. 'I'iiis Ciianncl, which Icfids across Samly Hook Bar into the Main Channel, has about 2.'J feet water in it at low tide, and is used liy heavy drau;;]it vessels. Its entrance is about \y^, miles to the Northward of tiie Soutli Ciuinnel. At tills date (1882), a Wiilst- lin«< Buoy has been placed off Gcdney's Channel In 8 fathoms water. Sandy Hook Li<,dit-Hhip bears from tliis Buoy SE. ,'j S., distance ,'$>.( miles; Sandy Hook Main LiKhtiionse, W. I>y S- '^ S. 4;^ miles; Buoy with rercii and Ball. W. l>y N. Js mile. Main Channel. This Channel, which leads in i)etween the Nortiiern Point cf Sandy Hook, Flynn's Knoll and Southwest Spit, has a dcptti of not less than 4 fathoms in it at low tide. Botli tlio Soutli and Gedney's Channels lead across Sandy Hook Bar into tiic ISIain Channel. Swash Channol. This Channel, whieli is nnnow, leads in between the Romer Shoal on the Kast and Kast Knoll on t ,c West, and has about 4 fathoms water In it at low tide. The Swash Channel Is the most direct way across Sandy Hook r>ar into New '\'oik Lower T.ay ; It is not advisable for strangers to attempt to beat tiirough tiiis Ciian- nel, especially at niglit. Tlic current of I'.hb sets strong to the Eastward across tlic Romer Shonl ; strangers should not, therefore, attempt this Channel with light winds. False Hook Channel. This Channel, wliicli has a dcptli of about 3 fatlioms water, leads along the Eastern shore of Sandy Hook, and is safe for coasters from the Westward, witli Westerly or Southerly winds. There arc comparatively no obstructions throughout its entire length, and it Is in no phicc less than 4r)0 yards wide ; strangers, however, in vesstis of more than 12 feet draught, sliould not attempt the False Hook Channel at night, or when the Buoys cannot be seen. Hi/ the South and Main Channels. Sailing Directions for New York Bay and Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From tlie South westward, or Seaward, leave the Scotland Light- ship about j{ mile on the Port hand, and steer NW. j{ N., keep- 204 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. ing a si'nrp lookout for the Bnoj- painted in IMack and White Rirpcndi' un,r Stripes, which lies off the entrance of the South Channel, nearly on a line with Sandy Hook Main Lightliousc and Sandy Hook T.ight-ship ; when this Buoy i? made, leave it dose to on the Port and steer about NW- 'J N., carrying about 3>< fatiioms across the liar; continue the course NW- H N. until Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse bears W-SW-, then in about 5 Ait horns water haul in about W. by N. '4 N-, keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoys off the Northern Point of the llook ; when these are made, leave them all a short distance on the Port, and when the Beacon on the Northern Point of the Hook bears S. by E-, then run W- by S. until the West Beaef)n and Sandy Hook ]\Iai:i Lighthouse are in range, bearing SE. }i E. ; then run NW- ji W- with them in rang; , leaving the Red Buoy witli Perch and r.all and Red Buoy off the S^estern part of Southwest Spit both on the Star- board hand. When Conovcr Beacon and Chapel Hill Beacon (both of which have been described) arc in range, bearing S- by W. }( W., run np on this range, leaving tlie Red Buoys on the Eastern Kuoll and East Bank on the Starboard, and the Black Buoys off the West Bank on the Port hand. As you sail up, two small Islands will be seen on the Port,— these are Dix and Hoffmann IsUukIs, or Upper and Lower Quarantine. About ^ mile North- east from the Upper Quarantine, and nearly in mul-channel, will be seen a Buoy painted in Red and Black Ilorizon'.al Stripes ; this is on Craven's Shoal ; leave this last-named Buoy aliout ^ mile to the Westward, and haul up about N. by W., passing in about mid-channel through the Narrows. As you sail ui) .you will see nearly ahead the Lighthouse on Robbins' Reef; you may run for this Lighthouse, bearing about N. by W. until about }i mile from it ; the course is then about NE. U N-, leaving the Black Buoys, together with Bedioc's Island and Ellis' Island, all on the Port hand, and the Rod Buoys off Gowanus jtIp+s, and also tlie Black Buoy off Governor's Island, all on the Starboard hand. When past the Battery, if intending to anchor on the Jersey side, you must haul over towards that shore and anchor in from 3 to 4}^ fathoms watv^r, muddy bottom. It is advisable for sailing vessels, when past the Narrows, to take steam to New York, as the frequently cro-vdcd state of the U;'per Bay renders the navigation extremely difficult for other than steam- ers. Collisions are frequent. ac;k and White ;c of the South Lighllioiise and ave it dose to on out o>^ fatliouis N- until Sandj' about 5 fatiioras larp lookout fur lok ; when these ! Port, and wlicu bears S. I'y E-' indy Ilook ]\Iain •im'-NW.jiW. rcii and IJall and joth on tlic Star- lill Beacon (both ing S. hy W. ji s on the Eastern ', Black Buoys off il up, two small ix and Hoffmann it ^ mile North- m'd-channel, will ital Stripes ; tiiis about }( mile to passing in about il up j-ou will see you may run for bout ^^2 mile from the Black Buoys, , all on the Port id also the r>lack land. "When past cy side, j'ou must . 3 to 4}^ fathoms ar SE. y^ S. and steer NW- Yi N., keeping a sharp lookout for the Whistling Buoy before described ; when this is made, leave it close to on either hand and run for the Buoy painted in White and lUack Perpendicular Stripes with Perch and P.all ; leave this last-named Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and make good tiie course W. by N. H Nm carrying about 23 feet water across Sandy IIoi k Bar at low tidi, and leaving the Red Buoys on the Starboard and the Black Buoys on the Port hand ; when up with tiic Turning Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes (Sandy Hook JIain Lighthouse bears from this last-mentioned Buoy SW- 1^ W.), make good the course W. by S., leaving the Black lUioys off the Northern Point of the Hook on the Port hand ; continue the course W. by S- until the West Beacon and Sandy Hook IMain Lighthoi.5C are in range, bearing SE. H E., then follow the directions before given. By the South and Swash Channels. Sailing Directions for New York Bay and Har- bor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Scotland T-ight-ship about % mile on the Port hand and steer NW. % N., keeping a sharp lookout for the Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, which lies at the entrance of the South Channel ; when this is made, leave it close to on either hand and make good the course NW- ]i N , keeping a sharp lookout for the Elm Tree and New Dorp Beacons on the Western side of the Bay ; when they are made, bring then. in range, bearing about NW. % N-, leaving the Black Buoys om the Port and the Beacon on the Bomer and Red Buoys on tlio Star- board hand, and carrying not less than 1 5 feet at low tide ; con- tinue to run on this range until Dix Island or Lower Quarantine .f^li 'iii:i|i f'lifi 206 KLDllIDGE'S COAST IMLOT. beara N. j4 ^- > 3'"" ^""^ ^^^^ -" ^^^ Main Channel and may run up about N. by E. j{ E., and proceed as before directed. Tlic current of Ebb sets strong across the Romer Shoal ; it is therefore advisable for vessels with light winds to not attempt the Swash Channel. By Gedney's and the Swash Channel, Sailing Directions for New York Bay and Har- bor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, or Seaward, when the Whistling Buoy before described is made, ofTGcdney's Channel, leave it close to on either hand and run for the Buoy painted in Black and White Perpen- dicular Stripes with Perch and Ball ; leave this last-mentioned Buoy close to on eitlier hand and make good the course W. by N- J^ N., carrying about 23 feet water across Sandy Hook Bar at low tide, and leaving the Red Buoys on the Starboard p^" the lilaek Buoys on the Port hand ; continue tlie course W. by iM. i^ N., leaving another Red Buoy with Perch and Ball on the Star- board hand ; when the Beacon on the Romer bears NW. by N- % N., then run for it, and follow the Oirections before given. Sy False Hook and Main Channels, Sailing Directions for New York Bay and Har- bor in Daytime, with favora'ile winds and fair weather. From the Southwestward, when past the Highland Lighthouses, keep a sharp lookout for tlie Black Buoy, wliich lies off the shoal water which extends from the sliore. The Highland Lighthouses bear from this Buoy S W. ]'2 S. about 1 1/2 miles ; wljcn this Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Port hand and follow tlie shore to the Northward, keeping not more tlian 1/3 mile from it and carr}-- ing not less than 4 fathoms at low tide, and leaving the Buoy on the Outer Middle Ground well on the Starboard and the Red Buoy farther in off the Oil Spot close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, continue the course along tiio shore, leaving the Buoy painted in Red and BLick Horizontal Stripes, which lies off the Northern part of the False Hook Shoal, on the Starboard hand; when past the last-named Buo^-, which bears from the ,1; ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 207 il and may run cctcd. or Shoal ; it is lot attempt the ifinel, r and Har- Is and fair ng Buoy bcforo )sc to on either White Perpcn- last-mentioncd irse W. by N- ' Hook Bar at board t>"^ the W. by iM. }£ II on the Star- JW.byN. J^ ;ivcn. mels, and Har- Is and fair d Lighthouses, s ofT the shoal id Lighthouses fljcn this Buoy iw tlie shore to n it and carr}'- g the Buoy on the Red Buo}' d hand ; when shore, leaving pes, which lies the Starboard ears from the Beacon on the Northern Point of Sandy Hook "E- j4 S. about ^ mile, you will see the Black Buoys off the Hook ; haul gradually to the Westward around them, leaving them on the Port, and make good tiie course W. bj' S. until the West Beacon and San^ fathoms water, with Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse bearing about East ; vessels of not more than 17 feet draught may go farther in and anchor in about 19 feet water, a short distance to the Southward of the Railroad Wharf, in what is called Horse Shoe Cove. SaiUng Directions for Sandy Hook Bay at Hight- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Sandy Hook Bay may follow the directions before given for New York Bay and Harbor at night-time, until 210 ELDUIDQKS COAST PILOT. Baysiilo Hcacon Ll^ht and Wilson's Beacon Light are in range, bearing W. l>y S., then run for theai in range until tlie West Beacon Liirlit and Sandy Ilooit Main Light arc in range, then iiatd in about S. by E. until Sandy Hook Main Light boars E.NE., then anchor in about 20 feet water at low tide. Beating into Sandy Hook Bay. The Western shore of Sandy Hook is very bold, and in beat- ing in you will have, in several places, 6 fathoms water at one cast of the Lead and be ashore at the next before you can tack, but you may boldly stand into 3 fatlioras on the Western side without danger. Small Cove. Small or light draught vessels may find shelter from all winds in a small shallow Cove which lies on the Western shore of Sandy Hook about 2^ miles to the Southward of Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse ; at low tide there are from 2 to 8 feet water in this Cove ; about 12 feet water, however, can be taken in abreast the point at high water, and about 8 feet through a narrow channel at low tide, where vessels may lie secure from all winds. Sailing Directions in Daytime. Vessels bound into Small Cove may round the Northern Point of Sandy Hook, and a little before high water run up the Bay, keeping about yi to j4 niile from shore ; as you sail in you will see Horse Shoe Cove, and farther ia Small Cove ; continue the course to the Southward until the end of Long Raili'oad Wharf bears E. by S., then run for it on this course, leaving it close to on the Starboard hand ; wnen past this wharf haul up about NE by N. and anchor about 300 yards from it, nearly opposite the point on the Western side of the harbor ; vessels of not more than 7 or 8 feet draught may go farther up at high water and anchor nearly in the middle of the Cove, where they will lie aground at low tide. High Water, It is high water in Sandy Hook Bay 3h. 68m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4^ feet. re in range, il the West c, then Imiil irs E.NE., md in bcat- at one cast ick, but yon ide ■without [Q all winds re of Sandy Hook Main ater in this abreast tlie J channel at 3rn Point of ay, keeping 1 see Horse ourse to tlie sE. by S., 3 Starboard and anchor ;he Western feet draught le middle of ore it is at ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. SOUTH AMBOY. 211 This village, which is on the South side of entrance to Raritan River, lies West-Northerly about 12^ miles from Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse. Princess Bay Lighthouse. Upon the Southwest part of Statcn Island, and North side of Raritan Bay, upon a high bluff, is a Lighthouse, which at tliis date (1882), shows a fixed Light varied by White Flashes; this Light is intended to guide vessels to South Amboy and also into Raritan River. Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse bears from Princess Bay Lighthouse E.SE-, distance 10 miles. Great Beds Lighthouse, near the entrance to Raritan River, SW- by W. >^ W., distance 2^ miles. Great Beds Lighthouse. Upon the Flats, near the entrance to Raritan River, is a Light- house, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light ; this Lighthouse stands at the junction of the channel and is intended to guide vessels into the Raritan River and also to Perth Amboy. Remarks, At low tide about 12 feet water can be taken across the bar to Sorth Amboy. Sailing Directions for South Amboy in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather- By way of New York, bound to South Amboy, pass about mid- way through the Narrows, and when abreast of Hoffmaim Island or Upper Quarantine steer about S- by W- % W-, leaving the Black Buoys on the Starboard and Red Buoys on the Port hand ; when about \% miles past Dix Island or Lower Quarantine you will see the Black Buoy, No. 9 ; leave this Buoy close to on the Starboard hand and make good the course W.SW., carrying about 15 feet water at low tide across the Flats ; as you sail in you will see on a high bluff the Lighthouse at Princess Bay ; continue tlic course W.SW. until this Lighthouse bears W- M N.,* then run for it on this course, leaving the Red Buoys on Old Orchard Shoal well on the Starboard hand ; as you draw near this Lighthouse you will * Improvements arc being made in tliis vicinitj-, and, when completed, Buoys will be placed to show the dredged Channel. 212 ELDIilDGE'S COAST PILOT. sec the Black Ruo}' which lies about J^ milo to the Eastwanl of it ; leave this last-named Buoy close to on the Port hand and steer about SW. li W-, until Great Beds Liglithouse, which stands ou th(! Flats, l)i'urs W. i'y N- ^2 N. ; tiic course is then about W. ?i N., leaving the last-named Liglithouse about li mile on tiie Star- board hand and carrying about 12 feet water at low tide ; when past tliis Lighthouse or it bears NE. }^ E., then haul up about NW. jj W., keeping tlic outer end of tlie wharves on the Port bow, and anchor near the Docks. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draught, bound to Soutii Amboy by way of New York, may, when through the Narrows, leave the Black Buoy (which lies about '/j mile to the Southward of Fort Tompkins, close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. by ^ mitil Princep.-, Bay Lighthouse bears W- ^ N., then follow tho .luections Itefore given ; on the course SW. by S. from Buoy olf Kort Tomi>kins, the Red Buoy off Old Orchard Shoal will be left on tiie Starboard hand. Vessels bound to South Amboy by way of Sandy Hook may follow the diroetions before given for Now York ISay and Harbor by way of the Main Channel, until Sandy Hook JNlaiii Light liouse bears SE. by E. J^2 E., then make good the course NW. by W. i^ W. until Princess Bay Lighthouse bears W. H N., then \)T0- ceed as before directed. nigh Water. It is high water i.t Souih Amboy oh. Boston ; common tides rise about 5J^ feet. oGm. before it is at * i PERTH AMBOY. This village, which lies on the Northern side of entrance to Rar- itan River, is directly opposite South Amboy ; at this date (1881), about 16 feet water by way of Raritan Bay can be carried up to this place at low tide. Sailing Directions for Perth Amboy in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels by way of Sandy Hook or New York City, bound to Perth Amboy, may follow the directions before given for South Amboy, until Great Beds Lighthouse bears W- by N. ji N., then jU i\'aril of it ; and BtoiT 1 stands on out W. ^4 n tlie Star- Lidc ; when il up about n the Port utii Amboy i, leave the rd of Fort a good the W. H N., 3W. by S. ;hard Shoal Hook may ind Harbor Lii^htlionse W. by W. ., then pro- re it is at '/, , nee to Rar- ate (1881), :d up to this Daytime, ler. ,-, bound to a for South 4 N-, then ELD RIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 213 run for it on this course ; as you approach tliis Liglithousc you will see a short distance to the Kaslward of it a Ued Hu..y ; leave tiiis Buoy close to the Starlward, and sleer about North for Ward's I'uiut, leaving the Lightliouse about H mile on tlic l'«jrt hand, and carrying about 19 feet water at low tide; leave Ward's I'oint, which is bold, about 150 yards to the Northeastward, and run ui) for the town, leaving the two Buoys painted in Black and Red Horizontal Stripes on either hand, and carrying from 3 to 5 fathoms water. Jliffh Water. It IS high water at Pcrtli Amboy 3h. 54m. before it Is at Boston ; common tides rise about 5^ feet. RARITAN RIVER. This River, as before mentioned, commences at the Western end of Ruritun Bay, its entrance being a lilUe more than J^ mile in width, between Ferry Point on the North and the Cumden and Amboy Railroad Docks on tlie South. Just above South Aml)oy the River is crossed by a Drawbridge wiii<-h carries the Central Railroad of New Jersey. No sailing directions can bo given for this River, and the navigation is almost entirely cunfined to steam and canal boats, which pass to and fro through the canal. ARTHUR KILL RIVER. This River, which separates Staten Island from the main land, commences at Perth Amboy, and extends Northerly to Elizabeth- port, entrance to Newark Bay, a distance of 10 miles. It is from 200 to 1,100 yards wide, and has a depth of not less than 13 feet water at low tide. This River, at this date (1882) , is not buoyed, and it is advisable for none but small or very light draught vessels to attempt it without a pilot. ELIZABETHPORT. Tills town, which is about 6 miles west from Robbins' Reef Lighthouse, is situated at the Southwest part of Newark Bay, near the Northern entrance to Arthur Kill River. 2U ELDIUDOli'b COAST ril-OT. Bergen Point Lighthouse. Aliout, )^ mile Soutliwt'.stcrly IVoin iJt-i'grii Toint, upon a Pccf of Rocks, is !i Ligli', house, wliicli at this dale (1882), shows a (ixcd Wliito Liglit. A Fog Holl is attached to this Lighthouse, whicii in thic!; wcatiicr is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Tliis Light- house is intended to guide vessels through Kill Van Ivull River to Elizabcthport, and also into Newark Hay. Corner Stake Light hears from Bergen Point Lighthouse W.NW- nearly, distance J.^ mile. Corner Stake Lighthouse. A little more t'lan J^ mile Northeasterly from the town of Elizabcthport, upon the Port side of the channel, is a Beacon Stake, which at this date (1882), shows a Red Fixed Light, which is iutcuded to guide vessels to Elizabcthport. lie marks. From New YclA Upper Bay, by way of Kill Van Kull River, about 9 feet water can he taken to Elizabcthport at low tide ; from Raritan P»ay, by w.iy of Arthar Kill River, about 13 feet water can be carried to Elizabcthport at low tide. Sailing Directions; for Elizabcthport in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From Sandy Hook, bound to Elizabcthport, follow the directions before given for New York B.'iy a-ul Harbor until abc 'it ^3 mile from Robbins' Reef Lighthouse ; K'l Van Kull River \viii llion be well open, bctiriug about West; yon may then run in, leaving the Black Buoy ofi' the Northern part of Staton Lsland well on the PotL hand, and the Beacon, whirli marks a Rocky Shoal extending oft' from the Northern Siiore, ^ "11 on t)ie Starboard, hand; when past this Beacon, keep in the middle of the River; when abreast 3erg"jn Point Lighthouse you will see about l4 mile to the West- Viard » small, marshy Island Avith a wharf on its Southern part, — (his ij Shooter's Island ; haul to the Southward until this Wharf bears "W. by N., then run for it on this course, leaving it close to on the Starboard baud, and carrying across the Bar about 10 fret water at low tide ; when past tiiis Wharf, haul gradually to the Northwest and round the Corner Stake Light, leaving it close to on the Port hand aud carrying about 9 feet water at low tide ; when past this Light, in order to avoid the shoal water on the Starboard ■ y — ■ > ELDRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. 215 side ol the chiinnol, it is necessary tx> steer ahout West, kecpinf? tlie Southern I'oint opposite tiie town on the Tort liow ; when .■l)ont 250 yards from tliis I'oint, li.-uil over for the town. From New York City, bound to Kli/.iibcthport, when pnst TJov- ernors Island, bring llobbins' Uccf Li<;iitiio(ist' to bear SW. and run for it on tiiis course ; leave the Black IWioy, which lies Sonth- eaat a short distance from this Liy N. and SW. by S- ; its length about 4^ miles, and its average width 1^ miles, with an average depth in the channel of from 3 to 10 feet water. The Passaic River empties into this Bay ; this Kiver, at its mouth, is about 600 yards wide, but gradually contracts until abreast the city of Newark (which is about 3 miles from the entrance), where it is about 100 yards wide. About 6 feet water, at low tide, can be taken from the Bridge up to Newark. Passaic Lighthouse. Upon the Western side of Newark Bay is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Wiiitc Light; a Fog Bell is at- tached to the Lighthouse, which, in thick weather, is struck at inter- vals of 20 seconds. Vessels bound to Newark should leave this Lighthouse not more than ^^ mile to the Westward ; Bergen Point Lighthouse bears from Passaic Lighthouse SW. by S. J^ S- about Z]^ miles. Elbow Beacon. This Beacon, which stands ou iL", Flats, marks the turning point in the channel leading into tiie Passaic and Ilackcnsack Rivers, and at this date (1882), showi a fixed White I^ight. Bergen Point 2U> ELDKIIKJKS COAST I'lI.OT. F.i;,'l(»li<>nsc Itcnn from tlic Kllmw ll.'iin.n SW- I'.v S- ^i S. alx'iil SVy miU'H; rsisHiiic l^i^ilillioiisc SW- 'j S. ulmiit 'h ">il''- Sailing Directions for Newark Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair woatlier. VoHscls by wny of New York City, lioimd into Nc\viiri< Hay, iiiiiy, wlu'ii iiMst, CovtTiior'H Isliiiid, liriiiK Roltltiiin' llccf Li;rlillii>iisi Id l)Ciir SW. iiii'l 11111 for it on this course, ii'tiviiijj; it iiltoiil } '} nnU- mi tlio StiirlioMid iiaml ; wiicn Kill Van Ktill Hivcr is fairly opm. lli n run in, leaving,' tin; Hlack Hiioy, whicli lies Soiitlicast a short ili-i- taiitv fiDm this Liiililiioiisc, on tlic StarboMid liand, and the l!l;iik Hiioy oir tlK' Northern part of Sluten IhImikI, on tlic I'orl hand; when past this list-named l$iioy, keep in the middle of the Uiver until aiireast Ihr-ien Toiiit Li^ditlioiise ; haul naind llii- ' 'gi.tlioiise, loavin"^ it ahoiit -'.".() yards on tlic Starboard, iiid steer aiiont N- by E. */j E., leavim^' n IMaek Ibioy on the Tort hand ; when past this last IJuoy, steer morn Easterly for the draw in the h'ailr.md Bridj,'c ; when through this bridf^e, it is advisable to nnchor and wait for FU)od tide ; then, about half Hood, steer NE- l«y N. ^ i N-, leaving Passaie Lighthonse and Mlbow Heacon on the Port hand ; when past the latter, which may be left about 100 yards on the Port, stoor about N. ll E., Icavinji two IMaek Ibioys el.isc to on tlie Port hand ; when past the latter Buoy, which lies near the ontraneo to the River, keep dose to the Western shore to tlie Railroad Ibidge. If bound to Newark, it is advisable tor vessels of more than 5 feet draught to take a pilot here. By way of Sandy Hook, bound to Newark Bay, follow the direc- tions before given for New York Bay and Harbor until about % mile from Pvobbins' Reef Lighthouse, then follow the directions before given. Wffh Water. It is high water at the city of Newark 2h. 37m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 5 feet. BARNEGAT INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is Sonthwesterly 42 miios from IRirndy Hook Main Lighthouse, and Northeasterly Gj Tiiiles from Cape May Lighthouse. . . KKDItlDOK'S COAST I'lI-OT. Baruogat Lighthouse. 217 On the Sontli sido of Himic^'iit Inlet, on the North end of Lonj,' Bciu'h, is II lofty 'rower, t\w upper lialf of wlii<'li, at thiH diito (1MH2), is painted Ued, the lower lialf Wiiile. At tliis date (1HH2), this I-il' of entrance to Absecom Inlet is a Tower painted in Rod and White Horizontal Bands, which shows a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Absecom Lighthouse. Diatanco. Tucker's Beach Lighthouse, NE. >4^ N lOi^ miles. Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, S-SW 34 Whistling Buoy off Brigautiue Shoals, E. ^ S. . . .')>^ " Memarks. The entrance to Absecom Inlet is across a Sand Bar, the chan- nel of whicli is liable to change its dspth and location with every gale from seaward. At this date (1882), there are about 7 feet water upon this Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Absecom Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels, with a favorable and command- ing breeze, may. at about three-fourths flood, bring Absecom Liglit- lionse to bear NW., and run for it, keeping a sliarp lookout fur the Cuter or Sea Buoy ; when this is made, run in, leaving the second miles from I across the annol Icad- r it without miles from from Cape is a Tower )W9 .1 fixed tiouse. DiBtancc. I0}i miles. 34 r, the chan- 1 with ever}' bout 7 feet Daytime, der. .1 comumud- ecoin Light- kout for the f the second ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 221 or Bar Buoy close to on either hand ; from the Bar Buoy, steer about N.NW. to the third Buo}- ; from this last Buoy, steer N. by W. to the fourth Buoy ; from the fourth Buoy, steer about N.NW., and anchor just within the North Point in from 2 to 3 fathoms water. These directions were good for 1882. High Water. It is high water in Absecom Inlet 3h. Boston ; common tides rise about 3^ feet. 40m. before it is at GREAT EGG HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor lies Southwesterly about 8 miles from Absecom Lighthouse, and Northeasterly about 29 miles from Cape May. Itemar/cs, At this date (1882), in entering Great Egg Harbor there are eight Channel Buoys pal.itcd in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes. These Buoys are moved with the shifting of the channel, which, like all others on sand bars, varies in depth and location with almost every gale from seaward. At this date (1882), there are about 7 feet water, at low tide, across this Bar. Sailing Directions for Great Egg Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels, with a favorable and command- ing breeze, at about ^ flood, may run in, keeping a sharp 'ookout for the Outer or Sea Buoy ; when this is made, steer from it about NW. by W. to the Bar or second Buoy ; from this last Buoy, steer NW. }^ W. to the third Buoy ; from the third Buoy, steer NW. by N. to the fourth Buoy ; f-om the fourth Buoy, W. ^ S. to the fifth Buoy; from this last Buoy, W-NW. to the sixth Buoy ; tlien NW. to the seven', h Buoy, and from this last, N. by W. to the eighth Buoy ; from last Buoy, run for the anchorage. These courses were good fur 1882, but in entering the Harbors on the Southern coast of New Jersey, the Buoys are placed m mid- channel, and vessels should run from one to the other regardless of course. r I; 222 EI.DUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Great Egg Harbor 3h. 45in. before it ia at Boston ; common tides rise about 3>4 feet. HEREFORD INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is Southwesterly about 28 miles from Abseoom Lighthouse, and about 9 miles Northeasterly from Cape May Lighthouse. Hereford Inlet Lighthouse. On the South side of Hereford Inlet is a Lighthouse painted Buflf color, and at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light. Meniarlfs. The following notice was issued to mariners by the Lighthouse Board, Sept. 1,1881 : — The depth of water on the Bar at Hereford Inlet, New Jersey, in its present condition, docs not permit the approach, with safety, of vessels of more than 4 feet draught. The chauuel of this Inlet changes frequently. Every effort will be made to keep the Buoys in the best water. It is therefore advisable for strangers bound into it to take pilots. The Coast from the Highlands of Navesink to Cape May. About S.3E. 4 miles from the Highland Lights, entrance to New York Harbor, and about 1 mile from shore, are several shoal spots of 14, 16 and 18 feet water. From this point to Barnegat Bar, a distance of nearly 35 miles, the shore is bold, and vessels may approach it within J^ mile without danger. From Barue{.^at Bar (which extends off about ^ mile from shore) to Hereford Inlet, a distance of 57 miles, shoal water extends off in some places a long distance from shore. Vessels passing be- tween Absecom and Little Egg Harbor Lighthouses should not approach the Brigantine Shoals, which lie off neai'y 2 miles from shore, in less than 6 or 7 fathoms water. From Hereford )or 3h. 45in. et. 8 miles from y from Cape painted Buflf it. e Liglithouse ew Jersey, in itli safety, of of this Inlet cp the Buoys mgcrs bound vesink to , entrance to several shoal to Barnegat I, and vessels ;e from shore) 3r extends off Is passing be- s should not saiV 2 miles rora Hereford p:ldridgf/s coast pilot. 223 Inlet to Cape May Lighthouse, shoal water extends off from y^ to 1 mile from shore. At this dale (1882), a Whistling Btio}' is phiw'd off Brigantinc Shoals in about 7 fatlioms water. Little Egg Harbor Light bears from tliis Buoy N. ^ E. 8 i liles ; Absecom Lighthouse W. K' N. 5% miles. Sounriings off the South Side of Long Island and the Coast of New Jersey. In approaching the South side of Long Island and the coast of New Jersey, a better knowledge of the depth of water and quality of tlie bottom may be obtained by inspecting the Charts than by any written directions. Sec Eldridge's Coast Chart No. 2. DELAWARE BAY AND RIVER. The entrance to this Bay and llivor, wliich is between Cape May on the North and Cape Ilcnlopen on the South, is 10 miles wide. By the Cape IMay or Coasti^v's Channel tlio entrance to this Bay and River lies Soutiiwestorly fiom Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse about 110 miles, and Northeasterly 132 miles from Cape Henry Lighthouse. By Cape Ilenlopen or Ship Channel the entrance to this Bay and River is Southwesterly from Sandy Hook Main Lighthouse 118 miles, and Northeasterly from Cape Henry Lighthouse 122 miles. from Delaware Breakwater to the city of Pliiladelphia the dis- tance is about 84 miles. Lighthouses and Lightships in approaching and entering L>elaware Hay and Itiver. Five Fathom Bank Light-ship. At this date (1882), about b}i miles Southeasterly from the shoal called Five I^athom Bank, and about 2 miles SE. by E. from a shoal with 8^ fathoms water upon it, off the entrance to Dela- ware Bay and River, is placed u Liglit-shij), whicii at this date shows two fixed "White Liglits. In tiiick weather a Steam Whistle is sounded, giving blasts of 4 seconds duration each minute. f 224 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Bearings and Distances from Five Fathom Bank Light-ship. DIstmicc. Moiitaiik Point Liglithoi.^i;, 'viJl ji "E 181) miles. Fire Island Ligiitiioiiso, NE. }i 1^' ^^^'A "' Barnc-jat IJgiilliouHC, NE. l)y N. >^ N 62 " Abseconi Liglithouse, N-NE 84 " Hereford Inlet Lighthouse, NW. by N. ji N- . . 15 " Cape May Lighthouse, NW. by W. >4 W. . . . 18}4 " Cape Henlopen Main Ligiithouse, West, .... 23 " Fenwick's Island Lighthouse, SW. ^2 W. ... 31 " Winter Quarter Shoal Ligiit-Ship, SW. by S. ]4 S. 58 " Light-ship off tiie Nortlicast end of Five Fathom Banlc, N.NE 93^ " Red Buoy off Southern end of Twenty-one Foot Shoal, NW. YiW 3 " Biatlc Buoy off Northeast part of Five Fathom Bank, N. by W 53/^" Red r.iioy off South part McCries' Shoal, W. by N. >^ N ....'.. 12 Wliislling Buoy on North side of entrance to Ship Channel, Delaware Bay, W. ^:; N IQi-^ " Cape May Lighthouse. Upon Cape May, Northeast side of entrance to Delaware Bay, is a Lighthouse painted Gray, which at this date (1882), shows a Revolving Light. Bearings and Distances from Cape May Lighthouse. Distance. Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, SE. by E. J^ E. . . 18i^ miles. Cape Henlopen Main Lighthouse, SW. ji 8. ... 11 " Lighthouse on Brandywine Shoal, NW. by W. j/j W. 7 ^ " Buoy c.r Eastern part of Eph's Shoal, SE. by E. 'A'E 3j^ " Buoy off Western end of Eph's Shoal, SE. ^ E. . 1^ " Red Buoy off Southern part of McCries' Shoal, SE. y^B 7>4' " Black Buoy off Southern part of Somcrs Shoal, S- l>y E. 3 ^ " Red Buoy off South part Crow's Shoal, W. by N. . 1^4 " Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes at the entrance of Cape May Channel, NW. by W. >^ W 2J^ «' Light-ship. DIstmicc. 181) miles. 128^ 62 84 (1 15 i( 18>^ 23 31 u 58 1( 93< (( 3 (( 6^ u 12 t( 10}i 1( a ware Bay, i), shows a house. Distance. 18>^ miles. 11 " m (( 3/3 (( 1^ u 7>; 3^ 11^ 2^ ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT 225 Cape Henlopen Main Lighthouse. Upon Cape lleiilopou., Southwest side of entrance to Delaware Baj' and IJiver, is a Lighthouse, whidi at this date (1882), is painted White, and sho'vi. a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Cape Henlopen Main Lighthouse. Dlalanco. Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, East 23 miles. Cape May Lighthouse, NE. ^ N 11 " Cape Henlopen IJeacon, North nearly 7/^ " Delaware Breakwater Lighthouse, NW. ^ N. . . 1^^ " Liglithoiiso on Brandywine Shoal, North nearlj- . 12^ " Range Light for entering Delaware Ba}', W. by N. 'AJU ^}i "■ Red Buoy off South part McCries' Shoal, E. by N. 'AN Uji " Whistling Buoy at the entrance of Delaware Bajr, NE. byE '. 4^4: " Bhuk Buoy off Southeast part Ilcn and Chickens, SE. by S 2'4 " B;;;<-k Buoy off Southeast part of Shears, N. by W. 3 " Black Buoy off Southeast part of Brown Slioal, N. ^ W 9^ " Cape Henlopen Beacon Lighthouse. Upon the Northern end of the Cape, Ji mile from the Main Lighthouse, is a Beacon painted White, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. A Fog Signal is placed near this Beacon, giving blasts of 6 seconds' duration at intervals of 39 seconds. Cape Henlopen Main and Beacon Lights, in range, clear the Shears and Brown Shoals. Delaware Breakwater Lighthouse bears from Cape Henlopen Beacon Lighthouse W NW. 1 mile nearl}' ; Whistling Buoy at the entrance of Delaware Bay E-NE-, distance 3^ miles. Delaware Breakwater Bange Light. About l^g miles Northwest from Lewes, and W. J^ S. 2% miles from the Lighthouse on the Breakwater, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light. Thip Light, in range of the Flashing Light on the Breakwater (bea "ing W. }i S-)> is intended to guide vessels into Delaware Bay. 220 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Brandywine Shoal Lighthouse. This Liglilhousc, whicli is oa the East side of the Ship Channel, is ereeti'd on Brandywine Slioa) , aljoiit Ja '"'lu lioni tlic Soutliern end, and at this date (1882), sliows a fixed White Light. A Vog Bell is attached to this Lij^iitliouse, which is struck two l)lows, then a pause of 30 seconds. Vessels ma^' ai)proach this Ligiit- house, on its Weste ^^ W. . . 2% " Fourteen Foot Bank Light-ship. Tliis Light-ship is placed about 700 yards to the Eastward of a Shoal called Fourteen Foot Bank, and at this date (1882), shows two fixed White Lights, and has a Bell and Horn. Vessels bound up the Bay should leave this Light-ship close to on the Port hand. Bearings and Distances from Fourteen Foot Bank Light-ship. Distance. Brandywine Lighthouse, SE. by S 5 miles. Cross Ledge Lighthouse, N. by W- >^ W. . . . 7 " Egg Island Lighthouse, N. by E. 5^ E 7^ " Red Buoy off North end Brandywine Shoal, SE. y^n 2% " Black Buo3' off South end of Joe Flogger Shoal, NW. ^ W. . . . • V/s " Red Buoy off Southwest part Miah MauU Shoal, N. by W 3^3 " Buoy of the Middle, NW. by N- ^ N 10}i " i ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 227 Cross Lodge Lighthouse. Upon the Southeast pint of Cross Ledge Shoal, on the East side of the channel, is a Lighlliousc, which at tliis date (18M2), shows a Flashing Wliitc Light. A Fog Dell is attaclicd to this Ligiithouse, which in thick wcatlier is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. Ves- sels may approach tliis Lighthouse on its Western side, within 150 yards, without danger. Bearings and Distances iVom Cross Ledge Lighthouse. Distanco. Brandywine Shoal Lighthouse, SSE 12 miles. Fourteen Foot Bank Light-siiip, S. by E- ^ E. . • 7 " Egg Island Lighthouse, E. >4 N -^H " Lighthouse on Ship John Shoal, NW. by N. . • • lOj^ " Red Buoy off Southwest part MiahMauU Shoal, S.SE. 3^ " Buoy of the Middle, NW- J4 N 3>4 " Ship John Shoal Lighthouse. Upon Ship John Shoal, East side of Sliip Channel, is a Light- house, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed lied Light. A Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which, in thick weather, is struck three blows in quick succession, at intervals of 4't seconds. Vessels may approach this Lighthouse on its Western side, within 250 yards, without danger. Bearings and Distances &om Lighthouse on Ship John Shoal. Distance, Cross Ledge Lighthouse, SE. by S 1'^^ miles. Cohansey Lighthouse, NE, by N. ^ N. . -, • ■ '^'/i " Poi t IVnn Beacon Range, NW. ?4: N. . . •' • • ^">!4 " Buoy of the Middle, SE. by S, Ji S "i^ " Black Buoy off Northwest part Joe Flogger Shoal, S.H^ 2^^ " Port Penn Beacon Range. On the Western side of the River, nearly opposite Rcody Island, are two Lighthouses, which at this date (1882), show fixed "White Lights, These Lights in range, bearing nearly NW. ^4 N., lead up the channel past Bombay Hook to Reedy Point, where the Newcastle Range is reached. !l 1 228 ELDniDOE'8 COAST PILOT. Reedy Island Lighthouse. Upon tlio Lower or Southern end of Rooily Islund is a Tiightlionso, which Jit this (Uto (1 ««-*), allows n Flashing Whilo Light. A Fog Bell is i)l:i(C'il near this Lighthouse, which, in thick weather, is ■ struck at intervals of 1 5 seconds. Finn's Point Beacon Range. Upon the New Jersey or Eastern side of the River, nearly op- posite the Pea Tatch, are two Lighthouses, which at this date (18«-i), show fixed White Lights. These Lights in range, bearing N. by E. ji Em If^ad up the channel bi-tween Baker's Shoal and Reedy Island, until the Newcastle Range is reached. Newcastle Range Beacons. Upon the Delaware or Northwestern side of the River, about l^ inilcs below Newcastle, are two Lighthouses, which at this date (18H2), show While Fixed Lights. These Lights in range, bearing N- by W. ->+ W. (nc'arly), lead up the clnmnel past the Pea Patch, and to the Eastward of the lUilkhead Shoal, until Deep Water Point Range is reached. In daytime, heavy draught vessels should, when past the J^ed Buoy olT Goose Island, haid gmdually to tlici Northeastward, leavin<'' the Buoy with Periieudicalur Stripes close to on the Port hand. Deep Water Foint Range Beacons. Upon the New Jersey or Southeastern side of the River, a little below the entrance to Wilmington River, are two Liglithouses, which at this date (1882), show fixed AVhite Lights. These Lights in range, bearing nearly NE-, lead up the channel, until Cherry Island Range is reached. Cherry Island Beacon Range. Upon the Delaware or Northern side of the River, a little more than two miles above the entrance to Wilmington River, are two Lighthouses, which at this date (1882), show fixed White Lights. These Lights in range, bearing about NNE-, load up the chan- nel, which has a depth of about 21 feet water at low tide, and is now being widened. ELDRIDGE'S COAST ITI.OT. 229 Schooner Lodge Range Boacons. Upon the Pennsylvania or Northern side of the River, l)clow tlio Liiziiretto, arc two Liglitlionses, whieli ut this date (1H«2), show two lixed Wliite LijfJits. Tlicsc Lij^iits in rano;o, bearing about NE- li.v E. ]2 E., lead np the channel iu the best water, passing to the Eastward of the Illinois Rock. Tinicum Island Range Beacons. Upon the New Jersey or Soiitiiern side of the River, a little more tiian two miles below Fort Midin, are two Lighfiionses, which at tliis date (I8S2), sliow two .fixed Lights — tlie front Wliite, the rear Red. These Lights in range, bearing about E. Jj S., lead up the channel to the Southward of Little Tinieuui Island. Fort Miflto Bar Range Beacons. The White Front Light of Tinieimi Range, in range with a Red Fixed Light bearing about SW. l>y W. ;^ W., leads across Fort Miflin Rar, ni.til the Range Lights on the North side of the River, nearly oi)posite Fort Millin, are reached. Port Miffln Fog Signal Station. On the Dock at Fort Miflin, South side of Sliip Channel, in Delaware River, is a Bell, which is struck, in thick weather, 8 blows, at intervals of 15 seconds, and then a pause of \2 seconds. Horse Shoe Lower Range Beacons. Upon the Northern side of the River, nearly o|)posite Fort Miilln, are throe Lighthouses — two in front and one in the rear; the Rear Light, kept visible between the Front Lights, bearing about W. 34 N , leads up to the Southwest of the Horse Shoo Shoal. Horse Shoe Upper Range Beacons. Upon the Southern side of the River are three Lighthouses two in front and one in the rear. These Lights in range lead \x\^ to the Southward of the Horse Shoe Shoal. 230 KI.DRIlXiKS C'OAHT I'lI-OT. Daiiyet'H hi Appronv/ihif/ and Entcrlny the Delaware Itai/ by Ship Channel. Five Fathom Bank. This (langorons Slioal, upon wliicli tlicic me, at thisflato (1H82), not K>H8 tliaii 12 feet water, cxt.oiuls E-NE- and W-SW. about J^ niilo, ftiul its ftvcraj^o width is not nioro tlian j^ mile. Tlio Eastern part of tliis Siioal is iaarl^ N T'A " Whistling Buoy on Northern side of entrance to Delaware Bay, W. ^ S "H " Cape Heulopeu Main Lighthouse, W. by S. J^ S. H^ " Cape May Shoals. Shoal water extends off about 6 miles in a Southwesterly direc- tion from Cape May. A Whistling Buoy has been placed in ab out 5 * Till' \Vlii«Uln« BiKiv liiiK bicn romovH mnl a I.iglit-Hliip placid off tlio Nortlii-'nft end of Fiv(! KiUliorn liaiik ; thin M(,'tit.vi'r<»cl hIiowk two Hxi'd MkIiIh, oiiu Kcd, tlin oIIht W liHo, uihI liiis iiBIi'iim \Vni»tk' wliicli in llilrk wciitliir u'ivcH every '2 mimittstwc) bhiflH of 4 neeoricl8 diirfttliin. Thus: iililiixtof 4 «eeoml«, then iiii iiiteival of Ti Keionds ■ then ii bhimof 4 xeeondp, Uien «n interval of 1 initmlu 47 sucuuds i'"lve l''alhum Llghl-ebii) buurB from the ubove named Llghl-eblp 8.S\V. 9J mllea. the it it li it it ELDIIIDOK'S COAST PILOT. 231 it it it it fiitlioiiH water, oir tin' Soiithwostcrii pMil of tlicac Shoiiln ; tliis Hiioy iiiiiiks lilt' Nortliurn Hide of tlio Kliip Cliaiincl. Bearings and DiHtancos from Whistling Buoy cd' Roiith- wostern Part of Capo May Shoals. UlitMiice, Illiick I5uoy off tho Eastern part Fivo Fathom Bank, E. l>yN 1«^ •"ll'"''- Fivo Fathom Bank Lijj;lit-Hliip, E. :;:t S \^Vi " Red Buoy olf Soiitli side Mc-Cries' Shoal, E. ^ N. . 7^ Cape May Li<,'hthoii,so, NE. hy N- i'i N T'A Capo Ilonlopen Main Li<,'lilhoiiwe, SW. I'y W. . . ^]i Beaeon on Northern end of Cape Ilenlopen, W-SW. 3J^ Liglithonso on Northwestern i)art Dc-lawarc Break- water, W- hy S. ;J4: S ^Va "■ Blaek Buoy off Southeast part of Shears Shoal, W. KN ^Vx '' Blaek Buoy olf the Southeast part of Brown Shoal, NW. by N. ;.{ N 8 Lighthouse on Brandy wine Shoal, N. hy W- H W. 10^ " Hen and Chickens Shoal. This Shoal, whieh extends off about .">;.( miles Southeasterly from the Northern cud of Cape Ilonlopcn, has as little as 4 feet water upon it in some places. Its Soutliern part is marked with a Black Buoy. Cape IIeuloi)en Main Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW. by N. 2>^ miles. Marshall's Shoal. A little inoro than ]i mile NE. by N. from tho Lighthouse on the Northwestern end of Delaware Breakwater, is a small Lum[>, or Shoal, having aliout 1 7 feet water upon it at very low tides. This Shoal is marked Avith a Buoy painted in Red and Blaek Horizontal Stripes. The Shears. This Shoal is ronlly a continuation of flats from tlic Western shore; upon it the ater varies in depth from 5 to 17 feet. A Black Buoy is placeti off its Southeast part. Delaware Break- water Lighthouse bears from this Buoy S. by W. % W. Ij4 miles ; Beacon Light, on the North end of Cape Ilenlopen, S. by E. J^ E., distance 2}i miles. 232 ELDinnoirs coast tilot. 9/8 G^{ Brown Shoal. This Shoal, which lies on Iho Western side of the Sliip Channel, has, at tills date, as little as 7 feet water upon it at low tide. It is marked olf its Southeast part with a Black Buoy. Bearings and Distances from Black Buoy off Southeast Part Brown Shoal. Diatftnce. Whistling Buoy on the X.'rth side of entrance to Delaware B'.iy, SE. hy S- ji S 8 miles. Cape Ilenlopen Main LiglUliouse, S. Ji( E. ... Lighthouse on Delaware Breakwater, S. }( W. . . Blaek Buoy olf Southeast \)a.vt of Shears, South nearly • , . Cape IVIay Lighthouse, "E- }( S Red Buoy olf Southern p:u t of Brandywine Shoal, N. by E. }2 E 234 " Lighthouse on Brandywine Shoal, N. j{ "E. . . . 3j{ " In the Delaware Bay and River there are numerous Shoals lying in the channel-way, most of which, at this date (1SS2), are marked with Lighthouses and Buoys. For a knowledge of these dangers, sec Eldridgc's Chart, on a large scale, of Delaware Bay and River. J5y/ SJiip Channel from Light-ship off to the SoutJieastufai'd of Five Fathom Bank to PhiladelpJiia. Sailing Directionb for approaching and entering Delaware Bay and River/ in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward, or Seaward, may leave the Five Fathom. Ba'ik Light-ship close to on tlie Starboard hand, and make good the course W. Y^ N., leaving the Red Buoy off" the Soutiiern pait of MeCries' Shoal well on the Starboard hand. As jon ap- proach Cape Ilenlopen, keep a sharp lookout for the Whistling Buoj', which lif s on the Northern side of entrance to Delaware Ba3', and bears f'- )m Cape Ilenlopen IVIain Lighthouse NE. by E. 4 miles. Vr'.cn this last-named Buoy is made, leave it about ]{, mile on the Slarboard hand, and make good the course N-NW., leav- KLDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 233 Iti- inilos. ing Cape Mnj- Shoals well to tlie Eastward. As j-ou sail in, 3-011 ■will sec, nearly in the inidclie of the Bay, the Lighthouse oa Brandywine Shoal ; when this Is made, bring it to hoar N. J^ W. and run for it on this course, which will take j-ou well to the East- ward of Brown Shoal ; leave the Lighthouse upon the Brandywine Shoal about y, niile to the Eastward and make good the course NW. by N- li N. 5 miles, which will bring you up with the Light-ship off Fourteen Foot Bank ; leave this Light-ship close to on the Port hand, and continue the course NW- by N. % N* 10)< miles to the Buoy of the Middle ; this is a Channel Buo^-, and is painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, and may be known by Cross Ledge Lighthouse, which boars from it SE. yi S., distance o}i miles. Upon this last course, from Fourteen P'oot Bank Light-ship to the Buoy of the Middle, the Red Buoy oif South- western part of Miah IMaull Shoal, Cross Ledge Lighthouse, and the Red Buoy about 2 miles Northwest from it, will be left on the Starboard ; the Black Buoy off the Southern part of Joe Flogger Shoal, the Black Buoy in the Swash, and the Channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, will all be left on the Port hand. Leave the Buoy of the Middle close to on either hand and make good the course NW. % N. 21 miles, which will bring j'ou up with the Red Buoy off the Western part of Baker's Shoal ; this last-named Buoy bears from Reed}' Island Liglithouse about SSE., distance 1 3^ miles. On this last course NW. ^ N. from the Buoy of the Middle to the Red Buoy off Baker's Shoal, you will crosj Bombay Hook Bar in about 3^ fathoms, at low tide, and the following Buoys will bo left on the Starboard : first, the Red Buoy off Ben Davis Point ; second, the Lighthouse on Ship John Shoal ; third, the Red Buoy off Arnold's Point ; on the Port hand, the Black Buoy off the Northwest part of Joe Flogger Shoal, the Black Buoy off Bombay Hook Bar, and lastlj' the Black Buoy off Seventeen Foot Shoal. Sailing Directions from Reedy Island to Philadel- phia in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Leave the Red Buoy off the Western side of Baker's Shoal on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy which lies about ^ miles to the Southward of Reedy Island about ^ mile on the Port hand, and run about N. by E. % E-, when you will soon see an Island 234 KLDUIDGE'S COAST TILOT. lying ncarl}' in the middle of the Rivor ; this is called the Pea Patch : channels lead np on both sides of this Island, but the one on tlie Eastern side of it is tlie best and most direct. As you ap- proach the Pea Patch keep a sharp lookout for the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which lies about lj,l miles to the Southward of it ; when tliis is made, leave it a short distance on the Port hand, and run up, keeping nearest the Poa Patch Isl- and, which M bold ; wlien past this Island, leave the Red Buoys on the Starboard, and Black Buoys on the Port hand, carrjing not less tliriu 3j'2 fathoms water at low tide tlirough this channel; when past the Buoy painted in Red and lilarik Horizontal Stripes. which lies off the Northern part of Bulk Head Shoal, keep the Southeast side of the River best aboard, until nearly abreast Deep "Water Point, then haul over for the Northwestern side of the River ; as yon sail up, you will see, on the last-mentioned side, Wilmmgton Lighthouse ; keep a sharp lookout for the Buoy painted in Red .uu\ Black Horizontal Stripes, which lies off the Southwest part af Ch^-rry Island Flats ; Wilmington Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW. by W. about ^^ mile ; channels lead up on both sides of tliese Flats, Ijut on account of tlie recent deep- ening the one on the Nortliw.!;stern side is considered the best ; when the last-mentioned Buoy is made, leave it on the Starboard hand, and run through about N.NE., carrying about o% fathoms at low tide ; when past Cherry Island Range Beacons (before described) keep from j^ to ''3 mile from the Norttiwestcrn side of the River, leaving the Red Buoy off the Northwestern side of Cherry Island Flats and the Red Buoy off the Southwest part of Marcus Hook ]5ar, both on tiie Starl)oard liand ; continue the course along the shore, passing Marcus Hook ; small or light draught vessels may cross Schooner Ledge without danger, but heavy draught vessels slionld bring Schooner Ledge Beacons * in range bear- ing NE. byE. yi E. (nearly) and run for them in range. When 1 X mill's fiom^ Schooner Ledge Front Beacon, you will see the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off the Western part of Little Tinicum Island ; leave this Buoy on the Port hand, and keep in the middle of the River, leaving the Red Buoy off the Northeast part of Chester Island, and also Tinicum Range Bea- * The Front Beacon is 34 miles from Schooner Ledge, and is a Square Red Tower on a white frame building resting on iron piles; the Rear Beacon is an Iron Tower painted black, showing well above the trees. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. cons, fill on the Starbonrd ham! ; keep in tho middlo of tho Rivor until ibout 2 miles from Fort MifTm, when yon will see tlio two Buoys on Fort IMiflin I5ar ; pass about midway botwecn them, and run up in niid-ciiunncl, leaving Fort Miflhi and the Red Buoy to the Northeast of it about 25Q yards on the Starboard hand ; when past the I'lttcr, haul gradually to the FLastward around the Horse Shoe Slioal, leaving the Bhuk Buoy on its Southern part on the Port hand ; when about a mile past this last Buoy, keep the West- ern or city side best aboard. Vessels from the Southward may leave the Light-ship off Winter Quarter Shoal a F'.iort distanci! on the Port hand, and make good the course NE. by N., which will clear all the shoals. When abreast the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Fcnwick's Island Shoal, steer about N. by W., leaving the Black Buoy off the Southeast part of Hen and Chickens (before described) well on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. Sailing Directions for Coaster's Channel to the Northward of Five Fathom Bank in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. With Northerly winds, vessels of not more than 12 or 15 feet draught, may, when Hereford Inlet Lighthouse bears NW. about 2 miles, make good the course SW- by W. 1 ")J^ miles ; as soon as Cape Henlopen Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear SW. by W., which will take you to the Whistling Buoy, which lies on the Northern side of the entrance to Delaware Bay. In running this last course, the Black Buoy off Somers Shoal, which bears about S. by E. from Cape May Liglithousa, should be left on the Star- board, and the Buoy with Horizontal Stripes on Fifteen Foot SUc/al oi' the Port hand. liy Ship Channel at Kight-time. Sailing Directions for approaching and entering Df laware Bay and River, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Eastward or Seaward may leave the Five Fathom Bank Light-ship close to on tbe Starboard hand and steer W. ^ N., keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Range Light to the Westward of the Delaware Breakwater ; as soon as this light "" 2;JG ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. in made, bring it on a rnngc with the Flaaliing Wliitc Li;^ht on tlie Breakwater, and run for tliom in range 1)oariiig W. H S- until Cape May I.iglit bears N-NE., and Cape Ilenlopon Main Light SW. by W. y2 W. ; tiien in about 8 fathoms water with tlio Whistling Buoy about ^i mile distant, and in range of Cape ?.l!iy Light, make good the course NW. until the Beacon on the North Point of Cape Henlopen, and Cape Ilcnlopen Main Liglit are in range bearing S. ^ E., then run up on this range in order to avoid Brown Shoal ; with light winds and flood tide, do not go tlie Westward of this range until Cape May Light bears E. by S. ; you are then past the last-mentioned slioal ; leave the Lii^ht on Brandywine Shoal about J^ mile on the Starboard hand and run for the Liglit-sliip offFourtoen Foot Bank (before described) bearing NW. by N. 34 N. and carrying not loss than 5 fatlioms water ; leave this Liglit-ship close to on the Port hand and steer NW. by N. % N. with tln! Flashing Wliite Liglit on Cross Ledge a little on the Starboard bow, and carrying about 5 fathoms water ; leave this last-mentioned Liglit about j4 mile on the Starboard hand and run with the fixed Red LiL^lit on Sliip John Shoal, a little on the Starboard bow, bearing NW- by N. J-^ N. and carrying not less than 4 fathoms. Port Penn Range Lights. Leave the Red Fixed Liglit on Sliip Jolin Shoal about mile on the Starboard hand, and make good tlie course NW. >| N keeping a simrp lookout for Port Penn Range Lights ; as ,',or>n as these arc made bring them on a range r-. . run for them in runge bearing ;tbout NW. -% N., carrying ut vi'-y low tides about 3J^ fathoms water across Bombay Hook Bar. Finn's Point Ivango Ligh'^k. OWi*inue the course for Port Penn Range Lights until Finn's Potftt Lights are in range, bearing about N. by E. }i'E- •, this last range ^^ill carry you between Baker's Shoal and Reedy Island in nearly mid-channel. New Castle Range Lights. Continue the course for Finn's Point Lights until New Castle Lights are in range, then run for them bearing about NNW. ; tiiis last range will carry you through the Eastern Channel past Pe,i Patch Island. 1 mSmm ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 237 Deep Water Point Range Lights. Continue the course for New Castle Lights until Deep "Water Point Lights are in range, bearing about NE. ; this hist range will lead safely through past the Bulk Head Shoal. In duvtinie, heavy draught vessels should, when past the Red Buoy off Goose Island, haul gradually to the Northeastward, leaving the Buoy with Perpendicular Stripes close to on the Port hand. Cherry Island Plats Range Lights. Continue the course for Deep Water Point until Cherry Island Flats Lights are in range, then run for them bearing about N.NE. ; this last range will carry you through to the Westward of Cherry Island Flats in about 21 feet water at low tide. Schooner Ledge Range Lights. Continue to run up on Cherry Island Range, until the Light at the entrance to Wilmington bears SW- by W., then follow the Northwestern shore course about NE. J^ N., keeping not more than three or four hundred yards from it, until Schooner Ledge Lights are in range, bearing about NE. by E. >^ E. ; tlion run for them on this range, which will lead safely through the Schooner Ledge Channel. TinicTim Island Range Lights. Continue to run up on Schooner Ledge Channel Range until Tinicum Island, or the fixed "White Liglit and Red Light on the New Jersey side are in range, bearing about E. J^ S., then run for them until tlie rear Rod Light of Fort Jliffln Bar Range is vis- ible, bearing S SE. ; then steer E. by N. Yz N. until the White and last-mentioned Light is in range, bearing about SW. by W. Yz W. i keep them on this range and you will cross the Bar. Horse Shoe Lower Range Lights. Continue the Fort Jlimn Bar Range until the Range Lights on the Pennsylvania side are in range, bearing W- Y^ N. ; then keep them on this range and steer E. % S. Horse Shoe Upper Range Lights. Continue the range course E. Y\ S- until the firot Lights on the New Jersey side arc in range, bearing S- Y\ W-, then stoer NE. by E., doubling round the Horse Shoe until the next Light is in \ Miki 238 ELBRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. range with the rear Light, bearing about SW. by S. }{ S. ; tlien keep them in range, and run U}) NE. by N. }( N. until past tiie Buoy ort" the Seventeen Foot Spot ; then lieep nearest the Western or city side. Dnntfors in appron eh iuff and entering Delaware Bay htj the Coaster's or Cape 3Iay Channel, Eph's Shoal. This Slioal extends W. % N. and E. ^ S. 1^ miles, and has as little as 4 feet water upon it in some i)laces. At tbis date (1882), it is marked off its Eastern and Western ends witli Buoys painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ; between this Shoal and Cape May there is a narrow channel of 18 feet water at low tide. Cape May Lighthouse bears from Buoy off the Eastern part of this Shoal NW. by W. % W., distance 'd]^ miles ; from Buoy on Western part NW- % W. 1 ^ miles. North Shoal. This Slioal, which lies al)out 1 y^ miles Southerly from Cape May Lighthouse, c.viends iibout NW. and SE. 3 miles, and has a width in some places of more than a mile ; on many parts of it there is but little waccr at low tide. Between this Shos'l and Capo May there is a channel .ibout )4 mile wide, having a c'l^th of fi'om 3j4 to G fathoms water. Cape May Spit. Shoal water extends off in a Soiifhcrly direction from Cape May Point, and at this date ("-82), is marked on its outer end with a Red Buoy. Cape Maj- Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. by E. % E. about i/l mile. Crow Shoal. This Shoal, which tias but little water npon it at low tide, ex- tends about N. y2 E. and S. J4 W. 3^ miles. At this date (1882), it is marked upon its Southern part with a Red Buoy. Cape May Lighthouse bears from this Buoy E. by S. J^ S. ij^ miles. Mummy Shoal. This Shoal, which in some places has but little water on it, ex- tends NW. by N. and SE. by S. about 2 miles. It is marked off its Southeast part with a Black Buoy ; Cape May Lightliouse bears . ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT. 239 I from this Buoy E. fl N-, distance 1 ^ miles. Between the Miimrn}' Shcal iiiul tlie South end of Crow Shoal is the piis.sa4 W. for the Red Buoy off the South part of Crow Shoal ; leave this Buoy close to on the S'carboard hand and steer for the Buoy painted in IMack and White Perpendicular Stripes, at the entrance of Ricord's Channel ; when up with this Buoy, ■which may be left on cither hand, make good the coiu'sc W. by N. ^ N., leaving the Red Buoy olf the Southern part of Brandywiue Shoal well on the Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy, follow the directions before given. Or, when up with the Buoy with Perpen- dicular Stripes at the entrance of Ricord's Channel, make good the course NW., leaving the Red Buoy otf the Northern part of Brandywine Shoal on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. Maurice River Anchorage. Vessels of light draught, coming down the Bay, may leave the Light-ship olf Fourteen Foot Bank about one mile on the Star- * Strangers hi vessels of nuire tliiui 8 ft;et draught should use this Channel with caution, as tliere are i'reciucut changes in this vicinity. 240 KLDKIDf.K'S COAST PILOT. board liand and steer E-NE. until Ihis T.ijilit-ship bears SW. Yi W. : llipn nmko good tlio <'oiirs(. NE ]'^ E., leaving- Dead Man's Slioal well to tlic Soiitliward. WIkmi Ku;i; Island Liglillionsc lu'ars W.NW., then anciior on tiio Flats, olF Main'ico River, in IVoiu 7 to 8 foot water at low tide. This anchorage is much used by coasters of light draught. Ilifjh Water in the T>t'lnwat'e Bay and Rivet'. Cape May. it is high water at Cape M.-iy 3h. lOrn. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about ."> foot. Cape Henlopen. It is high water at Capo IIcnloi)on 3li. 27m. before it ia at Bos- . ton ; common tides rise about 33^ feet. Egg Island Lighthouse. It is high water at Egg Island Lighthouse 2h. 2om. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about G feet. Bombay Hook Lighthouse. It is high water at Bombay Hook Lighthouse lb. 12m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about byi feet. Reedy Island. It is high <\ater at Reedy Island 39 minutes before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about G i^ feet. New Castle. It is high water at New Castle 24 minutes after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about G i^ feet. Chester. It is high water at Chester Ih. 18m. after it is at Boston; common tides rise about Qy^ fool. Philadelphia. It is high water in Philadelphia 2h. liim. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 6 feet. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 241 Currents in Delaware Bay and River. The C'liirents in Dclawiire i^•dy iiinl Uivt-r jmo iiilliicnocd to a roiisidonihlc oxti'nt by tlm winds. In modcrato wcntlicr tiic cur- rents connnonco setting; in soon iiCtor Flood tide and ln'gin to run out soon after Kbb. Beating in to Delaware Bay and River. In lieatinjr in to Delaware Hay and River a lielter Unowledjfo can be ol)taine(l of tlic deplli of water and location of llu! shoals by inspcctinj? Kl(hid4 E-, distance 1(5 Vj miles; Ligiit- housc on Brandywine Shoal SSW., L"5,'^ miles. 24 9 ICLDUIDCirS COAST PILOT. Ueinat'lcH. Oyster Heds lie o(T tlio eiitninco to tliis River ; at tliis date (1882) , a IJliick Biioj* marks tlic Southern part of tUcsi! obstructions. Maurice River Liglitiious(( hears from tliis Huo}- NE- '".v E. ,'2 E.J ilistaut a liltle more tliau -^4 mile ; about 3 feet water can Oo taken to tlic moutii of tiiis River at low tide, and from thenco to Port Norris about feet, at low tide. Sailing Directions for Maurice River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draugiit vessels from tlie Kastward ma}' follow the direetions before given for Cape May or Coaster's Channel, until past tlie Red l$uoy olf Cape May Spit, tlx-n haul round the Cai)e at a distance of ^4 mile from it, leaving the Red Huoy olf the Soulliern part of Crow Slioal well on (he Port iiand ; wIk a Capo May Liglithouse bears SE. make good the course N". ,'4 E., pass- ing midway between Dead Man's and Fisiiing Creek Shoals, carry- ing from 7 to 9 feet water at low tide ; wiien about 4 miles from Maurice River Lighthouse, steer about NW. ; then, about yl Flood, bring this Lighthouse to Ijcar NE. and run for it on tliis coursi", keeping a sharp lookout for the IMaek Buoy (before dcscribcHl) olf the Southern part of the Oyster Reds ; when this is made, leave it about yl mile on the Port hand, and steer aI)oiit N. by "W". for the mouth of Maurice River ; from the entrance of this River keep in the middle to Port Norris. From the Southward, when past Capo Ilenlopon. follow the direc- tions before given for the Ship Channel, until up with the Light- ship olf Fourteen Foot Bank ; leave this Light-ship close to on the Port hand, and make good tiie course NE. for Maurice River Lighthouse, and at about ^ Flood follow the directions before given. From the Delaware River, follow the Ship Channel until about 2 miles North of Fourteen Foot Bank Light-ship, then make good the course E.NE. until it bears SW-, then steer NE. and follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Maurice River 2h. 2tjm. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about G feet. KI.DIMIXIKS roAST ril-OT. 243 .^ \ Anchorage to the Northward of Capo May Light- houisO' Itt'ninfh'H. Willi winds fVoiii NE. to SE. I'V wiiy of KtiHt, voshcIs oC lijrlit (Iraiiyiit can And good HlielUr in :il>oiit 4 fathoms waU-r to the Northward of Capo May Liglithoiisc. Sailing Directions in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From thn Eiistward, follow t lie directions Ix'foro H> l'»'ct wiitrr upon it al low tide, extcinls iilioiit liio yanls froiii the Mylitiioiist! in ii Soiillu'ily ami Soiilli- wcstcrlv (linH'tion. Sailing Directions for Dolawaro Broakwator in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from llin Kastwanl or Seaward may leave tlio Five Kutliom I'laiik Li,ulil-sliip close to on the Slarhoanl luiiul, and nialve f^ood llie course W. ^i N, li'avii,;^ t'le lied liiiny olf the Soiilhern part of MeOries' Shoiil well on tlio Starboard li'ind ; as yon !ipi)t'oaeh ("ape Ilenlopen, keep a sharp lookout fir the Whis- tliii'4 Buoy whieh lies on the Northern s'ide of entrance to the Dela- ware Miiy, and I >e.us from Cape Ileiilopi'ii Main l/i^dithonse NE. by E. 4 miles ; when tiiis Hnoy i* made, leave it clo-se to on tiio Starboard hand, ami make . ^."^^ - .0. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ^ 1^ III 22 ^ 1^ 12.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 |||.6 -^ 6" ^ Photographic Sdences Corporation 4 ,'\ V 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 1 4580 (716) 872-4503 ^ f^. o\ ^ ^,«,^;^,^-^B-:rt5»•i>-•.:B^■^T,TS>.;.J^s■J:i■»?a^W!^^ ,&!■.' iSswri-arSBSii-i .-^f^-?* ■>r-^-'-515Ftf 9' '. ^;ir»s««(.-»s».-*^'.TS',»|Bi.'rsg!SKIiS)iHKSi ' ^>: % CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques ot^aBt^SBti'Sl^jKIBf* :'''-'''raW!SSS^<»r«S"«s«W»&'Vtw»*."«»«»«*Wr>?W«^ r ' .ffi ' , ' ELDRIDGF/S COAST TILOT. 245 steer about W. U N., keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Range Light to tlie Westward of Delaware Breakwater ; as soon as this Light is made bring it on a range with the Flashiiig White Light on the Breakwater, and run for tiiein in range bearing about W- )j S. ; leave tlie last-named Liglit close to ^on the Port hand, and anchor as before directed. From the Southward, leave the Tiight-ship off Winter Quarter Shoal a short distance on the Port hand, and make good the course NE. 1)3' N., which course will clear all the Shoals; when Fen- wick's Lsland Light bears W. by S., make good the course N. ^ W., until the Red Fixed Light to the Wi'stward of Delaware Breakwater is on a range with the Fiasliing Wliite Light on this Breakwater; then run for them in range bearing about W. j4 S. and proceed as before directed. Mispillion Creek. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the West side of the Bay, lies NW. about 13 miles from the Lighthou.se on Delaware Breakwater. Mispillion Creek Lighthouse. On the West side of this Creek, near its mouth, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. lieniarJis. The entrance to this Creek is nearly drj' at low tide ; onlj- small or very light draught vessels can therefore enter it at high water. I. MAHON'S RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Western side of the Bay, lies Nortiiwcstcrly 27 miles from Delaware Breakwater, and about 7>^ miles W. }i N. from the Lighthouse on Cross Ledge. Mahon's River Lighthouse. A little above the entrance, on the West side of this River, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Li^ miles. Remarks. At this date (1882), about 5 feet water, at low tide, can be taken up to Short's Landing. ' BOMBAY HOOK ROADS. These Roads lie Northwest about G miles from the Lighthouse on Ship John Shoal, and nearly opposite Bombay Hook Light- house. Remarks. This anchorage is much used by vessels waiting for a change of wind and tide. Sailing Directions. Vessels in the channel-way, bound up or down the Bay, may, when Bomba}' Hook Lighthouse bears from West to W. by N., run for it and anchor, according to draught, in from 2J4 to 4 fathoms water, sticky bottom. REEDY ISLAND HARBOR. This Harbor lies to the Westward of Reedy Island, and is much used by. sailing vessels, particularly in Winter, while ice is running. A Spit extends off from the South end of the Island, which is marked on its outer part with a Black Buoy. In entering, this ' i' 248 KLninnoK's coast pilot. Biio\' is loft on (lio Starhonnl Iiniul. At low tido, about 1 I foot water can bo takoii into lliis Harbor by tiio piissauto to tiio South- ward of Uoody Island, and about 10 foot tliroiigli a narrow channel to tlu! Noi til ward of it. Reedy Island Lighthouse. Upon the lower or Southorn end of Uoody Island is a Liulil- liouwc, which at this date (1882), shows a Flashing White Lii;lit. A Fog Boll is placed near this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 1.') seconds. Sailing Directions for Reedy Island Harbor in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound up tlie Baj', intending to make lleody Island Har- bor, mny follow tlie sailing directions before given for Delaware Bay and River, ki'oping a sharp lookout for the Bl.ack Buoy, which lies al)ont ?4 i"''^' ^'' ^''° Southward of IJoedy Island ; when this is made, leave it close to on tlic Starboard hand and run about NNW. until Reedy Island Lighthouse boars NE. by N. ; you are then past tlie Spit and may run in, keeping nearer Reedy Island, which is quite bold on its 'Western side, ami anchor in about 4 fatlioms water, the Lighthouse bearing about S- by E. Coming down the River, when the Black Buoy to the Sontlrward of Reedy Island is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and follow the directions before given. In order to avoid the long Spit, whicli extends from tlie Northern part of Reed}' Island, small or liglit draught vessels, coming down the River, and intending to enter tiiis Harbor to the Northward of this Island, when abreast Reedy I'oint (whicli is on the Western side), should haul in and fillow the Western shore, keeping not more than S')0 yards from it, and carrying from 8 to 10 feet water at low tide ; when abreast the village of I'ort Penn, anchor in from 3 to 1 fathoms water. Sailing Directions for Reedy Island Harbor in Night-time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up the Baj" at night, intending to make Reed}- Island Harbor, may run f )r Port Penn Beacon Lights in range, bearing about NW. >4 N., until Reedy Island Light beais N. }i I I PI f ELDIUDOE'S COAST PILOT. 240 It 1 I foot ,lic Sdtitli- w cliaiuicl litc Lii;lit. ■k wcalhor E. ; tlion, in ahoiit r. lathoms water, at low lido, run in about North, k'liviiig llu; Liij;iit not more than 300 yards on the Starboard hand ; wlun this Light boars S. by E-, then anchor in from 4 to r> fathoms water. Hif/h Water. It is higli water in Reedy Island Harbor 39 niinntes before it is at Boston ; eommon tides rise about G^ feet. :bor in gather. ;hui.l Ilar- Delawarc loy, wliicli wlien this run about N. ; you rer Reedy anchor in l)y E. Southward )ard hand, ! Northern ning down rthward of c Western leping not feet water lOr in from rbor in id fair ake Rood}- 1 in range, ears N. H SALEM CREEK. The entrance to this Creek is on the Eastern side of the River, about 5 miles above Reedy Island Lighthouse, and about :5 miles below Tea IVtch Island. About 5 feet water can be taken up to Salem at low tide. CHRISTIANA CREEK (entrance to Wil- m'ngton). The entrance to this Creek is on the Western side of the River, about 8 miles above Pea Patch Island. Wilmington Lighthouse. On the Western side of the River and North side of entrance to Christiana Creek is a Lighthouse, which at tliis date (18.S2), shows a fixed White Light. About 9 feet of water can be taken up to Wilmington at low tide. Schuylkill River. The entrance to this River is about 4 miles Southwesterly from the city of Philadelphia. Schuylkill Range Beacons. On Western pide of League Island, East side of entrance to Schuylkill River, are two P>eaoons which stand on square wooden piers on the Mud Flats outside the bank around League Island ; the Front Beacon is painted White with Black Top, the Rear Boa- con is a square wooden Tower painted White with Black Lantern ; these Beacons at this date (1882), show White Fixed Lights. 250 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Item arks. Those Lights in r.in<];o iKaiing about NNEm loaJ fi'om the Delaware liivur lliioiigli tlu' dredged chiiuiiel into the Schuylkill. Daugers Lying off the Coast from Cajte Ilcn- lopen to Cape Charles. From Cnpc Ilciilopen to Cape Charles, a distauee of 110 miles, there are many dangerous Shoals, some of which lie more than 6 miles froii the nearest land. Penwick's Island Lighthouse. About 20 miles South fioin Cape Ilenlopen, on the coast, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which is painted Wiiite, and at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light, varied by White Flashes. Fenwick's Island Shoal. After leaving the Hen and Chickens Shoal, which lies to the Southeast of Cape Ilenlopen, bound Southward, the first danger is Fenwick's Island Shoiil, which extends about NE- by N., and. SW. by S. 1 ?4 miles ; at very low tides as little as 1 4 feet water has been found ui)ou it; at this date (1882), it is marked upon its Western part with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes. Bearings and Distances from Buoy oflf Penwick's Island Shoal. Distance. Five Fathom Bank Light-ship, NE >4^ N 27 miles. Cape Ilenlopen IMain Lighthouse, N. by W. H W. . 20 " Fenwick's Island Lighthouse from Centre of this Shoal, West 6 Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Isle of Wight Shoal, S. ^ W 4J^ " Winter Quarter Shoal Light-ship, S. by W. ^ W. . 83 " Ten fathoms water was found 300 yards East from this Shoal, and 11 fathoms }£ mile SE. from it. In approaching it from the Eastward in thick weather or night-time, the Lead therefore gives no warning, especially for heavy draught vessels. from the iiylkill. e Ilcn- 10 miles, re than 6 joast, is a t this date sbes. ies to the danger is ' N., and feet water \\ upon its [lorizoutal > Island Distance. 7 miles. !0 " 4'^ (( (3 (( tiis Shoal, t from the ifore gives ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 251 Isle of Wight Shoal. This Shoal, which is very .small, has at very low tides about 17 feel water upon it ; it i.s marked at this date (18H2), on its West- ern part with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes. Bearings and Distances ft-om Buoy off Isle of Wight Shoal. DlKtiuicf. Ihioy f)frFenwick's Island Shoal. N. Ji( E. . . . 4;^ miles. Fenwick's Island I.igiithouse, NW. }i W. ... 7>^ " Winter Quarter Shoal Light-ship, S.SW. . . . 2i) " Seven fathoms water was found y^ mile East from this Shoal ; heavy dranglit vessels from seaward should not therefore in thick weather or night-time approach nearer than this depth to it. Little Gull Bank. This danger, which has on its SW. part as little as 1 1 feet water, lies about 2 miles from shore, and extends NE. >2 E., and SW. % W. about 1^ miles; at this date (1H82), it is marked on its Northern part with a Black Buoy ; Fenwick's Island Light- house bears from this Buoy North 8 miles ; Winter Quarter Shoal Light-ship, S. by W. 22 miles. Great Gull Bank. This danger, which lies about 2 miles Southeast from the Little Gull Bank, extends NE. and SW. about 3 miles, and at this date (1882), has not less than 21 feet water upon it at low tide. Winter Quarter Shoal. This dangerous Shoal, on which at very low tides there are not more than 11 feet water in some places, extends about E.NE., and W.SW. 1 mile ; 500 yards in a W.SW. direction from the Western part of this Shoal 8 fathoms water was found, 1% fathoms near its Southern part, and 9 fathoms near its Southeast part ; in approaching tliis danger from seaward in thick weather or night- time, the Lead therefore gives but little warning; at this date (1882), this Shoal is marked on its Northern part with a first-class Can Buoy, and on its Eastern part with a Light-ship ; this Buoy is painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, and has upon it the letters W. Q. S. ; the Light-ship is moored in about 11 fathoms i I 252 KLi)i{ii)Gi:s coAsr riLor. r ' water ESE- from tlic Slionl, and at this lime shows one fixed White Light, and hnsa Bell and Horn for use in thick weather. Bearings and Distances from Winter Quarter Shoal Light- ship. Dl«t/.ncp. Montauk Point Liuhthouso, NE 214 miles. Fire Island Li<;lithousc. NE. by N 187 " niirneirat LighUioiise, NE. by N. Ji N 121 Five Falhom Bank Lij^dit-ship, NE. hy N- }i N- • 5« Fenwiek's Island Lightliousc, N. J:^ E 31 " Buoy off Fenwick's Island Shoal, N. by E. '^ E. . 33 « BuoyoirisloofWisihtSiioal, N.NE 21> " BuoyoffLittle (lull Bank, N. by E 22 " BuoyoirWintcrCiuiU'ter Shoal, NW. by W. . . • 2J/ " Assateaguo Lijjlithonsp, W. ^ S 123/( " Black Buoy off Soulheast part of Chincotcagno Shoal, SW. l>y W 12^4: " Hog Island Lighthouse, SW 45 " Whistling iJuoy to the Southeast of Cape Charles, SW. byS 65 " Cape Henry Lighthouse, SW. >2 S 76 " Assateaguo Lighthouse. About 3() miles Southwesterly from Fenwick's Island Light- house, and Northeasterly 36 miles from Hog Island Ligiithouse, and about 2 miles from the Southwest point of Assateaguo Island is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), is painted lied, and shows a fixed White Light. JHeniarka. Shoals extend off about 2^4 uiiles to the Southward of Assa- teaguo Island, and in s)mc places there is but little water upon them at low tide ; without this to Chincoteagnc Siioal there are many spots with from 8 to 15 feet water upon thein. Chincoteague Shoal. This is a long narrow ridge, exleiuling about NE. Jj E. and SW. ^2 W. ^^2 miles, with an average width of about '4 "'i'^' and having from 8 to 10 feet water upon it ; at this date (1.'<.S2), the Southwestern part of this Slioal is marked with a Bed Buoy; Assateaguo Lighthouse bears from this Buc- N. JS W-, distance KLDUIIXiirS COAST I'll.OT. 2r>:] s one fixed ft'cather. jal Light- Dl«tMl(?C. 244 luik's. 187 " 121 " 58 31 33 2i> 22 2 J/ 123<( 12;^ 45 65 76 u (( 1( u land Light- Liglitliouse, ague IhIjiikI ed Hod, and rd of Assa- ! water upon al there are I y^ E. and 3Ul ^4 mile, late (1.S.S2), Ued LJuov ; JIT"., distance 4 J:^ miles; this last-montionod Li<^lit house hoar.H from 11i<' Nortli- cast part of tiiis Shoal W-NW., distance 4 miles; none hut small or ver}' liglit draiiglit vi'sscls slionld (t'spcfiaily at niglit-timc) pass within tliis Ihioy, iinless well acfpiaiiited. Turner's Eastern Lump. Tliia Lump, on which there are hut H fi'ct water at low tide, is mariiedofi its Eastern part witli a Ulack Huoy ; Assatea^ue Liglit- houso hears from tiiis IJiioy ah(jnt N.NW. ; vessels hoinid up or down the coast sliould pass to tlie Eastward of this Ihioy. Turner's Western Lump. Thia danger, on which tlierc are hut 6 feet water at low tide, ia marked off its outer part witli a Ulack Ihioy ; Assateaguc Liglithouse hears from this liuoy ahout North ; vessels should keep outside this Buoy, Black Fish Bank. This IJank, which lies a short distance without Ciiineotcagiio Shoal, extends NE. hy E. and SW. hy W. ahout Cy^ nnlcs, and has as little as 20 feet water upon it at low tide ; largo or heavy draught vessels should give Assateaguo Lighthouse a wide herth. Chincoteague Anchorage. This Anchorage, which aflbrds shelter in winds from West to N.NE. hy way of North, lies S.SW. ahout 2;^ niiltjs from Assa- teaguc IJglithouse, and is frequently used hy vessels when over- taken with Nortlierly winds hound to tlie Nortlieastivard ; this Anchorage is sometimes of great importance, saving the time of running hack to Hampton Roads. Sailing Directions for Chincoteague Anchorage in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the South west ward, when Assateagiie I^ighthouse is made, bring it to bear N. hy E. ^ E. and run for it on this course ; as you approach it keep the Lead going, and wlieu llic water shoals to 3j4 fathoms, then anchor with good holding ground; from this Anchorage the Lighthouse will he distant about 2j^ miles ; small or light draught vessels may go farther in and anchor in 3 fathoms water. These directions, with favorable wind3, arc good for night 254 i;i,l)UII)(51"S COAST IMLOT. I' r or (liiy. Til lH'!itiiiy N. Tho Coast from Capo Henlopon to Ponwick's Island Lighthouso. From Tilack Diioy oil' tlio Sonflu'iist pint of Hen iiinl CliickoiH to Fciiwick'H IhIuikI Lij;lillioii?v the third Buoy ; from thi-), steer NW. by N. for the fourth Buoy ; then run NW. by W. for the fifth Buoy ; when past tin! fifth Buoy, vessels may anchor ; or from this last Buoy, steer W-SW- for Wallo|)'s Island Channel Buoy, where there is safe anchorage. From the South westward, as soon as Assateaguc Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear NE. by N. and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Outer or Sea Buoy ; wiien this is made, wait until about ?4 A^O'^i then follow the directions before given. These dii'Lctions were good for 1882. High Water, It is high water at Chincoteaguo Inlet ."(h. 53m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 3 fee* 256 ELDlilDGE'S COAST PILOT. METOMKIN INLET. The entrance to tliis Inlet is IS miles Southwesterly fiom Assa- toaji:iio Lightiiouse, or luic'wa}- between Assateagiie and Hog Island Lighthouses. Meniafks. The channel leading into IMetonikiii Jnlet varies in depth and location with almost ever}- gale from seaward. At this date (1882), there are 3 Channel Duo^vs painted in Black and AVhile Perpendicular Stripes, which m entering are left close to on either hand. At this time there arc about 4 feet water upon the Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Metomkin Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or ver}- light draught vessels from the Northeastward may leave the Red Buo}' off the Southern part of Chincoteague Shoal close to on the Starboard hand and steer SW- ^2 W. M miles, which will bring them up with the Outer or Sea Buoy olf Metomkin Inlet ; then, at about ?4 flood, leave the last-mentioned Buoy on either hand and steer W. by N- for the next Buoy, which lirs just within the Bar ; when jiast this last lUi ly, steer about W-NW. for the third Buoy ; when past this, steer W. by N Yi N., passing close to the Point of South Beach to good anchorage. From the Southwest ward, do not approach the coast in less than 4 fathoms water until the Outer or Sea Buoy is made off Metomkin Inlet ; then follow the directions before given. Strangers should not attempt to enter this Inlet without a pilot, except through stress of weather. High Water, It is high water at Metomkin Inlet 3h. 46m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 3J^ feet. WATOHAPREAGUE INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is Southwesterly 23 miles from Assa- teague Lighthouse, 5^^ miles Southwesterly from Metomkin Inlet, and Northeasterly 13 miles from Hog Island Lighthouse. Tom Assa- lojj; LsLukI doptlv and tliLs (lute and AYliile on cither the Bur at )aytinie, ler. tward may Mgiio Shoal . 11 miles, ' Motouikin d Buoy on ch lii's jii>»t : W.NW. ff., passing n loss than Metomkin 3ut a pilot, re it is at from Assa- mkiii lulet, ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 257 Remarks. The channel leading into Watchaproague Inlet, like all other sand bars on the coast, changes in depth and location with almost every gale from seaward. At this dale (1.S,S2), there aie .'5 Chan- nel Buoys painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, whicii in entering are left close to on either hand. At this time there are about 9 feet water upon the Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Watchapreague Inlet in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or ligiit drauglit vessels from tlie Northeastward should not approach the coast nearer tlian 4 fathoms water until the Outer or Sea Buoy off Watchapreague Inlet is made ; tiien, at about %. flood, leave the last-mentione 1 Buoy close to on either hand and run in, leaving the Buo} s close to on eitlier hand ; when the South- west point of Cedar Island bears NE., tlien anchor. From the Soulhwestward, do not ajjproach nearer the shore than 4 fathoms water until the Oiiti'r or Sea Buoy at the entrance of Watchapreague Inlet is made ; thun follow the directions before given. The channel leading into Watchapreague Inlet changes so often that it is advisable, excepting in cases of emergency, for strangers to take pilots. High Water. It is high water at Watchapreague Inlet 3h. 28m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4^ feet. LITTLE MAOHIPONGO INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is about 6^ miles Southwesterly from the entrance 1o AVatchapreague Inlet, and TjI/^ -.niles Northeasterly from Hog Island Lighthouse. Remarks. The depth and location of the channel leading into Little Machi- pongo Inlet changes with almost every gale from seaward. At this date (1882), there are no Buoys to mark the channel leading in ; st'. angers should therefui-e not, attempt to enter it without pilots. I I f 1- I 258 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. High Water. It is high water at Little Machipongo Inlet about the same time it ia at Watchapreaguc Inlet. Hog Island Lighthouse. Upon the Southern part of Hog Island and Northern side of entrance to Great Machipongo Inlet is a Lighthouse, which at this (late (1HH2), is painted White, and shows a fixed White Light. This Lighthouse is Southwesterly 3G miles from Assateague Light- house, Northeasterly 19 miles from Cape Charles Lighthouse, North- easterly 32 miles from Capo Henry Lighthouse, and Southwcsttjrly 45 miles from the Light-ship off" Winter Quarter Shoal. Hog Island Light serves as a guide to coasters, and also for entering Great Machipongo Inlet. GREAT MACHIPONGO INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is a short distance to the Southward of Hog Island Lighthouse. Metnarks. The depth and location of the channel leading into Great Machi- pongo Inlet, liiie all other sand bars on the coast, changes with almost every gale from seaward. At this dale (1882), in entering there are 6 Buoys, 5 of which are Channel Buoys, and are painted in Black and White Perpendicular Strijjes, and may be left close to on either hand passing in ; the other Rod Buoy lies off White Point Shoal, and in entering is left on the Starboard hand. At this time there are about 9 feet water upon the Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Great Machipongo Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels from the Northeast should not approach Hog Island Lighthouse nearer than 2^ miles until the Outer Buoy at the entrance of Great Machipongo Inlet is made ; at this date Hog Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW. ^ N. ; then, at about -)^ flood, with a favorable and commanding breeze, run in, leaving the Buoys close to on either hand ; when the Light- I I same time rn side of licli at this lite Light, giie Liglit- isc, North- thwcatcrly aal. Hog )r eutciiug IT. Southward eat Machi- iiigos with in entering ire painted eft close to ^'liito Point lI this time Inlet in eather. should not 3S until the s made ; at W. ;^ N. ; ing breeze, , the Light- KLDHIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 259 hou?c benrr NE. tlien anchor close to the Northern sidi of the channel. From the Southwest ward, do not approach the shore in icss than 4 fathoms water until the Outer Buoy otl" (treat MachiixMigo Inlet is made ; then follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water at Great Machipongo Inlet 3h. 44m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4^ feet. SAND SHOAL INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is about 7 miles Southwesterly from Hog Island Lighthouse and 1 1 >^ miles Northeasterly from Cape Charles Lighthouse. HeinarlkS. The depth and location of the channel leading into Sand Shoal Inlet changes with almost every gale from seaward. At tliis date (1882), in entering there are 3 Buoys painted in Black and Wliite Perpendicular Stripes ; these Buoys may bo left close to on cither jiand. At this time there are about 11 feet water upon the Bur at low tide. Sailing Directions for Sand Shoal Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Northeastward, when past Hog Island Liglitiiouse, do not approach the shore in less than 4 fathoms water. Wlien tlie Outer Buoy off Sand Slioal Inlet is made, wait until about -% flood ; then, with a favorable and commanding breezv', run in. leaving the Buoys close to on either hand, and anchor above tlie Life Saving Station, which is on the Northeast side of the chanml. From the Southwestward, do not approach the shore in less than Oj4 fathoms water. When the Outer Buoy olT Sand Shoal Inlet is made, follow the directions before given. High Water, It is high water at Sand Shoai Inlet 3h. 58m. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 4 yl feet. 2G0 ELDUIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. SHIP SHOAL INLET. Till' ontranc'o to tliis Inlet is Southwesterly about 4j^ miles from Sand Siioal Inlet and about 7 miles Northeasterly from Cape Charles Lighthouse. ltc'inarh'8. The channel at the entrance to this Inlet changes in depth and location with almost every gale from seaward. At this date (1882), there are no Uuoys to marie tlie channel leading into it ; it is there- fore advisable for strnngers not to undertake to enter this place without pilots. At this time, about C feet water can be taken over the Bar at low tide. Hlffh Water. It is high water at Ship Shoal Inlet about the same time it is at Sand Shoal Inlet. i I Cape Charles Lighthouse. Upon Smith's Island, about 1 3<| miles from its Southwestern Point, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which, at this date (1,S,S2), is painted "White and shows a Revolving White Light; IL:g Island Liglithousc bears from this Ligiithoune NE- by N. 19 miles; Cape Henry Lighthouse, SW. by S- yk S- 13J/B miles. Dantjers off SinitWa Island . From Sniitii's Island Lighthouse, slioal water extends ofi"a long distance in an Easterly, Soulherl}- and Southwesterly direction, and heav}' draught vessels, bound into the Chesapeake Bay, should give this Lighthouse; a wide berth. Smith's Island Shoal. This Shoal, which extends about NE. and SW. yi mile, has, at very low tides, as little as 20 feet water upon it. Cape Charles Lighthouse hears from the centre of this Shoal W. ^<( N., distance 'y2 miles. In thick weather, heavj' draught vessels from seaward slioulil not approach this danger nearer than 8 fathoms water. Bolweea this Shoal and shore there is a channel of from 4 to .') fathoms water. Shark Shoal. This Shoal, which extends E-NE. and W.SW. about i^ mile, lies W. )->y S. J4 S. 3_^ miles from Smith's Island Shoal. At ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 2G1 very low tides Iherc are as little as IC fi'ot water upon it. Cape C'liarlos Liglitlioiisc bears from the centre of this daiim'r NW. I"}' W. ^i W. l}i miles. Ili'twecn this Slioal and (.'n[K- Charles Lii^hthouse there is a eliannel of from li to -l fathoms water ; tiie last dei)th is nearest the Shoal. Nautilus Shoal. This Slioal lies on a line with Cape Henry and Caiie Charles Lij'hthouses, and at very hm tides has ahout U feet water upon it. Cape Charles Ligliihouse hears from it NE- liy N. ^j N.,; from l:i to l.> feet water upon it, cxtentls from the last-named Liglithouse to tliis danger. Whistling Buoy At this date (18H2), a AVhisllmg Utioy, with the White Letters C. C. iiiion it, IS i)laied in alioiit fathoms water olf Soulhetist from C;ii)e Charles, without all tiie Shoals. Tins Uiioy is intended to guide vessels in thiek weather into Chesapeake Bay. }4 mile, 3al. At Bearings and Distances from Whistling Buoy off Capo Charles. UiHtancc. Winter Quarter Slnal Liglit-shii), NE. by N.. . • (>^ miles. Cape Charles Lightlioiise, NW G'/s " Cape Henry Lighthouse, SW. by W. ^^ W. • • l-'Ja " Smith's l.-land Shoal, NE. >2 N '1?3 " Shark Shoal, N- >3 W ^14 " Red Buoy otr Southeast end of Middle Ground, W.byS 8>^ " Red IJuoy off Outer entranec to Chesaiieake Bay, SW. by W. ;< W lOj^ " Anchorage under Smith's Island. Vessels may find shelter under Smith's Island witii winds from West to N-NW- ; the best anehcragc is with Caiie Charles Liglithouse bearing about N.W- by W. ; .you may approaeli the shore to the Soutliward of Shark Shoal according to draught, and anchor in from 2}4 to 4 fathoms water. T 262 ELDIUDGICS COAST PILOT. I; •i ii Cape Henry Lighthouse. Upon Ciipe llenr}', Soii1.li side of entrance to Chesapeake Bay, is a Liglithousc, the upper and lower halves of the faces of which show alternately Black and White ; this Lighthouse, at this date (1 882), shows a fixed White Liglit ; a Fog Signal is ijlaccd ne:ir this Lighthouse, which at this time gives blasts in thick wcatiicr of 5 seconds duration, at intervals of 90 seconds ; the Old Tower boars SW. by W. o40fcet, and will remain as a Day mark. Bearings and Distances from Cape Henry Lighthouse. DIatancc, Montauk Point Lighthouse, NE 320 miles. Winter Quarter Shoal Light-ship, NE. >4 N- • . 76 " Cape Charles Lightliouse, NE. by N. ^ N. . . 13;^ " Thimble Shoal Lighthouse, NW. by W. >^ W. . 12 14: " Buck Kiver Lighthouse, NW. >^ W 16 " York Spit Lighthouse, NW. by N. ^ N. . . . 20^^ " Wliistling Buoy off Cape Charles, NE. by E. ^ E. 12^:^ " Red Buoy off Southeast end of Middle Ground, NE. by N. 5^ N 6 Red lUioy at outer entrance of Chesapeake Bay, NE. J^E 2^ " Black Buoy off Tail of the Horse Shoe, NW. . . GJ^ " Black Buoy off Southeast part of Horse Shoe, NW. KW 9}^ " Red Buoy off Northwest part of Middle Ground, N. by W. 3/^ W 1314: " To the Northward and Eastward of Cape Henry Ligiithouse, shoal water extends off from j4 to ^ mile, but Northwest from this Lighthouse the shore is bold. Dangers in Eutevlng Chesapeake Sai/, Middle Ground. This long narrow Shoal, whicli lies on the Northern side of entrance to Chesapeake Bay, extends about NW. by N. and SE. by S. lOj^ miles ; the least water upon it at this time is about 10 feet, which is 4^ miles from its Southeast part; in approaching this danger at night-time or in tliick weather, the Lead gives but little warnnig in some piirts ; .it this date (1882), it is marked witli 3 Red Buoys, one olf its Soiitlieast part, one off its Western part, and one off its Northwestern part. T ' EI-DKIDGK'S COAST I'lI-OT. 2G;i Boariugs and Distances from Rod Buoy off Southeast part of Middle Qround. DUtnncp. Capo Cliarles Litrhlhouso, NE.by N. }{ N. . • . 'i'A miles. Capo Henry Lighthouse, SW. l>y S Ji S- . • • C Whistling Buoy ofT Capo Charles, E. hy N- . • . HJ^ " Kod Buoy ofl" Outer entrance to Clicsapeako Bay, S. y,w -'5/^ " Bhuk Buoy ofl" Tail of the Horse Shoo, W- J4 S- . CJ^ " Black Buoy olF Southeast part of Ilorsc Shoe, W. y.TH 10 " Thimble Shoal Lighthou>o, W. '{ N 13J^ " Back River Lighthouse, W. I'y N. J< N. . • . 1">J4 " Bearings and Distances from Red Buoy off Western part of Middle Ground. Distance. Cai)e Henry Lighthouse, S- by E- 3<( E 10>4 miles. Tiiimble Shoal Lighthouse, SW. by W. J^ W. . • SJ^ " Back River Lighthouse, W. J< N 8^ " York Spit Lighthouse, NW 10^ " Black Buoy off Tail of Horse Slioo, S- by W. ■ • '^Va " Black Buoy off Southeast part Horse Shoe, SW. . . 6 " Red Buoy o(rNW. part Middle Ground, N. by W- /. W 25/8 " Bearings and Distances from Red Buoy off Northwest part of Middle Ground. Dietoncc. Cape Henry Lighthouse, S. by E. ?< E ^^'A miles. Ba(;k River Lighthouse, W. by S ^ S 8>^ " York Spit Lighthouse, NW. '4 W 8^ " Black Buoy off Tail of the Horse Shoe, South . . 8 " Black Buoy off Southeast part Horse Shoe, SW. by s. ^ S 7f^ " Red Buoy off Western part Middle Ground, S. by E. y^B 2/8 " Inner Middle Ground. This Shoal, which has as little as 2 feet water upon its Southern part at low tide, lies about 3 miles to the Eastward of the Buoy off Northwestpartof Middle Ground; tills danger extends about N. NW- and SSE. 5J^ miles, with an average width of 1 mile; ■i-j' ^ 201 DI.DlillXiKS COAST I'lF-OT. between tlio K.-VHtprn part, of lliis HIidmI .'iiid Capo Charles llierc is a cliaiiiicl al)out 1 iiillc wide, witli a depth of fr.>ii\ 4 to V, fatlioins water; at this (hite ( ts,S2), tliere are no Ihioys to mark this dan- ger; between tlie Inner ]\Iid(llc Ground and Middle Ground there is a narrow Siioal runnin<,' for several miles parallel with the Inner Middle (iround; this last Shoal has from 7 to 1") feet water upon it. Bearings and Distances from Southern part of Inner Middle Ground. lIlKlniico. Cape Charles Liirhthonse, E.NE f) 34 miles. South Point of the Isaaes Island, E. J2 N. ... 1?4 " The Ked IJuoy off the Northwest part of Jliddlo Ground, bears from the Northern part Inner Mid- dle Ground, W-SW 3j^ " The Isaacs. The Southorn part of the small Island called the Isaacs lies about 2 miles to the Southward of Cape Charles, and about SW- by W. 4 miles from Cape Charles Li,a;hthous(! ; shoal water ex- tends off to the Northward and Kastwai'd a long 1 miles, and has at very low tides as little as l(i feet water on it ; at this lime (1882), it is marked olf its Sonthcrn part with a IMack Uuoy, which in going ui) the Bay is left on the Port hand ; large or heavy draught vessels bound up the Bay or into Hampton Roads, should loH tliorc is > fi fiitlioins L tliis (liiii- 01111(1 there tlio Inner feet water or Middlo lIlKlnncc. r)^4 miles. U4 - S/z Isn.acs lies )oiit sw. water e.\- from this it J4 mile . from the \(l to the alight vcs- it without 'ishorman's s I nlct has ) to Chosa- mik's, and this time iuo}-, which or hcavy ds, should KMililDGF/S COAST PILOT. 2G5 not, at nifilit-timo or thick weather, ai)i)n)aeli tliis danger in less tliaii 4 I'atlioiiis watir. Iletweeii tlic Tail of the Ilorso Shoe and iJlack lUioy off the Southeast part of tlio llorso Slioc, there is a good cliaiinel of i fatlioms water. Bearings and Distances from Black Buoy oflT the Tail of the Horse Shoo. DIstnnco. Cape Henry Lighthouse, SE *'>}( "liles. Red Buoy o Southeast part of Middle Ci round, E. /. N «/a " Ked IJiioy at Outer entrance Cliesapeako liay, E-SE. 7 *' TliimhleSlioal Lighthouse, W. by N. )4 N. . . . 0>a " Red Buoy olf "Western part of Middle Ground, N. by K. ■ '>H " Ue(i Buoy off Northwest part of Middle Ground, North « '' Black Buoy off Southeast part Ilorsc; Slioe, W-NW. 3.>8 " Back River Lighthouse, NW. 3<^ W ^H '' York Spit Lighthouse, NW. by N. ?^ N H>^4 " Back River Lighthouse. About 1 4 miles Southeast from thi; entrance to Back River, on the Western side of Cliesapcak(! Bay, is a Liglithoiise, wliieii at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Liglit, varied with White Flashes. Bearings and Distances from Back River Lighthouse. OlHtiillCU. Cape Henry Lighthouse, SE- J^ E 1<^ '"'It'S- Thimble Shoal Lighthouse, S. by E. K' E. ... 'i'A '' York Spit Lighthouse, N. by E 7;^ •' Red Buoy off Southeast i)art Middle Ground, E. by s. 34 S l''>^ '* Red Buoy off Western part of Middle Ground, E. y,s «K " Red Buoy off Northwest i)art of Middle Ground, E. byN. 3^N ^'A " Black Buoy olf the Tail of the Horse Shoe, SE. ?4 E. ^ji " Shoal water extends to the Northward, Nortlioastward, and Southeastward a long distance from Back River Lighthouse, and 2G(> F,M)I1II)0F/S COAST IMT-OT. largo or Iionvy draii'^lil vcmscIs boiiiul up llio lUiy, shoiiKI give il u good Itcrlli to till' Wi'stwiird. York Spit Lighthouse. On Dip Kiistcrly end ol' York Spit, North siilo of i'litranoc to York Kivcr, ami West nido of (.'lusiipe:ikc lliiy is a Lif^lillioiisc, wliic'ii at tlii.s date (IHH2), sIidwh a llxcd Rod M''S9els of not moro than 11 feet drau},dit may cross lliis Siioal to the Northwestward of th(! Lighthouse from ]^< to 2 miles from it. Bearings and Distances from York Spit Lighthouse. Diitnnoo Capo Ilonry T/ighthouse, SE. by S. H ^ 2<)J^ m'lcs. Thimble Shoal Lighthouse, South HJ^ " Cherrystone Lighthouse, E. by N. ,' ;'i N ^0^ ■ " Too's .ALirsheg Lighthouse, W. b} N. '/i N. . . . m " New Toint Comfort Lighthouse, N. ])y W •''J'z " WolfTrapLiglitiiouse, N. l»yE. ,'^ E H'J " ninek Buoy olf the Tail of Horse Shoe, SE. liv S- 3/^S !•>?< •' Hod 15uoy o(T Northwest part of Middle Ground, SE- ■^ E «->^ " New Point Comfort Slioal or IMiddle Ground Ihioy, NE. ^^ N 3^ " New Point Comfort Lighthouse. Upon New Point Comfort, Norlli side of entrance to Mobjack Bay, and West side of Chesapeake Bay is a Lighthouse, which at this date (IH82), shows a fixed White Light; shoal water extends olf Southeast more than 2 miles from this Lighthouse ; this shoal is marked on its outer part with a Black Buoy, which is left to the Westward Ijy vessels bound up or down the Chesapeake Bay. y, givo il u itranoc to j^litlKnisc, tachcd to Btruck tit 'oach thin lo, awl on not more iwcstward lOUSO Diatniioo ()J^Y\ miles; New Point Com- fort Lif,'htbouse, NW. V\ W. I '4 miles, Wolf Trap Li;j;ht- liouse, N. Yi, E. "iYx miles. Wolf Trap Llghthoiiso. Upon the East end of Wolf Trap Shoal, West side of Chesa- peake Bay is n Lii^hthoiise, wbieh at tiiisdato (l'SH2), shows n fixed Light varied by White Flashes ; attaehed to this Lighthouse is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. TtemarliH, About Yi mile to the Westward of Wolf Trap Lighthouse, there is a narrow channel of 4 fathoms water; small or light draught vessels may therefore pass to the Westward of this Jjighlhouse ; about Y2 mile to the Eastward of Wolf Trap Ligiithouse is a Black Buoy, whidi marks the Eastern part of this Shoal ; hea\T draught vessels should not go to tho Westward of this Buoy. Bearings and Distances from Wolf Trap Lighthouse. DIstniice York Spit Lighthouse, S. by W. ,'2 W New Point Comfort Lighthouse, SW. J4 S. . . . Black Buoy oir New Point Shoal or Middle Ground, S. H w Stingray Point Lighthouse, N- by W. Y^ W. . • Windmill Point Ligiithouse, N /^ W 12i^ wVi miles fi5/8 1. 73^ ki 10^ ki M '2C,S EMMMlXiirs COAHT rtI,()T. DlaUtiir*. nijick Himy oirSidiUicaHl pail of Uappjiliiuioik Sjilf. N. 'X E II 't <"''«''*• Hliick Uii(i\' (ill" KiisUni part Wolf Tnip Slioiil, E- 14 " ;iN. stingray Point Lighthouso. About OHO mile to tlus KnHtvvnnl of Stiiigmy Point, Soiitli siilo of PiitnuK'o to Uiippjiliaiiiiock llivcr, in iilioiit (! feet wtitcr at, low tide, is a Lii^litlioiHO wliirli, at this (Iat<« (1HH2), hIiows ii fixed Kid Lij^lit ; a(t:icli('d to tliis Lijjlitiionsc is a ndi, wliidi at tiiis liiiii.' 'in Htnuik 111 tiii(^k wi'iitlicr nt intervals of '< and MO si'conds. Soarings and Distancos from Stingray LighthouRO. Wolf Trap T-i'ilitlions.., S. I>y E. 'j E 10?;;' tnili-s. Windmill Point I/iu'htlionsc, NE.'j N '^H " Plack Pnoy oil' Sowlliwtst part liappaliatniock Spit, E. i-yN. '< N -'J^ " Windmill Point Lighthouse. Abont 2 miles Southeast from Windmill Point, upon Rappahan- noi'k Spit, North side of entrance to Pappaliannock Uive.r, and West side of riusapoake Bay is II I-i^ihthouse, which nt this date (1HS2), hhows a fixed White Lij,dit ; attached to this Li<,dithonse is ri Bell, which at this time is struck in thick weather at intervals of 10 .se(!onds. Ifeiiiai'h'n. Vessels of 18 feet draught or more should not pass to the West- ward of the Plaek Puoy to the Southeast of this Liglitlmuse, and vessels of 12 feet draught or less may a[)proacli it in safety within yi mile on its Northeast wide, ami not nearer than J^ mile on its Southwest side ; none hut small or V(>ry li;j;ht draiiLiht vessels should altemi)t to pass between tlii^ Liglithouse and Windmill Point; on its Northern and Northeastern sides York Spit may be approached by the Lead, but it3 Southern and Southwestern sides are ((iiite bold. Bearings and Distances from Windmill Point Lighthouse. l)iHt;lil<'i'. Wolf Trap Lighthouse, S. ;^ E 12j/i miles. Stingray Point Lighthouse, SW. ,!4 S 2^ '• T T I>lntltlie«a I ' J inilt'H. J4 " Soiitli s'nli! iter at, |.)W I fixed U.mI liis linn.' 'is thOUBO. 10-<:i' mill's. wy. Rappalinn- HiviT, niul it (lii.s (lati! iiilitlioiiso is iiitt'fvals of the Wost- tiiniisc, and ifcty witliin mile on its asols sliould 1 Point ; on approached 8 are cjiiitt' ghthovise. l)i»t;lili'i'. 12' j inil("<. FT.nTjmr.r.'s coast pilot. 200 I>l«lanp», Rmitli'sPoint M>rhthnns<'. N. '"i E 17^".; niiirs. Walt'M iKJiind Li>,'lill sr, NE. !•> E. '( E. • . . '-'<> " Hnoy otrSontlicast |)ait KappalituinDck Npit, SE. I>y E. ;^ E. . , 2;^ " Smith's Point Lighthouse. Upon the hIiouI watrr cxti'mliiij,; olF to tin; Ka«l\vard of Sinitli's Point, Soutli sldo of entrance to llic Potomac River, and Went nido (if {'iicsapcalie Hay, in aliont 12 (Vet w.'itcr, in a IJu'litlioine, wliieli at tills dale (1HH2), hIiows a Itevolviii;,' Wliito Ij;,'lit ; altaclicil to tlii.H Li-ilitlionse is a IJcll, whicli in tliiuk weather is Htriick at inter- vals of 15 seconds. Heavy draught vessels, hound up the Cliesappako Ray, when past the Seventeen Foot Lump, should leave Sniitli's Point Lij!;hthonso at least )'i mile (o the Westward ; vessels of not nioie than 12 feet draiijiht, passinj? np or down the Ray or into the Potoinac River, may a|)proaeli within 2.")0 yanls of it; Hinall or li;4ht draiiLtlit ves- sels may cross the Shoal from \'i to 3| mile to tlio Westward of this Iii<^dithousc. Bearings and Distances from Smith's Point Lighthouso. Dli'laiii'i'. Windmill Point Lif^hthonso, S. ?^ W 17.>:^ miles. Point Lookout Lighthonse,NW. l>yN. ;4: N. . . lOji^ " Piney Point Liglithousc, NW 21J4 " Cove Point Lighthouso, N. »>y W- Ji W ^W\ " Rlaek Rnoy off Seventeen Foot Lnmp, SE. by S. ^ S. 1 " Red Ruoy oflf Southwestern partKedgo's Straits Mid- dle Gronnd, N. by E- 34: E 6 " Red P>noy off Northwestern i)art Kedge's Straits Mid- dle Gronnd, N. >4 E. . H " Smith's Point Shoal or Seventeen Foot Lump. This small Shoal, which at very K)W tides has as little as 17 feet water niion it, is marked on its Eastern part with a I'.laek Rnoy; Smith's Point Lighthouse bears from tliis r>iioy NW. by N. Y\ Nm distanee 1 mile. Heavy dranglit vessels bound np or down tbo Bay should leave this Buoy to the "Westward. 270 ELDHIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Ili i i: ' Eedge's Straits Middle Ground. Tliia extensive Shoal, which extends about N-NW. and S-SE- 6 miles, varies from 1 to 2 miles in width ; its average depth, at low tide, is from 15 to 18 feet water. At this date (1882), it is marked with two Red Buoj's, one on it-i Southwestern edge and the other on its Northwestern edge. Bearings and Distances from Red Buoy off Southwest Edge of Kedge's Straits. Smith's Point Lighthouse, S. by W. Ji^ W. . . . Point Lookout Lighthouse, W-NW Solomon's Lump or Kedge's Strait Lighthouse, E.NE. Red Buoy off Northwest edge of this Shoal, N. by W. Pistonco. 6 miles. 8 " 5^ " Bearings and Distances from Bed Buoy off Northwest Edge of Kedge's Strait Middle Ground. Distance. Smith's Point Lighthouse, S. ^ W 11 miles. Solomon's Lump or Kedge's Strait Lighthouse, E. by S-'AS 8ji " Point Lookout Lighthouse, W. by S- J^ S. . . . 6 " To the Eastward of Kedge's Strait Middle Ground there is a channel of from '3^4 to G fatiioms water, but heav}' draught vesso's should give this danger a wide berth to the Eastward. Point Lookout Lighthouse. Upon the North side of the entrance to Potomac Ri^er, West side of Chesapeake Ba^, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Ligiit. At this time a Fog Bell is placed near this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. JRemarks. Large vessels, passing up or down the Baj', should leave this Lighthouse at least 1 mile to the Westward ; and vessels com- ing down the Baj', bound into the Potomac, should leave it a mile to the Northward. With winds from N-NW. to East by way of North, there is good anchorage about ^ mile to the Westward of Point Lookout Lighthouse, in what is called Cornfield Harbor. Large vessels may anchor in about 5 fathoms water, with the Lighthouse bearing about E. by S-, distant about 1 mile ; small vessels may go 11 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 271 forthcr in and anchor in 3 fathoms, with the Lighthouse bearing E SE-, distant J^ mile. In entering this Harbor, care should bo taken to leave the Red Iluoy off the Lighthouse well to tlie Northward ; this Buoy, which marks the Southern part of tlic shoal water which extends off from the Lighthouse, bears S- Vz W- about i mile from it. Bearings and Distances from Point Lookout Lighthouse. Dixtimco, Smith's Point Lighthouse, SE. by S. ;J4^ S- ... 10j4 miles. Solomon's Lump or Kedge's Strait Lighthouse, East H ^ " Red Buoy off Southeast part of Kedge's Strait Mid- dle Ground, ESE 7^ " Red Buoy off Northwest part of Kedge's Strait Mid- dle Ground, E. by N. J^ N 6 " Red Buoy off Toint Lookout, S. }4 W V^ " Cove Point Lighthouse. Upon Cove Point, about 4 miles North from the entrance to the Pawtuxent River, and on the West side of Chesapeake Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Light, varied by White Flashes. Near the Lighthouse, at this time, is a Fog Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 12 seconds. Cove Point is quite bold, and large vessels, bound up or down the Bay, may approach it within Yi mile without danger. Sharp's Island Lighthouse. Upon the Southern side of Northern entrance to Choptank River, and about Yi, mile from the Northern part of Sharp's Island, East side of Chesapeake Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Light. Remarks. In order to avoid Sharp's Island Flats, large vessels, bound up or down the Bay, should give the Lighthouse a berth of at least 2 miles to the Eastward. Bearings and Distances from Sharp's Island Lighthouse. Red Buoy off the Western part of Sharp's Island Distance. Flats, SW 2J^ "^1^«- Red Buoy off the Western part Poplar Island Flats, N.byW ^ Thomas' Point Lighthouse, N. ^< W ^^Y " Black Buoy off Holland Point, NW. >^ N. ... ^yi " ii 272 ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Thomas' Point Lighthouse. Upon the outer end of tlio Shoal, iiialviii<,' olF from Thomas' Point, West side of Clicsapeake IJay, is ;i Li Red Buoy off West side of PcjpUir Island FlaVs, South 814 " Black Buoy off Horse Shoe Point Shoal, S-SW. . . 1 " Black Buoy off Tally's Point Shoal, N. yi E. . . 2 " Greenbury Point Lighthouse. Upon Greenbury Point, North side of entrance to Annapolis Harbor, West side of Chesapeake Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Large vessels, bound up or down the Bay, should leave this Lighthouse at least 2i^ miles to the Westward. Sandy Point Lighthouse. Upon Sandy Point, West side of Chesapeake Bay, is a Light- house, wliich at this date (1882), shows a fixed Light, varied by White Flashes. At this time a Bell is placed near this Light- bouse, wliich in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. 1 ]^ m"iles. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 273 Remarhs. Shoal water makes off from this Point about J<( mile. Large or heavy draught vessels, at night, bound u\^ or down llie Bay, should leave this Liglitliouse at least a mile to the Westward. The Kas!- ern part of tliis Slioal is marked with a Black Buoy ; Sandy Point, Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW- by W- % W., distance J^ mile. Small vessels should not pass within this Buoy. iy% miles. 8/3 " 3 3/ " Bearings and Distances from Sandy Point Lighthouse. Di8taiica, Thomas' Point Lighthouse, S- by W- J4 W. • • Love Point Lighthouse, E. l)y N. ^ N Seven Foot Knoll Lighthouse, North Black Buoy ctf Tally's Point, S. by W. ^ W- • . Blick Buoy off Ilackctt's Point, S. by W- Y- W. . Black Buoy off Sandy Point Shoal, SE. by E. ]i E. Seven Foot Knoll Lighthouse. Upon a Shoal si)ot at the entrance of the Patapsco River, called Seven Foot Knoll, between the Craigliill, Main, and Swash Chan- nels is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Liglit ; at this time a liell is attaclud to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 12 seconds. Reniarlf*. About 400 yards to the Weslwanl of the Lighthouse on Seven Foot Knoll, there is a channel of 13 feet water at low tide ; this is called Swash Channel. Craiffhill ChnmiH Lighthouses. Craighill ChanTi r.oar) Lighthouse. Near the Southwestern part oi • ;rl's Island, in about 2 feet water, is a Lighthouse, which at Lis, • ,tj (1882), shows a fixed White Liglit. Craighill Channel (Front) Lighthouse. In Chesapcike liay, near the mouth of tie Patapsco River, in about 15 feet water at low tide, i< a Lighihotise, which at this date (1882), shows two fixed Wliite Lights; at this time a Bell is at- tached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at alternate intervals of 3 seconds and 30 seconds. .:i 274 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Remarks. Craigliill Clianncl Liglithousos are 2]^ miles apart ; when a ves- sel is in this ehaimel, going up or clown, these two Lights in range bearing nearly N. /if E., will show one directl}' over tlie other. Fort Carroll Lighthouse. Upon Fort Carroll, Northern side of the ehannel loading up the Patiipsco River to Baltimore, is a Lighthouse, whitli at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light ; attached to this Liglithousc is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. Hawkins' Point Lighthouse. Upon the Shoal, near Hawkins' Point, South side of Main Chan- nel is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Leading Point Lighthouse. Upon Leading Point, South side of Main Channel, is a Light- house, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Memarks. The Lights on Hawkins' and Leading Points are intended as Range Lights for the Brewerton Channel ; when a vessel is in. this channel, going up or down, these Lights bearing nearlj- NW. by W- ^ W. will be seen in line one above the other. Lazaretto Point Lighthouse. Upon the North side of Baltimore Harbor, opposite Fort McHcnr}', is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Rec" Light ; at this time a Bell is placed near this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. Sailing Directions for approaching and entering Chesapeake Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Northeastward, bound into the Chesapeake Bay, may leave the Light-ship o.^ Winter Quarter Shoal close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. by S- 6") miles, which will bring them up with the Whistling Buoy off Cape Charles ; on this last course Chincoteague and Hog Island Shoals ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 275 will be k'fL wiill to tho Xorthwcatward ; heavy (lr:ui:,^ht vess»-l3 should, however, keep ;i sharp lookout for Smilh's Island Shoal (bei'ure described) ; when the "\Vhistlin;f Bnoy (whieli bears SE. 61^3 miles from Capo Charles Lighthouse) is made, hvive it close to on either hand, and make good the course W- by S- 1 2 S., car- rying not less than 4 fathoms water, and leaving the Red lUioy off tho Southeast part of Horse Shoe Shoal well to the Northward ; continue the course W- by S- ji 8- until Cape Henry Lighthouse bears South ; you arc then in tho Main Channel which leads up the Bay. From the Southeastward, when Cape Henry Lighthouse bears NW., lun for it on this course, and haul round the Ca|)e at a dis- tance of about a mile from it, as there are no dangers l3ing neurit, except the Shoal 'Water which extends about ^^ mile ''• . "i shore. At Night, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels at night, from the Northeastward, may leave tiie Light- ship off Winter Quarter Shoal close to on the Starboard hand, and make good tho course SW. by S-, leaving Chincotoaguo Shoals, Hog Island Shoals, and Cape Charles Shoals well to the Nortiiwest- ward, and carrying from 8 to I'i fathoms water ; wlienCape Henry Light is made, bring it to bear SW. by W. % W-, and run for it on this course until the water deepens 12 fathoms ; Capo Henry Light will then be distant about 2 3^ miles ; you may then haid up NW. by W- yi W., which . course will lead into tho Main Channel . At night, in order to avoid Shark Shoal, and Smilh's Island Shoal (before described), large or heavy draught vessels, when past Hog Island Light, should not approach the coast in loss than 9 fathoms water, until Capo Henry Light bears SW. by W. ^2 W., when the directions arc as before given ; at night, large or heavy draught vessels from tho Southeastward should not approach Cape Henry in less than G fathoms water. In thick weather, with favorable winds. Vessels of not more than 18 feet draught, from th,; Northeast- ward, when past Ilog Island Lighthouse, may track the sliore to the Southwcstward, keeping in not less tlr.in G fa'hoius water, until I'p with tho Whistling Buoy off Cape Charles; this Buoy, which lies in C fathoms water, bears SE. from Cape Charkis ii i ill ' «> 276 KLDIilDGK'S COAST TILOT. Lighthouse, distanoo C'^ miles ; when this 'Riloy is made, leave it close to oil cither hand, and make good tlie course SW. hy W. for Cape Henry Liglitlioiise, distant i'\ miles; wiion tlie water deepens to 12 fathoms. Cape Henry Ligiitliouse will he distant ahoiit 2^:^ miles, and you may listen for the FogSigiuilatthe Lighthouse ; when this signal is heard, steer more Westerly, and enter the Mpiu Channel. In tiiick weather, vessels from the Southeastward may track the shore to the Northward, keeping in not less than 6 fathoms water, until the Fog Signal at Cai)c Henry Lighthouse; is heard. Beating in to Chesapeake Bay. By inspecting Eldridge's Chart of Chesapeake I5:iy, on a large scale, a better knowledge can be obtained of tlie depth of water, and also the dangers, tluui b}' any written directions. Setting of the Current into Chesapeake Bay. It is high water at Cape Ilenr}- 3h. 30in. before it is at Boston. In moderate weather, in the channel to the Northward of theCapis the current comnunees to run out a little aftv'r h.;h water on the shore, and conjinencos to run in a short time after low water. Sailing Directions from Cape Henry Lighthouse to Baltimore in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From Cape Henry Lighthouse to Baltimore, by Ship Channel, the distance is al)out 1 ;> 1 miles ; vessels, therefore, l)ound to this last-mentioned place, will follow the directions before given for ap- proaching and entering the Chesapeake lu daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather, until Cape IIe;iry Lighthouse bears SE. by S. 1-2 S. ; then make good the cours'i NW. by N. }2 N. imtil Back Kivi'r Lighthoiiso bears W SW., and the Red Buoy off Northwest part of Middle Ground, East; then, in about Gy^ fathoms water, make good the coiu'-eN- '3 E. 4.5 ni'iles, which Av^ill bring them up with Smith's Point Lighthouse, South side of entrance to the Potomac River; on this last course, York Spit Ligiitliouse, Black Buoy off Eastern part of New Point Shoal, Lighthouse on "W^olf Trap Shoal, and Ligiitliouse on Rappahannock Spit, North side of entrance to Rappahannock River, will all be left jvell to the Westward. ELDUIDGE'S COAST l'IL()T. 277 Leave Smitli'.s Point Lightlioiisc about 1 niilo to Iho Wi'slwurd, and uiuko g(juil the coiirso N. Ii.v W- ,'/ W. •'>-* inili';^, uliicli will bring lliciii up with tiii; IJlack lliioy o:!' II illuul Toiut ; o.i this l;i>.t course, Point Lookout Lijihthoust', Hlack Huoy oil" I'oiul No Point, and Cove Point Liglitiiousc will all 1)1! h'I't well to the Wislwaid; tli(! Red I5uoys olf Kedge's Strait MitMlo Ground, and the Red Buoy oir the Westeru part of Siiari)'s Island Flats, well to the Eastward ; leave the Black Buoy olf lloUaud Point (whie!i bears NW. J4^ N. f^>3 miles I'nmi Sliarp's Island LightliOL.. ,:), ai)oul. 1 mile to the Westward, and make good the course N. by E- li E , leaving the Black Buoy olF Horse Shoo Point, the Lighth^inc otl' Thomas' Point Shoal, the Black Buoy oil' llnckcll's P(jint, and the Black Buoy oil" Sanighlhonse all will to the W(.'stward ; the Red Buoy olf Poplar Island, and the Red Buoy o;l' Kfut Point, well to the Eastward. When abrea-t Sandy Point Lighthouse, if the Wii.d is favorable, it is advisalile to pass through the Craighill Chamiel ; liiis Channel, which leads into the Brewerlon Channel, is al)out il( miles in length, and has been deepened to such an extent that, sit this date (18.S2), there is lut less than 20 feet water in it at low tide ; the width is sii^h that sailing vessels can on'y pass tlirongh it with favorable winds ; at tiiis time this Channel is marked with 11 Red Buoys, -which lie in line nearly North and Sonlli, and are all left close to on the Starlioard hand by vessels entering the Patapsco River bound to Ballimore. In order to mark tiiis Channel at night, 2 Lighthouses have been built, which show fixed White Lighls ; these Lights, when in range, lead up and down this Channel, and bear abou.: N. ,'4 E. ; the front or low Lighthouse is painted Brown, and is suinioiintod by the keeper's dwelling, which is painted White and Lantern Red ; the rear or high Lighthonsi! is an open frame Pyramid of four sides, the lower porlioti Ix^ing painted Straw Color and the upper part Brown ; these Lighthouses should both be distinctly visible at the South entrance of the Channel in ordinary states of the atmos- phere. Brewerton ChanneL This Channel, which leads up the Patapsco River to Baltimore, is about .51^ miles in length, and has been deepened to such an ex- tent that it is now available for large vessels at low tide ; at this date (1882), this Channel is marked with 11 Red Buoys, which lie : ii i i •'■ .; ^If It III)' III 273 KLDKIDOK'S COAST J'lLOT. ill lino uoaily NW. l)}' W. J4 W. and SE. by E. }i E., mul iiro ull It'll I'loso to on tilt! Starhoard hand by vessels hound to Ualiiiiiore. In order to mark this Channel at night, 2 Lighthouses have been built, one on Hawkins* Tolnt, the other on Leading Point ; these Lightiiouscs are al)out 1 mile apart, and at this time show fixed White Lights, and when in range lead up and down this Chuunel, on a bearing of NW. by W. ^4 W. Jil/ the Ctuiiffhill Channel, Prom Sandy Point Lighthouse to Baltimore. Leave the lilaek IJuoy ofl'Saiuly Point Lighthouse about J^ mile to the Westward, and make good the course N. ?^ W., keeping a sharp lookout for the Craighill Channel Lighthouses ; as soon as these arc made bring them in range, and run for them in range, bearing about N. ]i E., leaving the Red Buoys close to on the Starboard iiand ; when the Lighthouses on Hawkins' and Leading Points are in range, bearing about NW. by W. l^ W., and the Lighthouse on Seven Foot Knoll bears SW. by W., then run in, leaving the Red Buoys close to on the Starboard hand ; wlien Fort Carroll Lighthouse bears NW. by N., haul up about NW , pass- ing about midway between the Black Buoy off Hawkins' Point and the Red Buoy oU" Fort Carroll Liglithouse ; when past tliis last- named Buoy, steer N. by W. >^ W. about 1 mile, or until tlie Lighthouse on Lazaretto Point bears NW- Yz N., then run about NW., keeping the last-named Light-house on the Starl)oar(l bojv, and pass into the Harbor, leaving the Red Buoys on the Starboard, and the Black on the Port hand. By Ship Channel. ■ When abreast the P.lack Buoy off Sandy Point Lighthouse steer about N. by E- }i E-, leaving the lilack Buoys off Belvidere Shoal and Nine Foot Knoll well to the Westward ; when the Lio-ht- house on Seven Foot Knoll bears W. |4 N. haul up NW- by W- % W; leaving the Red Baoys close to on the Starboard hand, and follow the directions before given. Swash Channel. Vessels of not more than 10 or 11 feet draught may follow the directions before given until Seven Foot Knoll Lighthouse beais NW., then run for it on this course, and haul round it at a dis- I. ELDRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. 279 tiinco of 400 ynnls, loftvinp: It on tlio Rtnrbonrd Imnd, nnd ft Blftck Hiioy wliicli lies ahoiil NW. Vj "iil<' li'om this IJ^'litlioiisf on tlic Tort Imnd ; when itast this llno\- follow tlio tlintcUonslu'fDrn yivi-n. Sailing Directions for the Craighill and Brewerton Channels at Night-time, with favorable wir 's and fair weather. Follow the (1iroction3 before given until abreast Sandy Point Light, which leave about 1 niilo to the Westward, and when abreast this Light steer fibout N. J^j W., keeping a sharp lookout for tho Craighill Channel Liglits (before described) ; us soon as these are made bring them in range, or so that one Light shows directly above the other, and run for Iheni in range, bearing N. H E. ; continue tho course until tho Brewerton Channel Liglits are in range, or show one directly above tho other, then run for these last-named Lights, course about NW. by W- H W., until Fort Carroll Light (which is on tho North side of the Kiver) bears NW. by N., then steer more Northerly, passing about midway between tho last- named Light and tho one on Hawkins' Point ; when on a line with tliese Lights, make good tho course N. by W. until tho Gxcd Red Light on Lazaretto I'oint bears NW. J-^ N. ; then run for it, and when about midway between Fort Carroll and Lazaretto Point Light, haul over and anchor in about 4 fathoms water on the North Bide of tho river, and wait for daylight before entering the harbor. Utah Water. rt \r. hiir'; water in liallimoro Harbor, in moderate weather, about 7h. 10m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 J^ feet. JRemarks. To enter Chesapeake Bay by the North Channel. This Channel, which leads into the Chesapeake, lies to the Northward of the Jliddlc Ground, Nautilus Shoal, and to the Eastward of the Lmer Middle Ground ; at this date (1882), there are no Buoys to mark the dangers, and the cunent of Ebl) sets strong across the Shoals in many places ; it is, therefore, advisable for strangers not to attempt this Channel, unless tlu-y have a favoral)le and commanding breeze ; this Channel to the Northward of the Middle Ground, however, is sometimes of great importance, 280 F.i.nninr.ES r;).\sT itlot. I; t ti I ospccinlly to li^rlit vessels hound into llic Cliosniu'iikc, when it, U iin|MmMilili' to got to tlio Soutliwuid (iCtlui Mid-lli! (iroiiml. Sailing Directions for entering the Chosapoakj Bay by the North Channel in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not inoio tlian 10 or 11 fed dniiij^iit, may bring C'npc Charles Lij^hlhouso to hcnr North, and niii for it on this eoursu inilil the water shoals lu .T fathoms ; tiie Li.;lithouso will tli"ii ho distunt .T4 miles ; then inako g.unl t!u! eourse West, carrvinLf '2' j fathoms wiilvr aeross the Flat C round, and leaving the ISaiuilns Shoal, which lias ;i feot water ni)on it, well on tlr? Port hand ; ai you Hail ill you will see to the Northwestward 2 Small Inlands, the first is called the Isaacs, the mxt or Xortliwcslern, I'Mshernian's Island ; coiitinuo the courso West, carrying from 4 to G fathoms water, until the Northwest end of Fisherman's Island hears N. jj E., then steer N. ?4 W., leaving the Inner JlicMlc drouiul, which is nearly dry at low tide, on the J'ort, and Fisherman's Island and Cape Charles, the former not more than '/^ mile on the Star- hoard hand; eontinnc the course N. ?4 W., until aliout -I mil(!S l)ast the last-nanud Is. and, or you are to the Northward of the Inner IMiddle (iround; then steer about NW., and proceed up the Ihiy as before directed. Directions to pass to the Southward of the Inner Middle Ground. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draught, may bring Capo Charles Lighthouse to boar North, an(ii'.'s coas'I' I'II.miv 281 ', ulicii it, is ikI. osapoakv) no, with bring C'npc tliJH coiirso iVill tli'MI l)C irrviii!^ '2}/j lie Xiiutiliis t hniul ; as ;ill I^l.'iiids, I'lslicrman's » G fatiiotnH H'ars N. 14 uiuul, which lan's Ishiiid )ii th(! Star- >ut -I niil(!9 vanl of the proi-eccl up he Inner ape Charles :'oiirsc until tiic course round, and 1 it, well on ncr Jllddlo )nrso West, feet water ; Charles. cssels may 1 the Inner ird of Cape Sailing Directions for Capo Charles Anchorage in Daytime, witli favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more tliiui ID <>r I 1 feel, drnii'ilit, nmy lirin;; C^pe Charles l-i^'htliouse to bear North, anil run for it on this course, until the water slioals to 3 fathoms; the Lighthouse will then he distant aj^' niileH; then make pood the course West, rarryin;,' 21^. fatlioms water across the I'Mat (Jround, and leaviii;; tlio Nautilus Siionl, which has 9 feet water upon it, well on tin? I'ort liand ; as you sail in you will sec to the Northwestward 2 Small Islands, the first is called the Fsaacs, the next or Northwestern, iMsherman's Island; continue the course West, carrying,' from i to fathoms water, until the Northwest end of Fisherman's Island bears N. % E-, llien steer N. ^4 W-, leaving the Inner iMi(Klle (I round, which in s(jmi! places is nearly dry at low tide, on the Port, and Kislier- man's Island and Cape Charles (the former not more than ;<3 mile) on the Starboard iiand ; continue the course N. ;'( W., imlil about 2 miles past Fisherman's Island, then anchor from three- fourths to 1 mile from shore in about 4 fathoms water. Vessels coming down liie I5ay, may bring York Spit Lighthouse to bear W. by N., on which bearing keep it and steer E. by S., leaving the Inner Middle CI round well to the Southward ; continue the course E- by S., until about 1 Jj miles from shore, then haul to the Soutliward, and anchor in about l fathoms water; this anehor- a'^e i3 about 1J<$ miles to the Northward of Cajje Charles. MAGOTHY BAY. The entrance to this liay, which is nearly 2 miles wide, lies Ite- tween Fislierman's Island and the Isaacs on the Southwest, and Smith's Island on the Northeast. Jieninrlcs. At this date (1S82), about G feet water at low tide can be carried into this Bay ; the cliannel, which leads in dose to the Southwos', end of Smith's Island, is narrow .-vud at tiiis time is not marke riillioius water, tiin end ol" tiio point Id'arinj,' S. '"}' W. abont 'j niiif. From C'iic'saiu'alit' liny ortlic SoutlicaHlward, bring Capi' Cliarlfs Lil^iitlionsc to 'icjir N. I'v E., :ind rnn (or it until tlic Sontliwcst point of Sinitli's Island bears NW. by Wm tlien follow tlic direc- tioHH Inifore r tiiu point -'npo CImrloa • Sontliwcst (V tlic dirc'c- :> to snddon (Ivisablo for 3m. before lenry Liglit- mfor.t Lijiiit- SE. to W. nterinjj; tin in t watrli. tiiiit erly wind. iloads. ads, may fol- itcring Clies- thcn haul in to !) fathoms 5 bears from jgels may go st in about 4 S. d of the Tail mgers except KI.niMDOF-rS rOAHT ril.oT. L>83 ( rump's Iliink ; this (hingcr, wliicii has nn liUle ns Ifi feci, water nimii it, lifs I '4 miles from Hliorc, and well to llu! Wt'stward of tlic Konds; 'I'liimMe Slioal Liglit bears from the centre of tliis Kaniv NW. by N., distance 4J^ miles; the al)ove directions will answer lor night or day, Jlif/fi Water. It is hi;,'h water in Lynn Haven Roads Hli. 3Cm. before it la nt lloston ; common tides rise about 3 fett. HAMPTON ROADS. TIk'^i Roads lie West- Northerly about 10'^ miles from Cape Iliuuy Li}i!hlhouse, and about 3 miles .Soulliweslcrly from Old Point Comfort Lighthouse. Thimble Shoal Lighthouse. Upon a small Shoal, on tin; South side of IlorscrShoo Shoal, and Norlli side of entrance to Ila-nplon Roads, is Tliimblo Shoal Light- house, wiiieh at this date (1882), shows a fixed Light varied by Red and White Flashes ; at this time there are 2 r.clls attaolicd to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather arc botli struck at the same time, at intervals of 5 seconds; one IJcll is on tlio North, and the other on the South side of this Lighthouse. Bearings and Distances from Thimblo Shoal Lighthoiiea. D'jbincc. Capo irenry Lighthouse, SE. I>y E. 54 E. ... 12;^ miles. Back River Lighthouse, N- by W. >^ W iyi " York Spit Lighthouse, North llj^ " Old Point Comfort Liglithouse, W. by S 3_Ji( " Entrance Buoy to the Northeast of Capo Henry Light- house, E. by S. J^ S \3j4 " Black Buoy off the Tail of the Horse Shoe, E. by S. HS 6/a " Black Buoy off Eastern part Horse Shoe, E. J4 S. . 3 1^ " Black Buoy off North side Willoughby's Bank, SW. 1 " Rip Raps or Fort Wool, SW. by W. U W. ... 3»4 " Vessels of not more than 13 feet draught, from Chesapeake Bay bound to Hampton Roads or Norfolk, may, when Thimble Shoal Lighthouse bears SW. by W., run for it, leaving it about % mile 284 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. on the Starboard liand, and crossing the Horse Shoe Shoal in about 16 feet water. Old Point Comfort Lighthouse. In front of the Fort, upon Old Point Comfort, North side of entrance to Hampton Roads, is a Lighthouse, wliich at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Near this Lighthouse is a Boll, wliich, at this time, is struck, in thick weather, at intervals of 10 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Old Point Comfort Lighthouse. Distance. Thimble Sho:il Lighthouse, E. by N ^H miU'S. 131ack lUioy off North side of Willoughby's Hank, East 2/. " Red Buoy off Southwest end of Hampton Bar, W.SW. 2y3 " Horizontal Striped Buoy off Eastern part of Newport News Middle Ground, SW. ^4 W 4^ " Newport News Middle Ground. This Shoal, which is very narrow, lies nearly in the middle of the Roads and extends about 1 mile East and West. At this date (1882), it is marked on each end with a Horizontal Striped Buoy ; the least depth of water found upon it at low tide is about 14 feet, which is near its Western end- Old Point Comfort Lighthouse l)ear3 from the Buoy on the Eastern part of this Shoal NE. ji E. is/s miles. Northern part Sewall's Point E. j4 N. 2%, miles. Light- house off the entrance to Nansemond River SW. by W. yi W. 3>^ miles, Newport News Point NW. by W- yi W- 2 miles. MemarJcs. Hampton Roads affords anchorage in frr^m Sj^ to 10 fathoms water, and is sheltered from all winds, except those from th^ Northeast; at such times small vessels may find good shelter under Sewall's Point ; large vessels may pass a short distance to tiie Northward or Southward of the Middle (hound, and runup and anchor about 1 mile to the Ntathwestward of Newport News Point. The Shore to the Westward of this Point is bold, and heavy draught vessels may approach it within j/i mile without danger. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 285 Shoal in about North side of cli at this (iati< ightliousc is n at intervals (if t Lighthouse. Distance. 3j{ mill's. ^ 2/3 " ■t 45, '8 d. 10 middle of the , At this date Striped Buoy ; 3 aliout 14 feet, 'urt Lighthouse loal NE. yj E. ^/i miles, Ligbt- . l)y w. y2 w. y. 2 miles. to 10 fathoms Lhose from th^ id good shelter liort distance to nid, and run up Newport News nt is bold, :iii(l '/3 mile without Sailing Directions for Hampton Roads in Dajrtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from seaward, bound to Hampton Roads, may follow the directions before given for approaching and entering Chesapeake Ra}' until up with the entrance Buoy ; Cape Henry Lighthouse bears from it SW. y W., distance 2^4 miles. When this Buoy is made, leave it about j^ nnle on the Starboard hand and make good the course W- by N. }4 N., leaving Cape Henry well on the Port and the Black Buoy off the lail of the Horse Shoe well on the Starboard hand. As you sail in you will see the Lighthouse on Thimble Shoal (before described) ; bring this Lighthouse to bear W.NW. and I'un for it on this course, leaving it about y^ mile on the Starboard hand, and run in with Old Point Comfort Lighthouse on the Starboard bow, leaving the Black Buoy off the Northwest part of AYilloughb3''s Bank well on the Port hand and passing about midway between Old Point Comfort Lighthouse and Fort AVool or the Rip Raps ; when Old Point Comfort Lighthouse bears NE. make good the course S\^. and anchor to the Northeast of the Buoy on the Eastern part of INIiddlc Ground in from 4 to 9 fathoms water. With indications of Northeast gales, small or light draught vessels may bring Old Point Comfort Lighthouse to bear NE. y N. and make good the course SW. y S., keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy which lies about 1 mile to the Northward of Sowall's Point ; when this Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Port hand and run to the Southward, and anchor close in under the last- named Point, in from 2y to 3 fathoms water, out of the way of steamers bound to Norfolk. Heav^- draught vessels, coming down the Chesapeake Bay, should follow the Ship Channel until Thimble Shoal Lighthouse l)ears "W". by N. '/^ N., then run for it on this course, leaving the Black Buoy off the Tail of the Horse Shoe close to on the Starboard hand ; when abreast this last-named Buoy, steer about W- ^ N. and follow the directions before given. Vessels of not more than l.j feet drauglit, coming down the Chesapeake Bay, may, when Thimble Shoal Lighthouse bears W. by S. yi S., run for it on this course, crossirg the Eastern part of the Horse Shoe in not less than 17 feet water ; leave this last- named Lighthouse about y mile on the Starboard hand, and follow the directions before given. I :.! Ml 286 ELDHTDGE'S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Hampton Roads at Night- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from seaward may follow tlic directions Jwfore giv«'n for approaching and entering the Chesapeake, at night-time, until Cape Henry Light bears South, dis'..ance about 1^ miles ; t^ien, in from 10 to 12 fathoms water, make good the course W- by N. J4 N. When well past Cape Henry Light, bring Thimble Shoal Light to bear W- by N. Yi N- and run for it on this course uutil about 1 mile from it; then gradually haul to the Westward, leaving it not more than J^ mile on the Starboard hand. When past this Light, steer for Old Toiut Comfort Light, bearing W. li S., and leave it not more than l^ mile on the Starboard hand ; bring this last-named Light to bear NE. and steer SW- «nlil tl'c water shoals to 6 or 7 fathoms, then anchor in the Roads. Craney Island Light bears a'jout S. by 2Z. from this Anchorage. Beating in to Hampton Aoads. In beating in to Hampton Roads, at night or day, when w i past Cape Henry Lighthouse, bring Tiiimblc Siioal Liglit to bear from W. by N. to NW. by W. until about 2 miles from it, thcij use the Lead and stand to the Northward until you strike the South side of the Horse Shoe in 4 fathoms water, and to the Southward until j-ou strike 4 fathoms off the North side of Willoughby's Bank. When abreast Thimble Shoal Light, k(>ep Old Point Comfort Light bearing from West to W. by S. ; when past the last-named Light, keep it bearing from NE. ]4 N. to NE. by E. until up with the Anchorage in the Roads. High Water, It is high water in Hampton Roads 2h. 45m. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 2^^ feet. Tlie current, in moderate weather, commences to sot out of these Roads a short time after high water, and commences to run in a short time after low water. NORFOLK. This place, which is situated on the Eastern side of the Elizabeth River, lies about South 9J^ miles from Old Point Comfort Light- house, and Southeasterly about 8 miles from Hampton Roads. *. ' n-. j) i8il few ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 287 at Night- eather. Jwfoie giv*'n ht-timc, until ilos ; t'ien, in W by N. yi Q Slioal Light so uutil about id, leaving it nicn past this V. % S., and d ; bring this itil tlic water [^raney Island rhen w 1 past . to boar from a. it, thc9 use ike the South le Southward ighby's Bank. Comfort Light named Light, il up with the e it is at Bos- t, in moderate lort time after ir low water. Craney Island Lighthouse. On the West side of the channel, near tlie entrance to the mouth of the Elizabeth River, is a Liglithoiiso, which at this date (18H2), shows a fixed White Light. At this tiiuo a Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick wiutiicr is struck at intervals of 12 seconds. Vessels bound to Norfolk may leave this about 175 yards on the Starboaid hand. Lighthouse ' the Elizabeth bmfort Light- Q Roads. Lambert's Point Lighthouse. Upon the end of Shoal making off from Lambert's Point, East side of channel in Elizabeth River, is a Lighthouse, which at tiiis date (1882), shows a fixed Rod Light; at this time a Boll is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds ; vessels bound to Norfolk may leave tiiis Lighthouse about 2G0 3-ards on the Port hand. Naval Hospital Point Lighthouse. Upon Naval Hospital Point> West si(?c of Elizabeth River, and opposite the city of Norfolk, is a Liglithouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light; vessels bound up the River can pass close to this Lighthouse. Remarks. The Channel leading from Hampton Roads to Norfolk is narrow, but the Flats are well marked with Buoys ; at low tide about 20 feet water can be taken up to Norfolk. Sailing Directions from Hampton Roads to Nor- folk in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound to Norfolk maj' follow the directions before given for Hampton Roads until past Old Point Comfort, then bring the Lighthouse on this Point *,o bear NE. Yz N., on which bearing keep it and steer SW- % S-, leaving the Black Buoy to the North- ward of Sewall's Point well on to the Port hand ; wlicn past this Buoy, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off the Northeast end of Craney Island Flats; wh a this is made leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer for Craney Island Lighthouse (bearing about S. % W.). until up with the first Black Buoy, which is left on the Port band ; when past this last Buoy rua in, Il' if 288 ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT leaving the Black Riioys on (lie Port, antl tlic Tied P.iio3-s on the Starboard iiaml, until up witli Cranry Island I-ightlionse, whiih may ))C left about 1 75 yards on the StaH)()ard hand; when past this Lighllionsc", whicli stands at tlie entrance of the River, rnn i.p, leaving the next IJIaeIc Buoy and Lambert's Point Lighthonso about 1 7") yards on tlie Port hand ; when past lliis last-named Lighthouse, keep the Eastern side of the River best aboard, leaving the Buoys as they are set to mark tlic Channel until abreast Fort Norfolk, wiiieh is on tlie Eastern side, and may be left close to on tlic Port ; when past this Fort, steer for tlie Lighthouse on Naval Hospital Point, leaving it close to on the Starboard hand, and haul over for the town. Sailing Directions for Night-time. At about yi Hood, vessels of not more than 10 feet draught may follow the directions before given for Hampton Koads, until past Old Point Comfort Light; then br'ng Craney Island Light to bear Soiitli, and run for it on this course, leaving it about 175 yanls on the Stiu-board hand ; when i)ast this Ligiil, ruu for Lambert's I'oint Light, bearing about S- }i E. ; leave this last-named Light aljout 175 yards on the Port, and run up with Naval IIo3[)ital Point Light a little on the Starboard Ixnv, and carrying from 4 to 6 fathoms water ; wlien past this last-named Light, which ni.iy be left close to on the Starboard hand, anchor in from 5 to 7 fathoms water. High Water. It is high water at Norfolk 2h. 2Gm. before it ia at Boston ; com- mon tides rise about 2^4 feet. I 1 i w i , 1 iil I; Pi NAN8EMOND RIVER. The entrance to this River bears SW. by W. from Old Point Comfort Lighthouse, distance 9 miles. Nansemond Hiver Lighthouse. Upon the Flats, about J^ mile North from Pig Point, and East side of the channel leading into Nansemond River, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light ; at this time a Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 7 seconds. ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 280 T5iio3's on the itliotisc, wliitli (1 ; when past River, run i.p, ;!itlii)nso about ■d Li;^Ltlio;isr, ing the r>uoj-3 Fort Norfolk, > on tlio I'o! t ; 'aval Hospital haul over for le. , draught may ads, until past Light to bear 175 yards on ambi'rt's Point d Light at)out Io3[)itul Point r from 4 to 6 whicli m.i}' be 5 to 7 fathoms Sailing Directions for Nansemond River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow tJie directions before given for Hampton Ro:id"<, until past Old Point Comfort ; then bring tlie Lij^hthouse on this Point to bear NE., and maive good the course SWm leaving tlie l>iioy painled in Red and Black Horizontal Stri[)e.^ off the East end of Middhs Ground on the Starboard hand ; when past this r>uoy, bring tlie Ligiithouso (before described) at the entrance of Nansemond River to bear W-SW-, and run for it on tliis course, keeping a siiarp lookout for the entrance 15uoy, whicli lies olf tlie Fiats in JJ fathoms water, and is painted in lilaek and White Perpendieulai Stripes, and bears about E.NE- 2 miles from the last-incntionod Lighthouse ; when tlie entrance Buo3- is made, leave it close to on eitiier hand, and steer about W. by S. 1 ji miles t) the next Buoy painted in White and Black Perpendicular Stripes, carrying from 2^ to .'5,':^ fathoms water; leave this last Buoy close to on cither hand, and run in, leaving the Black Buoys and Ligiilhoiise, the lattei* about 400 yards on the Port, and tlie Rod Buoys on the Star- board hand ; if bound up ...e River, it is advis.ible for strangers to take pilots, as the channel is very narrow in many places. Hiyh Water. It is higii water in Nansemond River 2h. liim. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 ^ feet. Boston J com- om Old Point }int, and East i a Lighthouse, at this time a ather is struck HAMPTON CREEK. The entrance to this Creek bears NW. by W. Yz W. from Old Point Comfort Lighthouse, distance about 1^ miles. Remnrh's. Fiom the entrance of this Ci'eck to the village of ILampton, the distance is about y^ mile ; about 6 feet water can be carried up abreast this village at low tide. Sailing Directions for Hampton Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small vessels may follo.v the directions before given for Hamp- ton Roads, until past Old Point Comfort ; then at about ^ flood II 290 i:i.i)iai)OK'S COAST pilot. briii}^ tlic Lijihtliousf on tliis Toiiit to bear NE. by E. Id E-, and run SW. b}- W. Yi W., keeping a sharp lookout for the Ued Buoy otr the Western part of Hampton liar ; this Buoy bears SW. by W. -% W. from Old Point Comfort Lighthouse, distaneo about 23^ miles ; when tlie Buoy is made, haul round it, leaving it a siiort distaneo on the Stu;'ioard hand, and steer N. by E. about J3 mile, then haul up NE., until tlie mouth of the Creek is fairly open, when 3 ou may run in, leaving the Red Buoy near the entrance on the Starboard hand, and keep in the middle to the village. Remarks. Anchorage in Hampton Cove. During Northeast gales, vessels of not more than 7 or 8 feet draught, may find good shelter in Hampton Cove, which lies a short distance to the Northwest of Old Point Comfort Lighthouse, and between Hampton Bar and the North shore. Sailing Directions for Hampton Cove in Daytime. Follow tlie directions before given for Hampton Creek, until up with the lied Buoy off the Western part of Hampton Bar ; then haul round this Buoy, leaving it a short distauce on the Starboard hand, and steer N- by E. about ^ mile ; then haul up E-NE., passing to the Northward of Hampton Bar, and carrying from 9 to 12 feet water, and anchor in about 9 feet water at low tide ; Old Point Comfort Lighthouse bears from this anchorage E. by S. Ja S., distance about 1 mile. High Water. It is high water at the mouth of Hampton Creek 2h. 39m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2J^ feet. i II I I if i !« i I I ;|t JAMES RIVER From Nc wport News Point, Northern side of entrance to the .lames River, to City Point, the distance is about 55 miles ; from City Point to the city of Richmond (by way of Dutch Gap Ca'ial), the distance is about 23 miles, making about 78 miles from New- port News to Richmond. ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 291 E. K. E., and r Uif Uc'd Buoy )c'ais SW. by listauoc about ivinsj it a short about J J mile, H fairly open, e entrance on illagc. an 7 or 8 feet icii lies a short ighthouse, and a Daytime. >ppk, until up ton Bar ; then the Starboard d up E.NEm ring from 9 to low tide ; Old ;e E. by S. l4 \x. 39m. before ntrancc to the 5 miles ; from i Gap Ca'ial), 33 from New- liemnrh'M, At this date (1882), about It foot water can be carried, at low tide, from Newport News, the entrance of tiie llivcr, to City Point ; above this it is not prudent go without steam or a [)ilot. In ruu- ig this River, strangers must be guided entirely by the Buoys. nin White Shoal Lighthouse. About C miles Northwesterly from Newport News Point, in the middle of the River, upon the Kastern part of Wiiilo Shoal, ir. 4 feet -water, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (iss-j), shows a fixed White Light. Attached to this Lighthouse is a Bell, which, in thick weather, is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. Vessels bound up the River may leave this Lighthouse about y's mile on the Starboard hand. Point of Shoals Lighthouse. In the River, about G3/^ miles AVest-Northerly from White Shoal Lighthouse, on the Eastern side of Ihc channel, is a Ligiithouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Attached to this Lighlhouse is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at alternate intervals of 5 seconds and 20 seconds. Vessels bound up the River may leave this Lighthouse close to on the Starboard hand. Deep Water Shoals Lighthouse. In the River, about 5 miles above Point of Shoals Lighthouse, on the Eastern cide of the channel, is a Lighthouse, wliich at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Liglit. Attached to this Li'dithouse is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Vessels bound up the River may leave this Light- house close to on the Starboard hand. Jordan's Point Lighthouse. Upon the South side lerly, leaving the Beacon and P>lack \i^\.^y l)oth on the Port hand; when past the Beacon and Buoy, steer about W. by N. 14 N. for the Red Buoy off Brown's Shoal. This last- named 15uoy bears SE. Ij4 miles from Point of Shoals Li^iit- bousc. Leave this last Buoy close to on the Starboard hand and steer about W. by N-, carrying about 2;< fathoms water across the Flat Ground. When Point of Shoals Lighthou' this last- named Buoj' the course is about West l}4 miles to the Black Buoy off the Eastern part of Harrison's Bur. From the last-named Buoy to City Point (distant about G miles), the channel is narrow ; it is therefore necessary to be guided entirely by the Buoys. It is advisable for vessels bound to Richmond to take steam or a pilot at City Point. iriffh Water. It is high water at Newport News Point, entrance to James River, 2h. l'.bn. before it is at Bosto.j ; common tides rise about 2J^ feet. At 11 jg Island Point, 38 minutes before it is at Boston ; common 1 294 KLDKIDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. lilies rise iilmiit 2 fci't. At, City Toiiit, Sh. 7m. aftor It is at llos- ton; common tides rise about ll feet. At the city of lliehmoml, 5h. 'J'Mu. liiWv it is at Boston ; common tides rise '6'/^ foot. PETERSBURG. This place, which lies on tlie Southeast .side of the Appomattox River, is Southwesterly about 9 miles from City I'oint. Heinnrks. The Appomattox River, from City Point to Petersburg, is very narrow, crooked and shallow; it is tliereforo advisable for vessels bound to Petersburg to take steam or a pilot at City I'oint. At this date (1882), it is said that about feet water can be taken up this River at low tide. nigh Water. It is high water at Petersburg oh. 26m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 23-1 feet. I III I 1 I BACK RIVER. The entrance to this River lies about 1 Y^ miles Northwesterly from Buck River Liglithouse, and about 6 miles Southwesterly from York Spit Lighthouse. Jtettiarks, At this date (1882), about !) feet water at low tide can be car- ried across the Bar as far as the entrance of the River ; beyond this there arc many shoals lying in the middle of it, which at this date are not marked with Buoys ; it is, therefore, no^ advisable for strangers to attempt to enter this place without pilots. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Back River 3h. 17m. before it is at Boston ; comaiOii lidos rioO about 2^ feet. 1 '..•sat- ^ KLDIUDUKS (X)AST PILOT. 295 POQUOSIN RIVER. The entrance to this River lic3 about 7J< niilrM Nortliwosl.Mly froni IJack Uivor I,i},'lithoiisc, and Wcst-Soullierly about 7 miles from Yorli Spit Liglithousc. Retnat'h'tt. At low tido about Ifi foot water ean be carried in abreast York Point, wliicli 14 tiic first on tlie Nortlieru side, and from tliis Point by tlic Soutliwestcrn branoli 8 feet can be taken up about 2 miles ; from the entrance !) feet water by the Northwestern branch can l)C taken up for more than a mile ; at this date (1882), the channel in entering this River is not buoyed. Sailing Directions for Poquosin River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From Seaward, bound to Poquosin River, follow the sailing direc- tions l»ef()re given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until York Spit Lighthouse i.s made ; then bring it to bear N.NW-, and run for it on°thi3 course, leaving the P.lack Buoy which lies about a mile Southeast from this Lighthouse close to on tlio Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy make good the course W.NW- until York Spit Li-hthouse bears East ; then make good the course West, leaving the Black Bnoy olf the Northern part of Pofpiosin Flats on the Po°rt hand ; when about 2 miles past this last-mentioned Buoy, the entrance to the River will then be fairly open, when you may run in about SW. 'A W-, carrying not less than 2]i fathoms water, until York Point, which is on the Northern side of entrance, bears NW- by W. ; then anclior in about 2>^ fathoms water and take a pilot, as above this the channel is narrow. From Chesapeake Bay, bound to Pocpiosin River, follow the Ship Channel until abreast York Spit Lighthouse, which may be left about }i mile on the Starboard hand, and run to the Southward, leaving the Black Buo, to the Southeast of this Lighthouse close to on on the Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy .oUow the direc- tions be. \ given. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Poquosin River 2h. 45m, be- fore it is at Boston ; comraon tides rise about 2J^ feet. 20() KLDIUDCKS COAST I'lLOT. YORK RIVER. Tlio ontrnnoo to this Uivcr In Wt'st-Nortln-rly about i> milon (Vom York Spit lii^'litliouHi!. Too's Point Lighthouse. Upon a slioiil aliotit ' j milo Nortii from Too's I'oiiit, Soiitli side of riitraiici! to Yoil- U;v('i', is a Lij^liliioiisis wliicli lit this d.itf (l.S.Hi>), bIiows a fixiMnVliito I.i.L'lit ; at tiiis time, iiltnclu'il to tliis Ij;;litliotist', is a Ih'll, wliich in tliick wcullicr is htriick 2 stiokcs in quick succession, tlicn a .single stroke at intervals ofliO secoml^. Boll's Rock Lighthouse. I'pon r.iirs Ivock, in mIiouI U) feet water. Nortiicast side oT York Kivir, ahont 20 miles aliove Yorktown, and '2";^ miles helow tho entranco to JIattapony and rauninkey Uivors, is a Lighthouse, wliieh at this date (1SS2), shows a l\\vd ^V!litc I/ij,dil ; at t'lis (iin<', attached to this Lijrlithouse, is a IJell, which in thick weather in struck at intervals ol' l.> .seconds. Jiemni'h's. From Too's Toiut Lij^litliousc, entrance lo Ynrk River, to IJell's Rock Lighthouse, the dislaneo is about 20 miles; about 18 A'lt water at low tide can be taken up as far as the last-mentioned Lighthouse. Sailing Directions for York River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Y'ork River may bring Y'ork .Spit Lighthouse (before described), to bear N NW. and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp h)okout for tiie Uhiek Uu;)y that lies about ?^ mile .Southeast from it ; wlien this lUioy is made, leave it about ?4 mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NW. by W-i leaving the LVmI Buoy olf (he Klbow Spit on the Starboard hand, and the Black Buoys off Puipiosin Fl.'its and Too's Point Shoal on the Port hand ; tlie latter Buoy l)ears E. ^i S- fiom Too's Point Li;j;hthouso, distance 1 ?» miles ; contimie tlie course NW. by Wf until the last-named Lighthouse bears W-SW- ; the river will tlicn bo fairly open, and you may run in about W. I'V S.. leaving Too's Point Lighthouse about >3 "lile on the Port hand ; wheh past this KLDUIDOKS COAST I'lLOT. 21 >7 1 miles fV()ra South hido t this (litf hi'il to this •J St|■Ml^(N in } .si'cuiuls. iido of York i Inlovv th« Li;,'lithoiit(', it t'Tn tiiiic, i weather ia ;'r, to RcH's loiit 18 fi'tt t-inontionccl [me, with Lighthouse tliis course, ')()Ut ?4 mih! loiit ?4 mile W. hy W., MKU(\ litmd, nt Shoal on Tog's Point rW. by w» ver will then ^iiving Too's eh past this LighthouKO koop the :ri^ ue of the river until nlmut 2'^ miles past Yoiktown (whhh is;.n the South Hide) ; son will Ihm se.- Ih.' I'.hiek IJnov otlSai.dv Toint; leave this liuoy on the I'ort hand, and the Red" Huoys ..tr I'ophir Creek and I'a«e's Roek both on th.- Starboard lumd ; when abreast the last-named Ib.oy, v..n will Hee, alxmt 1 ,„ile t.. th.. Nortlnvestwurd, the Rlaek Ihiny on the lower en.l of the Middle Cronnd ; leave thU last-named llnoy about 2o()yar.U on the Port luid keep the North.'asl side of the River best aboard, carry- i,,, r,,„n \ to H fathoms through the narrow channel, unld abreast the U:aek liuoy olf the uiu^or part of Mi.hlle (Jrontul; leave this last IJuoy close to on the Port hand, an.l still keep the N.-rtheast side best aboanl, carryin- Iron. 1 to T, latho.ns tlu'ough the narrow cha.u.el. an.l leaving the Red lU.oys otf R.at.e's Lower and I i^pcr Flats close to on the Starboard hand; when past the hist- n a.m. d IJuoy, run for Rell's Rock Lighthouse, bearing about NW. by JNm leavi...r it on the Starboard hand a.id carry i..g IVom Dl^ to 1 lath<.ms water! if bonn.l up the Ma'tap.my or Pa.nunkey Riveis, it .s ad- visable t. lake a pilot at P.eirs Rock Lighthouse. Vessels of not tnoi-e than 11 feet draught, co.uing down the Ches- apeake Buy bound into York River, ...ay cross York Sp.t Shoal about a mile to the Westward of York Spit Lighthouse, a..d rnn to the Southwest until it bears E-SE- I then ...ake good the ronrse W NW., Icavingthe Red Ruoy olf the Klbow Spiton the Starboard, and' the Rlack Buoys olf Po.p.osi.i Flats a,.d Too's P.n..t Shoal on the Port hand ;whou the River is fairly open, ru.. in as before directed. Hlffh Water. It is hi-h water at the entrance of York River 2h. 62m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise abot.t 2li feet; it is high water at Bell's Rock Lighthouse, in York River, Ih. 4Cm. before it .9 at Boston ; common tides rise about 3 feet. MOBJAOK BAY. The entrance to this Bay, which is to (he Soutlvward of New Point Comfort Lighthouse, is about 5 miles N-NW- from York Spit Lighthouse. 298 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Remarks, Mobjaok Bay is about ."'^ miles wide and about C miles in length, ;i lid aflbrds good shelter in all bnt Southeast winds; from 3 to 4 fathoms water can be carried up to the anchorage. Sailing Directions for Mobjack Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound to Mobjack Bay may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until past York Spit Light- house ; then bring New Point Comfort Liglithouse to bear NNW- and run for it on this course ; when about 2 miles from this Light- house, keep a sliai p lookout for the Red Buoy off New Point Com- fort Spit ; this Buoy bears from the Lighthouse SW . by W- Y^ W- about 1 mile ; as soon as this Buoy is mad* bring it to bear NWm and run for it on this course, leaving it about >^ mile on the Starboard hand ; when past this last-named Buoy, it is advisable for vessels of 18 feet draught to run up N.W. about 1 mile, and anchor in about 4 fathoms vrater ; New Point Comfort Lighthouse bears from this anchorage East 2% miles; vessels of less than 18 feet draught may leave th'. Red Buoy olF I.'ew Point Comfort Spit about Y mile on the Starooard hand, and run up about NW-, and anchor in the middle of the Bay frrtm 2 to G miles above the Light- bouse, in from 3 to 4 fathoms water at low tide. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay may leave the Black Buoy, which lies about two miles Southeast from New Point Com- fort Lighthouse, about % mile on the Starboard hand, and gradu- ally haul to the Westward, carrying about 4 fathoms water. Wlien the Red Buoy off New Point Comfort Spit bears NW., then proceed as before directed. RIVERS IN MOBJAOK BAY. There are several Rivers which empty into Mobjack Bay. At the entrance of most of these Rivers good shelter, in Southeasterly gales, may be found for vessels of not more than 12 or 15 feet draught. G miles in inds ; from Daytime, ions before Spit Liglit- irNNW. this Light- Point Com- . by W. >4 ; it to bear mile on the s advisable I mile, and Lighthouse ss than 18 )mfort Spit NW., and ! tlie Light- 'e the Black Point Com- and gradii- iter. Wlien NW., then Y. !k Bay. At outheasterly I or 15 feet ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 299 SEVERN RIVER. The entrance to tliis River, which is on the Eastern side of Mob- jack Bay, bears from New Point Comfort Lighthouse W. by N. ;4 N. about 5^ miles. About 18 feet water can be carried up as far lis the Southwest branch, wliich is nearly 2 miles from the entrance. Sailing Directions for Severn River in Daytime. ^'essols bound into Severn River may follow the direct ions before g' .en for Mobjack Baj- until Now Point Comfort Lighthouse bears E-SE. ; then make good tlie course W.NW. , carrying not less <^han ;J fathoms water, until Severn River is fairly open, bearing W.SW. ; then, under short sail, run in, and when past the first point of marsh on the Northern side, keep tiie Starboard side best aboard, and anchor in from 3 to 3^ fathoms water, secure from all winds. WARE RIVER. The entrance to Ware River is on the Western side of Mobjack Bay, about 2}{, miles to the Northward of Severn River. About 15 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up as far as Wilson's Creek, wiiich is nearly 3 miles from the entrance. Sailing Directions for Ware River in Daytime. Vessels bound into Ware River may follow the directions before given for Mobjack Bay until New Point Comfort Liglitliouse bears SE. by E. ; then make good the course NW. by W. until the River is fairly open, bearing about NW. by W. J^ W. ; then run in, keeping in the middle and carrying from 2}4 to 4 fathoms water. When about IJ^ miles above the entrance, hftiil round the Point on the Port hand, and anchor in about 3 fathoms, secure fiom all winds. NORTH RIVER. The entrance to North River, which lies at the head of Mobjack Bay, is Northwesterly about G}4 miles from New Pomt Comfort Lighthouse ; 3 fathoms water, at low tide, can be carried up as far as Blackwater River, which is on the Eastern side, about 2J^ miles from the entrance. 300 ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. SaiUng Directions for North River in Daytime. Vessels bound into North River may leave the Rod Buoy, which lies 1 mile Soutliwest from New Point Comfort Lighthouse, al.out H mile on tlic Starboard hand and malic good tlie course NW- % N G'i miles; the River wiU then be fairly open ; then run in, keeping about in the nnddle and carrying froni 3 to 4 lathmns water, and anchor a little above lUaekwater River, in from 2 3 a to 3 fathoms water. About % mile below the entrance to Blackwater River, and nearly in the middle of the River, is a Shoal spot of 10 feet water ; the best channel is to the Westward of this danger. EAST RIVER. The entrance to this River - on the Eastern side of Mobjack B.av, about 5 miles above New Vo.at Con.fort Lighthouse. About is'feet water, at low tide, can be carried across the bar, and 16 feet water can be earned up this lytrrow River some 2% miles from the entrance. SaiUng Directions for East River in Daytime. Vessels bound into the East River may leave the Red Buoy to the Southwest of New Point Comfort about % mile on the Star- board hand and steer NW. by N-, 3^3 miles, carrying from 3 to 31/ fathoms water. When East River is fairly open, bearing about n' bv E. '4 E., then run in, carrying about 13 foot water across the bar ; when past the entrance, keep the n.iddle of the River and anchor anywhere in from 3 to 4 fathoms water. A SpiVl.avmg but little water upon it, extends off about H mile S-SW- from the Point on the Port side of the entrance to this River. High Water. It is high water in Mobjack Bay 2h. 55m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2>^ feet. PIANKATANK RIVER. The entrance to this River lies Northwesterly about 9;/. miles f, ... the Lighthouse on the Wolf Trap, and 3 miles Southwest from Stingray Point Lighthouse. J'Jl Daytime, I Buoy, which ithoiisc. about uisc NW. then run in, to 4 fathoms in from iyi to to Claekwatcr oal spot of 10 his danger. dc of Mobjack houso. About he bar, and 16 omc 2}( miles Daytime. le Red Buoy to lile on the Star- rying from 3 to \, bearing about i?ct water across .f the River and Spit, liaviug but l.SW. from the it is at Boston ; R. ■ about 9 J/, miles s Southwest from ELDRIDGES COAST TILGT. 301 Stingray Point Lighthouse. About 1 mile East of Stingra}' Point, Soutli side of entrance to the Rappahannock River and Nortli side of entrance to riank..tank River, in about 6 feet water, is a Liglithouse, wliich at tiiis date (1HS2), sliows a fixed Red Light. At this time, attaciied to tliis Lightliouse is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 5 seconds and 30 seconds. Memarks. About 20 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up the 'ianka- tank River as far as Wilton's Point, wliich is about 5 miles from the entrance. At tliis date (1882), there are no Buo3-s above; Stove Point Spit ; it is thia-efore not advisable to go above Hill's Bay^ which is on the South side of entrance, without a pilot. Sailing Directions for Piankatank River in Day- time, with favorable wind's and fair weather. Vessi'ls from the Southward, bound into Piankatank River, may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore until Stingray Point Lighthouse is made ; bring this Lighthouse to bear NW. by N., and run for it ou this course, k-eping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy which lies about S- % W. 1 mile from this Lighthouse ; when this Buo}- is made, run for it, bearing about SW-, leaving it close to on the Port hand ; when past the Buo}-, steer W- by S. j{i S., carrying about 3 fathoms water, and leaving the Black Buoy off Cherry Point Spit about 400 yards on the Port band and run about S. by W-, carrying from 4 to 8 fathoms water through the narrow channel; leave the Red Buoy off Sto\x Point Spit about 200 yards on the Starboard hand, and anchor inside Cherry Point in about S'^ fathoms water. The Red Buoy off Stpve Point Spit bears NW- about ^3 mile from this anchorage. Commg down Chesapeake Bay, leave the Black Buoy which lica about 2 miles Southeast from the Lighthouse on Rappahannock Spit close to on the Starboard hand, and stoer about SW- by W- ^2 W ; when the Black Buoy to the Southward of Stingray Point Lighthouse is made, follow the directions before given. HigJi Water. It is hijih water at the entrance of Piankatank River Ih. 3Cm. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1J<2 feet. h 302 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. RAPPAHANNOCK RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is between Windmill Point on house, South side of entrance to Potomac River. Bowler's Bock Lighthouse. ftni:l intervals of 10 seconds. Vessds hou^ up the River must leave this Lightliouse close to on the Port hand. Memarks* At this date (1882), about 20 feet water, at low tide, can be At this date U« ;, i^igMhouse, 12 feet from this with Bowler's Rock Lighthouse ; beyond this, irregular. Sailine Directions for Bappahannock Biver in Day- ^^timlwITh favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, bound into the Rappahannock Rilrn av follow the directions before given from Cape Henry o BaUimo;: until Windmill ^olnt LighUiouse (befor. descnb.1^^ 1 . Kvino- this Licrhthousc to bcar trom N- by W- to JN.« w , Z ™» » on * course „„.i. «.c c„.r»„»c to «,e liivc, ,, Wrlv o c„ ; the, r,m u> about W. b.vN., pa.slng .boat »Kl»a, be- :ru™.ro>ut.>,.>^^^^ v^:.'rpot:ri;Lu. w. /. s.ab„ut = -. w,,™^.. this Buoy, keep about mid^ylhu Kvcr course <">^J'"^^^\l W., casing ..ot less tban 4 fathoms water, unt.l up -, th the ELDRIDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. 303 R. dinill Point on il)Oiit ^ 2 milea es North from )in Wolf Trap '9 Point Ligbt- of tlie clianncl its moiitb, is a d White Light, liick weather is up the River 1. iw tide, can be 2 feet from this ast-namcd place ivor at this time distance below River until up ular. iver in Day- • weatlier. Rappahannock a Cape Henry to )re described) is W. to N.NW., to the River is ibout midway be- oint Lighthouse ; k Buoy off Stur- Buoy bears from lules; when past )mWesttoN.by ntil up V th the Black Buoy off Punch Bowl Shoal; this last-named Buoy is C.'^ mill's below Bowler's Rock Li<.''ithouse ; leave this Ruoy about 250 yards on the Port hand, and steer W-NW. 2 miles to the Rod Buoy off Tapley's Point Shoal ; leave this Buoy about 2:>() yards on the Starboard hand, and steer NW. '/i N-. le:-.viug the Black Buoy off Jones Point Shoal a short di.vauce on the Port hand ; when p:ist this last Buoy, continue the course N W. J4 N- , keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off Dumpling Shoal ; when this Inir,y is made, bring it to boar W-NW-, and run up with it a little on the Port bow, carrying about 20 foet water through the narrow channel ; leave this Black Buoy off Dumpling Shoal about 250 yards on the Port hand, and run for the Red Buoy off Dumpling Rock ; this last-named Buoy is % mile below Bowler's Rock Lighthouse ; leave this last Rod Buoy off Dumpling Rock about 100 yards on the Starboard hand and run up, leaving the next Red Buoy off Bowler's Ledge on the Starboard, and the Lighthouse close to on the Port hand. Sailing Directions for Rappahannock River in Daytime, from Bowler's Rock Lighthouse to Port Royal. Leave Bowler's Rock Lighthouse close to on the Port hand and run up, keeping about midway the River and carrying from 3 to 4 fathoms water ; when about 3>4 miles above tliis Lighthouse, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off Ross Rocks ; when about Y^ mile from this Buoy, bring it to bear NW., and run for it on this course, leaving it about 100 yards on the Starboard hand, and run up, with the Black Buoy off Upper Jones Point a little on the Port bow ; when past this Buoy, which is lefo on the Port hand, run for the Rod Buoy off Margcrite Marsh, and leave it close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, steor for the end of the Wharf at Tappahannock, bearing about W-NW- ; when past this Wharf, which may bo left 250 yards on the Port hand, the course is more Northerly, passing between the Red and P.lack Buoys off Naylor's ITolo ; when past those last Buoys, you will see the two Black Buoys off Mount Landing Creek ; both those Buoys arc left a short distance on the Port hand ; when past these last- named Buoys, keep the Starboard side of the River best aboard, and gradually haul to the Westward luitil you make the Rod Buoy off Mulberry Island Shoal ; when about 1 mile from this Buoy, run % 30i KLDUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. : i, for it, licaiing about W- 1\V N. )j. N., nm\ luuil round it nt a dia- tanccof 100 yards, Icavin.u; it on the Starboard hand; whon past this Buoy, haul up about N. H W., keeping in the middle of tne River for about 2 miles ; then keep the Starboard side best aboard until past Smith's Wharf, which is on the Starboard side; of the River; when about 1^ miles past this Wharf, haul grailnally towards the Port side until up with Layton's Wharf, which is on the Port side ; when past this Wharf, keep midway the River (leav- ing Locdstown on the Starboard), until abreast Saunders' Wharf, which is on tho Port side ;• when past this Wharf, keep the Port side best aboard, leaving the Black Buoy off Catch Point on tlie Port hand ; when past this last Buoy, keep in the middle again and haul round Ware Point, keeping the Port side best aboard, leaving Port Micou about 150 yards on the Port hand ; wluii past Port Micou, keep midway for about 2}4 miles, when the River sud- denly turne to the Southward ; haul round North Bend Point, which is left on the Starboard hand at a distance of 200 yards, passing through the reach called the Devil's Elbow ; when past this you will sec the Red Buoy off North Bend Shoal ; leave this Buoy close *toon tlic Starboard hand and gradually haul to the Noitlnvard ; when about 1 mile past this last Buoy the River turns to tlur Soull'- westward, and you may keep the Starboard side best aboard. As you sail uj), you will sec the Red Buoy on tho Middle Ground; bring this Buoy to bear SW. and run for it, leaving it close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy haul gradually to tho Westward, leaving Port Tobacco on the Port, and Long Point (which is on tho Northern side) , about 250 yards on tho Starboard ; when past this Point, make good the course NW. J^ N. 1 ^ niiles. You will then be past Nanzatico and will be up with Oaken Brow ; when p- st the last-named place, you will sec the Red Buoy off the Elbow Flats ; when about J^ mile from this last Buoy, bring it to bear W-SW- and run for it, leaving the village of Camden on the Port hand, and passing through the narrow channel, carrying from 3 to 4 fathoms water ; leave tho last-named Buoy close to on the Starboard, and keep the Port side best aboard to Port Royal. It is advisable to take a i)ilot from Port Royal to Fredericksburg, as at this date (1882), there are no Buoys in the Rivt r above the former place. From the entrance of the Rappahannock River to Bowler's Rock Lighthouse the distance is 28 miles ; from the last-named place to ELDIUDGE'S COAST PILOT. 305 iiul it nt a (lis- (1 ; wlic'ii past inuldlc! of liio Ic best •vbotird rd sido of tlio mill graiUially f, whidi is oil ic Ilivfi" (U'liv- ukIci'h' "Wliiuf, keep tlio Tort Point on till) miildlc iigiiiu 5 best til)ounl, ;id ; wlicii pa'-t tlic River siid- id Point, wliieli yards, passing past tliis you ,liis lliioy eloso ic Nortlnvard ; s to tlie Soiill' • 5t aboard. As iddle Ground ; g it close to on i-adually to the id Long Point the Starboard ; ; N. 1 ^ miles. 1 Oaken Brow ; id Buoy off the uoy, bring it to Camden on the carrying from close to on the •rt Royal. Fredericksburg, [livtr above the • Bowler's Rock named place to Port Royal, iu a direct line, about 30 miles ; thence, 15 miles in a direct line to I^cdericksburg. High Water. It is high water, in moderate weather, at the entrance of the Ra|)paiiannock River Ih. 5m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. At Tappahannock, Ih. 37in. after it is at Bos- Ion ; rise about 13^ feet. At Port Royal, 4h. 41m. after it is at Boston; rise about 2Ji feet. And at Fredericksburg, 7h. 11m. after it is at Boston ; rise about 3 feet. OOBROTOMAN RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Northern side of the Rappahannock, is about yj^ miles above WiudmiU Point. Jtemarks. About 3 fathoms water, at low tide, can be taken up about 3J^ miles above the entrance, and 12 feet can be carried to the Steam- boat Landing, which is about V/2 miles from the mouth of this River. At this date (188-2) , there arc 2.0 Buoys in this River. Sailing Directions for Corrotoman River in Day- time. Vessels bound into the Corrotoman River may follow the direc- tions before given for the Rappahannock, nntil past Windmill Point ; then keep about midway until abreast the Corrotoman ; this last River, which is on the Northern side of the Rappahannock, may be known by its width, which is more than 2 miles at its entrance ; when this River is fairly open, run in about midway and anchor near the mouth in about 3;^ fathoms wate:-. It is not advisable to go above this without a pilot, as tliero are many Shoals and Spits, which extend off from both sides, none of which, at this time, are marked with Buoys. ANTEPOISON CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the West side of Chesa- peake Bay, lies Northwest about Ayi miles from Windmill Point fl 306 KLDRIDC.E'S COAST PILOT. Ligbthouae ; about 7 feet water at low tide can bo carrica up about IJ^ miles above its eatrauce. DIMER'S CREEK. The entrance to 'his Creek, which is on the West side of Chesa- pcake Bay, lies about 6 miles Norlhwont from Windmill Point Lighthouse ; about 11 feet water at low tide can be taken up about V/^ miles above its entrance. DIVIDING CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the West side of Chesa- peake Bay, is about 8 miles Northwest from Windmill Point Light- house ; about 11 feet water at low tide can bo carried up about 1>4 miles above its entrance. GREAT WICOMICO RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the West side of Chesa- peake Bay, lies Northwesterly about 13 miles from Windmill Pomt Lighthouse, and Southwesterly 63/ miles from Smith's Pomt Light- house, which is on the South side of entrance to the Potomac River. JRemarks. In entering Great Wicomico River, about 18 feet water at low tide can be taken up 4 miles above Fleet's Point ; this last-named Point is on the North side of the entrance. Sailing Directions for Great Wicomico River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, bound into Great Wicomico River, may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry Lighthouse to Baltimore, until up with the Black Buoy which lies a little more than 2 miles to tlie Southeast of Windmill Point Lighthouse ; leave KLDRIDOES COAST PILOT. 307 led up about \q of Chesa- iidmill Toint ccn up about dc of Chcsa- , Point Light- up about 1 yi tlusliuoy close U. on lli.i Port hand, and n.aUc good tlio oourso N. 3/ W. 13 miK'S, which will bring tiu.in abreast the Uhvck l$u..y otr Dan.rr.eron's Marsh Slioul ; tlio river will then be fairly open bear.ng NW • leave the last-named llu-.y close to on the Port hand, and steer about NW. by N. for the next Red Buoy ort Fle.fs Point Shoal, leaving it about 200 yards on the Starboard hand, and run about W.NWm leaving the Red Buoy off Fleet s P..int Flats abcmt 1/ railo on the Starboard ; when past this last Buoy haul up N- NW. and run about 1/. miles, keeping in the middle and carrynig not less than 3 fathoms, and anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water. Commg down Chesapeake Bay, leave the Lighthouse off Smith s Point about 34 mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW- by S. V2 S. 7 milei, when you will see the Black Buoy off Dammeron's Marsh Shoal ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port, and follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water at the mouth of Great Wicomico River about 15 minutes after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about I/2 feet. 3R. ide of Chesa- rindmill Point 's Point Light- otomac River. water at low lis last-named River in r weather. icomico River, nry Liglithouse s a little more hthouse; leave POTOMAC RIVER. The entrance to this River, which i' on the West side of Chesa- peake Bay, lies between Smith's Poim on the Sontli and Point Lookout on the Nortli ; from Cape Hen "V Lighthouse to Smiths Point Lighthouse the distance is 60 miles ; ♦"rom thence to the city of Washington, about 98 miles. Smith's Point Lighthous*'. Upon the Shoal Water extending off to the Eastward of Smith's Point, South side of entrance to the Potomac River and West side of Chesapeake Bay, in about 12 feet water, is a Lightliouse, wh.ch at this date (1882), shows a Revolving White Light ; attache.l to this Lighthouse, at this time, is a Bell, which in tliick weather is struck at Intervals of 15 seconds. 308 KIDHlDr.KS (OAST I'lLOT. Jtvnint'l'H. iloiivy dnuiglif vessels Ijcjuik'. up the Clicsnpeiike or Potomnc River, when ptiHt Smith's I'oini Shoal, or the Seventeen Foot Lump, siiould leave Smith's I'oint Li;j;htliouso at least J< mile to tiie \Ve-l- ward ; vessels of not more than 12 feet diuughl, i):ihsing up or down the May, or into the Totomac River, may ai)t)roa-h within 250 yards ol'it; small or light draught vessels may cross the Shoal from J4 to ^ mile to the Westward of this Liglithouse. Bearlnga and Distances from Smith's Point Lighthouse, DlHtllllCt!. AVindn.ill Point Lighthouse, S. ?:( W 1 7 J^ miles. Point Lookout Liglitliouse, NW- l-y N. H N- • • 10>^ " Pmey Point i.igiitliouse, NW '^1^ " Cove Point Lighthouse, N. 1-yW. .'4 W 30^ " lUack Ihioy oir Smith's Point Shoal, or Seventeen Foot Lumi), SE. l)y S. >'4 S J BluckBuoy oir Ragged Point, NW ;^ W. . . • 25 1^ " Point Lookout Lighthouse. Upon the No:lh side of the entrance to tli'! Potomac River, West side of Cliesai)eake Pay, is a Ligiithouse, which at t: is dale (1S82), shows a fixed White Light ; at this time a Bell i" i)laoed near this Liihlhouse, whieh ii> thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 ,e -eonds ; Smith's Point Lighthouse hears from Point Lookout Lighliiou-e, SE- hy S. H S. 10j4 miles; Red lUioy off Point I,ookout Shoal bears from Point Lookout Lighllionse S. H W., distance al)OUt 1 mile. Reniark8. Large vessels, passing up or down the Ray, should leave this Li'dithouse at least 1 mile to the Westward, and vessels coming down the Bay, bound into the Potomac, should leave it a mile to the Northward. With winds from N-NW to East by way of North, there is good anchorage about -)^ mile to the Westward of Point Lookout Lighthouse, in what is called Cornfield Ilarbw ; large vt-ssels may anchor in about 5 fathoms water, with the Lighthouse bearing E. by S., distant about 1 mile ; in entering this Harbor, care should be taken to leave the Red Buoy oil the Lighthouse well to the Northward. r Potorimc 'oot Lump, till' ^^l■■.t- iip or down 1 250 3:inls ill from "^ athouse. DlHtlkllCO. 17J4 miles. 50^ " J liver, West :ilL' (IS82), 1 noar this ■vals of 10 it Looitout • off Point 3. }{ W., leave this els coming , a mile to h, there is it Lookout ,'i!ssels may bearing E. ;are should ivell to the KLI>I{I1KJKS COAST I'lLUT. 309 Piney Point Lighthouso. Upon Piiiev Point, Northeast side of Poloniac IJiver. is a Liglit- liousc, which ai this date ( 1«.S2), shows a fixed White Light; at this tinic! a IJell is plaeed near this Lig.ilhouse, whieii in Ihieiv weather is struck at intervals of 20 seconds. Boarings and Distances from Pinoy Point LiKhthouao. Dimuiicc. Smith's Point Ligiithouse, SE 2 1'/ miles. IMaek Huo^- olf Ragged Point, W NW 3/^ " IMakistone Island Lighthouse. NW. l>v W- -'4 W. 11 Heavy draught vessels, hound up Ihe River, siiould not approach nearer than '/^ niile to this Lighlliouse. Blakistone Island Lighthouse. Upon the Southeast side of lUnkistono Inland, North side of Potomac River, is a Lighthouse, which !it, this date (1882), sliows a fixed White Light ; at this time a IJell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of ]('> seconds. Bearings and Distances from Blakistone Island Lighthouso. UiHtaiicc, Piney Point Lighthouse, SE hy E. J^i. E 11 miles. Black liuoy olf Ragged Point Lighthouse, SE. by E. yiB 7'/2 " Lower jMid-cLannel Uuoy, painted in Rlack and White Perpendicular Stripes, West 2 " Heavy draught vessels should leave this Lighthouse at least ^ mile to the Northward. Lower Cedar Point Lighthouse. Upon the end of Vates Shoal, West side of the Potomac River, nearly oi)posite Lower Cedar I'oint, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (18><2), shows a fixed White Light; at this time a Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick wcatlier is struck at* intervals of 12 seconds; ves.sels bound up the River may leave this Lighthouse close to on the Port hand. Mathias Point Lighthouse. Upon t:ic end of Shoal extending otf to the Northward fn m Mathias '/"oint, South side of Potomac River, is a Lighthouse, 310 KM)im)0K*8 COAST PILOT. wliiili ill tliis ilatt' (1SM2), hIiowh a (!\i'(! While I.ij,'!it ; at tliis timo II I'o^llc'.l is jiUaciitMl tu tills Li^lillioiiHi', wliirli in tliiik wcutlicr is struck twici! iu (jiiick succession, with u single stroke liotwi'on ut !U) Bccomls' interval ; vessels Ifound np the Ilivcr may leave this Lighthouse, when ui)reust it, about i'")0 yards on the Tort hand. Upper Cedar Point Fog-Signal Station. At this date (1SH2), there is on tlie outer part of the Shoal making oinVoni I 'pper Cedar Toint, North side of I'otoniae River, and about 2 miles altovc Muthias Point Lightliouse, a station, which has a Hell that is struck in thick weather at intervals of If) seconds; vessels bound i-p the River may leave this Fog Signal Station about l( mile on the Starboard hand. Port Washington Lighthouse. On the wharf at Fort Washington. Kast side of I'otomac River, and about 5 miles below Alexandria, is a Lighthouse, whieli at this date (1H82), sliows a fixed White Liglit ; vessels hound up the River may leave this Lighthouse about 150 yards on the Starboard Land. Jones' Point Lighthouse. Upon Jones' Point, West side of the Potomac River, a little be- low Alexandria, is a Ligiithouse, which at this date (1HH2), shows a fixed White Liglit ; vessels liound up the River may leave this Lighthouse from 300 to 400 yards on the Port hand. Remarks. At tills date (1882), the Shoals in the Potomac River are well marked with Reacons and Buoys ; about 1!) feet water at low tide can l)e tuki'u up as far as Alexandria, and from this about 15 feet water at low tide can be taken to some parts of the cLly of Wash- ington. Sailing Directions for the Potomac River in Day- time, with fikvoi able winds and fair weather. Vessels from Seawiird or the Soutlnvard, l)ound up the Potomac River, may follow tlij tlirections before given from Cape Henry to Raltimoro, untd up with Smith's Point Lighthouse ; give this Light- house a liorlh of about }^ niMe, leaving it on the Port h md, and m:.ke good the course NW". ]i W. '25 miles, which will bring r.i.DUiDnirs coast imi-ot. 311 lit tliis liiiio , wi'iitlirr is Lwetiii nt liO k'livo tliis rthiind. m. tlic Shoal iiiiau Uivor, a Htation, iViiU of 15 Fog Signal mac River, 0, wliifrt at lund lip thfi e Staiboiinl a little bc- !M2), shows y leave thia ver are well at low tide tout 15 feet ty of Wash- f in Day- 3ather. he I'otoinac le Henry to e this Liglit- •t h ind. and li will bring tlicm lip with tho Black Buoy o(T Ra'^p;('d Point; this Riioy bears W-NW. fiotn I'iiicy Point l,i;4litiioiiHc, distanec 3'^ niilcs ; when tlie Hliick Iliioy olf liag-^ed Point ix niade, leave it alxxit J^ mile on Ihii Port, and nuilu- good tlie eournc W. by N. !j N. 10 miles, wliich will bring llii'in up wilh llu- Lower Mid-eiiaimel IJiioy, wliieh [H painted in HIaek and While Perpendicular Stripes ; liluUistono Island Light hons(< bears from thin last-named Huoy Kast )1 miles; when the Lower Mid-ehannel Huoy is made, run for it, bearing abimt W. by N. '/j N., and leave it elose to on either hand ; when ()a8t this Ihioy you will Hec the Second Mid-channel Huoy |)ainted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, bearing about NW- }i W., wliicli may bo left close to on either haml; when past tho Second Mid-channel Huoy, you will sec the Buoys painted in Black and White Perpendienlar Stripes, which mark the channel across the Ketllebottoin Shoals ; pass these Buoys close to, leaving them on either hand ; when past the hist Buoy painted in White and Black Perpendicular Stripes on Kettlebottom Shoals, you will see tho Black Buoy olf Machodac Flats ; run for this last Black Buoy, bear- ing about NW. by N- '^ N., leaving it on the Port hand, and run up, leaving the Red and White Beacon off Lower Cedar Point Flats on the Starlioard, and the Lighthouse a short distance on the Port hand ; when past this Lighthouse keep the Starboard side best aboard, leaving tho next B(!acon painted in Black and White off Persimmon Point on the Port hand ; when about 2 miles past the last-named Beacon, or Mathias Point Lighthouse hears W. byN., gradually haul to the Westward around it, leaving it about 350 yards on the Port, and the Beacon on Port Tobacco Flats well on the Starboard hand ; when past the lastrnamod Lighthouse, tho River suddenly turns to the Southwcstward, and it is necessary to keep the Starboard side best aboard, leaving the Fog Signal Station off Lower Cedar Point about }{ mile on tho Starboard hand, and the Black Buoys off Dade's Shoal, and the Black and White Beacon on Middle Ground on tiie Port hand ; when past this last Beacon you will see the two Red Buoys off Jenifer's Flats, which must both be left not more than 300 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past these two last Buoys you will see the two Horizontal Striped Buoys off Ten Foot Lump and Maryland Point Shoal, both of which may be left about 300 yards on the Port ; when past these two last-named Buoys, j-ou will see the two Black Buoys otf Poto- mac Creek Flats and Aquia Creek Flats, both of which must be 1^1 !!i ii J 312 F.LDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. left not more than H niilo on tlie Port hand ; when past these keep the Starboard side best aboard, c;arrying from 3}^ to 4 fathonis water, and leaving the next Red Buo)-, off Douglass Point, close to on tlie Starboard, and the next Black Buo}', orf Clifton Flats, close! to on the Port hand ; when past the Black Buoy off Clifton Flats, keep midway the River, leaving the Red Buoy off Chicomnxen Flats on the Starboard hand, still keeping in the middle nnlil yi u make tiie Black Buoys off Upper and Lower High Point Flats ; when tliese are made, leave tliem both close to on the Port hand ; when about J4 mile past these Buoys, keep the Starboard side last aboard, leaving Indian Head a short distance on the Starboaid hand, and the Black Buoy off Craney Island Flats, and tlie Black Buoy olf Hallowing Point, b )th about 2 -lO yards on the Port hand ; when past tlic Black Buoy olf Hallowing Point, steer nearly Noitli for Wliite Stone Point, carrying from 5 to G fathoms water, and leaving the Red Buoy off Brent's Slioal, on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, keep tlie Port side best aboard for about 1 mile ; then gradually iianl over, keeping on the Starl)oard side of the River, leaving the Red Buoy off Mockley's Point Slioal on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy off Sheridan's Lower Shoal on the Port hand ; leave tlie Liglithouse at Fort Wasliington about I.jO yards on the Starl)oard liand, and keep the Starboard side of the River best aboard for al)0ut 1 mile, leaving the lilack Buoy on Sheridan's Upper Shoal on the Port hand ; then keep in tlie middle, leaving i\w Red Buoy off Broad Creek Flats on the Starboard hand ; whenpastthisBuoy, steer for Rosier's Bin If, wliicii is on the East- ern side of the River, leaving it close toon tlie Starlioard, ".nd the Black Buoy nearly opposite this Blufl' on the Port hand ; when past this last Buoy, run for the next Black Buoy, carrying from 5 to 7 fathoms water through the narrow channel, and leaving Jones' Point Lightiiouse about ]^ mile on the Port, and the Red Buoj-s opposite Alexandria on the Starboard hand; when past the last- named place, keep the Starbo^ird side of the River best aboard, carrving fro n 4 to 7 fathoms water through the narrow channel, leaving ♦l.o Black Buoys on the Port, and the Red Buoys on the Starboard hand to tlie city ; when up with Greenleafs Point, the Soul hern i)art of the city, the cliannel leads close along by the wharves. Vessels bound through the Long Bridge to George- town should leave the Buoy painted in Black and Red Hori- ,i!i •I I ;t these keep ,0 4 fathonis lint, close to I Flats, {'lose lifton Flats, Chicomiixeii lie Tinlil \( II I'oint Flats ; Port hand ; ird side hcst e Starhoaid id the Hlack Port hand ; nearlj' Nortli i water, and )oard hand ; ,rd Ibr about oard side of Shoal on the shoal on the )n altoiit l')0 d side of the ick Buoy on n the middle, [•board hand ; on the East- )ard, ".nd the 1 ; wlien past from 5 to 7 aving Jones' e Red Buoj's last the last- best aboard, row channel, Uioj's on the rs Point, the ise along by ;e to George- 1 Red Ilori- ELDUIDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. zontai Stripes, which lies about 3^^ mile from the Southern part of the city of Wasliington, on the Starboard hand. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay, bound up the Potomac River, may give tlie Red Buo}- (which lies about 1 mile South from Point Lookout Lighthouse) a small berth, leaving it on the Star- board hand, and make good the course W-NW. .about 5 miles ; then steer NW- '4 W., and follow the directions before given. High Water in the Potomac River, It is high water at Point Lookout, North side of eiiLrance to the Potomac River, Ih. 27m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1^2 feet. It is high water at Blakistone Island Lighthouse 2h. 21m. after it is at Boston; common tides rise about 1^ feet. It is high water at Mathias Point 4h. 40m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about IJ^ feet. It is high water at Indian Head 7h. lom. after it is at Boston; common tides rise 1^ feet. It is high water at Washington Long Bridge 8h. 32m. after it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 2 ^ feet. 313 OOAN RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the South side of the Potomac, lies Northwesterly from Smith's Point Lighthouse 13^ miles ; and West-Southerly 1]^ miles from Point Lookout Light- house. Meninrks. About 12 feet water at low tide can be taken into the mouth of Coan River, and 8 feet can be carried some 3 miles above this point. Sailing Directions for Coan River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, bound to Coan River, may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until up with Smith's Point Lighthouse ; leave this Lighthouse al)out % mile on the Port hand, and make good the course NW. ^A W- until Point Lookout Lighthou.se bears E. by N., then make good the course W by S-, keeping a sharp lookout for the 2 Black p 314 ELDUlDGirS COAST I'lLOT. IJiioys,* which lie on the Flats, oxUMiding oU from Coan River; when these Biio^ ■• . "c miulc, i)ass iihoiit inidwa}- between them, ana run jji about V iSf-, with the Uiver fairly open, and cany ing from 3 to 4 fathoms water, and also keeping a sharp hjokout for the Kod Buoy olf Travis' Point Shoal ; when tliis last Buoy is made, bring it to bear SW )j S- and run for it on this course, and leave it close to the Starboard hand ; when past this last Bno}', run for t!ie Red Buoy off Travis' Point S[)it, rounding it close to on the Starboard, and run u^ about "W. by S-, carrying not less than 1.) feet water ; when about li mile past this Buo}', haul gradually to th:; Westward, and in onh'r to avoid the Spit on the South side, anchor close in under Travis' Point in about 10 feet water; there are many shoal places above this, wliich at this date (1882), arc not marked ^ilh Buoys ; it is, therefore, advisable to take a pilot if bound farther up the River. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Coan River Ih. 33m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. YEOCOMIOO RIVER. li t; Tiie entrance to this River, which is on the South side of the Potomac, about 4 miles above Coan River, bears West about 9 miles from Point Lookout Lighthouse, and Northwesterly about 17^ miles from Smith's Point Lighthouse. Remarks. The entrance to Yeocomico River, which is about 1 mile wide, lies between Lynch's Point on the North and Thicket Point on the South; about IT) feet water at low tide can be carried as far as Barn Point, which is about 1 mile from the entrance ; above this the River divides into three parts, which are called Northwest Branch, West Branch, and South Branch ; about 9 feet water at low tide can be taken up to Kinsale, which is on the West Branch about 3 miles above the entrance. ♦ lu entering Coau River, the first Black Buoy is a Potomac River Buoy, and must be left on the Starboard hand. ^oan Rivor ; n tluMii, niiu ind earning lookout Cor loy is nuide, e, and loave uoy, run for e, to on the L'ss than l;> grachially to South sidf, Fater ; there (1882), arc Lake a pilot 1. after it is side of the bout 9 miles about 17^ mile wide, t Point on carried as entrance ; are called ibout 9 feet 3n the West itomac River li^J F.LDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 3L SaiUng Directions for Yeocomico River in Daytime witJi favorable winds and fair weather. ' ^'ossels from the Southward, bound to Yeocomico River, may follow the duectiona before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, m.til up with Smith's Point Lighthouse; leave this Lighthouse about ]2 mile on the Port hand, and make good the course NW. \i W. until Point Lookout Lighthouse bears East; then make fiuod thu course West, leaving the Black Buoys off Coan River well < n liu- Port liand ; as you sail in keep a shaip lookout for the Red Buoy at tlie entrance of the River; when th's Buoy is made, leave ii close to on the Starboard hand, and run W. by N. '^ N. iimil Lyncli's Point, the first on the Starboard hand, b-iirs North ; then Mm in about W- by S-, carrying not less Ihan 15 feet water; with Northerly winds, when tiie South Branch is fairly open, haul to the Southward and run up, carrying not less than 15 feet water Ihrough the narrow channel and keeping nearest Barn Point, wjjich is on the Fast side ; when past this Point, anchor in about 2'^ fathoms water ; above this there are numerous Sliouls and Spits in the different l)ranches of the River, none of which at this time are marked with Buoys; in entering this River with Southerly winds, it is advisable when the Northwest Branch is open to run in mid way, and anchor when past the two first Points in from 10 to II feet water. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay, bound to Yeocomico River, may leave the Red Buoy (which lies about a mile to the Southward of Point Lookout) on the Starboard hand, and steer WNW. until this Lighuioiise bears East, on which bearing keep it, and steer West, and fcjilow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water at the moiitli of Yeocomico River Ih. 58m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1^^ feet. LOWER MACHODOO RIVER. The entnance to this River, which is on the South side of the Potomac, lies West 2>^ miles from the Black Buoy off Ragged Point, and SE. 51^ miles from Blakistone Island Lighthouse. (i1^ 316 ELURIDGES COAST I'lLOT. Keniarks. About 12 foct water at low tide can be carried up to tlie Nanows, wiiicli is about IJ^ miles from the cntranoo ; Spits having but liitle 'vatcr upon them extend off from botli sides, malviuff the eiiannt '. narrow, especially in one place ; about 5 feet water at low tide can be taken through tlie Narrows, and 8 feet can be talven about IJ/^ miles above this. 'ii . 'f i ili Sailing Directions for Lower Machodoc River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound to Lower Machodoc River may follow the direc- tions l)cfore frivcn for the Potomac, until abreast the Black Buoy olJ' Ragged Point ; leave this Buoy about !.( iinle on the Port hand, and make good the course W- byN. about .'5 miles, when the River will then be fairly open, bearing about S. by E- % E., then run In, keeping a sharp lookout for tlie Black Buoy off Cole's Point Slioai ; when this Buoy is made, leave it on the Port hand, and run for the Blnck Buoy off Cole's Point Spit, leaving it close to on the Port hand, and the Red Buoy off Glebe Shoal on the Starboard liand ; wlien past tlie last-named Buoj- run up about y'i mile, and anchor in from 12 to 13 feet water at low tide ; if bound up through the Narrows, it is advisable to take a pilot. High Water. It is liigh water at the mouth of Lower Machodoc River 2h. 21m. aller it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 i/^ feet. S>! !i! NOMINI BAY. The entrance to this Bay is en the Soutli side of the Potomac River, nearly opposite Iilahistoni' Lighthouse, and about 5 miles to the Eastward of Nomini Cliffs. Momarh's. This Baj' affords good .-helter in Southerly and Southwesterly winds, but is exposed lo ISortherly and Northeasterly winds ; in entering there ai'e no dangers except the Flats wliieh extend from the shores ; from 2 14 to 3 fathoms can be carried in at low tide. the Narrows, viiig but link' f tho diaiuu'. )w tide can l»e en about 1 'Z. c River in • weather. 3W tlie tliroc- ! Black Buoy he Port hand, hen tho River E., then run Cole's Point liund, and run ose to on the the Starboard yi mile, and nd up through liver 2h. 21m. it. the Potomac out 5 miles to Southwesterly rly winds ; in extend Ironi t low tide. ! I ELDRIDGF/S COAST PILOT. 317 Sailing Directions for Nomini Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Nomini Bay may follow the dir{>ctions before given for the Poto-nac River, until up witli the Black lliioy off Ragged Point; leaie this Buoy about }{ mile on the Port hand, and make good tht course W- by IT }{ N. until Blakistone Island Lighthouse bears N. by W. }-i W-, the Bay will th;'u be fairly open, bearing S. by E- yd E., and they .nay boldly run in, keeping midway, and anchor iu from 2^ to 3 fathoms water. CURRIOMAN BAY. This Bay, which has about 7 or S feet water in it at low tide, lies inside of Hollis's JIarshes, wiiich form the Southwestern part of Nomini Bay ; vessels of not more than 7 feet draught may find shelter in this Bay from all winds. Sailing Directions for Currioman Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Currioman Bay may follow the directions before given for Nomini B.ay, until Blakistone Island Lighthouse bears N. by W. >^ W-, then run in S. by E. ^^ E., keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy which lies on the end of Spit which extends off Southeast from Elbow Point ; as soon as this Buoy is made, bring it to bear SW. by S-, vv.C. run for it on this course, leaving it close toon the Starboard hand, and carrying al)ont 8 feet water through the narrow channel; when past this Buoy, haul gradually to the Northwest, carrying from 8 to 10 feet water; when Elbow Point bears East, anchor in about 8 feet M-ater. High Water. It is high water at tho entrance of Currioman Bay 2h, 28m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. 1 J-' u 318 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. MATTOX CREEK. Tho entrance to this Creek, w^hieh is on the South side of tlie Potomac River, lies Northwest about 7 miles from Nomini Cliffs, and W. y? N. 10 miles from IJlakisto le Island Lighthouse. Remarkii. About 6 feet water at low tide can be carried up into this Creek as far as Massey's and Wirt's Whar\'cs ; in entering, however, the channel is narrow, and there are no Buoys at this date (1882), to mark the dangers ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound in to take pilots. High Water. It is high water at the mouth of Mattox Creek 2h. 40m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 feet. SMITH'S CREEK, OR WINTER HARBOR. This Creelc, which is on the North side of the Potomac, "near its entrance, is Northwesterly loj^ miles from Smith's Point Light- house, and about 5 miles Northwesterly from Point Lo(ikout Light- house. Memarh's. This Creek or Harbor, which is much frequented b}' small vessels, is said to be free from iee, excepting in vcr}' severe winters ; at this time, in entering, there are 3 Buoys, which mark the channel leading in ; about 10 feet water at low tide can be carried into this place. , Sailing Directions for Sir-'ch's Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, bound to Suiith's Creek or Winter Harbor, may leave the Lighthouse off Smith's Point ab(jut l^ mile on the Port hand, and make good the course NW- j'i N. ; when about 4 miles past Point Lookout Lighthouse, keep a sharp lookout for the Black Buoj* which lies off Kitt's Point Shoal ; when this Buoy is made, bring it to bear North, and run for it, leaving it clo^e to on the Port hand, ami the Red Buoys off Windmill Point Shoal side of the )mini Cliffs, ouse. ) this Creek lowever, tlie ! (1882), to ra bound in lOm. after it A.RBOR. mac, "near its Point Liglit- (jkout Light- mall vessels, winters ; at the channel led into this Daytime, her. i or Winter Kjut l^ mile 2 N. ; when liarp lookout ; when this wing it clo?e Point Shoal ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 310 close to on the Starboaid hand ; when past the Upper Buoy, anchor nearest the Starboard shore, in not less than 10 feet water. Coming down the Chesapeake Hay, leave tiie Red Riioy (vvhioli Tu's about a mile from Point Lookout LiLilithoiiso) a siiort distance on the Starboard hand, and steer about NW ,' j W- ; wlien about 4 miles past this Buoy, keep a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off Kitt's Point Flats ; when this last Buoy is made, follow the direc- tions before given. High Water. It is high water at the n.outh of Smith's Creek Ih. 37m. after it is ut Boston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. ST. MARY'S RIVER. The entrance to this River is on the North side of the Potomac River, about 7 miles Northwesterly from Point Lookout Lighthouse, and 1 ^ miles above the entrance to Smitli's Creek or Winter Harbor. Remarks. The entrance to St. Mary's River, which is between Kitt's Point on the East and St. George's Island on the West, is about 2 miles wide ; the principal danger in entering this River is St. George's Bar ; this danger extends off more than a mile from the Southeast- ern part of St. George's Island, and is maikod on its outer part with a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ; vessels bound into the Potomac River must leave this Buoy on the Star- board hand, and those bound into St. Mary's River on the Port hanil ; when past this Buoy, by keeping midw.ay the River, there are no dangers, and about ?,]{• fathoms water can be carried up to St. Mary's, which is about 5 miles above the entrance. Sailing Directions for St. Mary's River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up tlie Cliesapenke Bay, bound to St. Mary's River, may follow the dire, tioiis before given from Co,)' Henry to Baltimore, until up with Smith's Point Lightliouse ; leavi! this Liglithouse about '4 mile on the Port hand, and make good the course NW. 16 miles; the entrance to this River will then be i; J n I f :}20 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. opon, hoarins nboiit North, and tiie Liioy paiiiud in Ilccl and Black Horizontal Stripes, wliicl, liog olF St. Geor., 'at i from the latlci liy Newton's Neck ; vessels bound into the fiisV i.on'ioned Bay pass to the Westward of this Neck, while f ->se bound into the latter place pass to the Eastward of it. About 16 feet water at low tide can be taken up na far as Ship- ping Point, wliich is about 2 miles from tlie entrance, and 10 feet can be carried up 2^ miles above this ; in entering this Ba^', Spits extend off from both sides, having but little water upon them. Sailing Directions for St. Clement's Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into St. Clement's Bay may follow the directions before given for the Potomac River, until abreast the Black Buoy off R.aggod Point ; leave this Buoy a short distance on the Port hand, and make good the course NW. Jlj W. about 5 miles; then keep a sharp lookout for the Buoy painted in Red and Black Hori- zontal Stripes, which lies off Heron Island Shoal; Blakistone Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy about West 2 miles ; when this last-nauKHl Buoy is made, leave it about ^ mile on the Port hand, and steer about NW. ji W , can-ying from 3 to .'i^^ fixthoms w.^ter ; when Long Point, wliich is on tlie Idistern side about Ja mile above the entrance, bears NW. by N. ]j N., run for it on this course, passing between the Spits at the entrance, and carrying not less than 15 feet water ; leave this Point about 300 3ards on i ■iil 1 i;iJ)IUI)GES COAST riLOT. the SUirhoard liaiul, iiiul nm up, and aiicliur alioiit J j iniU; above it, in from 2'/, to 3 fatlKmis water; il' IkxiikI Curtlier up, keep iiii('.- way the l>ay ; between Blakislonc IhUukI Lijflitliou8e and Heron Island there in a narrow eiiannel, havinj^ about '.\ fatlioins water in it ; strangers, liowever, should not allenipt tiiis passage. Iliyh Water. It is higii water at tiie entrance of St. Clement's Hay 2h. 35nj. after it is at Hostou ; common tides rise about 1 ^^ feet. ',i :;! ill WICOMICO RIVER. The entrance to this River is on tlie Norlli side of the Potomac, about 4}/^ rniles Nortiiwest from IJlakistone Islsind Lighlliouse, and nearly opposite Nomini Cliffs, which are on the South side of the Potomac. liemarks. The entrance to this River, which is about l}( miles wide, lies between St. Margaret's Island on the East and Cob Point -on the West ; shoal water extends off Southeast from this last Point for more than a mile, and is marked on its outer part witii a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ; vessels bound up the Potomac must leave this Buoy on the Starboard hand, but vessels bound into Wicomico River must leave it on the Port hand. There is a good channel of "> fathoms water which K'ads up about 3 miles from this Buoy ; above this tlie River is full of shoals. Sailing Directions for Wicomico River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Wicomico River may follow the directions before given for the Potomac, until up with the Lower Mid-cliannel Buoy, which is painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes; Blakistone Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy East about ;} miles ; when this Buoy is mad(!, leave it close to on either hand, and steer N. by W- l^i W-, keeping a sharp lookout for the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, which lies about 1^ miles Southeast from Cob Point ; when this Buoy is made, leave it a short distance on the Port hand. As f iiiiUi nhovo ), kci'p mil'.- niul llcrun ns waicr in ELniMDr.K'S COAST PILOT. 323 ay 21i. 35m. Potomac, tlioiiso, and sido of tlie s wide, lies oint on tlie t Point for itii ii Buoy aiind up tlie but vessels uid. There jout 3 miles » in Day- ather. e directions ' lid-channel ar Stripes ; Kast about a on either rp lookout tal Stripes, ; when this hand. As j you sail in, the Red Iluoy off St. Margaret's Island Shoal will be seen; leave this Iluoy iibont l.'>0 yards on the Starbonrd hand, and run about N 'j E- |i mile, when 30.1 may anchor in I'nnn !") to fathoms water. Or, when past the lied Hiioy off St. Marffarct's Island Shoal, 3'ou may steer about N. ,'j E.. leaving the Hlack IJiioy olf J.aneaHh'i Point Spit about I.'jO yards 011 the Pmt hand ; wh.-n past this last- named liuoy, run up about N-NW- 'i mile, and anchor in about 5 fathoms water ; above this tlie River is full of shoals. High Wafer. It IS high water at the mouth of Wicomico River "Jh. ;i5m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 feet. PORT TOBACCO RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Xorlli side of the Potomac, lies Northeasterly about 2% uii'os from Mathias Point Lighthouse. Ilemarh's, About G feet water at low tide can be carricil from Windmill Point, which is on tlie West side of entrance, to Fourth Point, and from tliis about 3 or 4 feet to Port Tobacco Laiuling. Sailing Directions for Port Tobacco Landing in Daytime, witti favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound into Port Tobacco River may follow the directions before given for the Potomac, until the Beacon opiiosite Mathias Point Lighthouse is made ; bring this Beacon to bear West about yi mile, and in order to avoid the shoal water which extends olf from W^indmill Point (which is the first on the Port hand in enter- ing), steer about N- by E., carrving about 8 feet water across the lilts; when past this last-named Point, kce[) midway the River to 1 ort Tobacco Landing. ITf(//i Wafer. It is high water in Port Tobacco River 111. 4nm. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise aliout 1>2 foet. n 321 ELDISIDOK'S COAST PILOT. Tides in the Potomac River. Tlu> tidos in the I'olotiiai-, likr all olln-r Hivcix in tlin ('lifmi|H'nko Hay, arc varifd l>y winds. Slron"^ Soiiliu'Mst winds inciViiHC tlio tides, l)nt after blowing I'loiii tijo Noilli or Northwest u short tiiue, tho tides riau but little. PATUXENT RIVER. TIic entrance to this Uivor, wliicli lies on the West side of Chesa- peake Ilii}', is between Hog Island Point on the Sonth and Drum Point on tlie North, and is 17 miles Northwesterly from Point Lookout Light liousc, and Sontliwesterly 1'^ miles from Cove Point Lighthouse. lieinavkH. The prineipal danger In entering this River is a Shoal which extends oil a little more tiian ^2 nnle IVom Hug Island Point, which is on the Sonth side of the entrimee. This danger is marked with a IMaik I>uoy, which in going in, is left on the Port iiand. From f) to li fathoms water van be taken into tlie moiilii of this Hiver. Tliis is a good harbor of refuge for vessels bound up or down the Chesapeake Bay. Sailing Directions for entering tho Patuxent River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels l)ound into Patuvent River m;vy follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to lialtiinore, until Cove Point Liglilhouse is nuule ; bring this Lighthouse to bear N. by W-, and run for it on this course, having Cedar Point, which is quite bold, well on the Port hand ; when past this Point, gradually- haul to the AN'estward, keeping a sharp Io>ikout for the Black Buoy oflf Hog Island Point Shoal, which extends off ab )ut l^, mile from the Souilievn side ; when this Buo}' is maile, leave it about 300 yards on tlie Port hand, and steer W SW- about 1 mile, when you may gradually haul to the Southward and anchor in tho Cove on the Southern side, in from Ti to 10 fathoms water, good holding ground. In order to avoid the flat ground which extends off from the n ('lifSii|U'nko iiiciviiHO the u short tiim;, lido of Clicsa- ith and Dniiii • IVoin Point lu Cove Point Shoal which Inland Point, 4er is muiiicd i; Port iiand. inoiilii of this i Jjoiind np or Patuxent rinds and he directions I Cove Point V N. by W., ivhich is quite ;iadiiall3' haul lac'iv Buoy off mile from tlie )ut 300 yards hen you may ! Cove on the Idinj^ ground, off from tlie ELFHUIKiKS COAST I'lLOT. 3:i.l Western slorc, aliout 2 niiiei to tlic Sunthwiird of Cove Point, heavy drauj;ht vessels, eominj; down the Chesaiieuke Hay hound into this Uiver, nuiy leuvti Cove I'oint Li^,'hlhonse iihout 1 mile to tlio Westward, and steer South about .1 miles; the Kivcr will then bo oju'n, bearing about W.SW ; then nni in, keei)iiit,' a Hharp lookout for the lUaek IJuuy olf Hoy island I'oiut, and follow tho direelions before given. Boating into Patuxont Rivor. In l)eatin^' into this Illver, eare shcjiild bo taken to avoid tho Shoal which extends off from IIol;; Island Point, which is on tho South side ; when past the Ihioy wliich marks this danger, you may stand well over towards Drum Point, wiiich is bold, and is the first Point on tho North side in enteiiuL; ; when past this last-named Point, keep the South side best aboard, as there is a Shoal '/^ mile to tho Westward of Drum I'oint, which extends more than yj miio from shore. Anchorage off the Mouth of Patuxont Rivor. With Westerly winds, vessels may find shelter off the month of this River; heavy draught vessels should anchor in from 4 to 7 fathoms water. Cove Point Lighthouse bears from this anchorage North about .iy^ miles. Ififfh Water. It is high water at the mouth of Patuxent River 2h. 10m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 'A feet. HERRING BAY. This Bay, which lies to tho Northward of Holland Point, is on the West side of tlie Chesapeake, about 10 miles Northwesterly from Sharp's Island Lighthouse, and 10 miles Southwesterly from Thomas' Point iJghthouse. Hemarh's. With Westerly winds, vessels may find good shelter in tliis Bay ; shoal water extends olf Northeasterly about ly^ mih>a from Hol- land Point, which is on the South side of the entrance, and shoal 326 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. water also makes off from the Western and Northwestern sides of this Hay ; vessels iu entering should, therefore, use the Lead, whijh is a sure guide. Sailing Directions for Holland Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up the Chesapeake Bay may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until the Black Buoy off to the Eastward of Holland Point is made ; leave this Buoy about ^ mile on the Port hand and steer N- by W. about IJ^ miles (carrying not less than 4 fathoms water) ; then haul in, and anchor, according to draught, in from 2}4 to 3% fathoms water. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay ma}' leave the Black Buoy off Thomas' Point about ^ mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course S. by W. y2 W., leaving the Black Buoy off Horse Shoe Point well on the Starboard hand ; when Holland Bay is fairly open, run in and anchor as before directed. PAIRHAVEN LANDING. This landing lies on the West side of Holland Bay. A Spit, having but little Avater upon it, extends about 1 ^ miles from Parker's Island, which is on the North side, leaving a channel of 10 feet water between this Spit and the Western shore. Sailing Directions for Pairhaven Landing in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, of not more than 7 or 8 feet draught, bound to Fairbaven Landing, may leave the Black Buoy off Holland Point close to on the Port hand, and steer about N- ^ E., about 1*^ miles; then haul round the Shoal wli'.ch makes off to the Northward of Holland Point, keeping iu about 2}^ fathoms, and run up about W. by S. until Holland Point bears SE. by E- ; then haul round the Southern end of the Spit, and run up about N. by E., carrying from t) to 10 feet water through the narrow channel, passing inside or to t' c Westward of the Spit ; when the end of the Wharf bears SW- by W., then run for it on this course. *M.llV«f^''«»«^*^'*>Mi«»*Y<-.j-!eao««i 3h makes off '}i fathoms, SE. by E. ; un up about the narrow t ; when the r it on this ELDIUDGE'S COAST PILOT. 327 HlgJi Water. It is high water in Holland Bay 3h. 20m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 foot. WEST RIVJiiK. The entrance to this River, which is on the West side of Chesa- peake Bay, lies about '6}^ miles Southwest from the Lighthouse off Thomas' Point. Iteniarks, The entrance to this River, which is about 1 J^ miles wide, lies between Saunders' Pouit on the North and Curtis Point on the South. Shoals extend off a long distance from both these Points, which at this time, are marked with Buoys. About 1^ miles from the entrance, the River divides into two branches ; the Northwest branch is called Rhode River. About 13 feet water, at low tide, can be taken in as far as the mouth of Rhode River, which is about 2 miles from the entrance, and 9 feet can be carried up about 2 miles above this point ; about 9 feet water can be carried up into Rhodo River. Sailing Directions for West River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up the Chesnpeake Bay may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore until the Lighthouse off Thomas" Point is made ; bring this Lighthouse to Dear N- by E-, and run for it, leaving the Black Buoy olf Horse Shoe Point well on the Port hand ; when about 2 miles from Thomas' Pjiut Light- house, haul up NW., until this last-named Lighthouse bears NE. 5^ E., on which bearing koep it. and steer SW- }i W , leaving the Red Buoy off Saunders' Point well on the Starboard hand, and carrying not less than 15 feet water. As you sail ia you will see the Black Buoy off Curtis Point Shoal and the Red Buoy off Dutch- man's Point Flats; Thomas' Point Lighthouse bears from the former NE. }i E., about 3 miles ; when these Buoys are made, pass about midway between them and run up about W. by S-i 2 miles ; then anchor in from 10 to 12 feet water ; or, when past the Buoys, steer about W. ^ S-, about 1 mile, when Rhode River will 328 ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. then be open, beaiin-r about N-NW. ; tlion run np muhvay and anchor near the mouth In about 12 feet water, secure from all winds. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay, bound into West River, may leave the Hlack Duoy off to the Southward of Thomas' Point Lighthouse cluse to on the Starboard hand, and steer SW. %' W., keeping a sluirp lookout, for tlie Black Buoy off Curtis' i'oint Shoal ; when this Buoy is made, follow the directions befo-e given. High tratet'. It is high water at the entrance of West River 4h. 44m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 foot. SOUTH RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is about 2 miles to the North- ward of West River, lies between Thomas' Point on the North and Saunders' Point on the South. Memarks. The entrance to South River is about 2 miles wide. Shoal water extends off from both Thomas' and Saunder's Points. About 14 feet water, at low tide, can be carried up some 5 miles from the entrance. Sailing Directions for South River in Dasrtime, v^it?! favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up the Chesapeake Bay, bound into South Ri\er, may follow the brcctions before given from Cape Henry to Balti- more, until Thomas' Point Lighthouse is ma(ie , then bring it to bear N. by E-, and run for it on this course until about 2 miles from it ; South River will tiiePi be open, bearing about NW. by N. ; then run NW-, keeping a sharp lookout for the Buoys which mark the channel leading in ; when these are made, leave the Red P>ury off Marshy Point on the Starboard and the Black Buoy on Turkey Point Middle Ground on the Port hand, and anchor above the las-t- namcd Buoy in from 2% to 4 fathoms water ; or, when past the Black Buoy on Turkey Point Middle Ground, steer about NW- >^ p midwaj' and cure from all [1(1 into West (1 of Thomas' 1(1 steer SW. loy otr Curtis' ectious bef(>'e . 44m. after it to the North- he Is'orlli and Shoal water ?. About 14 nles from the time, V7.it?i r. South Ri^er, ^ury to Balti- u bring it to ibout 2 miles N-W.byN.; 3 which mark he Red I5ury )y on Turke)- love the last- hen past (he out NW. Yz ELDIlinOE'S COAST TILOT. 329 N., leaving the Red Buoy off Hill's Point on the Starboard hand ; when past this Buoy, keep in the middle (leaving the Black Buoy off Glebe Creek Flats on the Port hand), until up with thd Bridge. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Ba}- may leave the Black Buoy to the Southward of Thomas' Point about }( mile on the Starboard hand, and steer W. by S.. keeping a sharp lookout for the Buoys at *he entrance of the River; when these are made, follow the directions before given. Anchorage under Thomas' Point. Remarks. With winds from SW- to NE., by way of North, vessels may find go )d shelter to the Westward of Thomas' Point, in from 2}4 to 3j^ fathoms water, good holding ground. Sailing Directions for the Anchorage under Thomas' Point. Vessels cominf' np the Chesapeake Baj- may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until Thomas' Point Lighthouse is made ; then bring this Lighthouse to bear N. by E., and run for it on this course until about l]'- miles from it; then run in NW., and anchor according to draught, in from 2y2 to Z]^ fathoms water, good holding groinul. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay, vessels of more than 16 feet draught should leave the Black Buoy to the Southward of Thomas' Point lighthouse at least '3 mile on the Starboard hand, and graduallv haul to the Westward, and anchor in about 3 '2 fathoms water, with the Lighthouse bearing about NE. by E., about 1% miles from it ; light draught vessels may go farther in and anchor in 2)'2 fathoms water. Iligh Water. It is high water at Thomas' Point or the entrance of South River 4h. 44m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 foot. ANNAPOLIS HARBOR. This Harbor, which is on the Southwest side of Severn River, about 1 ]4, miles from its mouth, lies Northwesterly about 5 miles ':.!''. Pi^^^.''\: 330 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. from Thomas' Point Lighthouse, and Wcst-Northerl}' about Ij^ miles from Grcenl)ury Point Liglithouse, which is on the Northo,n side of entrance to this River. 1 i \ Remarks. At this date (1882), tlio cliannel leading up to Annapolis is well buoyed; about 20 feet water at low tide can be carried past Oreenbury Point Lighthouse, and from 12 to 15 feet can be taken up into tlie Harbor. Sailing Directions for Annapolis Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up the Bay, bound to Aniuii)oli:-' Harbor, follow the directions before given from Cape Henry 1) litdtimore, until up Willi the Lipistliouse off Thomas' Point; k>,. •■ this Lightiiouse about }4 mile on the Port hancl and st^-r abo'i*, North, keeping a sharp lookout for tlie Black Buoy off Tall}-' Point; Thomas' Point Lighthouse bears from thui Buoy Z. '/t W. 1^ miles; when tiiis Buoy off Tally's Point is m;i'le, ' -ave it close to on the Port baud, and make good the coursuj J! l)y W. ^ W- ; as you sail in you will see on the Pri:. hra... rise R^d Buoy off Grecnbury Point Shoal ; for the do. pest \vn ,ei bring ibis Buoy to bear NW ^ W. and run foi it on this eo-use, leaving it close to on tho :.l:..ivioard hand, and carrying iJ')t less than 20 feet water; when pas* J ':, ia-i. ">st of wiich is nearly oi)po.site the Lighthouse, you will see the Rod Buoy off Fort Madison ; leave this last Buoy on the Starboard hand, and run into the Harbor, leaving the Black Buoy olf Sycamore Flats on the Port hard, and anchor opposite the town, in from 2 to 2>^ fathoms water. Coming down Chesnpcake Bay, bound to Annapolis Harbor, leave the Black Buoy off Sandy Point Lighthouse a short distance on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW- by S. ^ S. 3 miles, leaving the Black Buoy off Hackctt's Point on the Star- board hand ; when past this Buoy steer about W SW., keeping a sharp lookout for the Rod Buoy off to the Southeastward of Greenbury Point Lighthouse ; when this last-named Buoy is made (which bears from Greenbury Point Lighthouse S- by E 3/^ luile), follow the directions before given. 34 E. 1. 1}' about 1 y^ the NortbiMi apolis is well carriod past 3an be taken r in Day- ^^oather. r, fellow the ore, until up 3 Lighthouse )rth, keeping at ; Thomas' '. V/i miles; lose to on the ^ W. ; as ~d Buoy olf this Buo3- to ng it close to feet water ; L?iack liiiovs, I , when past o[)posite tlie idison ; leave the Harbor, rt hard, and Liter. )olis Harbor, liort distance W. by S. ^ ; on the Star- 7"., keeping a lieastward of tuoy is made )y E. 34 E. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 331 ANNAPOLIS ROADS. These Roads lie from 1 % to 2j^ miles Southeast from Green- bury Point Lighthouse, and have from 3j^ to 8 fathoms wtitcr in them. Sailing Directions for Annapolis Roads. Vessels coming up Chesapeake Ba}*, intending to anchor in these Roads, may follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until Greenbury Point Lighthouse bears NW. ; tlien run boldly in and anchor according to draught in fi'oni oy2 to 8 fathoms water, soft, muddy bottom. Coming down Chesapeake Ba}', leave the Black l>uoy off Sandy Point Lighthouse about }^ mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. by S. J^ S., leaving the Black Buoy ofi' Hackett's Point well on the Starboard hand ; when Greenbury Point Lighthouse bears NW., follow the directions beff ro given. Jlif/h Water. It is high water in Annapolis Harbor 5h. 20m after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 foot. MAGOTirS RIVER. The entrance to this RiA'er, which is on the .V :,\, fiidc r-f Ch(!sapeakc Bay, lies Northwestei'ly about 23/^ mil's l'>-om tie Lighthouse on Sandy Point, and o^ miles Southerly (••om Bod- kin Point Lighthouse. Hemarlcs. The entrance to this River, which is be' en Stony Point on the North and Persimmon Point on the S nUi, is about }i mile wide; about 10 feet water can be carrie ito this River at low tide ; the channel leading in is nearest stony Point. Sailing Directions for Magoth River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up the Bay, bound into Magothy River, may leave the Black Buoy off Sandy Point Liuhthouse about }{ mile on the Port hand, and steer about N by W. about 2j{ miles ; the V 332 ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. River will tlicn be open, and llic Black Buoy which lies off the entrance will be scon ; lonvc this last Buoy close to on the I ort hand, and run in about W-NW., leaving the Rod Buoy off Stony Point Shoal on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy oil' rersiniuion Point Shoal on the Port hand, and run up and anchor about ^ mile inside Stony Point in from 12 to ITi feet water. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay, when the Black Buoy off the entrance to Magothy River is made, run in as before directed. Hifjh Water. It is high water at the mouth of Magothy River Oh. 5m. after it is at Boston ; conmiou tides rise about 1 foot. CHERRYSTONE INLET. The entrance to this Inlet, which is on the Eastern side of Chesa- |)eake Bay, lies about 20 miles North from Cape Henry Lightliouse, NE. i^ E. \i)]i miles from Back River Liglithouse, E. by N. 10^ miles frou' York Si)il Lighthouse, and 9^4 miles above Cape Cliarlos Cherrystone Lighthouse. On the Shod, West side of entrance to this Inlet, in about 5 feet water at low tide, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a iixed Wliitc Light; at this time there is attaclied to this Light- house a Bell, which in thick weatlier is struck twice in quick suc- cession, at intervals of 30 seconds. Meniarhs. The Channel leading into Cherrystone Inlet is ver- narrow, and strangers entering should proceed witii caution; with favorable winds about 12 feet water at U)w tide can be carried in abreast the Lighthouse, and about !) feet can be taken from this Point to the wharves. Sailing Directions for Cherrystone Inlet in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from Seaward or the Southwestwai'd, bound to Cherry- stone Inlet, may follow the directions Jjcfore given from Cape Heniy to Baltimore, until Back River Lighthouse bears W.SW. ; '\t~\nveS-iainffWrf^'"-'-"'""~" — -^ ^£i^ail/r4 mile to the Southward oX tiie JJghthouse ; when this Buoy is made, bring it to bear about N. >^ W. and run for it, carrying about 12 feet water through tiie nar- row channel ; leave this Buoy close tj on the Port hnnd, and under s/to?-< sa/7 run in, leaving tlio Black Buoy to the Eastward of the Lighthouse close to on the Port ; when past tliis last-named Buoy, run for the next Black Buoy, carrying about 3 fathoms water ; leave tilts last Buoy close to on the Port hand, and the next lied lUioy close to on the Starboard hand, carrying not less than 9 feet water ; when past the last-named Red Buoy you will see a small Island, which may be left about I.'jO yards on the Port hand; when past this Island follow the narrow channel to the Northward, until the end of the wharf on the Eastern s'"' • Tiears NE. ; then run for it, carrj'ing not less than 9 feet wutci io 'ae outer end. Vessels of not more than 7 or 8 feet draught, coming down the Chesapea've Bay, may bring the Lighthouse on the Wolf Trap to boar NW- by N., and make good the course SE. by S. ; as they approach the Eastern shore a sharp lookout should be kept for the Red Buoy, which lies about a mile to tho Westward of Cherrj-stone Inlet Lighthouse; when this Buo^'is made, leave it on the Port hand, and run to tho Eastward across the Flats, leaving tho Black Buoy, which lies about yd mile to tlie Southward of the Lighthouse, close to on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. Strangers should not attempt to beat into Cherrystone Inlet. High Water, It is high water at the entrance of Cherrystone Inlet 3h. 6m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about tyi feet. HUNGER'S CREEK. The entrance I0 this Creek, which is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, lies Northeasterly 8% miles from the Lighthouse Ill I 334 ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. at the entrance to Cheriystono Inlet; Eiist 10 mik-s from tlie Lighthouse on Wolf Tnip Shoiil, jvnd SE. 17 miles from tiie Light- house on Rappahannock Slioul. As we have no personal knowledge at this time of tiie clangers in navigating this Crock, we shall therefore only give the sailing directions issued by the Lighthouse Board, July 1, 1881. Sailing Directions for Hunger's Creek in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. In entering this Creek, leave the Red Can Buoy which lies off the entrance close to on the Starboard hand, and steer for Wilkin's Dwelling House, leaving the Black Can Buoy close to on the Port hand; the course over the Bar is E. % N. As soon js you deepen to 2 fathoms, haul up for the North end of the Bluff on Wilkin's Farm, and when abreast it, steer for the outer end of the Wharf, leaving the Red Buoy close to on the Starboard and the Black Buoy on the Port. The soundings are very irregular, vary- ing from 9 to 15 feet. The most water that can be carried between the two upper Buoys is G feet at low tide. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Hunger's Creek 2h. 15m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 v^ feet. NASWADDOX CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, is 12^ miles Northeasterly from the Lighthouse at the entrance to Cherrystone Inlet, and about ^% miles North- easterly from the entrance to Hunger's Creek. Remarks, About 4 feet water, at low ti le, can be carried through a narrow channel into this Creek, but as there are at this date (1882), no Buoys to mark the channel leading in, no sailing directions can therefore be given ; small or light draught vessels bound to this Creek should therefore take pilots. lik's from tlie •om tlie Light- )f tlu! dangers ve the sailing J81. k in Day- v^eather. which lies off r for Wilkin's ;o on the Port soon as you the Bhiff on er end of the oard and tlie •egiilar, vary- rried between ick 2h. 15m. let. item side of e Lighthouse miles North- igh a narrow tt (1882), no irections can 3und to this ELDIUDGE-8 COAST PILOT. 336 OCOOHANNOOK CflEEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the KaaU^rn side of Chesapeake Bay, lies about 18 milfs Noitlu-astcrly from the Light- iiouse at tlie entrance of Cherrystone Inlet, and E. by S. >4 S. Uy^ miles from the Lighthouse on liapi)ahuimock Spit. MeniarkH. In entering this Creek there art; two channels, called the North- ern and Southern Channels, both of which, at this time, are marked with Buoys. About 5 foot wuler, at low tide, can be carried into this Creek. NANDUA CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, whicii is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, lies IG miles E. % N. from the Lighthouse on Rapi)ahiumock Spit, and about !) miles South from the Lighthouse at Watt's Islfvnd. Retnarks* About 6 feet water, at low tide, can be taken across the Bar into this Creek. Sailing Directions for Nandua Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 6 feet, draught, bound into Nandua Creek, should, after making the Buoys at the eutraucc, wait untU about % flood ; then run in, leaving the Outer Bar Buoy (Red) close to on tlie Starboard hand, and the Inner Bar Buoy (Black) close to on the Port hand ; when past the Black Buoy, on the Inner part of the Bar, you will see the Red Buoy which lies on the Outer point of the Shoal which extends from the Point on the Southern side of entrance ; leave the last-named Buoy close to on the Star- board hand, and run up about 1 mile S-SE-, and anchor in from 10 to 12 feet water. High Water. It is high water at Nandua Creek 42 minutes before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 2 feet. ■""fS^; 1! 33G ELUUIDGES COAST PILOT. PUNGOTEAGUE GREEK. Tho pntranoc to this Ciwk, wlildi is on tlio Kasli-ni sido of Chosapcako Hay. lies E. l..v N. 17 inili-s iVoin tho LighthouHo on Rai)|)ahaiinofk Spit, aiul South about Gy^ miles fioai tlio Light- bouse at Wutt's Island. Metnarh's. At this time tho channel Icadinj; into Pungotoaguo Crock is well marked with IJuoys ; about. 10 feet water, at low tide, can be taken into this place. Sailing Directions for Pungoteague Creek in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels bound up the IJay, of not more than 7 or 8 feet drnuiilit, may bring the Lighthouse on the Wolf Trap Shoal to l)ear SW. y^ S., and make good the course NE. 'A N. 20 nules, whidi will lake them abreast the entrance to Pungoteague Creek ; then, at y2 flood, run in, keeping a sharp lookout for the Outer Black Buoy, which Ilea to the Southwestward of a small Islet (called South Marsh) ; when this Buoy is made, leave it close to on tlie Port, and run in, leaving the Black Buoys close to on the Port and the Red Buoys close to on tho Starboard baud, and anchor ia from 10 to 15 feet water. Coming down the Bay, bring tho Lighthouse on Smith's Point Shoal to bear NW., and make good the course SE. about 20 miles, whiah will take them olf the entrance to Pungoteague Creek ; then follow the directions before given. High Water, It is high water at the entrance of Pungoteague Creek 32 min- utes before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about- 2 feet. MAOHOTANK GREEK. The' entrance to this Creek, which is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, lies about 2i^ miles Northeasterly from the en- trance to Pungoteague Creek, aud SE. by S. >^ S. 5 mUes from the Lighthouse at Watt's Island. isti'i'ii sido of Mj^litliouHo on )m tlio LifjUt- Crcok is well tide, can be Jk in Day- veathor. feet drniifTJit, to l)ear SW. ?9, whifli will eek ; tiien, at I' IJiaek IJuoy, failed South tlie Port, and and tlio Red la from 10 to Smith's Point JE. about 20 eague Creek ; )reek 32 min- ! feet. ?tern side of from the cn- 3 miles from KLDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 337 Remark H, At this date (1882), the entrance to this Creek in marked with a r.uoy painted in Hed and Black Horizontal Slri[)es, with a lioard upon it Willi tlie wdhI Macholauk. About 5 feet wulur cun be taken into this Creek at low tide. ONANOOCK CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, near the entrance to Pocomoko Sound, lies 4^ miles SE. by S. from the Lighthouse on Walt's Island. Remarks. At this date (1882), the channel leading into this Creek is well marked with Buoy's. About 7 feet water, at low tide, can l)e taken into this place. Sailing Directions for Onancock Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 7 feet draught, bound up or down the C'iiesai)eakc Bay, may bring the Lighthouse on Watt's Island to bear NE. by N., and run for it on this course until about 3 miles from it ; then steer more Easterly, until this Lighthouse bears NW. by N- ; then make good the course SE. by S , keeping a sharp lookout for the Outer Buoy, which is painted m Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; then, at about J^ flood, leave this Buoy close to on either band, and run in, leaving the Black Buoys close to on the Port, and the Red Buoys close to on the Starboard hand. nigh Water, It is high water at Onancock Creek about the same time it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2 feet. OHBSOONESSEX CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, which is on the Eastern side of Chesapeake Bay, near the entrance to Pocomoko Sound, lies about AYi miles E.SE. from the Lighthouse at Watt's Island. 'A:i'.-: ft' t Ij ^ 11 i ■ 5 I, i'l i! * i m'^ 338 KLUmUQE'S COAST IMLOT. JiemarkM. At tliis date (1HH2), tlu' cliiiiini'l li'ii(Uii;j; into Cln'.s((im(«ssox Cn'vk is iimikctl with IJiioys. Aljuiil IJ Ibct wiitor can Iju taken Into this placo at low tide. Sailing Diroctious for Choscoaoasox Crook iu Day- timo, with favorable winds and fair woatlior. VchscIh of not more than 10 foot dniu^^lit, bound np or down the Chesapeake Hay, may In-iii,;; tlie Lii^htlionso on Watt's Island to bear NE- by JH., and run I'or it on tiiis eunrse ; wliin about .'i mikvs from it, keep a sharp lookout for the lllaek Huoy, No. 1, wiiicli lica abont 2 miles Soutiiwest from the Lijihtliouse ; when this Buoy is made, leave it elose toon tlie Port hand, and make good the eoilrse E. ,'j N. for the Ued IJiioy, No. •_>, olf Seottshall's iShoal ; this last IJuoy marks the entrance to the channel hadintj into this Creek ; Watt's Island Lightliouse bears from it NW. 'ly W- ''5 miles ; when the last-named lUioy is made, leave it elose to on tho Starboard hand, and the next Blaek Buoy elose to on the Port, and rnn in about East, leaving tho next Rjd Buoy close to on the Starboard (carrying not less than 13 feet), and anchor in not less than 13 feet water. Htffh Water. It IS high water at the entrance of Cheseoncssex CrcH'k about tho same time it ia at Boston ; common tides rise abont 2}( I'eet. POCOMOKE SOUND. Tho entrance to this Sound, whieii lies between Watt's Island Ligiithousv^ and the Eastern Shore of Chesapeake Bay, is from 4 to 9 miles wide and 12 miles long. Watt's Island Lighthouse. Oir the South end of Watt's Island is a Liglithouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light, varied by White Flashes every 2 minutes. i i luii l)u taken I in Day- oathor. 3r down the 4 Isltuid to loiit .'5 miles I'o. 1 , wliioli wlicn tliiH iiiftko good Scott.slmir.s iiK'l l(ailiii to W to fill tlio iioy close to 1 anelior in k aliout the leut. att's Island !s from 4 to ic, which at by White IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) I 1 1.0 If i- Bi^ I.I tm '- lii 1.8 1.25 U 16 ^ 6" ite V <^ /a ^ > ^-' .''i-..-'t-<:';^^ -rfs^ -^-.^sfei^/pis^Ay .■'r-.T'''*»^.^-:ii- ■■:■:. >,'55rt-f- ■sS(."2bf.f-^^.' s ■^.'^^Hisa^^-f^ 'gr,.^ilSS3P^K^%tr;H?|^«^ap;^|^^PP^- ^^ 40 f CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Is 'Jm 'ii^ ELDRIDGE'S COxVST PILOT. 339 Remnrh's. In entering Pocomoke Sound, shoal water extench ofT :i long distance on both sides, and there is but little water ticar the upper part • 4 fathcms can be carried up a^ far as tlie Red IJuo.v, No. 4, which lie=> olT Tunnel's Spit, and from this about 10 feet, at low tide, to the mouth of Pocomoke River. Sailing Directions for Pocomoke Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming from seaward, or up the Chesapeake Bay, follow the directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until the Lighthouse on the Rappahannock Spit bears SW. by W- ; then st^er NE. by E- until the Lighthouse at Watt's Island is made ; bring this last-named Lighthouse to bear NE. by N., and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for tlie Bhick Buoy which lies off Southwest about 2 miles from Watt's Island Lighthouse ; when this Buoy is made, leave it about J^ mile on the Port hand, and steer about NE. by E. /. E., leaving the Black Buoy o.ff Southeast from the Lighthouse about ^ mile on tlie Port ; when past this Buoy, steer NE- H N., leaving the Red Buoy olf Beach Island Flats on the Starboard, and the Black I5uoy olf Upper Watt's Island Shoal on the Port hand ; when past the hist-name-l Buoy, haul up N- by E- V^ E- and run S% miles, leaving the Red Buoy olf the Southwest part of Tunnel's Spit on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy off Broad Creek Flats close to on the Port hand, and carrving not less than 12 feet water between the two list-named Buovs ; when past this last Black Buoy off Broad Creek Flats, make good the course NE- by E. 4t^ miles, which will take you to the Black Buoy which lies off Messongo Point Shoal, North side of entrance to Pocomoke River. Vessels of not more than 7 feet draught may, when past the Black Buoy off Broad Creek Shoal, steer NE- l>y Nm and anchor at the head of the Sound in from 7 to 9 feet water. Vessels coming down the Chesapeake Bay, bound into I^ocomoko Sound, may bring the Lighthouse on Smith's Point Shoal to bear NW. by N , and make good the course SE- by S-, leaving the Ued Can Buoy off the Southwest part of Tangier Sh.>al close to on t'lc Port hand; when past this Buoy, steer SE. by E. ."itil the Lighthouse at Watt's Island bears NE. by N- ; then follow the directions before given. 1 !J|.| '.i'lsi n i| fi 340 ELDKIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. Hif/h Water. Il is high water in Poconioke Sound 20 minutes after it is at Boston ; coiuiuon tides rise about 2i^ feet. POCOMOKE RIVER. The entrance to Pocomoke River lies 12 miles NE. J^ N. from Watt's Island Lighthouse. From its mouth to Snowhill the dis-. tance is 23 miles. Strangers bound up should therefore follow the directions for Pocomoke Sound, and take a pilot at the entrance of the River. HUNTING CREEK. This Creek lies on the Southeast side of Pocomoke Sound. The Red Buoy, No. 2, whicli marks tiie entninee of the cliannel leading into Hunting Creek, lies NE. by E. G^i miles from Wati's island Ligiithouse. About 10 foet water, at low tide, can be taken into this place. SaiUng Directions for Hunting Creek. Vessels bound to Hunting Creek may follow tlie direcliou-? before given for Pocomoke Sound, until up with the Ulaek Buoy, No. 5, whieii lies off Upper Watt's Island Shoal; this Buoy bears NE. by E. from Watt's Island Lightiiouse, distance :)}{ miles; when this last-named Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Port hand, and steer NE. by E., carrying not loss than 15 feet water; when about 2 miles past this Buoy, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off Half Moon Island Shoal ; when this is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and anchor to the Northward of Half Moon Island and take a pilot into the Creek. Hiffh Water. It is liigh water at tiie entrance of Hunting Creek 20 minutes after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2>^ feet. ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. GUILFORD CREEK. 341 This Crock, which lies on the Southeastern side of Pocotnokc Sound, is about 2j^ miles Northeast from Hunting Creek. Guil- ford Creek and Hunting Creek both have the same entrance. About 7 feet water can be taken into Guilford Creek at low tide. Sailing Directions for Guilford Creek. Follow the directions before given for Hunting Creek, and anchor to the Northward of Half Moon Island and take a pilot. MUDDY CREEK and MESSONGO CREEK. From \}4 to 2'^ miles to the Northward of Guilford Creek are Mn lily Cri'tk and Messongo Creek, both of which have but little water in them at low tide. ! i 111 TANGIER SOUND. The Southern entrance to this Sound, wiiicU lies nearly North and South, is betwoeii Watt's Island Lighthouse on the East and Tangier Island on the West. Jane's Island Lighthouse. In about 5 feet water, on the Shoal extending olf Southwest from Jane's Island (East side of Tangier Sound), is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. At this time a Bell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Mcniarks. Tangier Sound is from 2^2 to G miles wide, and about 20 miles long. Shoal water extends olf from both sides a long distance in several places, but the channel has d(>ep water in it ; b\' the South- ern entrance 7 fathoms can be taken up within 2 miles of Clay Island Lighthouse. At this time moit of the Spits are marked with Buoys. ;i! t ! 342 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Tangier Sound in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coining up the Chesapeake Bay, bound to Tangier Sound, follow the sailing directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until the Lighthouse on Rappahannock Spit bears SW., then make good the course NE. ; as soon as Watt's Island Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear E. % N., and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Biack Buoy, No. 1, off Tangier Island Flats. Watt's Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy E. }4 N. about 5 miles ; when this Buoy is made, leave it about }^ on the Port hand, and steer NE. by E., leaving the Black Buoy which lies ofl" Southeast from Tangier Island about }^ mile on tlio Port hand ; continue the course NE. by E. about }4 uiile past this last-named Buoy, when Tangier Sound will l)e ftiirly open ; then, with Watt's Island Lighthouse bearing E. by S., make good the course N. by E. about G miles (carrying from 7 to 13 fathoms water), wliich will take 30U up with the Red Buoy olf Great Fox Island Shoal ; leave the lust-named Bucy about Jj mile on the Starboard hand, an 1 steer about N. by E., leaving the Rod Buoy to the Westward of Jane's Island Lightiiouse about }^ mile on the Starboard hand ; when past this la>t Buoy, the course is about N-NE., leaving the Black Buoy off Terrapin Sands about 250 yards on the Port hand ; when about J^ mile past the last Buoy, haul up about N-NW. for the Red Buoy olf Piney Island Shoal ; the Lighthouse in Kedgc's Straits bears from this Buoy about West 3):f miles; wlien tlie Red Buoy olf Piney Island Shoal is made, leave it about }{> mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course N- by W. 3-4 W., leaving the Red Buo}- otf Deil's Island Shoal close to on tlie Star- board hand ; when past this last Buoy, steer about North 3 miles, then run for Cla^- Island Ligiitliousc, bearing N. J^ E., leaving tlie Red Buoy on the Northern part of Drumming Shoal (wliieli has 8 feet water upon it at low tide) well on the Starboard hand. Coming down tlic Che.sai)eake Bay, bound to Tangier Sound by the Southern entrance, when past Smith's Point Lighthouse, bring it to bear NW. by N., and make good the course SE. by S. for the Red Buoy olF the Southwest part of Tangier Shoal ; leave this Buoy on the Port hand, and steer SE. by E. until Watt's Island Lighthouse bears E. >4 N., tlien run for it on this course, and follow the xlircctions before given. ELDlllDGE'S COAf.T PILOT. 343 High Water, It is high water at Watt's Island Li'^hthousc, Soiithorn entrance to Tangier Sound, about the same time as it is at Boston ; com- mon tides rise about 2 feet. CEDAR STRAITS. These Straits, which lead from Pocomoke Sound to Tangier Sound, lie about 3 miles to the Soutinvard of Jane's Island Light- house. From 2 to 3 feet water can be taken through these Straits at low tide. I and KEDGE'S STRAITS. Tlie entrance to these Straits, which lead tlirough from Chesa- peake Hay into lankier Sound, bears East from Point Lookout Lighthouse, distance about 13 miles, and the entrance from Tan- gier Sound bears Northwest about 6i^ miles from Jane's Island Lighthouse. Solomon's Lump Lighthouse. Off Solomon's Lump, upon the Southern side of the channel leading through Kedge's Straits, in about G feet water, is a Light- house, which at this date (1882), sl\ow3 a fixed White Light ; at this time a Bell is attached to this Liglithouse, which in thick weather is struck twice in quick succession, then a signal blow at an interval of 30 seconds. Remarks. About 9 foet water can be carried through this Strait at low tide; at this date (1882), the channel leading through is marked with three Buoys. Sailing Directions for Kedge's Straits in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up the Chesapeake Bay, follow the sailing directions be- fore given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until Smith's Point Ui ELDUIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. Lin;1itliO!i!^o lioars SW 1\v S. J< S., then make pood the ooiir«e NE. li.v N. Jj N , until tli(! Liglitliousc at Kc(l<2;i''s St mils Itcais E. I'v S- Jj S , tlicn mil for it on this coiirae, Ivccpin;^ a sharp lookout for tho Huoy painted in IJiat-k and Wliito I'tTiKMidiciiliir Slripcs, wliidi I'cs at tlio ciitranco of the ciianncl Icadini? in ; wIkmi this Dnoy is luado, l)ring it to l>,'ar East, and run for it on tliis course, leaving it close to on cither hand ; when past this Biioy,ct)n- tinne tho course East (carrying not less than 12 feet wat(M'). until the Lighthouse bears SE Iiy E. ]j E., then run for it on tliis course, carrying about 1 1 foi't wat<-., and leaving the Keil l?noy and Lighthouse about .'100 yards on the Starboard hand ; when p;ist tho Lighthouse, make good the course E by S., carrying nut less than 1) feet water across the Flat Ground, and lea\ing the l>Iack Buoy off South Blarsli Spit well on the Port hand ; when the water deepens to 8 or 10 fathoms, you aro then in Tangier Sound. Vessels from Tangier Sound, bound through Kedge's Straits into Chesapeake Bay, may bring the Lighthouse, which stands on the South side of the channel in the Straits, to l)ear W. by N., and run for it on this course ; when the water shoals to .3 fathoms, steer about W. by N. ; j N., leaving the Black Buoy off South Marsh Spit well on tho Starboard, and the Li-rhthonse about 300 yards on the Tort hand ; continue the course W. by N. ji N., until the Lighthouse bears SE. by E. Jj E., then make good the course NW. 1)3 W. yi W., until the T.uoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, which lies at the entrance of the passage, bears West ; then run for it on this course, and leave it close to on either hand ; when past this Buoy, steer W. bj- N. into the Bay. JTiffh Water. It is high water at tho Western entrance of Kedgo's Straits Ih. 27m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about li^ feet. HOLLAND'S STRAITS. The Eastern entrance to those Straits, which lies between South Marsli Lsland on tho South and Bloodsworlh Island on the No'-th, is about 5}^ miles to the Northward of the Lighthouse in Kedge's Straits. ri.Tiin DOE'S COAST PILOT. 345 lleniarh'H. These .Straits, which lead througii from Chosaponkc Bay to 'I':ni- gicr Sound, have but little water in thoiii at low tide, iuid :il tins date (1882), there are no l^iioys to nisirlc tiie cluinnel ; strivngera should not, therefore, attempt this passage witliout a pilot. HOOPER'S STRAITS. Tiie entrance to these Straits, which lead through from Chesa- peake ll;iy into the Nortliern part of Tan,u;ier Sound, hears NE. \\V^ miles from the Lighthouse at Point Lookout, and Nortliwest- erly about 1 1 miles from the Lightliouse in Kedge's Straits. Hooper's Straits Lighthouse. U|)on the Northern side of the channel leading from Chesapeake Bay through Hooper's Straits into Tangier Sound, in ab feet drunjiht may steer E-NE. across tlie Flat Cirouml into Tangier Sound. When past the Bhuk Hnoy off Hishop's Head, vessels of 12 feet dranglit must haul u|) NE. Ity E., or nearly, for the Lighthouse on Clay Island, and track the narrow channel into Tangier Soimd, carrying about 12 feet water at low tide Vessels of not nK)re than !) feet draught, from Tangier Sound bound to Chesapeake 15ay by way of Hooper's Straits, may follow the directions before given for Tangier Sound, until up with the Red Buoy off Drumming Shoal ; Clay Island Lighthouse bears from this I'uoy N. 'j W. -1^ miles; when about }■( mile past the Red IJuoy off Drumming Shoal, steer about W. by N. across the ''^lat Ground, carrying about 9 feet water, and keeping a sharp Vhikout for the Black Buoy off Bishop's Head Shoal; when this Luoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer about NW ->^ W., leaving the Liglithouso on lliis Northern sjde i>f the Straits about ^ mile on the Starboard land; when this Iast-nam*Ll Liglitliouse bears N-NW-, run about West, carrying not less than 2^2 fathoms water, leaving the Red Buoy which lies :• lOut ly^ miles to the Westward of the Lighthons'! on the Port : iiid ; when past this last Buoy, make good the cour-.e W. by S- into Chesapeake Bay. There arc many Shoals in the vicinity of lloojier's Straits, Kedge's Straits, Tangier and Pocomoko Sounds, a bettor idea of which can be obtained by inspecting Eldridgc's Chart of Chesa- peake Bay on a largo scale than by any written directions. Hifffi Water. It is high watnr at the Western entrance of Hooper's Straits lb. 40m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1^ feet. by S. ELDRIDOF/S COAST PILOT. 347 CRISFIELD HARBOR, OR LITTLE ANNEMESSEX RIVER. The entrance to this Harbor, which is on the Eastern side of Tangier Sound, lies about J^ mile to the Eastward of June's Island Lighthouse. Somers' Cove, or Crisfleld Harbor Lighthouse. upon tlic Northern side of tin; Hiver, in 6 feet water at low tide, is a Lightliouse, which at this date (188-2), sliows a Hxed Wliite Liglit ; at tliis time a Hell is attached to this Liglithouse, which in tiiick weather is struck at intervals of 15 seconds. Remarks. About 9 feet water can be carried into this River at low tide ; at this time (1882), the River is well buoyed. Sailing Directions for Crisfleld Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet drauglit, coming up the Chesapeake Bay, bound to Crisfleld Harbor, may follow the directions before given for Tangier Sound, until about 2 miles from Jane's Island Lighthouse ; then bring tiii-i Liglithouse to bear NE. >4 N., and run for it on this course, leaving it about 350 yards on the Port hand, and carrying not less tiian It fi-et water; when past this Lij;hthouse yon will see tiie Red Buoy olf Long Point Siioal ; continue tiio course NE- J^ N., until lliis Buoy bears East, then run in, leaving the Red Buoys on tlie Starboard, and the Lighthouse in the River about 200 yards on the Port hand ; when the latter bears NW. by N., steer SE. by S-, and anchor about Yi mile from it in about!) feet water at low tide ; ifboimd to the Avharf at Somers' Cove, leave the Lighthouse in tiie River about 200 yards on the Port hand, and run to the Northeastward, leaving the Red Buoys on the Starl)oard, and the Black Buoys on t'.ie Port hand, and carrying about 8 feet water to the end of the above-mentioned wharf. Coming througii Kedge's Straits follow the directions before given for these Straits, until the water deepens to 10 fathoms ; tiien steer to the Southeastward, carrying deep water, and keeping a sharp .'U8 EM)ItlI)(iKS COAST I'.-.'.OT. i', I lookout foi' til.' niiuk IJiioy ofl' Terrapin SiiikIm ; Jane's I-'Ianil l.i;ilitli(»u8i' hears IVoin this last-named lluoy S '4 E. -' miles : wlieii tills Hnoy is nindo, leiivo it close to on Ih" Siailinaiil iiin!. ami steer S. l)y W. Jj W., Icavinf? the lied IJnoy to the W 1 st- ward of Jane's Islaiul Lijjiithonso on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy, haul round the LiKhlliouso at a distance of J/j mile, leaviiiji; it on the Port hand, and follow the directioiiH hefore {^iven. Coming; through Hooper's Straits, bound to Crisfleld Ilarhor, when past the Black Huoy otF Bishop's Head Shoal, steer E. NE- across the Flat (Iround, carrying? about 9 feet water at low tide; when the water deepens in Tangier Sound to about 8 fathoms, then, wiih Clay Island Lighthouse bearing N. yi E., steer S. I'l W-, leaving the Red Buoy off tho Northern pnrt of Drumming Shoal, and the Hed Buoy off the Southwest i)art of Dell's Island Shoal, both on the Port hand ; when |)ast the last-named Buoy, the course is about S- by E. '/. E., and distance 3j,4 miles, to the lied Buoy olf Pinoy Island Shoal ; leave this last-named lUiny close to on the Port hand, and steer about SE. by S. ->^ S.. carrying deep water, and keeiiing a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off Terrapin Sands ; Jane's Island Lighthouse bears fiom this last-named Buoy S. '/i E. '2 milcrs ; when this is made, leave it close to on the Star- board hand, and steer S- by W. }^ W-, leaving the Red Buoy to the Westward of Jane's Island Lighthouse on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy, haul round the Lighthouse at a distance of yi mile, and follow the directions before given. BIG ANNEMESSEX RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Eastern side of Tan- gier Sound, lies Kast about 6]4 miles from the Lighthouse in Kedge's Straits, and Northeasterly f)}^ miles from the Lighthouse at Jane's Island. Iieniarh'8, About 12 feet water at low tide can be carried up througli a nar- row channel about 4l4 miles from the entrance; at this date (1 882), there arc no Buoys in this River, strangers in entering should therefore proceed with caution. i I EI.DIUDGKS COAST PILOT. :mo Sailing Diroctions for Big AnnomoHsex Rivor in Daytime, with favorabio winds and fair woatuor. N'ossrls of not iiiori" limn H or 10 fci't. diaiij^lit, coniuii; up Clicsii- |K'!iki' n.iy, iiijiy ''(illuw llio M:iiliii;4 iliiH'ctions ln'lbrc given I'ov 'l':u\- Hici- Soinul, until U|) with tlio llvA Hiioy wlilcli lit'S about ?:j niiln lo tli(! Wi'stwiinl «r Jiinc'tf Isiainl Lij^liUioiisc ; leave tills IJuny alioiil '{ mile on tiie Starlioanl liand ami steer about NE. by N. ' ■ N . I aviiiif liie r.laeli I>iioy oIl'T. riapin Saudi elo^e lo on tlic I'ort hand, and nialvfi g od tlie loiiise NNE- 'l miles, carrying not less llian 2'i tatlioms wati'r ; 1'.!^; Auiuniessex Uiver will tlien be fairly ()[iin, iieariu'; about Hast; llien run in, iieejiinji tiie Xorth- ern side bi'st aboard, and when past the flrst Toint on the Northern side, uneiior in from 10 to 15 feet water; if bound further ui) a pilot will bo neceHsary. Coinin^f through Ivedge's Straits, bound to Big Annemossex River, follow the direetiona before given for these Strails, until about a mile past the Liglithousc ; then bring it to bear W- yi N., "lid niMJie good tiie course E. •)+ S., until tlie water nhoals to ;i;j fathoms on the Eastern side of Tangier Sound ; then run in, keeping the Northern side best aboard, and follow the direc- tions before given. Coming through Hooper's Straits, bound to Big Anneinessex River, follow the directions before given for Little Anneinessex River, until past the Red Buoy olf I'iiiey Island Shoal (whieli is left on tlu! Port hand) ; then, with the Lighthouse in Kedge's Straits bearing W. H N., follow the directions before given. MANOKIN RIVER. This River, which lies to the Northward of Big Annomcssex River, is only separated from the latter by Jericho ?Tarshes. liemttvks. At this date (1882), there are no Buoys in this River; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound to this place to follow the directions before given for Big Anneinessex River, and take a pilot at the entrance. i '0 HI ',• 350 ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. WICOMICO RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on tlie Eastera aide of Tan- gier Sound, between Long Point on the South and Nanticoke Point on tlie North, lies 4 miles E- hy S. ^j S. from Clay Ishind Light- house. Ref narks. About 12 feet water at low tide can be carried into this River as far as Wingato Point, and with a good pilot about ^ feet can bo taken up to White Haven, which is about 6 miles froni the entrance ; at this date (1882), the River is only buoyed as far as Wiugate Point, which is but a short distance from the entrance. Sailing Directions for Wicomico River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 or 10 feet draught, from the South- W' rd, bound to Wicomico River, may follow the sailing directions 1). ibre given for Tangier Sound, until abreast the Rod Buoy off the Northern part of Drumming Shoal ; Clny Island Liglithouse bears N. Yi W. from this Buoy, distance 2i/S miles ; when the Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer E. by N. y, N-, keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy off Nanticoke Spit ; when this is made, leave it close to on the Port, and continue the coarse E. by N. Y^ N., carrying about 11 feet water, and pass- ing between the Red Buoy off Long Point Flats and the Black Buoy off Naticoke Point Flats ; wlien past tlic latter Buoy, which should be left close to on tlie Port hand, steer SE. by E. Y2 E., until the next Red Buoy, off the Southern part of Monie Bay Flats, boars E. Y^ N., then run for it on this course, carrying about U feet water through the narrow channel ; leave the last-named Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and haul up about N- by W. for the Black Buoy off Wingate Point Shoal ; leave this la^i Buoy close to on the Port hand, and anchor, when past it, in the narrow channel in from 4 to 5 fathoms water ; if bound further up, a pilot is neces- sary. Vessels of not more than 8 or feet draught, coming through Hooper's Straits, bound to Wicomico River, may follow the directions before given for these Straits, until abreast the Black Buoy off the Southern part of Bishop's Head Shoal ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port bandv and steer about E. by S. across the Flat Ground, •ji» ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 351 (1e of Tan- ic'okc Point mid Lisrht- is River as foot can he D entrance ; ,s Wiusate in Day- ather. the South- directions uoy off" the ouse bears ho Buoy is E. by N. Nanticoke id continue , and pass- the Black uo}-, which E. 14 E., Bay Flats, ; about 14 imed Buoy by W. for Biio}' close ow channel it is noces- ng through B directions joy off the »y close to at Ground, carrj'ing from 8 to 9 foot water at low tide ; who i the Red Buoy off the Northern part of Drumming Shoal is made, follow the directions before given. NANTICOKE RIVER. The entrance to this Hivor, which is on the Northern side of Tangier Sound, between Nanticoke Point on the East and Frog Point on the West, lies about 2 miles East from Claj' Island Light- house. Clay Island Lighthouse. Upon the Southwostern extromity of Clay Island, Eastern side of entrance to Fishing Bay, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), show a fixed White Light. This Liglit is intended to guide vessels into Fishing Bay, and also into Nanticoke River. Jiemarks. From the mouth of Nanticoke River to Vienna the distance is about 16 miles. About 3 fathoms water can be carried as far as Ragged Point, which is about i^}{ miles from the entraco, and from this about 8 feet can be taken up to Vienna.* Sailing Directions for Naticoke River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Southward, bound to Nanticoke River, may follow the sailing directions before given for Tangier Sound, until up with the lied Buoy oft" the Northern ]Kirt of Drumming Shoal ; Clay Island Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. >3 W. '2yi jniles; when the Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NE., leaving the Black Buoy off Nanti- coke Point Spit about }( mile on the Starboard hand, and carrying not less than 3 fathoms water ; continue the course NE., until Chiy Island Lighthouse bears NW. by W. J^ W- ; thou, with the en- trance fairly open, run in about N. by E. Ja E., with Roaring Point, which is on the Eastern side, a little on the Starboard bow, and carrying from 3^4 to 5 fathoms water ; leave the last-named Point about }( mile on the Starboard band, and when abreast it, hai'l up North, keeping the Western side best aboard, carrying not ♦ Scaford lies about IG miles further up this IJivec. t: 352 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. less than ?> fathoms water; when ab ml 2 miles abuve Roaring Point, it i.'i advisable to aiiclior iit about .) lUtiioiii > water, and, if bound furtlier up, taice a pilot. Coming througli IIooi)er's Straits, hnund to Nanticnke Kiver, follow the directions before given for tlioe Siniits. until up wilh the Rlaei< Pjiioy olT 15islioi)'s Head Sliual r !■ iue liiis ISiiov el(jse to on the Tort hand, and steer alioul E- b^- S., earrvuig alioiit !) feet across the Klat Ground ; when the Red Buoy vlV Druiniuoud Shoal is made, leave it close to on the Starboard baud, and follow tlie directions before given. n FISHINa BAY. The entrance to this Bay, wliieh is about 3 miles wide, lies between C'hi^- Island Lighthouse on the East and liishnp's Head on the West. Itetnnrks. The entrance to the channel leading into Fishing Ray is about ^ mile to the AVe-itward of Clay Island Lighthouse. Aiiout 12 feet water, at h>w tide, can be carried through a narrow channel as far as Fishing Point, and about 7 feet can be taken up about 2 miles above this last-mentioned Point. There is much shoal water in this Bay, and at this date (1882), there are no Buoys to mark the channel leading in ; it is tlieref(jre advisable for stiangers, iu vessels of more than 6 feet draught, to take pilots. Sailing Directions for Pishing Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than G feet draught, coming through Tangier Sound, bound to Fishing Bay, may follow the sailing directions before given for that Sound, until abreast the Red Buoy oil the Northern part of Drumming Shoal ; Clay Ibland Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. 3j W. 2j.i miles; when this Buoy is male, leave it close to on the starboard hand, and steer about N by W- J^ W., keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy olf Shark's Fin Shoal; Chi}- Island Lighthouse bears from this last-named Buoy NE. by N. J-< N., about 1 mile ; when the last-named Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Port hand, and run about NW., ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 353 until Clay Island Lighthouse bears E-NE. ; ttun steer about N. y^ W-, about 2 miles, carr} ing from G fathoms to 8 feet ; then steer Diore Westerly, keeping nearly in the niicldle, and carrying from -1 to 5 fathoms water tiuough the narrow tliannel ; when about 1 niih; fr(jra Fishing Point, wliieli is on the East side, steer more Norlh- cily, and anchor about 200 yards to the Westward of it in about 3 fathoms water. If bound further up a pilot is necessary, even for vessels of 6 feet draught. Coming through Hooper's Straits, bound to Fishing Bay, follow the directions before given for these Straits, until up with the Black Buoy off Bishop's Head Shoal ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port hand, and steer E.NE-, leaving the Red Buoy of!" Shark's Fin Mioal on the Starboard hand ; when this last-named Buoy bears SE., sleer NW-, and follow the directions before given. HONGAR RIVER. The entrance to this River lies about 2 miles Northwesterly from the Lighthouse in Hooper's Straits. Remarks, The entrance to Hongar River, which is about 1>4 miles wide, lies between the Southeast part of Hooper's Island on the West and Crab Point on liie f^ast ; in entering, slioal water extends olF aliout 14 mile from both sides ; from 5 to 8 fathoms water can be carried in as far as Windmill Point, which is on tlie East side about '2y2 miles from the entrance, and 3 fatlioms can be taken up about 4 miles above tliis ; at this date (1882), there are no Buoys to mark the channel leading in. Sailing Directions for Hongar River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up thi; Chesapeake liay, bound to this River, may follow the directions before given from ('ape Henry to Baltimore, until Point Lookoui Lighthouse bears SW-, tlien make gcod the course NE. ; as soon as the Lighthouse in Hooper's Strai*^3 is made, bring it to bear E. by N. and ran for it on this course ; when about 2 miles from it, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy i I I Mi k 5) 354 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 1*1 which lies about 1 ;^ miles to the AVost vnrd of this Lijihthonsc ; when this I'.uoy is made, Icaw it about ;( mile on tin' Stmlxjiud, and wlicn it bears S. by E. Ja E- inalvegood t!io course N. by W. l^ Wm carrying from 4 to 8 fatlioms water; as you sail in, you will see Windmill Point, wiiich is on the Eastern side : bring this Point to bcarNW. '/^ W. and run for it, earn ing not less than 5 fathoms water ; leave the last-named Point about J j mile on the Starboard, and anchor a little above it in about 7 fatliums water; it is not prudent to go above this w ithont a pilot. Coming down the Chesapealvc IJay, bound to Flongar River, bring the Lighthouse in Hooper's Straits to bearE- by N. and run for it on this course ; wlien the Red Buoy wliieli lies about 2 miles to the Westwardof the Lighthouse is made, follow the directions before given. Vessels of not more than 9 feet draught, from Tangier Sounil, bound to Ilongar River by way of IL.oper's Straits, may Ibllow tlie directions before given for this Sound, until up with the Red Buoy off the Northern part of Drumming Shoal ; Clay Islind Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. ^^ W. 2ij miles; when about }( mile past this Buoy off Drumming Shoal, steer about W. by N., carry- ing about 9 feet water across the Kbit (Jronnd, and lvee[)ing a sliarp lookout for the Black Buoy off Bisiiop's Head Shoal ; when tliis last-named Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer about NW. ^4 W-, leaving llie Ligln house on the Northern side of the Straits about )^ mile on the Starboard hand, and steer about W. by N., until the Red T.noy whieli lies about. 2 miles to the AVestward of the Lightliouso b.'ars S- by E. ^2 E.. then make good tiie course N. by W. ^2 W.. carrying from 4 to 8 fathoms water, and follow the directions before given. m LITTLE CHOPTANK RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Eastern side of Ches- apeake Bay, lies about 5 miles Southeasterly from Sharp's Island Lighthouse. Hetnavks. The entrance to Little Choptank River, which js about 2}4 miles wide, lies between Hill's Point on the North and James' Point. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 355 the South ; shoal water cxtcmls oflT a lung distance from both these Points, Imt tlio cliannel in entering at tliis tinu (1H82), is marked with IJiioys ; about 15 feet water at low tide can be carried inside Ragged Point which is about 2 miles above the entrance. Sailing Directions for Little Choptank River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draught coming up the Chesa- pealie Bay bound to Lillle Clioptauii lliver, may follow the sailing directions before given from Cape llcnry to Baltimore, until Sharp's Island Lighthouse is made ; then run for it, bearing about N. by E-, keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy off James' Point Shoal ; the Southern part of Sharp's Island bears N. by W. 2 milea from this Buoj' ; when the Red Bu >y off James' Point Shoal is made, run for it, bearing about E NE., and leave it close to on the Starboard hand, carrying about 2'^ fathoms water across the Flat Ground ; continue the course E.NE. until the water deepens to 4 or 5 fathoms, then leave the Black Buoy off Hill's Point Shoal about % mile on tiie Port liand, and steer about SE. by E., leaving the Red Buoy off Abbott's Point Shoal well on the Starboard haml ; as you sail in, the Black Buo}* off R.agged Point will be seen ; in order to avoid the shoal water on the AVestern side, vessels of more than 9 feet draught slior'd, as soon at this last Buoy is made, bring it to bear South and run for it, carrying about 1.") feet water ; leave the last-named Buoy off Hill's Point Shoal close to on tlie Port hand, and steer South about % mile ; then haul up E. by S and anchor in from 3 to I fathoms water ; Ragged Point bears NW about y^ mile from this anchorage ; at this date there are no Buoys above Ragged Point ; it is therefore advisable for strangers bound further up to take pilots. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay bound to Little Choptank River, keep a sharp lookout f r the Red Buoy which lies off about 1 y^2 miles to the Westward of Sharp's Island ; tlie Lighthouse olf the Northern part of this Island bears NE. from this Buoy, distance 2% miles ; as soon as the Buoy is made, leave it aliout ^ mile on the Port hand, and m dee good the course SE- by S- 3 miles, which will bring j-ou up with the Red Buoy off James' Point Slioal ; when this last Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and fwllow the directions before given. 8K. '- 35G KLDIUDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. SHARPS ISLAND. This Island, which lies on llio Enst'.-in side of Chesapeake Bay, cxtoiuls nearly 2 miles Nortluind South, and is about j< mile wide ; shoal water extends oif a long distance in every direction from it; lieavy draught vessels bound up or down the Bay should give it a wide berth. Sharp's Island Lighthouse. About I J mile from tlie Nortiiwest part of Sharp's Island, in about 7 feet water, is a Lighthouse.* wiiieh at tliis date (1882), shows a fixed White I>ight; at this time a l>ell is at'aelied to tliis Light- house, whieli in thick weather is struck at intervals of 12 seconds ; tliis Liglitliouse is intended to guide vessels up the Chesapeake, and also marks the entrance to Choptank Bay. OHOPTANK BAY. Tlie entrance to this Bay, which is about 3 miles Noriheasterly from Sliarp's Island Lighthouie, lies between Cook's Point on the Southeast and Tilghman's Island on the Northwest. Hemarks. Choptank Bay extends about 8 miles in an Easterly and West- erly direction, and its average width North and Soutli is about 4 miles ; in ent ring, shoal water extends off from b >th sides, but at- this time ilie channel leading in is marked with Buoys ; tlicre arc several creeks on the Northern side, a description of which will hereafter be given. HARRIS* CREEK. The entrance to this Creek, whicli is nearly 3 miles wide, lies on the Nortiiern sde of Choptank Bay, between Black Walnut Point on tlic West and Nelson's Point on the East. ♦ Sliarp's Island Lighthousu hiis been carried nway by ice, but will probably be rebuilt before tlie publication r<" this work. ELDIIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 357 \ I S!| ■ff Memarks. About 1 5 feet water can be carried up Harris' Creek as far as Cliaiijrc Point, wliicli is on the Eastern side ; above tliis the channel is narrow, and tliere are m my Si)il,s and Shoals extendiiifj; oil' from both sides, sonic of whic i have but little water upon th<'ni ; at this dale (1882), there are no Buoys in this Creek to mark the channel leadiiiij; in ; it is therefore advisable fur strangers to not go above Change Point without pilots. Sailing Directions for Harris' Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming np Chesapeake Bay, boinid t > this Creek, follow the sailii)g directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, un- til Sharp's Island Lightiiouse bears N NE., tiien run for it on this course ; you ?an pass in on either side of this Island, but the South- ern passago is the deepest and most direct for vessels bound up ChoptankBty; therefore, leave the Southern part of this Island about \}^ miles on the Port hand, and steer NE. J3 N. for the Bed Buoy olf Cook's Point * (carrying deep water) ; this Buoy bears E- by N. 3^^ miles from Shari)'s Island Lighthouse ; when the Buoy is made, leave it close to on the Starboard hand, and steer about E. by N. J2 N-, until Cook's Point bears South ; tlien make good the course North for Change Point, wliich is tlie second on the Eastern side of entrance, carrying not less than 2^ fatiioms water; when about a m'le from this last-named Point, haul ui) NW- J4 N.j and anchor in al).)nt 2% fatiioms water ; Cliange Point bears NE-* distance about }^ mile, from this anchorage ; if bound further up, a pilot is necessary-. Coming down Chesapeake Bay, bound to Harris' Creek, bring Sharp's Islauil Lighthouse to bear SSE- and run for it on this course until the water shoals to 3 fathoms ; the Lightiiouse will then be distant \ '4 miles; tlien steer E- by S Ja S- for the Black Buo}- off Low's Point, carrying about 13 feet water across the Flat Ground ; leave tliis Buoy about 300 yards on the Port hand, and steer about East for the Red Buoy off Cook's Point, leaving it a'lout l^ mile on the Starboard hand; when Cook's Point beara ♦ Cook's Point, whicli lies on tlie Southeast siilo of entrance to Chop- tank Bay, liuars E. i S. 3i miles from Sharp's Island Lighthouse. 11 J' 358 ELDKIDGES COAST PILOT. South, inako good the course North, and follow the dircetiona before givcu. i 51 I iM ! .'I BROAD CREEK. The entrance to tliis Creok, which is about l}^ miles wide, lies on tiie Nortlicrn side of Ciioptank Bay, between Nelson's Point on the West and lloyston's Island on the East. JtemnrJea. About 13 feet water at low tide can be carried through a narrow channel as far as Deep Necli I'oint, which is about 2^2 miles above the entrance ; at tliis date (1HH2), tiicre are no lluoys to mark the channel leading up to this Creek ; strangers, in vessels of more than 6 feet draught, bound up, should tiierefore take pilots. Sailing Directions for Broad Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up Cliesapeake Bav, bound to this Creek, follow the directions before given for Harris' Creek, until up witli llie Red Buoy o(f Cook's Point ; le:ive tiiis Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NE by E. ; as^-ou sail in, you will sec, nearly ahead, Iloystou's Island, which is small and lies nearly' Nortli and South ; continue the course for tliis Island until about ^ mile from it, then, in aVwut 3 fatiioms water, run in about North, carrying about 3;^ fathoms water; in order to avoid a Slioal Spit which extends olF from Nelson's Point, which is the first on the West side, keep nearer lloyston's Island ; when past this Island, vessels of more than 7 feet draught should anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water, and if bound further up tiike pilots ; but those of less than 7 feet draught by keeping in tlie middle mav pass up 2 or 3 miles further. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay follow the directions before given for Harris' Creek, until up with the Red Buoy off Cook's Point ; leave tliis Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and follow the directions before "ivea. til ELDRiDGE'S COAST PILOT. 359 ( .;, Choptank River Lighthouse. Upon the Soutluiist fxtrcinity of ft Shoal at the Eastern part cf Choptank Bay, in about 10 feet water, is a Lighthouse, which at tills date (1882), shows ft fixed White Light; at this time a Fog Hell is attached to this Lighthouse, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. This Light is intended to guide vessels into Choptank River, and also Treadhaven Creek. u i 1 :l|n TREADHAVEN CREEK. * The entrance to this Creek, which lies between Batcheldor's Point on the East and Benoni's Point on the West, is about 1 mile North f^'om Choptank Lighthouse. Remarks. About 3 fathoms water can be carried up Treadhaven Creek to Oxford, which is on the Eastern side about 1^ miles from the entrance, and about 7 feet at low tide can be taken up to Easton Point, which is G miles above Oxford ; at this date (1882), there are no Buoys in this Creek to mark the channel leading up. Sailing Directions for Treadhaven Creek in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels coming up or down the Chesapeake Bay may follow the directions before given for Karris' Creek, until up with the Red Buoy off Cook's Point ; leave tliis Buo)' close to on the Starboard hand and make good the course E. J^ N. ; as j-ou sail up the Bay you will see Choptank Ligiithouse, which bring to bear East, and run for it on this course ; leave this Lighthouse about J^ mile on Starboard hand, carrying about 15 feet water across the Flat Ground which lies to the Northwest of it ; when Treadhaven Creek is fairly open, then, with the Lighthouse bearing S. % W-, run in N. y^ E., keeping the Eastern side best aboard and carrying 18 feet to Oxford Point ; if bound into Town Creek, which is the har- bor for Oxford, a pilot is necessary ; vessels bound up to Easton Point should take pilots at Oxford. 3G0 ELDRinOKS COAST PILOT. m 1: i: CHOPTANK RIVER. The ontrnncc to this River, which lies lu'twcen C'hlora's Point on tiic North mid CnstlchaviMi Toint on tlio South, is uliout 2 niik-s Southeast Irom C'ho[)tiinii River Lij,'litliuuse. Jfeniarh's, In ontering Clioptnnk Kiver, slioal wator extends o(T from iiolh sides. A Ued Hiiov inarks tlii; Suiitlivvest side of tiic entrance, and most of the Si)its and Slioals 1\ iii}^ in tiiis Uiver are marked witli Buoys, at this date (1H82), as fur as IIuntin«j Creeii. Alioiit :» fatlioms water ean Im carried up to Jamaica North Point Siioal, wliieii is al)out 1 1 miles from tlie entran(!e, and with a good pilot, 12 feet can be carried up about 15 miles further. Sailing Directions for Choptank River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 feet draught, coming up Ciiesapeakc Bay bound to this Uiver, may follow tlie directions before given from Cape Henry to Ualtimore, until Sliarp's Island Lighthouse bears N-NE., then run f r it on this course. You ean pass into Choptank Bay on eitlii)() yards past it. steer for the Ked Rii'-y oil' Upper Suiitli Klats ; between the twper South Flats, wliieh may be left close to ou the Starboard hand, haul np about NE., cari'vint: alioiit 3 fathoms water and leavin-j; the Red liuoy olf Oyster Shell I'oiiit Shoal close to on the Starboard hand; when past this last Ibioy, Btcer Kast until the lilaek Huoy olf Jainaica Point South Shoal bears N- by E- ; then run for it on this course ami leave it close to on the Tort hand. About ;^ mile to the S.aithward of tlic l.ast- named Buoy, the channel is very nairow, with not less th.an 5 fathoms water; it is therefore necessary, when runniiii,' for it, to proceed witli great caution. When past the I'.laek Ihioy ofT Jamaica Point South Shoal, run for the Ked Buoy off Secretary Creek Shoal, leaving it on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy olf Jamaica Point (North Shoal) close to on the Port hand ; when past this last Buoy, steer N. H E-, until the Red Buoy off Cabin Creek Shoal bears NE- by E- >j E- ; then run for it on this course, car- rying about 12 feet water across the Flat Ground and leaving it close to on the St.nrboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, keej) in the middle, carrying from .'J to 10 fathoms water and leaving the Red Buoys off Cabin Creek Neck and Hunting Creek both on the Starboard hand. At this date (18H-.>), there are no Buoys above this; it is therefore not prudent to proceed further without a pilot. Coming down Chesapeake Bay, botmd to Choptank River, bring Sharp's Island Lighthouse to bear S.SE-, and run for it on this course until the water shoals to 3 fatlioms ; the Lighthouse will then be distant 1 »niles ; then steer E. by S- li S. for the Black Buoy off Low's Point, carrying about 13 feet water arsross the Flat Ground; leave this Buoy about .100 y.irds on the Port hand, and steer about East for the Red Buoy otf Cook's Point, leaving it close to on the Starboard hand and nm for Choptank River Light- house, and follow the directions before given. ii nG2 ELDHIDfJK'S rOAHT PILOT. EASTERN BAY. Tlio rntrniK'c to tliis Hay, wliUli Ih on llio Kastrrn b1(1p of ( lit'Hiipc'iiko IJay, lies Nortli al)i)iit 11 miles IVoiii Sharp's ImIiiiuI Lij^litlioiiHo, and al)uiit ti initiH SoiitlicaHti'ily t'ruiu Thuuius' I'uiiit Lij^rlitlioiiHo. Iteinarh'H, Tilt' ciitrnnoo tollif Eastern Hay, wiiidi is bctwpon Kent Point on tlio Nortli and Poplar Island on the South, is 3 miles wide. Shonl wiitcr extends off more than 2 miles Northeast from th(! Northern part of Poplar Island, and also about Y^ mile from the South Point of Kent Island, makinj; the width of the ehannid leadinj; in less than Y^ mile wide ; the outer parts of both these Shoals are marked with Huoys. Shoal water also extends off n long distaiuu! from most of the Points in this Hay, but at this date (1882), these Shoals arc marked with IWioys. Ml : COXE'S CREEK. Tlio entrance to this Creek, which is on the Northern side of Eastern Bay, lies about .TJ^ miles Northeast from Kent Point, between Turkey I'oint on the East and Kent Island on the West. About 10 feet water can be taken up Coxe's Creek through a narrow channel, about 3 miles from the entrance. At this date (1882), there are no Buoys to mark the channel leading into this Creek. i... ! I. Sailing Directions for Coxe's Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up the Chesapeake B.-vy, bound to Coxe's Creek, follow the sailing directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until Kent Point is m.ade ; this Point bears SE. by S. J^^ S. from Thom.as' Point Lighthouse, distance 43/^ miles; when Kent Point is made, run for it, bearing about £.NE-, keei)ing a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy which lies about % mile Southeast from it ; KLDHinOE'S COAST I'lr-OT. ;)().'J uli.ii this i.s mn.lc, leave it close to on tli.- I'oit IimikI, and hIcit al'oiil NE. li.V E. nlxiiit 2';^ iniles ; tlieii nl.oiil N- '.. W., kcepiii}; "'""'• 'i "''!'• '''«>iii 111.' Kiisl.Tii side <.r KriiL Miiiid JUKI ctiiTviriK alioiit I latliuiiiH wuttr. As von sail iti, \oii will see on the Stiii- board Turkey Point, llie Ka-itcin side of entnimc ; when this Point hears Kasf, anchor at the innnth in altoui ;; lathoin.s water, as it is not pnidcnt to <,'o liirtluT \\\> without ii iiiiot. Coniin;,' down Chesapeake May, hound to Coxe's Creek, bring Thomas' I'oint Li;^htli()nse to bear N. by W. ,'j W., and make good il„. course S. l>y E. ]', E. ; wb.-n the H.'d Ibi„y which lies about a mile Soulhwest (Voin KiMit Point i^ made, leave it aliout 1^ mile on the Port hand and steer aitoutE SE.. leaving tlie IMack IJuoy to the Southeast of Kent Point close to on tho Port hami, and Collow the directions before given. rpon the Western side of Coxe'.s Creek are two small Creeks called Shipping Creek and Warehouse Creek ; nl)()nt '.) feet water can be taken into the former, and 8 feet into the latter. CRAB ALLEY CREEK. The cntranee to this Creek, which is on the Northern side of East- ern Bay, lies Northeast about (;^4 mil(.i from Kent Point, and Northwesterly i}{ miles from Tilghman's Point. Jlf'inarh'H. About G feet water can be earned up about 1 J< miles above tho mouth of this Creek ; at this date tliere are no Huoys to mark tho channel leading into it. Sailing Directions for Crab Alley Creek in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or ligiit draught vessels coming up or down Chesapeake Bay, bound to Ciub Alley Creek, may follow the directions before given for Coxe'3 Creek until uj) with the lilack Buoy olf Kent Point; leave tiiis Buoy close to on tlie Port hand, and steer NE. hyE. I2 E. 4>i miles, wiijch will bring them up with tho Black Buoy otf Boilkiu Island Shoal ; leave this last IJuoy close to on the Port hand and steer NE. ; as you sail in, you will :3(;4 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. siH' llic 1{((1 Buoy off Tilghnian's Point Shoal ; continue the course NE- until this last Buoy bears S- by E. ^4 E , tlien make good the course N. by W. ^ W., carrying not less tlian 10 feet water, and passing about midway between Parson's Island and IJodkin Island ; the former lies on the i^ast and the latU-r on tlie We^t side of llie passage ; when the Northern Point of Bodkin Island bears SW. haul up about NW- and run about '4 mile, and anchor at tlie mouth of the Creek in from 2 to ;3 fathoms water ; above this a pilot is necessary. KENT ISLAND NARROWS. Tliis narrow passage, which leads from Eastern Bay into Chester River, lies nearly North miles from Tilghnian's Point, and South- easterly about 5 miles from Love Point Lighthouse. Meniarhs. The average width of Kent Island Narrows is about 200 yards, and length about S/^ mile ; in entering this passage, there is not more than 2 or 3 feet water upon the Flats, at low tide, at the entrance on either side. Sailing Directions for Kent Island Narrows in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small vessels, of very light draught, coming up or going down the Chesapeake, may follow the directions belbre given for Crab Alley Creek, until up with the Red r>uoy off Tilghnian's Point; leave this Buoy close to on the Starboard hand and steer NE. by E. ; as you sail in, you will see to the Southward the Black Buoy off Coflin Point Shoal ; continue the course until this last Buoy bears S- by W-, then make good the course N. by E., carrying not less than 1 2 feet water ; when the Southern part of Parson's Island (which is the first on the Port hand) bears W- by N., hanl up N- by W. and run 2j^ miles (carrying not less than 12 feet water), which will bring tliem up with Hood's Point, which is left on the Starboard hand ; when abreast this last Point, steer North \]{i miles to the entrance of the Narrows. wmrmmmmtKm ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 365 the course iiiikc gocjil eot water, kI lJoi;kin the We^t kin Ishiiid mile, iuid ims water ; ito Chester and South- 200 yards, lere is not ide, at the 5 in Day- ather. ig down the Crab Alley oint; leave FE. by E. ; k Buoy off Buoy bears Ing not less iOn's Ishitid haul up N. cet water) , left on the h I'j miles ST. MICHAEL'S RIVER. The entranee to this River, whieh lies at the Snuthcast part of Eastern Bay, is about 1 miles Southeast from 'riiglimau'.s Tuiiit. Itenntr/k-s. Abont 18 feet water ;.an be earried up (his River as far as St. Jliehaol's, which is about \ j.( miles from the entrnncc, ami ',l Iccfc can be taken to th'.' wharves at tliisplaee, and 12 feet ean be eairicd lip about miles above this ; at this date (1882), the River is well buoyed as far as Long Point. Sailing Directions for St. Michael's River in Day- timo, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up the Chesapeake, bound to St. Mieliai I's River, Inllow the sailing directions before given from Cape Henry to Baltimore, until Kent Point is made (this Point bears SE. by S. 'j S. from Thomas' Point Lighthouse, distance I -'4 miles) ; wh 'U Kent Point is made, bring it to bear about E-NE. and run for it on this course, leaving the shoal water to the Westward of Poplar Island well on the Starboard hand; as you apin-onch this Point Keep a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy -wliich lies about ^ mile Southeast from it; when this Buoy is mnde, leave it close to on the Port hand and steer NE. byE. y> E 4>j miles, which will bring you up with the Black Buoy olf Bodkin Island Shoal; leave tliis Buoy dose to on the Port hand, and the next Red P.uoy olf Tilghman's Point Shoal on the Starboard hand ; when j)ast this last-named Ihioy yon will see the Black Buoy off Coffee Point Slioal ; when this liears SE- riui for it on this course, and leave it chxse to on the Port hand ; when past it steer S. ^ E. 2 mil's, leaving the Red Buoy oil Bo/.niMu's Island Slioal on the Starboard, tlie Black Buoy otf Herring Island Shoal on the Port, and Red Buoy olf Ilamlinton's Point alwut 2.50 yanls on the Starboard hand ; from the last Buoy steer al)out S-SE., leaving the Red Buoy olf Soit- iand Point Shoal close to on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy oU'Pairview Point at the entrance of the River close to on the Port hand; abreast this last Buoy the channel is ver}' narrow; wIk'u ])ast theBlnck Buoy offFairview Point, yon will see (he Red Buoy otf Stony Point; leave this Buoy on the Starboard hand, and if 3CG elt)ridgf;s coast pilot. bound to St. Miolmers, when about }{ mile past it, run in for the whtirvi'S, and in order to avoid the slioul water whieli extends otF from tlie lirst Point on tlie Port, keep nearer tlie Starboard sidt!, carrying about D feet water to tlie wharves at low tide ; if bound further up, wiien past the lied Buoy olf Stony Point, run to tlic Southward, leaving the lilaek Buoy yff Gibson's Point on the Port hand ; when past tiiis last Buoy steer about SE. K' S- for tlie Black Buoy off Long Point; haul round this Buoy, leaving it on the Port hand, and keep in the middle for about 2 miles ; above this a pilot is necessary. h LEEDS CREEK. The entrance to this Creek lies on the Northeastern side r-f St. Michael's River, nearly opposite the village of St. Mielmel's ; about 9 feet water can be taken up about 2 miles from the entrance. Sailing Directions for Leeds Creek in Daytime. Follow the directions before given for St. :Michaers River until past the Red Buoy off Stony Point, then run for the Black Buoy off Gibson's Point Flats, bearing about SE. by S. '/s &• until about l{ mile from it, tl^ii haul to the Eastward until this last Buoy bears S-SW- ; the entrance to tlie Creek will then be fairly open; then run in about N-NE, keeping about midway and car- rying up from 9 to 18 foet water. WYE RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is on the Eastern part of Eastern Bay, lies about 3 miles Southeasterly from the Red Buoy off Tilghman's Point. Metnarlk's, A little more than a mile from tlie entrance Wye River divides into two parts or branches ; the Eastern branch is called Front Wye River, and the Northern Back Wye River. This last-named River (aliout 2^ miles above the entrance) divides into two parts, the Northernmost of which is called Big Wye River. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 307 FRONT WYE RIVER. About 3 fathoms water can be carried up tluoiigh a luuiow channel to Piekering's Crock, which is ^)l{ miles from the entrance, and about 8 feet CJtn he taken ii[) to Wye Narrows, wliieli is aliont 2 miles above the last-named place. At this date (IHS-J), tliere arc no Buoys to mark the channel leading up this last-named River. BACK WYE RIVER. About i 2 feet water can bo carried up Back "\V3-e River as far as the month of Hig Wye River, and 8 feet can bo taken up to Wye Narrows, which is 2^ miles al)ove the last-named place. About 8 feet water can be carried through Wye Narrows. BIG WYE RIVER. About 8 feet water cnn be carried up through a narrow chauncl, about 4 miles from the mouth of Big Wye River. Sailing Directions for Wye River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the directions before given ibr St. Michaera River, until up with the Red Buoy off Tilglunan's Point Shoal ; when past this Buoy, you will see the Black Buoy olf Cotlee Point Slioal ; when this Buoy bears SE., run for it and leave it close to on the I'ort liand ; when past it, steer about S. j'i E. 2 miles, leaving the Red Buoy off Bo/.mnn's Island Shoal on the Starboard, and the Bhick Buoy off tlie West part of Herring Island Shoal on the Port, and tiie Red Buoy off Ilamlinton's Point on the Starboard hand ; wiu'u past this last-named Buoy, haul gradually to tlie Eastward, when you will see the Black Buoy off the East side of Herring Island ; when this last Buo}' bears NE., haul np for it and leave it close to on the Port hand, and run about N-NE., leaving the Rid Buoy off Wj'otown Point Shoal close to on the Starboard hand ; wlien i)ast this last Buoy, Wye River will then be fairlj' open and you may 3G8 r.!.i)!;!i)f;i:'s coast pilot. nm ill, kcfpiii;,' tlio Port side tirst iiiionnl. find iinclior nliovo BnifT'a Isliiiid, wliifli is till' (irsL on tlic St.irliuurd sid.c ; if Imicd n;) I'adc "\Vvi- ll'iW'V or Frout AVvc Itivcr, a piidt will \>i' l;^.•l■l■^.>:u;v i.l tliis aucLiorayo. 'I ill m Pi SI r CHESTER RIVER. Tlie CMitranco to this River, wliicli is on th,. Ivtstcni side of Cli('sa|u'akc 15ay, lii's Soiillu'ast alioiit 10 iiiil.'s IVoiii iliidkiii ToiiiL Lijiiitliniisi", and Eaht->,'urtlii.'ily abuuL G iiiiUs Iroiu Sandy I'oiiil Ligiithouse. lie (iflt's. From the ontranco of Clipstcr lUver to Cliostcrlown tlio di-tanoo is aiioiit 2(1 miles. About 3 fUtlionis water, at low tide, eaii lie, taken iiii as I'ar as Melton Point, and from this last-mentioned Jilaee, wliieli is about l.'i nides from tlie entrance, aliout 9 feet can bo taken to Cliestertown. At this date (l.sS2), tlie Piver is hMoy( d as far as Deep Point Shoal, which is about 11 miles from tho entrance. Love Point Lighthouse. Upon the Shoal which extends otf from Love Point, East side of entrance to Chesapeake Hay, and Southwest side of entrance to Chester River, is a Pioiithouse, wh.cli at tliis date (1.SS2), shows .a fixed Wliite Light. At this time a Pell is attached to this Light- house, which in thick weatlier is struck at intervals of 8 seconds. Vessels of more tliaii 7 fict drauglit, hound into Chester River, shonld not pass between Love Point and tliis Lighthouse. Love Point Lighthouse bears from Sandy Point Lighthouse E. by N. % N., distance .'i'^ miles, from Podkin Point Ligliihous' SE. 'j S. S}4, miles, from Red Buoy olf Love Point Slioal SW- yl S. about 1 mile. Sailing Directions for Chester River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weatL r. Coming up the Ciiesaiieake Bay, follow tho directions before given from Cajie Henry to Baltimore, until past Sandy Point Light- bouse ; then bring this Lighthouse to biiar SW- by W-. and make good the course NE. by E- uulil Love Point Lighthouse bears ■J KLDUIDGE'S COAST IILOT. 309 SE. ; tlit^n stcor more Easterly, kcoping a sharp lookout fur the K'fd lliioy wliicli lies about 1 mile to the Nortlicast of it; wlicu this Ijiiuy is iii.ulc. haul ronml it at a (lis'auce of '_( luili', lcavin>; it ou tlie Stai lioanl hand, and when it hears NW".. sti-cr al)oul S. Jj W., leaving the Lighthouse well on the Starlioard and the IJiaek IJuoy, which lies aliout 1^4 miles Southeast from it, ou tln' I'oit hand ; when past this last Buoy, steer about SE- by S. !i S., 1 J^ mik's, leaving tiie Kcd I'.uoy off Long Point Sho.d ou tii(> Star- board, and the lUack IJuoys olf Coekey's Island Slio;d and Cedar Toiut Shoal both close to ou the Port liand ; v.iicn p;ist tlie last IJlaek P)Uoy, the River gradually turns to the Nurtinvaiil ; it is tlifivfore neees-iary to steer about NE. by E., leaving tiie lilaek r>uoy olf Hail Point, the extreme part of K:istern Neek. al>out 'y( mile on the Port hand, and haul up about N. by W. yl W-, leav- ing the Pcd Buoy olf Piney Point u short distance on the Starboard luiud ; when i)ast this last Buoy, the course is Northeasterly, leav- ing the P>hiek P.uoy olf Gum Point Shoal close to on the Port hand, the Jiuoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ou Nichols' Marsh Shoal on either hand, the Red Buoy olf Old Field Bar on the Starboard, tiie Buoy i):uuted in Retl ami Black Horizontal Stripes on Lower Spaniard's Shoal on cilher hand, and the Black Buoy off Deep P' 'nt Shoal on the Port hand. At this date (US«2), there are no Buoys above l)ee|) Point Shoal; it is liurefore advisable fur vessels bound further up to take pil(;ts, Hiyh Water. It is high water in Chester River 7h. 18m. after it is at Boston ; common tides risse about 2 feet. Pool's Island Lighthouse. Upon the Western side of Pool's Island, Chesapeake Bay, is a Lighthouse, 'wiiieh at this dale (1882), snows a fixed While Light. At this time a Pell is placed near this Lighthouse, which in thick woather is struck at intervals of 12 seconds. Bodkin Point Light- house bears from the Lighthouse on Pool's Island SW., distance iO]i miles; Turkey Point Lighthouse bears from Pool's Island Lighthouse NE. by E., distance loi/j miles. 370 ELDUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. SASSAFRAS RIVER. The entrance to tliis River, wliiili is on the Eastern side of Chesapeaiio Uny, lies Norllieiisterly iilmiit 10 miles fiom I'.iol's Tsliuul Lijilit house, and Soiitlnvest about 5 miles IVoin the Light- house on Turkey Point. Iteniarh's. About 12 feet water, at low tide, can he carried up to Frederic, which is 713 miles from the entrance. At this date (1««2), there are not any Huoys in this River. Sailing Directions for nassafras River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Cominii up the Chesapeake Bay, hound to Sassafras River, follow the directions before ^iven from Cape Henry to Ballimore, nnlil lip witii the Red Ruoy which lies olf to the Westward of Swan Point; Rodkin Point Lighthouse bears from this Buoy W-NW-. distance 4 '4 miles; leave the Red Buov otf Swan Point about ^i mile on the Starboard hand, and m dy (wiilrh bears S- }i W- from Pool's Island Lighthouse, distance 4 m.lcs). about /4^ mile on the Port hand, and make good the ciur>e NE- by N. ?:| N. ~yi iiiili'H to the Red Buoy olf Worton Point ; \. hen about ]i mile past the last-named Buoy wliich is left on tiie Star- board hand, steer about NE- by E- ]i E. a'lout .'.'4 miles, leaving Howell's Point, which is bold, about ]i mii>" on the St rlioard hand. S.assafras River will then be open, bearing alK)ut E- by S- ; you may then run in, keeping tlie N.ntliern side best aboard, carrying not less than 12 feet water at low tide, until about '{■ mile fr. ni Ordinary Point (wliich is on the Northern side), then anchor ; above the last-named Point, the River narrows to about ; j mile ; it is not advisable to go above this without a pilot. Ilifjh Water. It is high water in Sassafras River 9h. IGm after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 23S feet. T ^^«:,-i^^ - ti sidn of >m I'liol's ho LiuhL- Frodoric, H-2), there L Day- itlier. •or, follow luro, until I of Swan W.NW.. tlliollt 'i^ lE. i.'.v N. llio North- .y (wir.rh 4 milos). mso NE. hit ; V, hoii tiio Stiir- L's. loaving DUi'd hand, y S- ; you U oarryinp; mill! fr. ni lor ; above ! ; it is uot it Boston ; ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Turkey Point Lighthouse. 371 !■>■■■■* , On the Blurt" Point soiuiratiajf the months ofKliv and Susquolmiina Rivers, at the head of Chosapoaiie Ba_y, is a Lighthouse, whieh at this date (l«H2), sliows a fixed White Light; I'ool's Ishind Light- house bears from Turkey Point Lighlliouse, SW. by W., distance ISj/j miles; Fishing Battery Lighthouse, Last side of channel entrance to Uavvo de firaco, SW. j{ S. I ' ,; miles; Havre de Grace Lighthouse, SW. by W. ;j W. O;^ miles. HAVRE - DE - GRACE. This place, which is situated on the Western side of entrance to Susqueiianna River, lies Southwest about 6^ miles from Tnrkey Point Lightliouse. Fishing Battery Lighthouse. Upon the Flats, East side of the channel lea'ling up to Havre dc Grace, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (LSS-J), sliows a fixed White Light ; vessels bound to Havre de Grace should leave this Lighthouse about 200 yards on the Starboard hand. Havre- de-Grace Lighthouse. Upon Concord Point, West side of entrance to Susquehanna River, near Havre de Grace is a Lighthouse, which at tins date (1882), shows a fixed Red Liglit. JRetnarJcs. The channel leading from Locust Point to Havre do Grace (a distance of about 4 milos) is very narrow, but at this date (1882), is well marked with B1103S ; at this time about 7 feet water at low tide can be taken from Locust Point to Havre de Grace. St; Shi2* ChaunH. Sailing Directions from Swan Point to Havre de Grace in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up Ihe Chesapeake Bay, bound to Havre de Grace, follow the sailing directions before given by Ship Channel from Cape Henry r * :i72 ELDIUDUKS COAST I'lLUT. m W m if rfiT' Pi 111: to BiiUimoro, until up with the Red l^iioy which lios nbont, 1 ^i miles to liie Westward of Swan I'oiiit, Kiislcrn side of Chcsiipralvc Hay, Hodiviii Point Lighlliousc bears from tliis Uuoy W.NW-, distanco l;< miles; leave this lluoy olf Swan Point about >4 niilo on the Starboard hand, and make fiood the course NE- by N- 6 miles, which wiin.ring you up with the IJlaek Buoy on the North- east side of Nine Foot Shoal; leave the last-nanud Buoy (which bears S. ,'4 W- from Pool's Island Lighthouse, distance I miles), about I,' mile on the Tort hand, and make jiood the course NE. Iiy N. -1 N. Tjj: miles to the l{eil Ibioy olf Worton I'oint ; when nbout 'i mile past the last-named Ibi-y which is left on the Star- board hand, steer about NE- by E- !i E., leavin.j; the Black Buoy otf Shad Battery well on tlu- Port, and Howell's Point, which is bold, about /j mile on tlie Starl)aaid hand; continue the course until about 2j4 miles from Turkey Point Lighthouse, then steer al)out N. by E., passing about midway between the last-named Li-dithousc and the land on the Western side of the passage, until T.ukey Point Lighthouse bears SE. l^i E-, Hu'U make good the course" NW. 12 Wm Ciinying not less tiiau 12 feel waier at low tide, and leaving the Black Buoy* oil Locust Point, on tlii' Port hand; when past this last Buoy steer moic Westerly, keeping a sharp lookout for the Black Buoy which lies at the i'ntrance of the narrow channel ; Fishing Battery Ligii iiouse bears from this Buoy N.NE. about ^2 nuW ; when tliis Buoy is made at the entrance bring It to bear North and run for it, leaving it close to 011 the Porl^luind, and the Lighthouse al)out 200 yaril.; on the Starboard, and run up the narrow channel, course al.out N- by E-, leaving the Black liuovs close to on the Port, and the Ue.l Baoys close to on the Starl)oard hand, carrying from 7 feel to a fathoms water to the anchorage oil the town. lit/ the Middle Channel. From P.altimore bound to Havre de Grace leave the Red Buoy which lies aboiri U mile to the Southward of the Old Towers on North Point close to (m the P..rt hand, and make good the course NE. bvE. 1 2 E, passing about midway between the Craighill Range Lighthouses, and carrying uot less than 13 feet water across ♦ Fishin,!,' Biittery Li-litl.ousc bears fioui the Black Buoy off Locust Poiut NW. 1 N. distant 14 miles. HVa^cian' bout, 1 i^f icsniiraku V.NW., t li mile l-V N. G 10 North- )y (wliich i mill's), iirsc NE. Ill ; wlion tlic Star- laclv IJiioy ,, whicli is he course Ihcn sti'cr ast-naiiit'il <\]X<', inilil good tlie !»'!• at low n llii' Tort ki'i'l)ii)g a lice 1)1" the this Hiioy [> I'litraiice to oil the Starhoanl, k'uving the lose to on ulcr to the Red Buoy Towers on the course e Craijfhill rater across )y oil' Locust ELDRIDGE'S COAST I'lLOT. 373 the I'lat f! round ; ns you approach Pool's Island, keep n sharp look- out lor the iJlack lluoy which lies S.SW- about ?:^ mile from tho Soutiierii part of tliis Island; wLeii this Ihioy is made, leave it ab.iiit .'300 yards on the I'urt iiand. and make j^ood the course NE. Ij E., cin'iyiiiiJ; f""""> 7 to 10 fitlioiiis water throiiiiii the narrow channel, and leaviuuj the Ked I'.iioy (which bears SE. fioni I'.iol's I-laiid about a mile) close to on the Starboard hand, and the Jilack Ihioy on the Southern part of Shoal well on the Port hand ; when pa^t the last-named P)iioy, steer abort E-NE. a mile, wiiicli will britii: yon into the Sl.ip Channel ; th • course is tii< n NE. by N. ^.f N. to Kill liuoy olfWorton Point; when past the last-named Buoy follow the directions before jjiveii. lif/ the West Channel, Vessels of not more than feet draunht from Baltimore bound to Havre de (iraee, may leave the lied liuoy (wliicii li. s about ^ mile to tiie Soutiiward of the Old Towers on North Point), close t > on the Port hand, and make fci t water across the Flat Ground ; wlieii about half way from llie last-named Liohlhoiise to Pool's Island Lii^hthonse, haul up about NE. ^j N., carrying not less than 'J feet water; as you approach Pool's Issland Lighthouse, kee|) a sharp lookout lor the tiiree liuoys which lie to the Westward of this last-named Lighthouse ; the lirst is P.d, and marks the Plats cx- teniling olf to the Westward of i\,.,\ s Island ; the second is painted in Red and IMack Horizontal Stripes, and marks a pile of ballast; the third is Black, and marks the Flats which make olf from the Westi'rn sliore ; leave the P>noy painted in Red and Black Hori- zontal Stripes a short distance on either hand, and steer NE. by E. J4 E. I li miles to the Red liuoy olf Worton Point, carrying not less tliaii 7 feet water at low tide ; when past this last-named Buoy follow the directions before given. Migh Water. It is high \vator at Havre de Grace lOh. 33m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. 374 ELDIlinOE'S COAST PILOT. NORTHEAST RIVER. Tho entrance to this River wliieli is at the head of Chcsapoa'^o Bay, lies 4/, miles to the ICiistwnrd of Ilavie-ck-Gracc, and North- easterly about 5 miles from Turkey Point Lifzhtiiouse ; vessels bound to Northeast River leave Turkey Point Lijrhthonse to the hast- ward, while those bound into Elk River leave it to the Westward. liemarka. About 13 feet water at low tide can be carried from Turkey Point Lif-hthouse through a narrow channel to the entranee of Northeast River, and about 7 feet w.ater at low tide ean be taken up to Charlestown, which is about "JK- mWos fro.n the entrance; at this date (1882), there arc no lUioys in tliis River. Sailing Directions for Northeast River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not m.n-e tiian C, or 7 feet draught, coming up tlio Ches-ipeake Bay, bound to Nortli lliver, may follow the direct inns before' V en for Havre de Grace Harbor by cither channelM.nUl nbont 2'4 miles from Turkey Point Lighthouse ; then nm NE- by N i4 N., leaving it about «^ mile on tlie Starboard hand; when this Li-lithouse bears SE-. muke good the course N-NE^keepuig not mo".-e >< mile from the bind on the Starboard side, and carrying not less tlian 9 feet water, leaving Red Point (whidi is the first on the Starboard side at the entrance of the River) about J 3 mile ou the Starboard hand, and steer about N. by E. H E., ke -iiiii" in tlie middle until abreast the v'.lU.ge of Charlestown ; then anehor'iu from 8 to 9 feet water ; from Havre de Grace, bound to North River, leuve the Black I'.uoy at tlic Southern entranee of tlio channel (this Buov lies about j4 mile to the Southward of Fishing Batterv Lighthouse) ch-se to on the Starboard hand, and steer about "SE. by E with Turkey Point Liglith.)use on the Starboard bow, leaving the Black Buoy olF Locust Point on the Starboard hand, and carrying not less than 12 feet water across the Hat Ground ; contivue the course SE. by E. until about J^ mi e from Turkey Point Lighthouse, then steer about N-NE-, and follow the directions before given. it Mi' ,1 r iiLDRIDOE'S COAST PILOT. 375 isapca^co a North- vessels the Kast- stward. 1 Turkey ;raiieo of be taken 'iitrance ; lytime, iiji; up tlio diri'ctiniis inel,' iinlil I NE.by 11(1 ; wlien 1., keeping I carrying H the first about J 3 S. H E., own ; then l)()UU(l to mee of tlie of Fishing and steer Starl)oar(i Starboard is the Flat mile from and follow irtf/h Water. It is high water at tiie entrance «)f Northeast Uiver lOh. 30na. after it is at Boston ; common tiiles riuo about 1 ^ fuet. ELK RIVER. The entrance to this River which is between Turkey Point Light- lioiiso on llie North, and Wrotli's Point on tlio South, is 15}^ niilea Northeasterly from Pool's Island Lighthouse. lie marks. About 18 feet water at low tide can be carried up as far as Boliemia River, which is about 3^ miles from the entrance, and from tliis about 14 feet to the entrance of Back Creek ; tho latter leads up to Chesapeake City, the entrance of tho Chesapeake and Delaware Canal ; at this date (1882), there are uo Buoys in this River. BOHEMIA RIVER. The entrance to this River is Northeast 3^' miles from Turkey Point Lighthouse ; about 8 feet water at low tide can be carried up to Stony Point, which is on the Northeast side about 2 miles from the entrance, and 14 feet can be taken up about 1^ miles above this last-named Point. Sailing Directions for Bohemia River in Dasrtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up liie Chesapeake Bay bound to Bohemia River, follow the directions before given for Havre de Grace Harbor^ until about 2"^ miles from Turkey Point L'ght house ; then with the entrance to Elk River fairly open run in about NE. by E. between the last- named Lighthouse and Wmth's Point, keeping nearer the latter ; when past Turkey Point Lighthouse, which is left on the Port hand, keep in tho middle for about 3>< miles ; Bohemia River will then be faiily open, bearing abont E- J^ S- ; then run in, keeping tho ^urthuru mdv haai aboard, carrying from 7 to 10 fuet water, and 37G FLinilDOE'S COAST PfLOT. I iiiirlior oir Sloiiy Point in iiho'it ITt feet wntcr ; iilxtvc tiiin lli.' clinii- iifl li very luinow ; if lutund t'lirlliiT up. ll in mlviMilili' l'» tuUr li pilot. From Ilnvrt' tli' (Jrnro, l)onn«l to riolicniiii IJivir. loiivc llic Uliuk Hiiov oil' tlic .Sniiiii.'ni «'ntninco to tlic cIimiiihI (IIiIh Hnoy lios ulioiit yi mile to Mil' Soiithwaid oCKisiiini.' Hiittciv F-i^'litlioiisc). cioKi! t'> on ttic I'ort liiiinl, im.l steer iiiioiit SE I'.v E- until np willi llio H!:irU Itiioy oil Locust I'oinl ; l^ave tliis last ISimy on the Smr- l-oiinl Imnd. iiiul Htecr altont SE. ll S.< leaving,' Turkey Point Li^lilliouHe about ^ mile on the Port liaml : when lllk Kiver i« fairly opLUi thou run In, unil follow the ilireetiona befon' },'ivfn. CHESAPEAKE AND DELAWARE CANAL. Tlu' Western entrnncp to this Cnnal. which is at the head of Back Creek, near Ciiesapeake City, lies Norlheasterly 10 niiles IVom the city of Haltiiuore, Northeasterly .'UiJ/. miles from Bod- kin Point Lijilithouse, and Northeasterly 103^ miles from '.I'lirkcy I'oint Lighthouse, North side of entrance to Klk Itiver. licniarh's. About 1 1 foot water, at low tide, can be curried from Turkey Point Lighthouse to entrance of Back Creek. .', distance of 7'/^ miles, and from this there is a sulllcient dept, v/f water to the ontrauce of the Canal. Sailing Directions from Turkey Point Lighthouse to the Entrance of Chesapeake and Delaware Canal in Daytime. Coming np the Chesapeake Bay, bound to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, follow the dirci'ti(m3 before given for Havre do Grace Harbor, by either channel, until about 2;^ miles from Turkey Point Lighthouse ; then, with the entran(!e to Elk River fairly open, run in abr)ut NE. by E- between the last-named Lighthonso and Wroth's Point, koeplnp nearer the latter ; when l)Mst. Turkey Point Liirhthouse, which is left on the Port hand, keep about in the middle of the River, carrying from 11 feet to 7 I \h till' clinii- (> til t.'iUi' a llu- IJlack V lii's iilioiiL IllHt'). cloKH |i witli llin 1 tlio Slur- irki'y I'liiiit Ik KivtT is ''ARE the lu'.'id of y It) imlcs from Hod- iom '.riirkey rom Turkey UK'C of 7^3 vattT to tlio ghthouso Delaware snpciikc and jr Havre de mill's from ) Elk River last-named attor ; wlmn Port hand, 11 feet to 7 KLl)UII)(iF/a COAST ITI.OT. n77 . failioniH water, initil up witli tlio entrance of Biick f'reek, vvliicli la on llif KftHtern wide tiboiil 7'^ niilem from Turkey I'oiiil higUlliouBO. A i>ilot is neeesHnry from liere to tUe Canal. Sailing Directions from Choaapoako and Dolawaro Canal to Baltimore in Daytime, with lavorablo winds and lair weather. After leaving the Cana', a pilot is necessary aa far as the mouth of lluek Creek, wiiieli is aWjiit .'l^';^ miles Im'Iow Cliesiipeako t ily ; wluii past the entrance to tiiis Creek, run down tiie Klk Hiver, keeping; about in the middle, and eurryiny from 14 feet to 7 fatlidms water, and leaving Tmkey l'(jint Lighthouse about -^^ mile on tlie Starl)()ard tiand , when past the last-named Lighthouse, make piod th(» eourso SW- by W- X W., 1 1 tmh-s to Ke 1 Ibioy off Worton roint;ou this last conrso IloweH's Toiut, which is bold, will bo lell on tho Tort, and the Ulai'k Ibiiy oil' .Shad IJattery .Shoal well on tho StarlKjard hand; when the Red Ruoy cT Woifon Point is made, leave it about j.^ mile on tho Port hand, and steer about SW. by S., -'5^ miles, whielj will biing you up with the IJlack Huoy which lies E. by S. Jj S-t l^i miles from Pool's Island Lighthouse ; when this last Buoy is made, leave it on the .Starboard hand, and run to the South westward, leaving a Rod IJuoy a short distance on the Port hand ; from this last Buoy ste(>r SW- J4 W., leaving the Black Buoy off the .Sonthwestern part of Poil's Islan.l close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the coiu'si? SW. by W. J4 W., altout 'J miles, carrying not less than U feet water, to Red Buoy which lies about ^ mile to the So'ith.vard of the Old Towers olf North Point, and p.assing about midway between the Craighill Range Lightiiouses ; when past the Red Buoy oif North Point, run ahnit West until the Liglithf)uses on Hawkins' and Leading Pomts are in range; then run for them in range, bearing about NW. by W. ->4 W., until about 1)< nnles from Hawkins' Point Lighthouse ; then steer more Northerly, passing about raid- "way between the Red and Black Buoys to the Soutiiwcstwiird of Fort Carroll I ighlhouse ; when past these last-named Buoys, steer NW. In N., passing aliout midway between the Lighthouse on Lazaretto Point and Fort McHcnry, and enter the Harbor, leaving the Reil and Black Buoys as they are set to mark the channel to the city of Baltimore. 378 ELDllIDGE'S COAST TILOT. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of •p:ik River lOh. 25m. after it is at IJoston ; common tides rise about 1 ^ feet. BUSH RIVER. The entrance to this River, wliich is on the Western side of ClicsapcaUe Hay, lies Northeasterly ?>% miles from Pool's Island Lighthouse. Rem arks. About 8 feet water, at low tulo, can be taken up this River as far as Beach Poiuc, which is 334; miles from the entrance, and about 7 feet can be carried up as I'ar as the Railroad Bridge, which is 3 miles above tlie last-named Point. At this date (1882), there are no Buoys in this River. Sailing Directions for Bush Kiver in Dajrtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels, coming up the Chesapeake Bay, bound to Bush River, may follow the directions before given for Havre de Grace Harbor in either channel, until about 21^ miles past Pool's Island Lighthouse ; the entrance to this River will then be fairly open, bearing about N-NW- ; then run in about midway, and keep in the middle as far as Beach Point, which is on the Port side, about ^% miles from the entrance ; then keep the Starboard side best aboard to the Railroad Bridge, carrying not less than 7 feet water at low tide. High Water. It is high water at the entrance to Bush River 8h. 10m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 J^ feet. i Si •il Pi II! I ill GUNPOWDER RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is between Spry's Island on the Southeast and Lower Island Point on the Northwest, lies 25m. after tern side of 'ool's Island his River as itrance, and ridge, whicli 1882), tliere Da3rtime, ther. apeake Bay, re given for lut 2^2 miles ver will then lOut midway, 5 on the Port he Starboard it less than 7 im, after it is KLDRIBGE'S COAST PILOT. 379 Nortlieastcrly about 7 miles from Craighill Channel Front Liglit- lioiise, and West- Northerly H^ mik's from Pool's Island Light- honse. Iteniarks. About 13 feet water, at low tide, can be carried from the entrance of this River to Carroll's Point, which is on the Port side about 1 J/a miles from the entrance, and about G feet can be taivch up to the Railroad Bridge, which is 4 3^ miles above this last-named Point. At this date (1882), there are no Buoys in this River. Sailing Directions for Gunpowder River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels from Baltimore may leave the Rod Buoy (whicli lies about ^ mile to the Southward of the Old Tower i at North Point) close to on the Port hand, and make good thi; course NE. by E., passing between the Craighlll Range Light- houses, and carrjung not less than 10 feet water at low tide across the Flat Ground ; when about 2% miles from Pool's Island Light- house, haul up about NW. ^3 W-, passing about midway between Spr^'s Island, which lies on the Starboard, and Miller's Island on the Port, carr3-ing not less than 10 feet water; when the entrance to Powder River is open, bearing about NE., then run in, keeping about midway between Spry's Island, which is on the Starboard side, and Lower Island Point on the Port ; after passing Carroll's Point, which is the second on the Port side, keep the Port side best aboaid, carrying not less than 6 feet water up to tlie Railroad Bridge. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay, follow the sailing directions before given from Chesiipeakc :ind Delaware Canal to Baltimore, until up with the Black liuoy which lies about l^ mile Southwesterly from the Southwest Point of Pool's Island ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port hand, and follow the directions before given. High Wafer. It is high water in Gunpowder River 7h. 55m. after it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 1^ feet. y's Island on rthwest, lies 380 ELDRIDGES COAST PILOT. MIDDLE RIVER. Tlio entrance to this RiviT is about "2' j miles to tlic Wostwn/d of Gunpowder River; about 8 feet water at low tide oan b" t.;kon up about V/i miles from the cntranci' ; the River then divides into two braudii's, the Northernmost of wiiicli is called Galloway's Creek ; about C feet water can be taken u;) to the iicad of this Creek, and 7 feet ean be carried up the other branch nearly to the Rail- road Bridge; at this date (1882), there are no Buoj-s in Middle River or its tributaries. Sailing Directions for Middle River in Dastimo, with favorable winds and fair weather. From Baltimore follow the sailing directions before given for Gunpowder River, until about midway oetween I '(jiy's Island and Miller's Island ; then steer aljout NW- by W. H W. 2>4 miles, carrying not less than i) feet water at low tide ; the entrance to Middle River will then be open and j'ou may run in, keeping the Port side best aboard ; when past the entrance keep in the middle, carrying not less than 8 feet, and anchor In about i) feet water at the mouth of Galloway's Creek. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay, bound to Middle River, fol- low the sailing directions before given from the Canal to Bal- timore, until up with the Black Buoy which lies Southwest ab lilt 3/^ mile from the Southern part of Pool's Islaml ; leave this last-raeutioned Buoy close to on the Port hand, and make good the course NW- by W- y4- W. 5^( miles; the entrance to Middle River will then be open, and you may then run in as before directed. High Water. It is high water at the entrance of Middle River 7h. after it is at Boston; common tides rise about 1,'^ feet. 4.'jm. BACK RIVER. The entrance to this River, which is between Hart's Island and Rocky Point, lies West-Southerly C'2 niiles from Pool's Island Lightho\ise, and Northwesterly f| mile from (Craighill Chuunei) rear Lighthouse. hv Wi'stwn/(1 oan h" t'ikoii 1 diviiU's into 1 Galloway's of thisCri'i'k, to the Rail- ys ill Middli; Daytime, ther. are given for ■'s Island and ^. 2y, miles, e entrance to , keeping the in the middle, foot water at lie River, fol- lanal to Bal- 3 Southwest d ; leave this lake gooil tlie •e to Middle ^fore directed. ■or 7h. 4otn. leet. * Island and Pool's Island liil Chuutioi) ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 381 Hetunrlt's. About 8 feet water at low tide can be carried within 1 mile of the Railroad Britlgo, and about 5 foot can bo taken np to this Bridge ; at this date (18H2), there arc no Buoys in this River. Sailing directions for Back River in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Coming up the Cl'csapoake Bay, or from Baltimore, bound to Back River, pass about midway lotweon the Craigliill Range Light- houses, and make good the course NE. )^ E., carrying not less than 10 feet water across the Flat Ground ; when about 2y^ miles from Pool's Island Lighthouse, haul up about NW- }4 W., and run about 2^ miles, passing about midway between Spry's Island, whu;h lies on the Starboard, and Miller's Island on the Port ; tlien steer about SW- across the Flal Ground for the entrance of Back River, distant about ;} miles, carrying not less than 7 feet wat->r ; enter the River about midway between Rocky Point and Hart's Island, and gradually haul to the Northwestward, keeping in the middle fur about 2 miles, carrying not less than 8 feet ; then anchor. It is not prudent to go above this without a pilot. Coming down the Chesapeake Bay, follow the sailing directions before given from Chesapeake and Delaware Canal to Baltimore, until np with the Black Buoy which lies about ?/( mile to the South- wcs*^ of Pool's Island ; leave this last-named Bnoy close to on the Starboard haml, and make good the course NW. }4 W. about ^}{ miles, carrying n 't Ic^s than 10 feet water across the Flat Ground ; then steer about SW for the entrance of Back River, and follow the directions before given. iri{/7i Water. It is high water at the entrance of Back River 7h. 40m. after it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 '3 foot. Currituck Beach Lighthouse. On the coast of North Carolina, about midway between Capo Ilonry and Body Island Lighthouse, is a Liijhtliouse painted Rod, whi(!!i at this date (18H2). shows a fixed 'Wliito Light, varied by a Red Flash every 00 seconds; Cape Henry Liuhthou'^o boars from Currituck Lighthouse N. by W- 34 miles ; Body Island Lighthouse i) t 382 ELDRIDGF/S COAST TILOT. II ■Ml • \' bears from Currituck Boacli LighUiouso S. by E. 14 E., distance 36 miles ; to tlie Nortli and South of tliis Liglitliousc lliere arc high White Sand Hills ; no other prominent objecla are seen in the vicinity. Coast from Cape Henry to Currituck Beach Light- house. From Cnpc Ilenr^' to Currituck Beach Lighthouse there arc no dangers excepting tlie Sand Bars which lie near the siiore ; heavy draught vessels ma}- therefore approach this part of the coast within 2 or 3 miles without danger. Body Island Lighthouse. Upon Body Island, about \y^ miles Northwest from Oregon Inlut, and about }i mile from the Atlantic, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), is painted in Black and White Belts, and shows a fixed White Light; Currituck Beach Lighthouse l)cars from Body Island Lighthouse N- by W 14 W-, distance .^6 miles ; Cape Hatteras Lighthouse bears from Body Island Lighthouse, South, distance 35 miles. Coast from Currituck Beach Lighthouse to Body Island Lighthouse. From Currituck Beach Lighthouse to Body Island Lighthouse there are no dangers excepting the Sand Bars which lie near the shore ; heavy draught vessels may therefore approach this part of the coast within 1 or 2 m cs without danger. m \ 51 1 If m OREGON INLET. The entrance to this Inlet (which leads through Roanoke and Croatan Sounds into Albemarle Sound), lies about IJ^ miles Southeast from Body Island Lighthouse. Meinarh's. The channel leading into Oregon Inlet is across Sand Bars, which like all others varies in depth and location with almost every gale from seaward; at this date (1882), there arc no Buoys to fii' Em distance iTo arc hi2 S. • • • 24 " Cape Lookout Lighthouse, SW- H W C2 " Hattevaa Shoals. These Shoals extend off Southeast from Capo Hatteras from 9 to 10 miles. The depth of water upon them, undoul)tedly lik'4 those iu th« vicinity of Nantucket, varies with almost every gale from seaward. There are ehauiiels or passages fur small vessels between these Shoals, but they are constantly changing; it !s therefore advisable, especially for heavy draught vessels, in night- time or thick weather, to give them a wide berth, or not approach them in less than 14 fathoms water. Coast from Body Island Lighthouse to Cape Hat- teras. PlaWs Shoals. From G to 7 miles to the Southward of Body Island Lighthouse, and about 2 miles from shore, arc several spots having from 2+ to f. 381 ELDKinOE'S COAST I'lLOT. 30 fcpt water upon tlu>in ; tli(«s(? nro called Plait's Slionls. Scveu fathoms wutt-r was fouiul lielwocii tliosu dangors aiul the shore. Wimble Shoals. Those Shoals, upon which as little as 20 Icet water has boon found, lie about 2 miles from shore, and about IG miles to the 8oiiliiWiii'd of ]Jody Island Lighthouse. Tiiere is a channel of about 'M feet water between these dangers and the shore. HATTERAS INLET. The entrance to this Inlet lies West-Southerly about 12 miles from Cape Ilatteras Lighthouses, and East-Northerly about 14 niiles from Ocraeoke Inlet. Jtennzrke. In entering Ilatteras Inlet, the channel is across Sand Bars, whieii vary in depth and location with almost every heavy <;ale from seaward. Tiic best channel leading in is marked with linens, which are changed with the shifting of the c'uuuiel so as'tcj marie the deepest water across the bar. There is usually good water across the bar leading into Ilatteras Inlet, but at this date, how- ever, only 7 feet at low tide can be taken up into Pamlico Soui Hatteras Inlet Lighthouse. Upon the Shoal known as Oliver's Reef, oa the North side of the entrance to Ilatteras Inlot from Pamlico Sound, in about 7 feet water, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), shows a lied Light which flashes every 30 seconds. Cape Ilatteras Lighthouse bears from Ilatteras Inlet Lighthouse W. }i N . distance 12 miles. At this time a Fog Bell is attached to this Lighthouse. This Lighthouse is intended to guide vessels from Pamlico Sound into Hatteras Inlet. Sailing Directions for Hatteras Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. It is advisable for vessels of much size, bound into tliis Inlet, to take pilots off the bar ; but as it somatimes happens that they are )nls. Scveu iL' shore. er has been luik-s to the . chuuuel of re. lilt 12 miles out 14 miles Sand Bars, heavy yale with Duovs, ) as"t(j maik yood water s date, liDw- co tjoiii 1 side of the ibout 7 feet ions a lied Lighthouse ce 12 miles. 3use. This Souud into Daytime, ler. liis Tnlet, to lat they are ELDUIDGES COAST PILOT. 385 compelled to enter this place, in order to save their lives, the fol- lowing directions maj* therefore, in such cases, be invaluable : Cape Ilatteras Lighthouse bears from the Outer or Sea Buoy painted in Black and While Pe.pendieular Stripes, off tiiis Inlet, about E.NE. 12 miles. Having made the Sea Buoy oil' tliis Inlit, wait, if possilile, until about ^ flood; then, with a commanding breeze, run in, leaving the Buoys painted in Black and White IVr- pendieular Stripes close to on cither hand, the Buoys painted in Reil and Black Horizontal Stripes on obstructions on either hand, the Black Buoys on the Port, and the Red Buoys on the Starboard hand, and anchor as soon as the water becomes smooth. The current sets strong into Ilatteras Inlet. High Water. It is high water in Hatteras Inlet 4h. 2um. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 2^^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. OCRACOKE INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is West-Southerly 26 miles from Cape Ilatteras Liglithouse, West-Southerly 15 miles from Ilat- teras Inlet, and Northeasterly 38 miles from Cape Lookout Light- house. Ocracoke Lighthouse. Upon the North side of entrance to Ocracoke Inlet is a Light- house, which at tiiis date (1882), shows a fixed While Light. Cape Ilatteras Lighthouse bears from Ocracoke Lighthouse E. by N. Yi N., distance 25 miles; Cape Lookout Lighthouse bears from Ocracoke Lighthouse SW-, distance 40 miles. Reniarks. The channel leading into Ocracoke Inlet is across a Sand Bar, U|)on whicli there are usuall} from 10 to 12 feet water at low tide. In ent( ring, the best water is marked with Buoys, which are moved with the shifting of the clianncl so as to mark the deepest water across the bar. In September, 1827, we are told, the deepest water across tliis bar was 12 feet at low tide; between the years 1849 and 1857, from 10 to 13 feet. '»! It 8 .:SK;«,*;S-i-V 380 EI.UUIDGK'S COAST PILOT. Sailing Directions for Ocracoko Inlet in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. At r.iia diito (IH.Sl), Ocnu'okc Liglitliouse bears from tlio Sou Buoy, wliit'h is painted in lUack aiid White Perpendicnlar Striix'S, North, (listiuit'c iihout 8^ miles; having made tliis Hiioy, vessels of 7 or 8 feet draught should, if possible, wnit until about ^ flood ; then, with a favorable and commanding breeze, run in, leav- ing the liiioys painted in Black and Wiiite IVrpcndienhir Stripea close to on either hand, the BU03S painted in Red and Black Hori- zontal Stripes, which are upon obstructions in the channel-way, on eitlier hand, the Ked Buoys on tlie Starboard and the Black on the Port hand, and anchor as soon as the water becomes smooth ; if bound into Pamlico Sound, a pilot is necessary. High Water. It is high water in Ocracoke Inlet 4h. 2') Boston; common tides rise about 2 ^4 feet, seaward increase the tides. m. before it is at Strong winds from Cape Lookout Lighthouse. Near the extremity of Capo Lookout is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this dale (I.S82), is painted in Black and White Check- ers ; at this time this Lighthouse shows a fixed White Light. iii.i si!, V . t «i Bearings and Distances from Cape Lookout Lighthouse. Cape Hattoras Lighthouse, NE. -)<( E 62 miles. Ocracoke Lighthouse, NE 40 " Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, SW. ^ W 90 " CAPE LOOKOUT SHOALS. These Shoals extend off Southeasterly about 12 miles from Cape Lookout Lighthouse ; it is advisable for heavy draught vessels, in thick weather or at night, to give them a wide berth, or not approach them in less than 14 fatlioms water. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 387 Daytime, bor. •oiii tlio Sou iilar StriiJcs, 5ii<)y, vcssols itil about ^ run in, k'!iv- L'liliir Stripes niaclv Iloii- nncl-way, on 1)1' Hliick on lies smootli ; ore it is at winds Iroiii e, the Tower .Vliite Cliecli- Liglit. ;hthouse. Distance, . 62 miles. . 40 " . 90 '' >s from Cape it vessels, iu berth, or not Coast from Ocracoke Inlet to Cape Lookout Shoals. From Oregou Inlet to Cape Lookout Shoals there are no dan- gers except the Saud Bars, which lie near the shore ; heavy draught vessels may thijrcfon.' approach this part of the coast within 1 or 2 miles without danger. CAPE LOOKOUT COVE. This Cove lies SW- K' W- from Cape Lookout Liglithouse, distance about yi mile. HeinarfcH. At this date (1880), this Cove alfords shelter in all winds for small vessels of not more than 7 or 8 feet draujj;ht ; vessels of more than 8 feet draujiht may find shelter in it with winds from N-NE. to South by way of East. Sailing Directions for Cape Lookout Cove in Day- time with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draugiit vessels, fronx the Northej-sl, may, when past Cape Lookout Shoals, haul to the Northward, keeping iu not less than i) fathoms water ; when Cape Lookout Li<:htliouse bears ENE., then run for it on this course, until about ^i mile from it; the Cove will then be open, bearing about South ; then run in, keeping close to the Hook or Starboard side, and anelior near the Western side of the Cove in not less than 10 feet water, with room to swing with the change of wind. From the Southwestward, bring Cape Lookout Lighthouse to bear E-NE., and run for it on this course, until the Cove is fairly open, bearing about South ; then run in as before directed. Vessels of 10 feet draught may run for Cape Lookout Light- house, bearing E.NE., nntil the water shoals to :\ fatiioms ; then run about S. by W , and anchor at the mouth of the Cove in not less than 3 fathoms water. rr <' fill" '^ V ^ 388 ELDniDGK'S COAST ITLOT, 'ill ? BEAUFORT HARBOR, and MOREHEAD CITY, N. C. The i-ntnmee to Beaufort Iliirbpr lii's Northwest ivbout 8yi luilos from Cape Lookout Lighthouse. licHiarh's, Th'.' channel leadinji into this harbor is across Sand Bars, whicli, liive all other barred harb.-rs on the coast, vary in depth and loca- tion with almost evorv {iide fiom .-eaward ; the bi'st water leadinjj; in is niaiked with Buoys, wiiich are changed with the shifting of tlie channel; at this dale (lisHl), about 1(1 feet water, at low tide, can be taken over the bar. and from tliis about 20 feet can be car- ried up to Morehead City ; but little water at low tide can be car- ried to the wharves at Beaufort ; tliis last-named place lies about 1^ miles East from the wharf at Morehead City. Sailing Directions for Beaufort Harbor and More- head City in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Cape Lookout Lightiiouse bears from the Outer or Sea Buoy (which is painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes), olf the Bar, E-SE-, distanci' 8 miles ; vessels bound in, after having made this Buoy, will, if possible, wait until about >2 flood ; then with a favorable and commanding breeze run in, leaving the Buoys painted iu White and Black Perpendicular Stripes close to on either htuid, tlii' Black Buoys on the Port and the Red Buoys on the Starboard hand; when about ^ mile past Fort Macon, whicli should not be U'ft more than yj mile on the Port hand, keep about 200 yards fi'om the Port side, carrying not less than 4 fathoms water, until the Red Beacon on the West end of Shark Shoal bears NNW., then run up with it a little on the Starboard l^ow, and leave it about 100 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past tliis lieacon, run for the end of the Railroad Wharf, bearing about N.NW. Jlifjh Water. It is high water in Beaufort Ilarlior 4h. 18m. befcn-e it is at Bos- ton ; connnon tides rise about 3 feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 389 ilHEAD Lit 8^ niUo8 3nrs, wliicli, Ih and loca- itiT li'iuling 3 shilling of at low title, can be car- can be oar- j lies al)out Coast from Capo Lookout to Capo Foar. Capo Fenr hears from t'ai)e Looliout LiglitlmnMi' SW. I)}' W- J4 W., distance K,") miles ; between these two C'lipes liierc are no (buigers except the Sand Bars, which lie mar the shore; vessels may tlierefore approach this part of the coast wilhia 1 or 2 miles wiihonl danger. Inlets between Beaufort Harbor and Capo Fear. llitween Beaufort Harljorand ("ape Fear, n distance of 82 miles, 1 1, re are several Inlets, the Channels of which h'ad in across Sand Hais, which vary in depth with ahnost evt-ry gale from seaward ; at the present time we have no knowledge of the d.plh of water in entering these Inlets, and cannot therefore give any ilirections in relation to navigating them. Qd More- inds and r Sea Hnoy Stripes), olf after having , J4 flood; leaving tlie pes close to Red Buoys ^ort Macon, hand, keep less than 4 ;nd of Shark e Starboard hand ; when larf, bearing it is at Bos- om seaward CAPE PEAR. This Cape lies SW. by W. js W. from Cai)e Lookout Light- house, distance 85 miles. Cape Fear, or Frying Pan Shoals. These Shoals, which lie Southeasterly al)out 1(5 niili's from Cape Fear, are marked off their enter part with u Lightship and Red Buoy. Frying-Pan Shoals Light-ship. About 1 mile without the Kightoen Foot Shoal, in about 10 fathoms water, is moored a Light-ship, which at this date (1.SS2), shows •> fixed White Lights, and has a Bell and Horn, one of which is sounded in thick weather. Bearings and Distances from Frying-Pan Shoals Light-ship. I>iHlutit:e. Entrance to Beaufort Harbor, NE. % N 88 miles. Cape Lookout Lighthouse, NE. '^ E 90 '• Capo Fear Lighthouse, entrance to f ipe Fear River, NW. by N. >4 N . 22 " rjeorgelown Lighthouse, W. by S. J^! S 71 " ( 'a.])!' Roman Lighthouse, SW. by W. J:^ W- ... 85 " Battlesnake Shoal Light-ship, SW. by W. ^^ W. .108 " Martin's Industry Light-ship, SW. by W. nearly . 164 " '■} •M) ELDKIDOKH COAST i'lLOT. Rvnun'h'H, In iiiiproucliiuK Cape Ki'iir, or I''r.viii>? Tftii Slioala, from tlio Eiist- wiird, tlio HOiiiuliiij,'s arc quite n'-jiilar, but IVom tin- WoHlwanl very irn'Hiiliii' ; luiivy ilnui^'lit vossfls npproacliiii}^ tlifsc daiiiZProiiH shoals in thick wcatliir shonltlnsc tlic I.ead ollfii, and sailiny; voh- Bolb sUoukl not run into less thuii 15 lathouis water. i '1 1 PRYING PAN SHOALS SLUE. Tliis fhantiol across Kryiiifj; Tan Shoals, in wiiicii at tiiis date (1HH2), there arc about 11 Icct water, is marked with 2 Huoys painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, one of which lies on the W(. stern side of tlie shoal, the other on the Eastern, a little more than 2 miles apart ; tliesc IJuoys lie Southeasterly, a little more than 7 miles from the pitch of the Cape. Sailing Directions for Frying Pan Shoals Slue in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 8 or 9 feet draught, from the Noilheast- ward, bound through this Slue, should not approach the Shoal in less than 5 or G fathoms water, )uitil the Black and White I'erpendieidar Striped Can Buoy, which lies at the Eastern entrance of the Slue, about 7 uiiUs Southeastesly from the Pitch of the Cape, is nuide ; bring this Buoy to bear SW. and run for it, leaving it close to on either hand ; when past it, steer SW. by W- H W. about 2 miles, for the Black and White Perpendicular Striped Can Buoy at the Western entrance of the Slue ; if bound to Cape Fear River, when past the last-nnnied Buoy, steer a))ont NW- 1/2 N. From the Southwestward, intending to pass throu^rh Cape Fear Slue, do not approach the shoal in less than 6 fathoms water, nntil the Can Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, which lies Southeasterly about « miles from the Cape, is made ; bring this Buoy to bear NE- and run for it, leaving it close to on cither hand, and steer NE. by E. Yz E. about 2 miles, to the Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes at the Western entrance of the Slue. om tlio Enst- I'Htwiinl very f (laiiiioi'ouH Hiiiliny; vos- UE. 1 lit tliin (liitc vith 2 Iliioys )nc of whieli le EiiHtoin, a iitlieasterly, a lis Slue in weather. he Nortlioast- ! Slioul in k'83 IVrpc'iiilit'liliir (' of tlie Slue, iipo, is niiide ; it close to on ibout 2 miles, Hiioy at the • River, when rh Cape Fear thoins water, Perpendieiilar 1 tiio Cape, is it, leaving it E. about 2 Perpendicular i;i,i)Uii)(ir/H COAST ni.oT. CAPE FEAR RIVER ENTRANCE WILMINGTON. 801 TO The entrance to this Kiver lies aiuHit 20 miles NW. by N. from Fryin*,' I'an Shoal Light-ship, iiiid Northeasterly nr, miles frtJiH Cape Roman. Cape Fear Lighthouse. Upon liald Head, Norliiwesterly end of Smith's Island entraneo to Cape Fear River, is a Liglithome, painted White, which at this date (1«H2), shows a llxed White Light. Cape Pear Range Beacon (Front). In front «)f Cape Fear Lighthouse is a Ship's Lantern, suspended from a White Stake, which at this time shows a White Light ; these two lights form a range to guide ve.Hsiis through the dredged Raid Ilcud Channel into Capo Fear Rivci The channel loading into Cape Fear River is across a Sand Bar, which changes in depth with almost every gah; from seaward ; the best water is marked with Buoys, which are changed with the shift- ing of the channel; at this date (1S81), there arc aliout i) feet water, at low tide, in the Seaward Channel. Sailing Directions for Cape Fear River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Seaward Channel, From the Northeastward, when past Frying Pan Shoals Light- ship, steer about NW. by W- 14 miles (taking care to not ap- proach the Shoal m less than C fathoms water), then steer more Northerly ; when Cape Fear Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear NE. by E. X E., and run for it on this course, until the Outer or Sea Buoy is made ; this Buoy is painted in P.lack and White Perpen- dicular Stripes, and has the letters C. F. upon it ; Capo Fear or Bald Head Lighthouse bears NE- by E- 'A E- from it ; when the Sea Buoy is made, wait, if possible, until about 3/^ flood ; tlien leave it close to ou either band; and run in with the Beacon in range of the I 3i)'^ KLDIMDGK'S COAST PILOT. Hi ' m IP! Light'.HHUc, bearing NE. by E. ]( E., leaving the Outer Bar Buoy, which is Bhick, on tiie I'ort liand, and s-te-er more Northerly, leaving the Buoy willi Kid and Black Perpendicular Stripes aiiout }^ mile ontlie Port Maud, and Iiuier Bar Buoy (IMack) close to on the Port ; when past the last Buoy, steer about NE. by N , leav- ing the lied Buoy ontlie North Breaker on the Starboard hand ; tiio cour.se is then NE- Ibr the Black Buoy olF Bald Head Shoal ; Icavo the last-named Iluoy on the Port hand, and haul gradually to Poit, and leave the Black Buoy oil' Rip Shoal on the Port ; when ii;i>t the last-named Buoy, get Oak Island well open, llicn steer NW- by N. K' N. Tor the Red Buoy od' Battery Island Slioal, leavin.^ it on the Starboard hand ; wiien past the last Buoy steer for the centre of Smitliville, ;ind anclior abreast the town in ab nt .') fathoms water. If bou.id t*" AVihnington, it is advisabh.' to take a pilot here. These directions were good fn- 18.S1. From tlie South westward, as soon as Cape Fear Ligiithousc is made, bring it bear NE. by E. li E., and run for it on this com-se, until the Outer or Sea Buoy- is made, tlien follow the directions before given. Oak Island Range Beacons. Upon Oak Island, to the Southward of the ]\Iaiu Channel, at the mouth of Cape Fear River, are two ■White Skeleton Strrtctui'es, „r Beacons, pyramidal in form, standing on a square foundation 12 feet high; these Beacons at this date (l.SH-_>), show fixed Red Lights, and are hitended as a range for tlie Oak Island Channel. Mcmnrh's. The passage leading into Capo Fear River, by the Oak Island Channel, is across a Sand Bar, which varies in dt>pth with almost every gale from seaward ; the best water is marked with Buoys, which are changed with the shifting of the channel ; at this date (18H1), there is about 10 feet water, at low tid(!. in the Oak Island Channel. Sailing Directions for Cape Pear River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. OaJc Island Channel. From the Northwestward, follow the directions before given for the Seaward Channel, until the Oak Island Beacons are made, then at about ^ flood get them in range, bearing NE., and run in, Icav- EMMtinOF/S COAST PILOT. 303 the Oiitor Bar nore Northerly, r Stripes aiioiit :'.]< ) eh;'se to or» E. hyNJeav- loard liaml ; the \d Sho;il ; h'uve uliially to Poit, ; when ii;i>t l!ie steer NW- hy I, Icaviii:^ it on for the centre 1) nt .') fatlionis ike a pilot here. South westward, i bear NE. by tor or Sea Buoy Channel, at the I Strilctui'es, ^r foundation 12 liow fixed Red md Channel. Lhe Oak Island th with almost ?d with Buoys, el ; at this date the Oak Island er in Day- weather. leforc given for i are made, tiieu >nd run in, leav- ing the Outer or Sea Buoy (wliieh is painted in Blaek and "White Per[)endieu]ar Stripes, with the letters C. F. upon it) close to on either hand, and the ISarBuoy (Bed) on the Starboard hand ; when past the Bar Buoy, haul gradually to the Eastward, and steer about E. by N. for the IWnck Buoy off Rip Shoal, leaving it on the Port hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, get Oak Island well ojien, and then steer NW. by N- J4 N. for the Red Buoy off Battery Island Shoal, leaving it on the Starboard hand ; when past the last Buoy, s'.ecr for the centre of Sn'ithvillc, and anchor off the town in about '} fathoms water. If bcjnd to Wilmington, it is advisable to take a pilot at this anchorage. These directions were good for 1.S81. From tlie Southwestward, as soon as Oak Island Beacons are made, bring them in range, and follow the directions before given. Hlffli Water. It is high water at the entrance of Cape Fear R'.ver 4h. 3ni. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 4J^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. Inlets between Cape Fear Lighthouse and George- town Lighthouse. Between Capo Fear Lighthouse and Georgetown Lighthouse, a distance of 70 miles, there are several Inlits, the entrances to which arc across Sand Bars. At this time we have no knowledge of the depth of water leading in ; no directions can therefore be given fur navigating them. Coast from Cape Fear Lighthouse to Georgetown Lighthouse. Ijetween Cape Fear Lighthouse and Georgetown Lighthouse there are no dangers, except the Sand Bars lying near the shores ; vessels may therefore approach this part of the coast, from 1 to 2 miles, without danger. GEORGETOWN and WINY AH BAY, S. C. The entrance to this Bay is West-Southerly about 72 miles from Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, West-Southerly 70 miles from Cape Fear Lighthouse, and 14 miles Northeasterly from the Lighthouse at Cape Roman. 394 ELnmnoE'S coast pilot. Georgetown Lighthouse. Upon tlic Soutlieiii i)iirt of North Island, East side of entrance to Georgetown 1 'arbor, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of wliich, at this (late (1882), is painted White, and shows a fixed White Light, (.'ape Fear Lighthouse hears from Georgetown Lightliouse NE. ^ E., distance 70 miles ; Frying Tan Shoals Light-ship bears from Geori^etown Lightlurnso E. by N- H N-, distance 71 miles ; Cape Roman Lighthouse bears from (Jeorgetown Lighthouse SW. ^4 S., distance 1.") 3/^ miles. Mentarks, Tlu! passage leading into Georgetown Harbor is across a Sand Uar, which is liable to change its depth and location with almost every ^ lie from si-award. The best water is marked wit' Buoys, which arc changed with the shifting of the channel. At ''is date (1881), there are about 7 feet water, at low tide, \\\wn the Inir. Sailing Direction? for Georgetown Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Light draught vessels from tlie Northeast may, when past Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, make good the course W-SW- 70 miles, which will take them abreast the entrance to Georgetown Harbor ; then, at about ^4 flood, get the Ligh'honse tobearN-NW., and run for it on tliis course, leaving the Outer or Sea F.uoy painted in Black and While Perpendicular Stripes (which lies off the Western part of East Bank) close to on either hand, and steer about N"W. by N. for the Black Buoy olf the South Breaker, leaving it on the Port, and the Red Buoy olf the North Breaker on the Starboard hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, haul gradually to N- by W., leaving the Black Buoy on the Lmer Bar on the Port, and steer abont^NW. by N- >4 N-, h-aving the Red Buoy off Dry Bar on the Starboard hand, and Chaimel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes close to on either hand ; when past this last Buoy, the course is about N. ^ W. for Fishing Rip Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ; leave this last- named Buoy about half cable's length on the Starboard hand, and run N. by W- until Georgetown Lighthouse bears East; then anchor in from 4 to 5 fathoms water. It is said that the holding ground is bad at this anchorr i ; it is therefore advisable for ves- §' I r t ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 3!)5 Ic of entrance of wliich, at "White Ught. louso NE. Jfi p bears fiom miles ; Cape le SW. /. S., across a Sand n Avith almost d wit' Buoys, At "ms date »n the liar. lor in Day- xreather. ?n past Frying ;W. 70 miles, ;to\vn Harbor ; N.NW., and iioy i>ainted in ff the Western 2V about N"W . leaving it on I the Starboard iially to N. by the Port, and Buoy off Dry intcd in Blacic ;r hand ; when for Fishing Rip leave this last- 3ard hand, and irs East; then liat the holding 'isable for ves- sels, in heavy weather, to keep in the middle and rim up about 1 % miles further, wiiere there is good holding ground. Jf bound to Georgetown, a pilot is necessary at tliis auehorage. These direc- tions were good for 1881. From 1 y^ to 2 miles to the Northward of Georgetown Lighthouse tiiere is good anchorage in about 5 fathoms water, with winds from SW. to NW. by way of West. irigfi Water. It is high water at tlie entrance of Georgetown Harbor 3h. 4(\m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 3}i feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. Cape Roman Lighthouse. Upon the Northeastern part of a low, sandy Island, covered with a low growth of bay wood, is a Lightliouse, tlie Tower of which is painted Red. This Lighthouse shows a fixed White Light, which flashes once every minute. Bearings and Distances from Cape Roman Lighthouse. Dialaiicc. Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, NE. by E. I4 E. . . 80 miles. Bull's Bay Lighthou.se, SW. by W 11 " Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, SW. . 25 " Between Georgetown Lighthouse and Cape Roman Lighthouse shoal water extends off a long distance ; vessels will therefore give this part of the coast a wide berth. In order to guide p:issing vessels outside the Shoals, at this date (1882), a Buoy pointed in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, with the letters C. R. upon it, is placed about ^ mile outside Cape Roman Outer Breakers ; Cape Roman Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW. by W., about 7}^ miles ; Frying-pan Shoal Light-ship NE. by E. 3/8 E., distance 80 miles ; Rattlesnake Shoal Light- ship SW. by W. K W., 27 miles. NORTH AND SOUTH SANTEB RIVERS. The entrance to these Rivers lies b-^tween Georgetown Lighthouse and Cape Roman. At this time we have no knowledge of the depth of water leading in ; no directions can therefore be given for navi- gating tliem. i'.i ll i m. 39(5 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. BULL'S BAY HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor lies ahont 10 miles Southwesterly from Cape Roman Liglithouse, and Northeasterly about 16 miles from Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship. Bull's Bay Lighthouse. Upon the Northeast end of Bull's Island, on a White Dwelling, is a Lantern, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Cape Roman Lighthouse bears from Bull's Bay Liglithouse NB- hyE., 11 miles; Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship bears from Bulls liay Lighthouse SW- by S., distance about 14 miles. Shoal water extends off a long distance from Bull's Bay Light- house. At this time, a Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes marks the outer part of this danger. Bull's Bay Lighthouse bears from this Buoy N. by W., about bji miles; Cape Roman Lighthouse NE. H N., distance about U miles; Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship SW- by W-, 11 miles. Renin rk 8, The channel leading into Bull's Bay Harbor is across a Sand Bar, which varies in depth with almost every gale from seaward. The best water is marked with Buoys, which are changed with the shifi- h,c- of the channel. At this date (1881), there i: about 12 feet water at low tide in the channel across the bar. This is an exec - lent Harbor in Southeast gales, and in fact is well sheltered in all winds. Sailing Directions for Bull's Bay Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Northeastward, when past the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes which lies outside Cape Roman Shoals, bring Bull's Bay Lighthouse to bear NW. by W- >4 W-, and run for it on this course, leaving the Buoy without Bn ) s Bivakers about 4 miles on the Tort hand ; continue the course for th.. Lighthouse until the Sea Buoy ijainted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, with letters B. B. on it, is made ; then, at about 3/ flood, leave this Buoy close to on cither hand, and run for the Lighthouse bearing NW- by W. Y. W- until about 3 cables ,«!? ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 397 \ Soutliwcstcrly about 16 miles riiite Dwelling, ed White Light, iighthousc NE. ars from Bull's 33. ull's Bay Light- Hack Horizontal Bay Lighthouse 3 ; Cape Roman 23; llattlesnake ross a Sand Bar, 1 seaward. The ;d with the shifi- . about 12 feet This is an exccl- il sheltered in all rbor in Day- • weather. • painted in Red lie Cape Roman ■. by w. y2 w., )y without Bu^'l's uic the course for Black and White 3 made ; then, at hand, and run for til about 3 cables length from the shore ; then haul to the Northward, leaving the Black Buoy off Bull's Point close to on the Port hand ; when past this last Buoy, follow the beach to the Westward, carrying deep water, and, when well sheltered, anchor in from 4 to 5 fathoms water. From the Southwcstward, leave Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ahii) close to on the Port, and steer NE. by E., leaving tiie Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes outside Bull's Break- ers well on the Port hand ; when Bull's Bay Lighthouse bears NW. by W. l^ W., follow the directions before given. High Water. It is high water in Bull's Harbor 4h. 29m. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 43^ feet. Strong winds from seav^ard increase the tides. Battlesnake Shoal. This Shoal, npon which there are about 5 feet water at low tide, extends aboui: E. ^ N. and W- yi S., 2 miles. It is very nar- row, and at this date (1882), is marked off its Eastern and West- ern ends with Buoys painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes. At this time, about 1}{ miles Southeasterly from this Shoal, is placed a Light'ship. Between this Shoal and the shore there is a channel of about l}4 miles in width, having at low tide a depth of from 12 to 14 feet water; small or light draught vessels may there- fore pass about ^ mile within th-^ Buoys on this danger. Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship. About 1 1^ miles Southeasterly from this Shoal, in about 5}4 fathoms water, is moored a Light-ship, which at this date (1882), shows two fixed Lights, and -has a Bell, which is struck in thick weather. Painted on each side, in large black letters, are the words Rattlesnake Shoal. Bearings and Distances from Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship. Diatance. Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, NE. by E. ?^ E. . .108 miles. Cape Roman Lighthouse, NE 25 " Outer Buoy off Cape Roman Shoals, NE. by E. ^ E. 27 " Eastern Buoy off Rattlesnake Shoal, N. }i "E. . . Iji " m i 398 ELDIIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. DIsUnce. \Vc8torn Buoy off Rattlesnake Slioal, NW. hy W- y, w '-^^ "''^*''* OuiLT or Sea Buoy, which lies off the entrance to Main Ship Channel, Charleston Ilarhor, SW. j4 W. 6 Murlin's Industry Light-shii), SW- ^ W 58 Vessels in daytime may run direct from Rattlesnake Shoal Licrht-ship to Martin's Industry J^ight-ship, carrying from 5 to 8 nulioms water, and leaving the bars off Charleston Harbor about 2 miles to the Northwestward. OHABLESTON HARBOR. The entrance to this Harbor by Main Ship Ciiannel is South- westerly about 115 miles from Frying Pan Shoals Light-ship, 6 miles Southwesterly from Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, and North- easterly 51 miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship. Charleston Main Lighthouse. Upon the Southern part of Morris Island, West side of entrance to Charleston Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date (1882), is painted in Black and White Bauds, three of each color, com- mencing with Black at the top. This Lighthouse, at this time, shows a fixed White Light. Morris Island Range Beacons. Upon the Southern end of Morris Island, West side of entrance to Charleston Harbor, are two Range Beacons for crossing the Bar ; the front is painted Red, the rear Black. Both these Beacons, at this date (1882), show fixed Red Lights. Sullivan's Island Range Beacons. Upon Sullivan's Island, North side of entrance to Charleston Harbor, are two Range Beacons; the front is painted White, the rear is also White. Both these Beacons, at this time, show Red Fixed Lights. Port Sumter Lighthouse. Upon the Northwest face of Fort Sumter, Southwest side of entrance to Charleston Harbor, is a Lighthouse, which at this date DIsUnee. 2}( inilos. T. 6 . 58 tlcsnake Shoal ig from 5 to 8 Harbor about 2 lannol is South- Is Light-ship, 6 ship, and North- e. side of entrance ;hisdate (1882), each color, com- 30, at this time, as. side of entrance crossing the Bar ; these Beacons, at 3ons. ce to Charleston ainted White, the s time, show Red 50uthwest side of which at this date ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 399 (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Vessels bound up may ai)- prouch this Lighthouse on its North fast side within 300 yards without danger. Fort Ripley Shoal Lighthouse. Upon Fort Ripley Siioal, North side of entrance to Charleston Harbor, in about 8 feet water, is a Lighthouse, which at tiiis date (1SH2), shows a fixed Red Light. Attached to this Lighthouse, at this time, is a Bell, which in thick weather is struck at intervals of 10 seconds. Itcniarka, The channel leading into Charleston Harbor is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to change with almost every gale from seaward. At this time. Range Liglits and Buoys are usad to show the deepest water; these are cliangcd with the shifting of the chaiuiel, so as to mark the best water leading in. Appropriations have been made from time to time by the Uniti'd States Government for the purpo::-; of im[)roving Chark'ston Harbor, and Jetties extending olf from both sides are now in course of construction for that purpose. At this date (1881), there are about 11 feet water, at lew tide, across ihe Bar which leads into the Main Channel. To Vessels in Distress. At this date (1882), Charleston affords good facilities to vessels in distress, there being a Dry Dock and two Marine Railways, capable of docking or hauhug vessels of 1,000 tons, with every- thing necessary for repairs. Sailing Directions for Charleston Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Main Channel. From the Northeastward, leave the Light-ship off Rattlesnake Shoal close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. }4 W. 6 miles, which will bring you up with the Sea Buoy which ia painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes and has tho letter C. upon it ; Charleston Main Lighthouse bears from this Buoy (which lies in about 6 fathoms water off entrance to Main Channel) W-NW-, distance 3.^ miles; when this Buoy is made, wait, if possible, until about % flood ; then bring the Beacons on m 400 F.T.nninaK's coast pilot. 1 1 „' i the Soulli end af Jlonis Isliuid in range, and run for them in range, leiivinj? tlie Sea llnoy dose to on either hand ; the Onter bar Buoj', which is piiintcd in Ulaolc and White Perpendieuhir Stripes, on the Starboard, and the Midtlie Bi.oy, wliidi i^• painted lilacli, on tlic Port hand; wlien past tiie last-named IJiiov, you will sec the Junction Hell Buoy painted in Black and White Per- pendiculur Stripes, whieli leave close to on tlic Starboard hand, and get Sidlivau's Island Beacons in range, bearing about N. yi, W., and run for them in range, carrying from 3 to 7 fathoms water, leaving a lied Buoy on Pumpkin IlillBar on the Starboard, and the South Jetty ^-uoy (Black) on the Port hand; when past the last- named Bi' , steer Northeasterly, leaving the otlier Black Jett^- Buoy close to a tiie Port hand, and run N-NW. until Sullivan's Island Lights are again in range, bearing about N. J4 W., leaving the Black Buoy off Cummings' Point on i'te Port hand ; when Fort Ripley Lighthouse opens to the Nort'iward of Fort Summer, then steer NW. >4 W. until Fort Sumter bears S-SW. ; the course is then about W- >3 N., leaving tlie Black Buoy off Fort Sumter on the Port, and the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off the Lower Middle on the Starboard hand ; continue the course W. 'A N., leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Battery Point Shoal close to oil the Port hand, and make good the course N. by W. for the city. These directions were good for 1881. Sailing Directions for South Channel. If the wind is unfavorable to cross the Bar by the Main Chan- nel, you may, by the following directions, enter by the South Ciian- nel : At about ^ flood get the Beacons on Sullivan's Island in range, bearing about N. % W., and run for them in range, leaving the Bar Buoy (Black) on the Port, Middle Buoy (Red) on th« Starboard, and Inner Junction Bell Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, close to on the Star- board hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, follow the directions before given for Main Channel. REBELLION ROADS. These Roads, in which vessels may anchor in from 4 to 6 fathoms water, lie Northwesterly about 1 mile from Fort Sumter. ' 1 : in for them in nd ; the Outer IVrpondieular hidi i^'. painted lied IJiiov, you uid White I'cr- oard Iiand, and out m.y^w., fathoms water, board, and the 1 past the In st- ack Jett}' Ihio}' iiilivaii's Island 7-1 leaving the id ; when Fort t Slimier, then !■ ; the course ff Fort Sumter ack Horizontal ; continue the ted and Black o oh the Port e city. These nnel. he Main Chan- le South Ciian- van's Island in hem in range, le Buoy (Red) y, painted in on the Star- 7 the directions ELDIIIDGES COAST PILOT. 401 Sailing Directions for Rebellion Roads. Follow the directions before given for the Main Channel, until the Lighthouse on Fort Sumter bears SE. by S. i then make good the course NW by N., and anchor when Fort Ripley LighthoUHe bears W. by S., in about 5 fathoms water. SWASH CHANNEL. This Channel lies about 3 miles to the Northward of the Main Channel ; until the Jetties at the entrance of the harbor are com- pleted, strangers should not attempt to enter it, aa changes are constantly taking place. High Water. It is high water in Charleston Harbor 4h. 5m. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 5J^ foet. Strong wiiuls from seaward increase the tides. 4 to 6 fathoms iter. NORTH EDISTO RIVER, S. 0. The entrance to this River lies Southwesterly 26 miles from Rattlesuiike Light-ship, Southwesterly \^ miles from Charleston Main Lighthouse, and Northeasterly 34 miles from Martin's In- dustry Liglit-ship. Hemarks. The entrance to North Edisto River is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to ehange in depth with every gale from seaward.; Buoys are placed so as to mark tlie best water leading in ; at this date (1881), there is about 10 feet water across the Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for North Edisto River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Northeastward, bound to North Edisto River, may leave the Light-ship off Rattlesnake Siioal close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. % W. 14 miles, which will bring tiiem up with the Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, which lies otT Stouo Inlet ; when this 402 ELPlMDr.F/S COASI PILOT. iJuoy, which has the letter S. paiiitcil on it, bears NW. ,'j mile, iiiako good llio course W.SW. H> luik's, to Sia lUio.v painlfd in lUaek a;al While IVrpeiidiciilar Sliiiie.s, widi the U'tters N. E. upon it; this last Huoy iiuuUs tiie cnliauee to Nortli Kdisto iliver; when the last-named Huoy is uiaiie, wait, if possilile, until aliout J^ flood, then, with a fuv()ral)le and conunandiii^f hrcczo, hrinj; tlie Sea IJuoy to bear NW- ' j W-, and run in, Iruvintj; il rlose to on either hand; continue the course NW. ^j W. about 1^ miles, leaving the Inner Buoy do'^e to on eitlier liand ; when piist tlie last iJuoy, run for the entrance of tlie river, keeping about midway, and carrying from 5 to 'J latlionv, water; wlu n al)out a mile above the entrance, or the first Creek upon tlie Port side is open, tlien anchor in about 7 fathoms water, good liolding ground. Strangers sliould not attempt to enter this river wiiii light winds, as the current iu some places sets strong across the Bars. Hhjh Watet: It i!., high water at the mouth of North Edisto River 4':.. 24m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 53^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. W W' \m SOUTH EDISTO RIVER. The entrance to this Mver is Soutliwesterly :''; miles from Rattle- •^naki> Shoal Light ship, Sou Mi westerly 2H miles from Charleston Main Lighthouse, Southwesterly 91^ miles from entrance to North Edisto River, Nortlieasterly 20 miles from Martin's Industry Light- ship, and Northeaolerly 6 miles from Ilu-iting Island Lighthouse. The entrance to South Edisto River is across a Sand Bar, which )s liable to change in depth with every gale from seaward ; Buoys are placed so as to mark the best water leading in ; at this date (1881), there are 12 feet water across tlie Bar at low tide^ Sailing Directions for South Edisto River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels, from the Northeastward, bound t) this River, should, as soon as the Lighthouse on the No- lIi part of ELDRIDOE'S COAST I'JLOT. 403 W. 'j mile. y [lainli'd in t'ttlM-S \. E. aUsIo (liver ; iiiitil alioiit 'A', liriii^ tlio I flosi' lo oil It 1 3/^ miles, lien pMst tlio H)iit uiiilwayi !V mile iil)ove is opCMl, tllPU 1. 1 light wnuls, ars. ivcr i'.i. 24m. I'eet. Strong s from Rattle- in Cliiirlestoii ince lo Nortli uUistry Light- Li "htlioiise. Ill Bar, which iward ; Buoj's 1 ; at this date tide er ill Day- weather. .vard, huiiud t ) No- Lli part of Hunting Tslnnd is made, hring it to liear SW. hy W- H W-, and run for it on this course, until tlic water .slioaU lo l fatlioms ; Uicu at about ->^ flood run in, l('> miles from Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, Southwesterly 28 iiuk's Injin Cliarles- ton Main Lighthouse, and Northeasterly 23 miles from Mai tin's Industry Light-ship. Hunting Island Lighthouse. Upon the Northern end of Hunting Island, Southeast side of entrance to St. Helena Sound, is a Liglithouse, which at this date (1882), is painted White from the base to the height of the trees in the background, the portion above this being Black ; at this time this Lighthouse shows a fix-id White Light, which flashes at intervals of 30 seconds. 404 EI.DKIIKJKS fOAST I'lLOT. Mmtin's Industry Liglil-ship lieorH from tlio Liglitliouso on Hunt- ing Isliiiid S-SW., diHtiinct' 20 mill's; lliittli'Mnako Li^flil-sliip bears from tbia Liglithouso NE. !'.v E. }i Em distuncc 40 milcH. Tli(> channel lemJing into St. Ili-lcnii Sound is ncrosH a Snml IJar, wliiili h liahli' to 0 miles (leav- ing the Sea Buoys otr Charleston Harbor and Stono Inlet well on the Starboard hand, and carrying not less than 5 fathoms water) ; then steer about West, keeping a sharp lookout for the Lighthouse (before described) on Hunting Island ; when this is made, bring it to bear W. J^ N-, and run for it on this course, until the Sea Buoy * (which is painted in Black and White Per- pendicular Stripes, with the letters St. II, upon it) is made ; then wait, if possible, until about ^ flood and run in, leaving it close to on either hand, and steer about W-SW-, leaving the Bar Buoy painted in Black and White Perpcndioular Stripes close to on either hand ; when past this last Buoy, steer W- by N. J4 N., leaving the Red Buoy on North Breaker on the Starboard, and the Turning Buoy (Black) on the Port hand ; n;>m this last Buoy steer about NW. by N. }i N., leaving Mid-chi»ii>nel Buoy * At this date (1881), Hunting Island Li^'UUiouse bears from the Sea Buoy at the entrance of St. Helena Sound, W. i N., distance G^ miles. 1 5' 80 on Iliint- 4U inilc'8. OSS n Snnd 111 si'uward ; r ; tliesc are tlio (loppost uiit Iti feet .t tlii» tiino ound, called of which ftt reotioud for ;. Helena nds and leiin- Sound, to on the miles (Iciiv- I Inlet well 5 fathoms :out for tlio v'lien this is tliis course, White Per- ,) is made ; in, leaving , leaving the Stripes close 7. hy N. H ! Starboard, :>m this last ht»ii>nel Buoy from the Sea C^ miles. EM)IlII)(}irS COAST PILOT. 405 painted in Black and White IVrpcndicuiar Stripes close to on either liiuid, and the Juiution H1103' p:iinted in Illtick mid White rcrpendifular Stripes on the Staihourd, and IVlicuii Itank lliioy (Ithick) (in the I'ort hand; when past this last Itiioy, Iho eourso is altout NW. Iiy W. ,'j W.. along tiie North side of relioun Hank, carrying from I to 7 fathoms water, and leaving the Hno}* painted in Red an*l Black Horizontal Stripes, olf the Southeast end of Combahee S|)it, and the Beacon on Combahee Shoal botii about yi mile on the Starboard hand ; when pa^t this Beacon, continue tho course NW. by W- ',2 W., carrying from .'» to 7 fathoms water, and leaving the Red Buoy olf Couiliahee Bank on the Starboard, and tho Black Buoy olf Marsh Island Spit on tho Port hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, if bound to Bull Itiver, keep the Starboard side best aboard for about a mile, then keep in tlio middle, carrying deep water to tho mouth of this Uivcr, which is about 3 miles from the Black Buoy otf Marsh Islainl Spit; if bonnd up the Cooaaw River, a pilot is neuessury olf the entrauco of Bull River. From the Sonthwestward, leave Martin's Industry Light-ship close to on the I'ort liaml, and make good the coiuse N£j. about 18 mdes ; then gradually haul to the Northward until the Light- house on tho Northern part of Hunting Island bears W. '2 N. ; then follow the directions before given. From the Sea Buoy off the entrance to St. Helena Sound to the cutrauco of Bull River the distance is lo}^ miles. High Water. It is high water in St. Helena Sound 4h. 21m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about G feet. Stron'j; winds from sea- ward increase the tides. PORT ROYAL SOUND, S. O. The entrance to Port Royal Sound, by the Southeast Channel, is Southwesterly 5.5 miles from Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, South- westeily ts miles from Charleston Main Lighthouse, and 2)4 miles Northeasterly from Martiu's Industry Light-ship. \i H^B! „ f\ 406 ELDiaDGE'S COAST PILOT. '> t Hi Martin's Industry Light-ship, About 1}( miles Southeast from IMarliu's Iiulustiy Shoal, en- trance to Port Royal Sound, in about « fathoms water, is ra iored a Light-ship, the Hull of which, at this dale (1882), is painted Red, with tlie Avords Martin's Industry on each side in large let- ters. At this time this Light-ship shows two fixeiL White Lights, and has a I5cll and Horn. This Light-vessel is intended to guide vessels into Port Royal Sound, and also along the coast, clear of danger, to Tybee entiance. B^irings and Distances from Martin's Industry Light-ship. Diatancc. Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, NE. J^f E. . . . . 58 miles. Charleston Main Liizhthouse, NE. ^sj N ol " Hunting Island Lighthouse, N.NE 20 " Tybee Lighthouse, entrance to Savannah River, W- by S. ^ S 15 " Whistling Buoy off entrance to Savannah River, SW. H W 11 u . Sea Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Strijjes, off the entrance of South Channel, leadin2 N. 2yi " "Vessels in daytime may run direct from jNIartin's Industry Light- ship to Rattlesnake Shoal Light-ship, carrying from 5 to 8 fathoms water, and leaving the Bars off^Charleston Harbor about 2 nules to the Northwestward. Hilton Head Rango Lights. Upon Hilton Head, West side of entrance to Port Royal Sound, are 2 Rango Lights. The front Lighthouse is a Tower on a W^hite Dwelling; the rear Lighthouse is a White Skeleton Tower. These Lighthouses, which at this date (1882),* show fixed Red Lights, are 1 >^ miles apart, and range W. ^4 N. and E. ^4 S. and are intended to guide vessels across the Bar in the dc- pest water. The front Liglitliouse lies from the Sea Buo}' off the en- trance to the channel off the Bar, 9^ miles. * Ou and after Feb. 1, 1883, the front light will be Fixed Wliitu. ' Shoal, en- r, is in iorcd , is painted in large let- liite Lights, led to guide ast, clear of Light-ship. Distance. 58 miles. 51 " 20 " 15 " 11 '« 2X " istiy Light- j 8 fatiionis t 2 miles to )3-al Sound, ower on a ton Tower, fixed Red I E. 34 S. he d(" |)est off the cn- Whitu. ■ELt)RIDGE'S CO.VST riLOT. 407 Paris Island Range Lights. Upon the Southeast point of Taris Island, near the head of Port Royal Sound, are 2 Range Lights. The Lantern of the front Lighthouse is on a White Skeleton Pyramid ; the rear Lighthouse is a Triangular Skeleton Pyramid, covered with Black Slats 40 feet from the top, and painted White below. These Lighthouses, which at this dnle (1882), show fixed White Lights, are 1 mile apart and range NW. by N. }< N. and SE. by S- 'A S., and are intended to guide vessels up to the anchorage in Port Royal Sound. MeinarJk'S. The channel leading into Port Royal Sound is across Sand Bars, which are liable to change ni depth with every gale from seaward. At this time, Range Lights and Buoys are used to show the best water across the Bar ; these are changed with the shifting of the channel. At this date (1882), there are two passages across the Bar leading into this Sound, called Southeast Channel and South Channel, both of wiiich, at this time, are buoyed ; there are 18 feet in the former and 16 feet in the latter. Sailing Directions for Port Royal Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Southeast Channel, Vessels from the Northeastward may, when about 4 miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship, bring it to bear SW. by S. ^2 S., and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for tlie Sea Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes with the letters P. R. upon it ; leave tliis Buoy close to on either hand, and make good the course W- ^^^ N-, leaving the Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes close to on either hand, the Rod Luoy on the Nortlieast Breaker on the Starboard hand, and Turning Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpen- dicular Stripes, close to on either hand; when past the last- nametl Buoy, make good the course NW- by N- y^ N., carrying from 4 to 9 fatlioms water, leaving the Mid-channel Buoys painted in Black an I Wliito Perpendicular Stripes close to on either hand, and the Black Buoys off Joiner's Bank and Fishing Rip Shoal on the Port hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, you will see the If i V^\ 1 40S ELDRIDOE'S COAST TILOT. u W: J! 8' I- Range Beacons (lioforo doscribod) on Paris Island ; hring thcin in range, bearing NW. li\' N. % N., and run for tlioni in rang^ until about ^ mile past the Wharf at Hay Point, wliich is llie first oa the Starboard side ; then anclior in from 5 <.■ ' fathoms w.vtor, Sailing directions for Port Royal Sound at Night- time, inrith favorable winds and fair weather. Bf/ the Southeast Channel, Vessels from the Northeastward, when about 4 or 5 miles from IMartin's Industry Light-ship, may bring it to b ar SW. by S., and run for it on tliis course ; then, with a commanding breeze, at about }i "1" /2 flood, bring the two fixed Red Liglits upon Hilton Head in range, and run for them in range, bearing about W. 3/^ N-, until the two 'White Lights on tlie Southeast part of Paris Island are in range, bearing about NW. b}- N. J 2 N. ; then run up for them in range until about 1 li miles from the Front Light, or the water shoals to 41^2 fathoms at low tide ; then anchor in Port Royal Sound. The current sets strong in some places across the Breakers ; it is therefore higlily important, in running in at n'glit, to watch the Ranges, as a slight deviation may lead to didlculty. Sailing Directions for Port Royal Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. By the South Channel, From the Southwestward, wlien about 4 miles from Martin's Industrj Light-ship, bring it to bear NE. by E., and run for it on tliis course, leaving the Black Buoy off tlie Southeast part of Gas- kin Bank well on the Port hand ; when the Sea Buoy at the entrance of the South Channel, painted in Black and White Per- pendicular Stripes with the letters P. R. upon it, is made, tiien, at about J4 flood, bring it to bear NW. by N. ^2 N., and run for it on this course, leaving it close to on either hand, and the Red Buoy off the Southwest end of Martin's Industry Shoal on tlie Starboard hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, haul up N. by E. j4 E., leaving ;Mid-channel Buo}-, painted in Black and White Perpen- dicular Stripes, close to on eiliier hand, and Red Buoy off the Northern part of Martin's Industry Slioal on the Starboard hand ; from this last Buoy steer about North for Middle Channel Buoy, s ru.nnK.. 7SSzr:. ELDIilDGE'S COAST TILOT. 409 •ing thcin in riuig^ until i the first Oil w.'.tor, at Night- 3ather. ) milos from . by S., anij zc, at about ton Head in 34 N., until sland are in for them in r the water Port Royal breakers ; it ;o watch the I in Day- Bather. im Martin's run for it on )art of Gas- 5uoy at the White Per- ulc, tiicn, at (1 run for it e Red Buoy ic Starboard y E. y^ E., lite Perpen- iiioy off the board iiaud ; anncl Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; when past tliis last-named Buoy, you arc in the Main Channel, and may follow the directions before given for the Southeast Channel. Hiffh Water. It is high water in Port Royal Sound 4h. l.'Jni. before it is at Boston ; comnion tides rise about 6}4 feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. BEAUFORT RIVEB. The entrance to this River is on the East side of Port Royal Sound. From the entrance to Beaufort the distance is about 8J^ miles. At this time Beaufort River is buoyed as far as Battery Creek, which is about 4 miles below the town. About 11 feet water can be taken up through a narrow channel, to Beaufort, at low tide. Sailing Directions for Beaufort River in Daytime. Vessels of not more than 10 feet draught, bound to Beaufort, may follow the directions before given for Port Royal Sound, until the Black Buoy off the Lower Middle, at the entrance of the River, is made ; the Front Beacon on Paris Island bears from this Buoy NW. >2 N. about 1 ;:{ miles ; leave the last-named Buoy on the Port, and the Red Buoy olf Station Creek on the Starboard hand, and run in about N. ^ E-, leaving the Black Buoy off the Upper Middle on the Port hand ; when past this last Buoy, the course is about N. by W- to the Red Buoy off Chowan Spit ; leave this last Buoy on the Starboard hand, and keep the Port side best aboard until the Black and Rid Buoys off Battery Creek are made ; after passing these two Buoys, -vhich arc both left on the Port hand, keep the Starboard side best aboard for % mile ; then keep in the middle, carrying not less than 11 feet water, at low tide, to Beau- fort. When a little more than a mile below the town, an Island will be seen lying nearly in the middle of the River; the Main Channel leads up to the Westward of this Island. HigJi Water. It is high water in Beaufort River 3h. 31m. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about 7j^ feet. ■ fi' 1 ■ ! i 1 410 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. TYBEE ROADS. These 'Roods, which are near the entrance to Savannah River, lie Southwesterly 70 miles from Rattlesniike Shoal Light-ship, Southwesterly about 14 miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship, and East-Southerly about liy^ miles from the city of Savannah. Tybee Lighthouse. Upon the Northeast end of Tybee Island, Northeastern side of entrance to Tybee Roads, is a Lighthouse, painted "White, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Tybee Beacon. Abont 34 Ta\h, in front of Tybee Main Lighthouse, is a White Skeleton Tower, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. This Beacon, iu range of Main Lighthouse, serves as a guide to cross the bar. Memarka, At 'his date (1881), there are 17 feet water, at low tide, in the Ship Channel leading into Tybee Roads. Vessels may anchor in these Roads with the Main Lighthouse bearing from SW. by W. to W. by S., distant from ^ to IJ^ miles, in from 4 to ly^ fathoms water at low tide. These Roads are somewhat exposed to Easterly winds. Sailing Directions for Tybee Roads, with favor- able winds. 3y the Main Channel, Vessels from the Northeastward maj' leave Martin's Industry Light-ship close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. J^ W- H miles, which will bring them up with the Whistling Buoy off the Bar ; then, with a commanding breeze, get the Beacon before dcscril)cd in range of the Main Liglithouse, bearing about W. by N. J^ N., !ction8 before given for Tybee Roads, uni'l abreast the Black Buoy oflf Beacon Point Shoal ; Tybee Main Lij^hthouse bears from this Buoy W. >^ S. about % mile; leave t'lis Buoy a short dis- tance on the Port hand, and make good the course W. by N J4 N. about 1 miie, when you will see, nearly ahead, the Bell Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripos, which lies on the East end of Tybee Knoll Spit; Tybee Main Ligh* louse bears from this Buoy S SE. about }^ mile; leave the Bell Buoy about 150 yards on the Starboard hand, and steer about W. by S. % S , and anchor when the water shoals to 3 fathoms ; Tybee Main Light- house bears from this anchorage E. by S., distance about ^ mile. Small or light draught vessels may go further up and anchor near the Lighthouse off Cockspur Island* in from 8 to 15 feet water at low tide. Providing there is no error in the compass, vessels of not more than 12 feet draught, at night-time, with favorable winds, may fol- low the directions before given for Tybee Roads, until the Bell- Buoy off the Outer Bar is made ; Tybee Main Lighthouse bears from this Buoy W. by N. % N., distance 3>4 miles ; leave the Bell Buoy a short distance on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NW. by W. j4 W- until Cockspur Island Light bears W. by S. J^ S. ; tlien run for it on this course until Tyboe Main Light bears E. by S- ; then anchor in from 2i^ to 3 fathoms water at low tide. Small or light draught vessels may go ftuthcr up, carrying from 8 to 10 feet water at low tide, and anchor a))out i'50 yards to the Southward of the Light, in about 3 fathoms water. By the Northern Channel. With Northwesterly winds, vessels in daytime, of not more than 13 feet draught, may enter Tybee Roads by the following direc- tions : Bring Tybee Main Lighthouse to bear about W. by S., and ♦ Upon a KaoU connected with the Eastern end of Cockspur Island, near the entrance of Savannah River, is a Conical Tower paintetl White, and at tliis date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. This Light is intended to guide vessels into the channel South of Cockspur Island. ,i ™ 412 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. run for it on this ccnr"', leaving the Outer Buoj', painted in Black and White Perpendicular Su'pes, close to on either hand; when past this Buoy, continue the course W. by S-, leaving the Red Buoy on the North Breaker a short distance on the Starboard hand ; when over the Bar, and the water deepens to 3j^ fathoms at low tide, steer West-Northerly and anchor in the Roads in from ?>^ to 314 fathoms water at low tide. If intending to anchor tt the Northwest of Tybee Lighthouse., follow the directions before given. High Water, It is high water in Tybee Roads 4h. 11m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7 feet. SAVANNAH RIVER. From Tybee Main Lighthouse to the city of Savannah the dis- tance is about 14 miles. Tybee Knoll Cut Range Beacons. Upon the Eastern end of Long Island, in Savannah River, are two Beacons, which at this date (1882), show two fixed White Lights. The Front Light is on a White DweHing ; the Rear Light is shown from a White Skeleton Tower. These Lights range W. ^ S. and E. M N., and are intended to lead vessel? through the dredged channel from Tybee Roads into Savannah River. Fig Island Range Beacons. The Front Beacon stands near the South side of Fig Island, in t'iC Savannah River, near the city of Savannah ; the Rear Light is shown from the Cupola of the Exchange Building. At this date (1882), these Lights are Red, and, when in range, are intended to lead through the " Wrecks" Channel. Remarks. From Tybee Roads to the city of Savannah, a distance of about 15 miles, the channel, in many places, is very narrow ; but at this time it is well marked with Buoys. Improvements in several places have been made by dredging, and this will probably be con- tinued ; no depth will, therefore, at this time be given. nted in Black • hand ; when (ring the lied irboard hand ; athoms at low n from ?>^ to mchor tt the i before given. is at Boston ; annah the dis- as. nah River, are ) fixed White i Rear Light is i range W. ^ 1? through the iver. Fig Island, in ! Rear Light is At this date ire intended to tance of about w ; but at this Qts in several obablj' be con- in. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 413 To Vessels in Distress. At this date (188-?), cJavannali affords j-ood facilities to vessels in distress, there being > IJry Dock 380 feet long by 75 feet wide, wliicli can take on 3 feet blocking, from 13 to 15 feet depth of Wiitcr ; there are also 2 Marine Kuilways, one capable of hauling VfsHils of 1 ,200 tons, the other 300 tons, with everything neces- sary for repairs. Saiiing Directions for Savannah River in Daytime, with favorable winds. Vessels from the Northeastward may leave Mai^n's Industry Light ship close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. 14 W. 11 miles, which will b.iiig them up with the Whistling Buoy off the bar ; then on the lirst of the flood, with a commanding breeze, get the Beacon before dese."ibed in range of Tyhee Main Lighthouse, bearing about W. by N. y^ N., and run for tliem in range, leaving the Whistling Buoy close to on eitiier hand, the Black Buoy off the South Breaker on the Port, and the Bell Buoy painted Red off the Outer Bar on the Starboard hand, carrying about 17 feet water at low tide ; when past the last-named Buoy, haul up about NW. by W., leaving the 2 Black Buoys on Inner Bav and Beacon Point Shoal on the Port hand ; continue tbo course NW. by W., until the Oyster Bed Lighthouse,* which Btands in the River, bears about W. ^ N., then run for it on this coin-se ; as vou sail in, tliere will be seen the Bell Buoy painted in Red and Black Perpendicular Stripes; this last-mentioned Buoy bears about N-NW. from Tybee Main Lighthouse, distance J^ mile ; leave the Bell Buoy on the Port, and the Red Buoy on Ten Foot Lump on the Starboard hand, and steer about W. by N. }^ N., leaving the Red Buoy on St. Michael's Shoal on the Starboard hand, and Black Buoy at the entrance of Burden Channel on the Port hand ; when the Beacons on the Eastern part of Long Island are in range, bearing W. K S., run for them in range, leav- ing the Inuer Black Buoy in Burden Channel on the Port, and the Red Buoy on the Upper Oyster Bed Shoal on the Starboard hand ; continue to run on the range until about 200 yards past the last- ♦ Oyster Bed Lighthouse Is a White Pyramidal Tower, top of Lantern Black, and at this date (1882), shows a fixed Red Light. f H 4 tw 4U ELDIUDGE'S COAST riL()T. named Buoy, then steer more Northerly through the nfirrow chiin- nel, carrying from -.V^ to A^i lathoms water, audlcaving the WMte Wooden Frame Beacron and Black Buoy on the Tort hand, and the Oyster Bed Lighthoute not more than 200 yards on the Starlioaid hand ; when past the last-named Ligiithouse, there will he seen on the Port a 'hlte "W >den Beacon, and on the Starhoard a Red Buoy ; leave n < €«• . • well on the Port, and the latter ahout 150 yards on the . ;:. ,.i . "and, and run about W. hy S. Vi S-, for the White Beac'M. : -*. . , u the Northern Bank of Long Island; leave this Beacon aliout Si/^ -rds on the Port, and the Red Buoy about the same distance on tLc Starboard hand, and run along the Northern shore of Long Island, keeping about :$00 yards from it, until abreast the White Beacon No. 2 ; then steer about NW. yi N. for White Beacon No. 3, on the Starboard side of the River ; leave Beacon No. -T about 100 yards on the Starboard hand, and run along the Starboard shore, keeping about 100 yards from it, to White Beacon No. 4 ; from this run about West for White Beacon No. 5, on Port side ; leave Beacon No. 5 about 100 yards on the Port hand, and follow the Port shore, keeping not more than 100 yards from it, to White Beacon No. G ; leave Beacon No. 6 about 100 yards on the Port hand, and steer about NW- by N- J^ N., for WHiite Beacon No. 7, on the Starboard side of River ; leave Beacon No. 7 about 100 yards on the Starboard hand, and keep close to the Starboard shore for about ^ mile ; the course of the River is then more Southerly ; leave the Black Buoy off North- west end of Elba Island a short distance on the Port, and the Red Buoy off Barnwell Island Flats, and White Beacon No. 8 on the Star- board hand, passing through the narrow channel ; when past Bea- con No. 8, keep the Port side close aboard, until past Fort Jack- son, which is on the Port side ; then leave the Red Buoys and Li"hthouse on the Starboard hand, and when past the Lighthouse, which is on the Starboard side of the channel, keep the Port side best aboard to the city of Savannah. These directions were good for 1881. High Water. It is hiah water at Savannah (Dry Dock) 3h. 14m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 6J^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. liii ELDRIDOES COAST PILOT. 415 narrow chiin- ii-j; tlu; Wl'itt! mnd, and tlic lie Starlioiiid 11 be si'on on rboard a Red ter about 150 S. y-z S., for Long Island ; he Red Hiioy run along llie ards from it, •out NW. Vi 3f the River ; ird hand, and ids from it, to White Beacon ) yards on the lore than 100 1 No. 6 about by N. ^ N., River ; leave rd hand, and the course of uoy off North- t, and the Red . 8 on the Star- hen past Bea- ast Fort Jack- ed Buoys and he Lighthouse, the Port side ons were good m. before it is ng winds from OALIBOGUE SOUND, S. O. The entrance to this Sound, which is between tlu^ Southwest end of Hilton Head Island and Daufnskio Island, is about 1 >^ miles wide, aad lies N. Yx E. 5}^ miles from Tybee Main Lighthouse. Daufuskie Range Beacons. On the Northeast Point of Daufuskie Island, West side of Cali- boguc Sound, about Xy-i miles above the entrance, arc two Beacons, which at this date (1882), show two fixed White Lights ; llie Front Light is shown from a Red Lantern with White Tower, the Rear Lijiht is shown from a Red Lantern on a White DwelFing ; these two Lights in range, bearing about N. ^ W., are intended to guide vessels from Tybee Roads into Calibogue Sound. Itcmarks. At this date (1881), in entering Calibogue Sound, there is abort 9 feet water upon the bar at low tide ; this depth lies N. by E- ' E., lYx miles from Tybee Main Lighthouse. Sailing Directions for Calibogue Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Follow the directions before given for Tybee Roads, then at about J^ ilood leave tlie Black Buoy on the end of the Spit, which bears NE. by N- j4 N-, 1^ niiles from Tybee Main Lighthouse, on the Port, and steer about N. >4 E., leaving the Red Bar Buoy a short distance on the Starboard hand, carrying at J^ flood about 12 feet water across the bar.; when past tiiis last-named Buoy, bring the Lighthouses on the Ijfortheasteru part of Daufuskie Island in range, and run for them xa. range, bearing about N. ^ W. ; when about a mile from the Front Lighthouse, then haul up about N- by E., keeping about in the middle of the Sound, and anchor abreast the Lighthouse in from 4 to 8 fathoms, g»od holding ground. Sailing Directions for Calibogue Sound at Night, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 12 feet draught, may at about J^ flood bring the Beacon Light in range with Tybee INIain Lighthouse, and run for them in range, bearing about W. by N. J4 N., leaving the ■I ii Wilt 41G EI DIIIDGE'S COAST PILOT. ^1 Whistling lUioy close to on either hand ; when pnst the J\c\\ Buoy on the OiiliT IJar (wliicli is Icl'L on tlio Slarhoanl hand), niiiliu good tho course NW. }i W., until the lieucon Liglitu bcloie dcseribi'd for entering Caliboguc Soiuid are in range, tlien run for ilieni in range, bearing about N. ^4 W-, carrying not less t'nin 12 feet water across the bar; when ul)out a niih! fioni Iht- I'roul ],i.riit, haul up about N. by E., and anchor abreast the Lights in tho mid- dle of the Sound in from 4 to 8 fathoms water. Jliffh Water. It is high water at the entrance of Calibogue Sound Ih. ."iui. before it is at Hoston ; common tides rise about 7 feel. Si:ong winds from seaward increase the tides. i i t; V ! (i «M| s i' I 1 1'' it :l ; ¥ WASSAW SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between the Sonlhwostern end of Tybee Island and the No.ihcast end of Wassaw Island, is about 2 miles wide, and lies Southwesterly about 20 miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship, and about 9j4 niiles Southwesterly from the Whistliug Buoy off entrance to Tybee Roads, Vessels from the Northeastward, bound to Wassaw Sound, can run direct from Martin's Industry Light-ship to the Sea liuoy olf this Sound. Meniarks, The entrance to Wassaw Sound is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to vary in depth with every gale from seaward. Buoys are used to show the deepest water leading in ; these are changed with the shifting of the channel. At this date (18K]), there are about 11 feet water, at low tide, in the channel across this Bar. Sailing Directions for Wassaw Sound in Daytime, with favorabJe winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Northeastward may leave Martin's Industry liight-ship close to oa the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. J-j W. 11 miles, which will bring them up with the Whistling Buoy (with the letter T. upon it) off Tybee Roads ; leave this Buoy close to on either baud, and steer SW. 8^ miles ho Bell Buoy 1), uiiiko j!;()0(l 111 for ilicm ill til 11 II 12 feet ^ I'ront Lijrlit, its ill tlic miel- oiiii'l III. .')in. leot. ISUoii;' Sonlliwcstcrn ?a\v Isluiul, ia milea from Soiilliwosterly ads. Vessels an run direct X tliis Sound. Bar, which is I. Buoys arc changed with lore arc about Uar. 1 Daytime, ither. tin's Industry ake good the n up with the :^ybcc Roads ; W. 8^ miles ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 4r to Outer or Sea Buoy of "Wnssnw Sound ; tliis Inst Buoy is painted in Bhick and Wliito Perpendicular Stripes, and has the letter \V. upon it; when the Sea Buoy is made, wait, if poasiijle, until about ]'> flood; then, with a comnianding breeze, Ining this Buoy lo licar W. by N. ji N., and run lor it, leaving it dose to on either li.'ind. and the Black Buoy off the South Breaker on tho Port, and run for the Red Buoy off the North Breaker, leaving it on the Starboard hand ; tlien, about W- 14 N., carrying from 4 to G fathoms water, and leaving Wassaw Point about 300 yards on tlu; Port ; when abreast this Point, you will see the Red Buoy off the Southeast end of Cabbage Spit ; leave this last Buoy about 200 yards on Hie Starboard hand, and make good tho course W. J 2 N. nbout 14 mile, then anchor in from 4^^ to 6 fathoms water. These direc- tions were good for 1881. Jliffh Water. It is high water in Wassaw Sound 4ii. .'im. before it is at Bos- ton ; common tides rise about C^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. OSSABAW SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is lietwecn Wassaw Island on the Northeast and Ossabaw Island on the Southwest, is about. ;>}{• . miles wide, and lies Southwesterly 27 miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship, and Southwesterly about 17 miles from the Whistliiig Buoy which lies off the entrance to Tybeo Roads. Memarka. The entrance to Ossabaw Sound is across Sand Bars, which are liable to vary in depth with every gale from seaward. Buoys are used to show the deepest water leading in ; these are changed with the shifting of the channel. At this time there are two channels, called North and South Channels, both of which are buoyed. At this date (1881), tliere are 7 feet water, at low tide, in the North- ern Channel across the Bar, and 18 feet by the Southc rn Clianiiel, until up with the Turning Buoy; then there are about 12 foct, at low tide, to the month (-f the Ogoochee River. Vernon and Ogoe- chee Rivers both empty into Ossabaw Sound. (11 la 1 T >"' leaving it close to on either hand, and the Red Buoy off the North Breaker on the Starboard hand j wiien past the last-named Huoy, haul up about North, leaving the Black Buoy off the South Breaker on the Port hand ; IVoui this steer about NW. for the Turning Buoy, wliich is at this time Black No. 3, leaving it close to on eitlier hand. If bound to Ogeecheo Uiver, run about W. Yi, S. about a mile from the Turning Buoy, carrying about 13 feet water at low tide ; then NW- by W., leaving the Red Buoy off Raccoon Spit close to on the Starboard hand ; contimie the course NW. by W- about 2 miles, where tlu^rc is aiu'horago abreast Raccoon Key, in from 4 to 6 Tfithoms water. If bound into Vernon River, when abreast the Turning Huoy (wliich is Black No. 3), steer about N. ^ W-, carrying about 11 feet water to Anchorage Huoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; when up with this last-named Huoy, steer about NW., carrying deep water to Pine Point, which is the first on the Starboard hand ; when past this Point, keep about 200 yards from the Starboard shore, until the Northeast Point of Raccoon Island bears SW- ; then run for it on this course, keeping close to the Island, and anchor about Y^ ""^^^ »'*o^<^ *'*° last-named Point, in about 7 fathoms water. These directions were good for 1881. By the North Channel. With Northeasterly winds, light draught vessels bound into Vernon River, may, after making the Black Bar Buoy (which lies AYi mil(!S to the Northward of entrance to the South Channel), bring it to bear NW- by W- >2 W., and run for it on this course, ELDRIDOE'S COAST I'lLOT. 410 Daytimej thor. ? Sound, may ton it, off en- 1(1 ijmUc good 1 up witli tho il ; tliirt Buoy I, and haa tlio iitil iil)out Is icar NW. H , and lln' Kcd nlicn past tlio Hack Buoy off about NW. . 3, leaving it er, run about png about 13 llie llt'd Buoy contiiuio tlio ia aiu'liorago !r. ir bound liicli is Black feet water to cular Stripes ; Wm carrying irboard hand ; the Starboard bears SW- ; ic Island, and i, in about 7 9 bound into oy (which lies uth Channel) , jn this course, leaving it on the Port, and tho Red Buoy olF the N'orlii Breaker on the Slarltoard hsiud : when past the la i-uhmumI Buoy the oourHo in about NW. by N.. iiaving the Inner Buoy painted in Black and White IVrpendieuhir Stripes close to on either hanil, and tho n^jxt, painted in Black and White IVrpendiciilar Stripes (which is called tho Anchorage Buoy) cIohc to on either hand ; when past this last Buoy, follow the directions before given for tho South Cbunuel. Thoac directions were good for 1M81. Jflffh Water. It is high water in Ossabaw Sound -th. llni. befon- it is at Boston ; eonnnon tides rise about Gyi feet. Strong winds from seaward increase tlie tides. ST. CATHERINE'S SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between the Southwest Point of Ossabaw Island and Northeast end of St. Catherine's Island, ia ai)out I'j miles wide, and lies Southwesterly about "ic'l miles from the Wiiistling Buoy otf the entrance to T\ bee Uo:uls, and Southwesterly alK)Ut 4^:1 miles from tlio Outer or Sea Buoy, which lies off tho entrance of tlie South Channel leailiiig into Ossabaw Sound. He marks. The entrance to St. Catherine's Sound is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to change in depth with every gale from seaward. Buoys are used to Hhr)w tho deepest water leading in ; these are changed with tho shifting of the channel. At this date (1881)^ there arc about 10 feet water, at low tide, hi tho channel across tho Bar. There are three Rivers which empty into St. Catherine's Sound ; the Northern is called Bear River, tho Middb Medway River, and tho Southern, North Newport River. Sailing Direc* ions for St. Catherine's River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Northeastward, bound to St. Catherine's Sound, may leave the Whisuing Buoy off Tybee Roads (which has tho lei tor T. upon it) close to on the Starboard hand, and make good tho course SW- 14 8- 19 miles, which will bring them up with tho ,-i m^y il 420 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. Outer or Sea Buoy (with the letter O. upon it) wliich lies off tlie entrance to Ossabaw Sound ; leave the last-named Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and steer SW. by S. about 4 miles ; then, at about y, ilood, bring the Northern part of St. Catherine's Island to bear W. by N , and run for it, keeping a shari^ lookout for the entrance Buoy (Black) ; when tliis is made, leave it close to on the Port hand, and run about WNW- for the Middle Buoy (Black) , leaving it on the Port hand ; when past tliis last Buoy, the course is about West to the Inner or Turnnig Buoy, which is Black No. 5 ; leave this last Buoy on the Port hand, and, if bound up Bear River, make good tiie course W-NW., carrying from 4 to 6 fathoms water, and leaving the Black Buoy off Mcdway Spit on the Port and the Southwest Point of Ossabaw Island, which is the first on the Starboard, not more than J^ mile on the Starboard hand, and anchor about a mile above the last-named Point, in about '^}4 fathoms water. If bound up Mcdway or North New- port Kivers, when up with the Turning Buoy, wliich is Black No. 6, leave it close to on the Port hand, ai.d run SW- about 300 yards, crossing tlie Middle Ground in about 12 feet water at low tide ; when over this Shoal, and the water deepens to f ilhonis, haul in about W- by S-, leaving the Red Buoy off the West end of Middle Ground well on the Starboard hand, and anchor ab.ut Yz mile SSW. from the last-named Buoy, near the Northeast end of St. Catherine's Island, in from 5 to 7 fathoms water. If bound up Mcdway or North Newport Rivers, a pilot is necessary at this anchorage. These directions were good for 1881. High Water. It is high water in St. Catherine's Sound .^h. 53m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7 1^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. * SAPELO SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between St. Cntherine's Island on the Northeast and Sapelo Island on the Southwest, is about 1 mile wide, and lies Southwesterly about 32 miles from the Whistling Buoy off the entrance to Tybee Roads, and about dj4 miles Southwesterly from the entrauce to St. Catherine's Sound. h lies off the Buoy close to miles ; tlien, t. Catheriue's shari^ lookout leave it close Middle Buoy his last Buoy, uoy, which is and, if bound (iug from 4 to xlway Spit on I, which is the the Starboard ucd Point, in • North New- is Black No. W- about 300 t Wiiti'r at low to (i fathoms, the "West end I anchor ab.ut Northeast end ;er. If bound cessary at this before it is at ig winds from it. Cfitherine's I Southwest, is miles from the md about 9^ ne's Sound. ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 421 lieinarlt's. The entrance to Sap?lo Sound is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to change in depth witli every gale fiom seaward. Buoys are used to sliow the deepest water leading in ; these are changed with the shifting oi" the channel. At this date (1881), tiiere are about 18 feet water, at low tide, in the channel across the Bar. There are several Kivers which eniptj' into Sapelo Sound ; the two most navigable are South Nevvport and Sapelo Rivers. Sailing Directions for Sapelo Sound in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels from the Northeastward, bound to Sapelo Sound, may leave the Whistling Buoy (which has the letter T. upon it) off en- trance to Tybee Roads close to on the Starboard hand, and make good the course SW. by S. ^ S. 32 miles, which will bring tliem up with the Outer or Sea Buoy painted in Black and White Per- pendicular Stripes (with the letter S. upon it), which liei off the entrance to Sapelo Sound ; when this Buoy is made, then, at about 14 flood, bring it to bear about W. j4 N., and run for it on this course, leaving it close to on either hand, and run for tiie Entrance Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, leaving it close to on either hand, and the Black Buoy off Breaker Shoal on the Poi L hand ; when past the last-named Buoy the course is about W. 34 S., leaving the Channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes close to on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, steer about W- }4 S., leaviuL' the Southwest Point of St. Catherine's Island about yj mile on the Starboard hand. If bound to Sapelo River, continue the course W. >3 S., leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, off Cedar Ham- mock Spit, well on the Starboanl hand. As you enter the Sound, there will be seen on the Port the Black Buov off High Point, the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Strij^es off Dog Hammock Spit, the Black Buoy off Dog Hammock Flats, and the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off Four Mile Spit; the three first mentioned are left on the Port, the last, which lies at the entrance of Sapelo River, on the Starboaid hand ; when abreast the Buoy at the entrance of the River, anchor about 150 yards from it, in from 4 to 5 fathoms water. If bound to any of the rivers which empty into Sapelo Sound, a pUot is necessary at this anchorage. I Hi i ]' mm 422 ELDKIDGE'S COAST PILOT. ■il Vessels bound to Ssipclo Sound should not approach the Bar in less than 5 fathoms water, until the Outer or Sea Buoy bears W. ji N. These directions were good for 1881. High Water It is high water in Sapelo Sound 4h. 2 m. before it is at Bos- ton , common tides rise about 7 feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. DOBOY SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, wLifh is between Sapelo Island on the Northeast and Wolf Island on the Southwest, is a little more than a mile wide, and lies Southwesterly 5G miles from Martin's Industry Light-ship, and Southwesterly about 11 miles from the entraiice to Sapelo Sound. Sapelo Main Lighthouse. Upon the Southwest end of Sapelo Island, Northeast side of the entrance to Doboy Sound, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this time is painted iu alternate Red and White Horizontal Belts. At this date (1882), this Lightiiouse shows a fixed White Light, which Flashes every 45 seconds. Beacon Range Light. In front of Sapelo Main Lighthouse is a Frame Tower 20 feet high. This Tower, at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. Wolf Island Range Beacons. Near the Northeast end of Wolf Island, Southwestern side of entrance to Doboy Sound, are two Beacons. The Frout Light is shown from the top of a White Dwelling, the Rear Light is shown from a Brown open-framework structure ; both these Beacons, at this date (1882), show fixed White Lights. These two Lights range with the Outer or Soa Buoy at the Southern entrance Meniarks. The entrance to Doboy Sound is across Sand Bars, which are liable to vary in depth with every gale from seaward. Buoys are ch the Bar in loy bears W. it is at Bos- from seaward elo Island on a little more Tom Martin's les from tlie st side of the r of which at izoiital Belts. White Light, rower 20 feet White Light. isteru side of •out Light is ight is shown e Beacons, at B two Lights ,iance irs, which are . Buoys are ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 423 lis 'd in dixytime to show the deepest water loading in ; these are c'liaiigcd with the shifting of the channel. At this date (1882), Range Liglits arc used at night, at the iSoiithern or Main Channel, to sliow the best water across tlie Bar. At this time there are about 13 feet water in the Southern or Main Channel across the Bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Doboy Sound in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. When in about 7 fathoms water, get the Wolf Island Beacons in range, bearing about W. by N., then at about ^ flood, run in, leaving the Outer or Sea Buoy, painted in Black and White Per- pendicular Stripes, with the letter D. upon it, close to on either hand ; continue the course W. by N., leaving the Outer Bar Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, close to on either hand, and the Red Buoys which lie between the North and South Breakers close to on the Starboard hand ; when up with the North Breaker Buoy, whvAi is Red No. 2>/^ , Sapclo Beacon (before de- scribed) will range with the Main Lighthouse ; then haul up about NW. yi W., and run for them in range, leaving the Middle and Turning Buoys (both of which are Black) ci the Port hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, steer about W.NW.- carrying deep water, and leaving the Red Buoy off Chimney Spit on the Star- board hand ; continue the course W-NW. until Sapelo Main Light- house bears North, th<^n steer about NW. until it bears ]*!.NE., then anchor in from o}4 to i}4 fathoms water. Sailing Directions for Doboy Sound at Night-time. "^''essels of not more than 11 feet draught may, in cases of ^njergency, enter Dobo}- Sound at niglit b}' the following direc- tions : Wait, if possible, until about 5^ flood, then bring the Beacons on Wolf Island (before described) in range, bearing about W. by N-, and run for tliem in range until Sapelo Beacon Is in range of the Main Lighthouse ; then run for these last-named Lights in range, bearing about NW- ^2 W., until over the Bar, or the water deepens to about 5 fathoms ; then steer about W-NW. until the M.ain Lighthouse bears North ; then haul up NW., and anchor when it bears E-NE- in from 3}^ to 4J^ fathoms water. Strangers should not attempt to enter Doboy Sound at night, except in cases of necessity. 424 ELDRIDGE'S COAST 1'li.OT High Water, It is high water in Doboy Sound 4 hours before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about l],^ feet. Slrong winds from seuwurd increase the tides. ALTAMAHA SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound is about 3J4l miles Southwesterly from the Sea Buoy off the entrance to Doboy Sound , at tliis_ date (1881), about 10 feet water can be taken across the Bar at low tide, and from this about 14 feet water, at low tide, can be carried throuah a narrow channel inside of Ejrg Island, which is a little more than 5 miles from the Outer Bar at the entrance ; at this time there are no Buoys to mark the channel leadinp; in ; no practical sailinp; directions can therefore be given for this Sjund. Vessels bound in should take pilots off the Bar. , ST. SIMON'S SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between St. Simon'.s Island on the Northeast and Jekyl Island on the Southwest, is about -.. mile wide, and lies 72 miles Southwest<-ly from Martin's Ii.du.-try Light-^hip, Southwesterly 17 miles ;\):a ^he Outer or Sea Buoy off the entrance to Doboy Sound, and Ts^r*'.;. !*■; My 9 miles from LittK' Cumberland Island Lig)'<'iousc, S'.hiU: side /" St. Andrew's Soimd. St. Simon's Lighthouse. I'pon the Southwest end of St. Simon's Island, Nortlieast side of entrance to St. Simon's Sound, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is painted White, with Black Lantern. At this time this Lighthouse shows a fixed White Light, varied by Flashes alternately Red and White, at intervals of one minute. Meniarks. The entrance to St. Simon's Sound is across a Sand Bar, whicli :s liable to change in depth with every gale from seaward ; Buoys Me used to show the deepest water leading in ; these are changed mi ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 425 with the shifting of tlic channel ; at this date (1881), there is about 1 5 feet water, at low tide, in the channel across the bar. From the Sea Buoy at the entrance to Brunswick, the distance is about 14 railcLi Sailing Directions for St. Simon's Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. When in 7 fathoms water, bring St. Simon's Lighthouse (before descrilied) to bear NW. by W. ^ W., and run for it ou tliis course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Sea Buoy painted in Black and White I'erpendicular Stripes, with letters St. S. upon it ; when tliib Buoy is made, wait, if possililc, mitil about ys flood, then run in, leaving tlie Sea Buoy close to on either Land, the Black Buoy off the South Breaker on the Port ; when past the last-named Buoy steer more Northerly, leaving the Wreck Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes about % mile on the Port, and the Red Buoy off the Outer North Breaker on the Starboard hand ; from this last Buoy steer more Westerly, leaving tlio two Red Buoys off the Middle North Breaker and Inner Nortli Breaker both on the Starboard, and Black Buoy off the Inner South Breaker on the Port hand ; when past the last-named Buoy, the course is about W.NW-, leaving the Black Buoy nearly opposite the Lightlionse on the Port hand : from this Buoy steer about W. by N., and anchor when the Lighthouse bears E. by N., in from 5 to 7 fathoms water. Vessels bound to Brunswick may, when past the Blaf k Buoy which lies nearly opposite the Light, run W- Iw N., until this Light bears NE. by E. j4 E., then make good the course SW. by W. V2 W- ; as you sail in, you will see the Rod Buoy off Brunswick Flats ; when this Buoy bears SW. >{• S. run for it on this course, carrj'ing from 6 to 9 fatlioms water through the narrow channel, and leaving .Tok}-! Point close to on the Port, nnd the last-named Buoy a short distance on the Starboard hand ; when about yi mile past this Buoy, haul gradually to the Westward, carrying from 4 to 6 fathoms water ; when abrea; t Brunswick Point, which is the first on the Starboard hand, keep tl^e Starboard side best aboard ; as you sail up, yon w^ll see the Buoj* painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes off the Eastern end of Buz- zard's Island Flats ; leave this Buoy about 300 yards on the Port hand, and keep not more than 250 yards from the Starbourd shore to Brunswick. '^ II i 426 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. High Water, It is high water in St. Simon's Sound 3h. 46m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 7 feet, ward increase the tides. Strong winds from eea- ■ i^!? t iilii ST. ANDREW'S 'SOUND, GA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between Jekyl Island on the North and Little Cumberland Island on tiic South, is about 2y2 miles wide, and lies about 79 miles Southwesterly from Mar- tin's Industry Light-ship, and 8 miles South from the entrance to St, Simon's Sound. Little Cumberland Island Lighthouse. Upon the North end of Little Cumberland Island, South side of entrance to St. Andrew's Sound and Saltilla River, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is painted White, and shows a fixed White Light. Heinarks, The entrance to St. Andrew's Sound is across a Sand Bar, which is liable to change in depth with every gak from seaward ; Kuoys are used to show the deepest water leading in ; these are changed with the shifting of the chauncl. At this date (ISSl), there is about 15 foet watc-v . \t low tide, in the ciiannel across the bar. From the O'ltei or Sea Buoy, witli the letters St. A. upon it. to the Lighthouse on Little Cumberland Island, the distance is 7^ miles. Sailing "Directions for St. Andrew's Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Bring the Lighthouse on the North end of Little Cumberland Is'and to bear W-NW., and run i'or it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Outer or Sea Buoy which lies off the entrance to St. Andr'iw's Sound ; this Buoy is painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, with the letters St. A. upon it ; when this Buoy 18 made, then at abont Yi flood run in, leivina: it close to ou either hand, and run about W- J4 N., leaving the Outer Bar Buoy, c it is at from eea- Island on I, is about from Mar- Qtrance to Q. th side of ightbouse, Vhite, and Bar, which rd ; Biioj-8 e changed ) , there is a bar. upon it. to luco is 7^ in Day- ather. Cumberland , keeping a le entrance and White when this jlose to ou r Bar Buoy, ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. 421 painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, close to on tlie Starboard liiind ; wi\en past tlie last-named Buoj-, run NW. y^ W., leaving tlie Red Buoy off the North Breaiter and Mid-channel Buoy jiainted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, botli close to on the Starboard, and the Black Buoy wliich lies about 1 }4 miles Northeast from the Liglithouse on tlie Port hand ; when past tbe last-named Buoy, steer about W. by N., leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Biuck Iloriaontal Stripes, off East Point of Horseshoe Shoal, well on tlie Starboard hand ; when the Liglitliouse bears SE. by S. J2 S., tlic entrance to the Cumberland River will then be open, and you may then run in about S-SW-, until tlie Lighthouse bears E.SE., then keep not more thaii,2oO yards from the Port side, and anchor, when the Liglithouse bears NE., about 800 yards from the Port shore, in from 4 to 6 fathoms water. If bound to Saltilla River, a pilot is necessary at this anchorage ; these direc- tions were good for 1881. Hiffh Water, It is high water in St. Andrew's Sound .^h. 48in. befoie it is at Boston; common tides rise about 6% feet. Strong winds frci. seaward increase the tides. CUMBERLAND SOUND, FLA. The entrance to this Sound, which is between Cumberland Island on the North and Amelia Island on the South, is about 1 mile wide, and lies about 94 miles Southwesterly from Jlartin's In- dustry Light-ship, and nearly South 1 7>4 miles from St. Andrew's Sound. Amelia Island Main Lighthouse. Upon the Northern part of Amelia Island, Soutli side of entrance to St. Mary's River and Fernandina, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is painttid White, and shows a fixed White Light, which Flashes every 90 seconds. Amelia Island Range Beacons. Upon the North end of Amelia Island, South side of entrance to Cumberland Sound, are two Beacons, which at this date (1882), ,m I J J 428 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. show fixed White Lights. The Front Light is shown ft-om a Brown Skeleton Tower, pyramidal in form ; the Rear Light is shown from a Black and White Skeleton Tower, which ia also pyramidal in form. Remarks. The entrance to Cumberland Sound is across a Sand Bar, the chan- nel of which, like all other Barred Harbors on the coast, ia liable to change in depth with every heavy gale from seaward. At this date (1882), Buoys are used in daytime, and Range Lights at night, to show the deepest water leading in ; these are changed with the shift- ing of the channel. At this time there are about 1 1 feet water, at low tide, in the channel across the bar. From the Outer or Sea Buoy, which lies off the bar at the entrance of Cumberland Sound, to the Front Beacon, the distance is 3 miles ; from this Buoy to Fer- nandina the distance is about 6 miles, and from the entrance of this Sound to St. Mary's, which is on the Northern side of St. Mary's River, the distance is about G}i miles. Sailing Directions for Cumberland Sound in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. North Channel. Bring the Beacons on the North end of Amelia Island in range, and run for them in range, bearing about W.SW., keeping a sharp lookoi't for the Outer or Sea Buoy, which is painted in White and iilack i\;rpendicular Stripes ; when this Buoy is made, then, with a commanding i)reeze, at about J^ flood, run in on this range, leav- ing it close to on either hand, the Bell Buoy and the Black Buoys off the Outer and Inner Bars all on the Port hand ; continue the range, leaving the Red Buoy off the North Breaker on the Star- board hand ; when past this last Buoy, make good the course W- % N., leaving the Black Buoy off Kingsley's Bank well on the Port hand. If bound to Fernandiua, haul gradually around Fort Clinch, leaving it about }i mile on the Port hand, and the Buoy painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, off Tiger Island Spit, a short distance on the Starboard hand ; Fort Clinch bears from this last-named Buoy E. ^ S., distance about J4 mil- ; when past this Buoy, run to the Southward, keeping about in the middle (if the River and carrying from G to 8 fathoms water to Fernandiua, which lies on the Eastern side of Amelia River. ■'^*'M".4a 1 m-' ELDRIDGE'a COAST PILOT. 420 Thoso directions wore good for 1881. During the last few years groat chango8 have taiton place in botli tlio deptii and location of the channels leading across the bar into Cumberland Sound. Strangers, in entering, must therefore bo governed entirely by the Buoys. If bound to St. Mary's, when abreast Fort Clinch, bring it to bear SE. by E. J4 E-, and make good the course NW. by W- Yi "W". tibout 2 miles, leaving the Buoy painted in Red and Hlacic Horizontal Stripes on the Port hand, and anchor at the moutli of St. Mary's River in from Sj^ to G fathoms water. A pilot is necessary at this anchorage. High Water. It is high water in Cumberland Sound 3h. 41m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 6 feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. NASSAU SOUND, FLA. The entrance to this Sound lies Southeasterly about 13 miles from the entrance to Cumberland Sound, and Northwesterly about 7 miles from St. John's River Lighthouse. jR.emark8, A Sea Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, with the letter N. upon it, is placed outside the Bar. Strangers wishing to enter this Sound should get a pilot off the entrance to St. John's River, as there are no pilots, at this date (1881), living at Nassau Sound. This Inlet should not be attempted by strangers without a pilot, as the channel across the Bar is constantly chang- ing in both depth and location. ST. JOHN'S RIVER, FLA. The entrance to this River is 111 miles Southwesterly from Martin's Industry Light-ship, 19 miles Southeasterly from en- trance to Cumberland Sound, and 32 miles Northwesterly from St. Augustine Lighthouse. ■■MB mi^ 430 ELDKIDQE'S COAST PILOT. St. John's River Llghthouso. Noar the mouth of St. John's River, Soutli skle of entrance to Jacksoiivillo, is a Lightliousc, the Tower of whidi, at this o dcpcmlcd iiptju. Slrangora bhouIJ thercl'oro lUwiiys tiike pilota oil' the Imr. lltifh Water. It is hiijli wftlor in Mnscinito liilot Hli. Ifini. hcforo it is at Bos- ton ; common liilcs rise about 2).j led. StrtMig winds IVuui scu- wurd inc.iiuse t':u tides. Cape Canaveral Lighthouse (Fla.) Upon the Northeast pitch of the Cape is a Lif^iitlionsc, tlio Tower of wlii(!h at this date (1882), is painted in alternate Black and White Horizontal Bands, three of each color, eoinnieiu-iiiii wjih White at the top ; at this time tliia Lighthouse shows u lixed Whito Light, which dashes ouee a minute. Bearings and Distancoa from Cape Canaveral Lighthouse. DIaliince. Frying Pan Shoals Lfght-ship, N. by E. ^ E. • . 340 miles. Rattlesnake Shot;! Light-sliip, N. ]4 E 200 *' Martin's Industry Light-shiv, TH. ^VJ 214 " St. Augustine Lighthouse, NW. by N. K- N. . . 95 " Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse, S. by E. ^ E 94 " Great Isaac Lighthouse (Revolving) , SE. by S. >i S 164 Gun Cay Lighthouse (Revolving Red), SE. by S- ^S 185 Whistling Buoy outside Hetzel Shoal, NE. ^ N. 12^ « Hangers in the Vicinity of Cape Canaveral, To the Northeastward of Cape Canaveral there are numerous shoals, some of which have but little water upon them ; the most prominent of these are the Hetzel Shoal, Ohio Shoal, and Bull Shoal ; these dangers, which bear from N NE- to NE- by E. % E. from Cape Canaveral Lighthouse, lie from &% to 12 miles from P }> t( (( IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) t^^a-:*^»Vvt«i;■.'-,^..r-..^¥WV'a-^»>X.*r■^-«Kt^'s.■Si:TI;i»7^ ?-.*~AV,iagiiti'.aA.ftU2'^.^^fc. V^ #? ^ M fA f»^ ^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historlques TSh\::^:gU-mgSS!j&^^ -^■'$ffti':'^f^^S!!fS?H'i!i*^s>K«.Vl'!Kil^.1s>if^fV^ ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 433 it; at this date (1882), a "Whistling Buoy is placed without these shoals; Cape Canaveral Lighthouse bears from it SW. ^ S , dis- tance 12^ miles. Vessels from the Northeastward maj- leave this Buoy from 1 to 2 miles on the Starboard hand, and make good the course S. b}- E. J^ E., which will clear the shoals lying between Cape Canaveral and Jupiter Inlet. In thick weather, it is advisable for heavy draught vessels to not approach Cape Canaveral nearer than 12 fathoms water. CAPE CANAVERAL SLUE. Between the Inner and Outer Shoals, off Cape Canaveral, there is a passage for vessels, which is called Cape Canaveral Slue ; at this date (1882), a Can Buoy painted in Black and White Perpen- dicular Stripes marks this channel. Cape Canaveral Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NW. by W. Anchorage Buoy. About SW. by S. from Cape Canaveral Lighthouse, in about 3 fatlioms water, is a Buo}- painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; this is called the Anchorage Buoy. When to the South- ward of Cape Canaveral Shoal, get this Buoy and Lighlliouse iu range, and run for them in range, until about ^ mile from the Buoy ; then anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water. Vessels of loss than 10 feet draught may anchor about 150 yards inside the Buoy in line with the Lighthouse, in from 15 to 17 feet water. High Water. It i3 high water at Cape Canaveral 3h. 19m. before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 3i^ feet. Strong winds from seaward increase the tides. Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse (Fla.) Between Jupiter Inlet and Gilbert's Bar is a Lighthouse, ifio Tower of which at this date (1882), is painted Red, and shows a fixed White Light, which flabiies every 90 seconds. i ■.r;.jiiJi 434 ELDUIDGE'S COAST TILOT. Bearings and Distances from Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse. DIatanco. Cape Canaveral Lighthouse, N. by W. ^ W. . • • 9^ miles. Great Isaac Lighthouse (Revolving), SE. ^ S. . • 75 " Gun Cay Lighthouse (Revolving Red) , SE. by S. % S. 92 '• The Liglitliouse on Fowey Rocks, Northern extremity of Florida Reefs, lies nearly South 80 miles from Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse. J n ; INDIAN RIVER INLET. About 60 miles Southeasterly from Cape Canaveral and North- westerly 34 miles from Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse, is the entrance to Indian River Inlet ; at this date (1881), the Channel leading ihto this Inlet is not buoyed, and we have no reliable information in relation to the depth of water across the Bar. ■ . % I I INDIAN RIVER SHOALS. Between Indian River Inlet and Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse there are several shoal spots, having from 12 to 15 feet water upon them. These shoals lie from 2 to 7 miles from shore, and break in" ordi- nary weather. It is tlierefore advisable for vessels of more than 10 feet draught navigating this part of the coast in thick weather, or night time, to give these dangers a wide berth. JUPITER INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is near Jupiter Inlet Lighthouse. At this date (1881), this Inlet is not buoyed, and we have no reliable information in relation to the depth of water across the Bar. ST. LUCIA SHOAL. About 25 miles N. by W. )i W. ftom Jupiter Inlet Light- house, and about 5 miles from shore, is St. Lucia Shoal, which has about 15 feet water upon it at low tide. Largo or heavy draught vessels should not, in thick weather or night time, approach this danger in less than 15 fathoms water. \ f ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 435 HILLSBORO INLET. The entrance to this Inlet lies about South from Jupiter Inlet, distance 42 miles, and nearly North 39 from the Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks ; at this date (1881), there are no Buoys to mark the Channel leading in, and we have no reliable information in relation to the depth of water in the Channel across the Bar. NEW BIVER INLET. The entrance to this Inlet is about South 54 miles from Jupiter Inlet, and nearly North 26 miles from the Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks ; at this date (1881), this Inlet is not Buoyed, and we have no reliable information in relation to the depth of water iu the Channel across the Bar. NEW RIVER INLET SHOAL. About 4 miles from shore, and nearly opposite New River Inlet, is a shoal spot having but 15 feet water upon it ; heavy draught vessels navigating this part of the coast in night time, or thick weather, should beware of this danger. Coast from New River Inlet to Red Buoy on the North End of Florida Reefs. From New River Inlet to the Red Buoy on the North part of Florida Reefs, a distance of 22 miles, there are no dangers except- ing the Bars which extend from the shore ; large or heavy draught vessels may therefore approach this part of the coast within 2 miles without danger. Florida Reefs from Fowey Rocks Lighthouse to Sand Key Lighthouse. Lighthouses upon these Reefs at this date (1882). Fowey Rocks Lighthouse. Upon Fowey Rocks, near the Nortliorn extremity of Florida Reefs, in about 5 feet water, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which m%' Nlflji ir^fii IN: 1 1 ll,;, 436 ELDIIIDGE'S COAST TILOT. at this date (1«82), is ft Dark Brown Pyramidal Framework, on a pile foundation, enclosing a White Dwelling, and shows a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Powey Rocks Lighthouse. Dldtance. Great Isaac Lighthouse (Revolving) , NE. by E. }( E 60 miles. Carysfort Reef Lighthouse, S. by W. }i W- . . . 23 " Gun Cay Lighthouse (Revolving Red), E. "4 N". . 43 " Rod Buoy olF Northern part of Florida Reefs, N. }4 W S'A " Old Liirhthouse Tower on Cape Florida, NW. yi N. 6 " Beacon O, on Triumph Reef, S. >4 W 7 " NE. 1 mile from the Ligiithouse on Fowey Rocks, 16 fathoms water was found ; E- by S. 1 J4! miles, 56 fathoms ; and i>E. )>4 miles from it, 47 fathoms. Carysfort Reef Lighthouse. Upon the Eastern edge of Carysfort Reef, close to the edge of the Gulf Stream is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is a Dark Brown P^-ramidal Framework, on a pile founda- tion, enclosing a Round Low Dwelling, and shows a flxud White Light, which Flashes White every 30 seconds. Bearings and Distances from Carysfort Reef Lighthouse. Distance. Fowey Rocks Lighthouse, N. by E. K E 23 miles. GunCayLighthouse (Revolving Red), NE. by E.J^E. 52 '• Beacon J, on Elbow Reef, SW- by S. J^ S. . • • 6 Beacon K, on Northern part Turtle Reef, N. J^C W. 3^ " E. J^ N. 1|^ miles from Carysfort Reef Lighthouse, 45 fathoms water was found ; and S.SE. 1 mile from it, 28 fathoms. Alligator Reef Lighthouse. Upon the Northeast point of Alligator Reef, close to the edge of the deep water of the Gulf Stream, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is a Brown Pyramidal Framework, on Black pile foundation, enclosing a Square Dwelling, and shows every 5 seconds a Flashing Red and White Light, every third Flash being Red. 1 1 1 jj ; I icwork, on rs a fixed thouse. Dldtance. miles. (I 6 fathoms 1 ^E. )}4 he edge of this date lo founda- VL'd White ithouse. Distance. ?3 miles. )2 '• 6 33X " 15 fathoms the edge of e Tower of lowork, on hows every Flash being i ! ELDRIDGF.'S COAST PILOT. 437 Bearings and Distances from Alligator Reef Lighthouse. DiBtancG. Carysfoit Reef Liglithouse, NE. }{ "N 32 miles. Sombrero Key Lighthouse, SW. by W. }( W. ... 30 " Elbow Key Lighthouse, on Northwest part Salt Key Bunk, S.hy E. ^X'E 55 " Beacon D, on Crocker's Reef, NE. ^^ E 6 " Beacon No. 7, on Tennessee Reef, SW. ji W. . . 9 " SE. by E. }i E., 1 mile from Alligator Reef Lighthouse, 21 fathoms was found, and IG fatiioms South, 1 mile from it. Sombrero Key Lighthouse. Upon Sombrero Key, one of the Floiida Reefs, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882), is a Bfown Tyramidal Framework, on pile foundation, enclosing Square Dwelling and shows a fixed White Light. Bearings and Distances from Sombrero Lighthouse. Distance. Alligator Reef Liglithouse, NE. by E. }( E. . . . 30 miles. American Shoal Lighthouse, W. by S. % S. ... 23 " Elbow Key Lighthouse (Salt Key Bank), SE. . . 54 " Beacon C, upon Collin's Patches, NE. by E. ^ E. . 8}^ " ESE. I>i2 miles from Sombrero Key Lighthouse, 25 fathoms water was found, and 20 fathoms S SW. ^ mile from it. American Shoal Lighthouse. Upon American Shoal, Florida Reefs, in about 6 feet water, is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which at this date (1882) , is a Brown Pyramidal Framework, on pile foundation, enclosing Keeper's Dwell- ing, and shows a fixed White Light, which Flashes every 5 seconds. Bearings and Distances from American Shoal Lighthouse. Distance. Alligator Reef Lighthouse. E. by N. ^ N. Ell)ow Key Lighthouse (Salt Key Bank), SE H'E Sand Key Lighthouse, W- by S. j4 S. . . Beacon 6, on Loo Key, E. by N. >^ N. Beacon A, on Eastern Sambo, W. by S. >4 S by E. 23 miles. 68 " 8 " : I 438 ELDRIDGE'S COAST TILOT. E.SE. 1J4 miles from American Shoal Lighthouse, IS fathoms water was found, and 17 fatlioms SW. by S J2 S. 1 mile from it. Sand Key Lighthouse. Upon a small Island of Sand and Sliells, about 7 miles South- westerly from entrance to Key West Harbor, is a Liglitliouse, tiie Tower of which at tiiis date (1882), is a Brown Pyramidal Frame- work, on pile foundation, enclosing a Square Dwelling ; this Light- house at this time shows a fixed White Light for 1 minute, then a White Flasii of 10 seconds' duration, followed by a partial eclipse of 25 seconds' duration. Bearings and Distances from Sand Key Lighthouse. DlBtaiioe. American Shoal Lighthouse, E. by N. K' N. . . • 19>2 miles. Key West Lighthouse, NE. by N. Ji N ^ '/i '' Elbow Key Lighthouse (Salt Key Bank), E. by S. }4 S 83 " Key Piedras Lighthouse (entrance to Cardenas Bay) , SE.byS 84 " Moro Castle, or Havana Lighthouse (Cuba), S. by W. /a W • 82 . " Beacon 4, on Eastern Dry Rocks, NE.by E. ?^ E. 2 Beacon 2, on Western Dry Rocks, W. by S. ... 2^ SE. Yi mile from Sand Key Lighthouse, 20 fathoms water was found, and I'J fathoms ^ mile SW- fi'om it. Warning Beacons or Day Marks on Florida Reefs. In order to warn the mariner and also to ascertain his true posi- tion, the United States Government have erected upon some of the outer and most dangerous Reefs from Western Dry Rocks (near Sand Key Lighthouse) to Fowey Rocks Lighthouse, Beacons or Day marks ; these Beacons are composed of an Iron Shaft 36 feet high, distinguished by a vane upon which one of the letters of the alpha- bet or'a figure is painted, and above it a Lattice-work Hoop Iron Cylinder or Barrel ; if the letter or number upon the vane can be distinguished, masters of vessels can ascertain their position with certainty. These Beacons are usually near deep water, but should not be approached close to in heavy weather. IS fathoms lie from it. lilcs South- ithouse, the (lal Frame- this Light- ninuto, then irtial eclipse bhouse. DlBtaiico. 19^2 miles. 83 " 84 " (I 82 . 2 2^ 3 water was Ida Reefs. lis true posi- i some of the Rocks (near aeons or Day 36 feet high, af the alpha- c Hoop Iron vane can be )osition with lould not be ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 439 Position of Beacons on Florida Itecfs. Beacon 2, on Western Dry Rocks. This Beacon, wbicli is in Lat. 24° 27' North and Lon. 81° 56' West, lies 2^ miles W. by S. from Sand Key Lighthouse, and SW. 12 S. 3 miles from Beacon 3, on Middle Ground ; Beacon No. 2 marks the entrance to the Southwest Channel into Key West. Beacon 3, on Middle Ground. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 2!)' North and Lon. 81° 53' West, lies 1^ miles N. by W- 3^ W. from Sand Key Lighthouse, and SW. 5^ S. C miles from Key West Lighthouse ; Beacon 3 is a guide to the Southwest Channel leading into Key West. Beacon 4, on Eastern Dry Rocks. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 28' North and Lon. 81° 50' West, lies 2^ miles E-NE. from Sand Key Lighthouse, and S. by W. Yi W. 5^ miles from Key West Lighthouse ; Beacon 4 is placed on the Eastern end of the Rocks, whicli are awash. Beacon 5, Ship Channel Shoal. This Beacf-n, which is in Lat. 24° 28' North and Lon. 81° 46' West, lies 6 miles E. by N. }i N- from Sand Key Lighthouse, SE. by S. >3 S. 51^ milts from Key West Lighthouse, and W. by S- J4 S. 13 }4 miles from American Shoal Lighthouse. Beacon A, on Eastern Sambo. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 30' North and Lon. 81° 40' West, lies llj^ miles E. hft' N. J^ N- from Sand Key Lighthouse, 8^ miles E. by S. ^ S. from Key West Li<_lithouse, and W. by S. 3^ S. 8 miles from American Shoal Lighthouse ; this Beacon is placed close to the seaward side of the Reef. Beacon B, on American Shoal. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 31' North and Lon. 81° 31' West, lies close to the seaward side of the American Shoal, and a short distance from the Lighthouse on this danger. I ^llili 410 ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. f. h : MH Beacon 6, on Loo Key. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° :v:,' Nortii and Lon. 81" 24' West, hea GJ^ miles E. hv N. Vj N. fVom Ainoricaii Siioal Lij^ht- hoiise, and W. hy S- H S- lfi'4 miles from Sombrero Lighthouse ; this Beacon is placed close to the seaward edge of Loo Key. Beacon C, on Coffin's Patches. This Beacon, whicii is in Lat. 24° 41' and Lon. 80° 58' West, lifsH"^, miles NE. l>y E. % E. fi'om Sombrero Lighthouse, and SW. by W. }i W. 21 miles from Alligator Reef Liglithouse ; Beacon C is placed near the Western edge of the Reef; Shoul ground extends about ^ mile to the seaward from it. Beacon 7, on Tennessee Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 40' North and Lon. 80' 46' West, lies I) miles SW. H W. from Alligator Reef Liglithouse, and NE. by E. }{ E. 20^4 miles from Sombrero Lighthouse ; Tennessee Reef has not less than 10 feet water on it; there is a spot with 13 feet water upon it about SW. by S. about 2 miles from the Beacon. Beacon D, Crocker's Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° bh' North and Lon. 80° 32' West, lies 6 miles NE- ^ E. from Alligator Reef Lighthouse, and SW. J^ S. 25 miles from Carysforf Reef Lighthouse ; Beacon D is placed close to the outer part of <:he Reef, with deep water close to it. Beacon E, on Tonch Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 57' North and 1 jo. hQP 28' West, lies lOj/^ miles NE % E. from Alligator Reef L;;ht house, >i E.4}^ miles from Beacon D, on Crocker's Reef, and SW. 1/ ^ S. 21 miles from Carysfort Reef Liglithouse ; Beacon E is placed close to the seaward side of the Reef, which is bold. Beacon P, on Pickle's Reex. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 24° 51)' North and Lon. 80° 25' West, lies 14 miles NE. ^^ E. from Alligator Reef Lighthoi ; NE. ^ E. 3^ miles from Beacon E, upon Conch Reef, SW. i}i -' . -A v»i V ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 441 Lon. 81" 24' Slioiil Li;^ht- I Lighthouse ; ' Key. r 58' West, hUioiisc, iiiid Liglitliou.se ; Reef; Shoul Lon. 80' 46' Lighthouse, Lighthouse ; it ; there is a bout 2 miles miles from Beacon G, on French Reef, and 18 miles SW. l>y S. from Carysfort Reef Lighthouse ; Ik-aeou F is phu-ed on tlie sea- ward side of ricklc'rt Rucf, which has bold water close to it. Beacon G, on French Reef. This Reacon, which is in Lat. 2^)° 2' North mid Lon. 80° 21' West, lies 18 miles NE. }( E. from Alligator Reef Lighthouse, NE. 4 ;^ miles from Beacon V on Pickle's Reef, S-SW- « miles from Hea- cou II, on Grecian Shoals, and SW. by S. '^ S. l-'Jjj miles from Carysfort Reef Lighthouse ; Reacon G is placed near the South- west i)art of the Reef, with deep water close to it. Beacon H, on Grecian Shoals. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 25° 7' North and Lon. 80° 18' West, lies 6 miles N-NE- from Beacon G, ». i French Reef, SW- by W. >2 W. 2 miles from Beacon J, on the Elbow Reef, and SW. by S. 7^^ miles from Lighthouse on Carysfort Reef. This Beacon is placed on tlie seaward edge of Grecian Shoals, which arc inside Elbow Reef; there is foul ground more than a milo Northeasterly from Beacon H ; large vessels should therefore give it a wide berth. Lon. 80° 32' ;htlioHse, and e ; Beacon D water close I jij. 60° 28' " L;;ht house, ef, and SW. 9u E is placed Lon. 80° 25' f Lighthoi ! ef, SW. 41^ Beacon J, on Elbow Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 25° 9' North and Lon. 80° 16' West, lies 2 miles NE. by E. J^ E. from Beacon II, on Grecian Shoals, and SW. by S. yi S. 6 miles from Carysfort Reef Light- house ; Beacon J is placed on the seaward edge of the Reef, wliich is small, it being about 1 mile long, with an average width of about y( mile ; Elbow Reef lies more than a mile outside of the general lino of the Reefs, with deep water between it and Grecian Shoal. Beacon K, on Turtle Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 2.5° 17' North and Lon. 80° 13' West, lies 3^ miles N. ^ W- from Carysfort Reef Lighthouse, and SW. by S. j{ S. (T^ miles from Beacon L, on the Pacific Reef; Beacon K is placed near the Northern extremity of Turtle Reef, and on Port side of entrance to Turtle Harbor. ! 442 KM)IMI)(iKS COAST PILOT. Ill I ■- n. Turtle Harbor Beacon. Tliis Honoon, wliicli luis a Kcd Cross iiitou it, with Ifitticc-work mKlcMiu'iitii, is iil:i<(il oil (lie Stiiilioiird iidu of tlie fiilraiici! to Tiiitlo Ilarlior, uiul liciir.s W. I'y N., "t'"i<'i' uliout 1 mile from Tiirtli' Hi'ff, Hi'iicon K ; tlu! ciitiiiiuc, thcreforo, to Tmtlo Harbor, ia botwot'ii these two last-named IJoaooiis. Beacon L, on Pacific Reef. Tliis lioacon, wliirh is in Lat. i'.')" '2->' Nortli and Lon. 80" 0' West, lies it'^ miles N. hy E- >'4 E- from Carysfoot Keef I.iglit- Iioiise, NE. liy N. J4 N. i'lji miles from Heaoon K, on Turtle Uoef, S. by W. 2 miles from Heacon M, on Ajax lleef, and S. ^ W. I'i miles from Lij^litlioiise on Fowey liocka. Beacon L is placed ou the seaward fiide of the Reef. Beacon M, on Ajax Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. '2'° '2\' North and Lon. 80* 8' West, lies 11^ miles N. by E. ^ E. from ("arysfort lleef Lij^dit- lionse, N. by E. - miles from Beacon I,, on Paeilic Keei', S. ji W. 23/^ miles from Beacon N, on Long Beef, and S. ^4 W. H niiles from Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks. Beacon 51 is placed on the seaward side of the Reef. Beacon N, on Long Reef.* This Reef, which is in Lat. 25° 27' North and Lon. 80° T West, lies 234 miles N- ^4 E. from Beacon M, on Ajax Reef, S. by W. 14 miles from Beacon O, on Triumph Reef, and S. H W. 8^ miles from Lighthonse on Fowey Rocks. Beacon N is placed on the Northern end of Long Reef. Beacon O, on Triumph Reef. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 25" 29' Noith and Lon, 80° 7' West, lies 1 4 miles N. by E. from Beacon N, on Long Reef, and S. }4 W. 7 miles from Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks. Beacon O is placed on the seaward side of the Reef. Beacon P, on Fowey. Rocks. This Beacon, which is in Lat. 25° 35' North and Lon. 80° 6' West, is placed near the edge of the Gulf Stream, and about 150 feet North of the Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks. * Beacon N was down October, 1881. I;f H li 1 1 I ' " II ■', ELDUIDOKS COAST PILOT. 413 lattice-work i'iilr:iM((! to 1 niilo ft'oin •tlo Harbor, Lon. 80" 0' Ui'cf l.i^'ht- ;, on Tiirtlo r, iiiul S. ^ leucon L is Lon. 80' 8' Ki'of Lijrht- r, S. H W. [V. 11 mik'S [iccil on the 80° 7' "West, f, S. by W. . H W. 8^ is placed on I Lon. 80° 7' iy Florida is made, bring it to bear SW- by S., and run for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Red Nun Huoy No. 2, which lies on the Northeast side of u 16-foot spot, bearing about NE. by N- }i N. ■'J miles from the Lighthouse Tower on Capo Horida ; leave this Ruoy about 100 yards on the Fort hand, and steer S. by W- H W- 2'^ miles, carrying not loss than 20 feet water to the first Mid-channel Buoy ptuintcd in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and steer South Syi miles, carrying not less than 18 feet water to the s SI • ' i i. iU ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. ?' sccoikI Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and White Pcrpendicn- lar Stripes ; leave this Buo}- close to on either hand, and still con- tinue the course South 2^ miles, carrying not loss tiian 17 feet to the Black Buoy No. 1 ; Fowey Rocks Lighihousc hears E- >j S. from thi? lust-named Buo}-, distance about 1 mile ; leave this Buoy about 100 yards on the Port hand, and steer S. by W. about 5 miles, carrying about IT) feet water to Mid-channel Buoy, whidi is painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; leave this Buo)' close to on eitiier hand, and steer S. J4^ E. about ^ mile, carrying not less than 14 feet water to Black Buoy No. 3 ; leave this last Buoy close to on the Port hand, and steer SW. by S. J^ S- 1 jj miles, carrying not less than 1.^ feet water to the next Mid-clinnnel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; leave this Buoy close two o!^ either hand, and steer S. ^ W. '^ji miles, carry- ing not less tliaii 15 feet water to Margot Fisli Shoal Buoy, which is Bed No. 4 ; leave this Buoy about 200 yards on the Starboard hand, and steer S. J^ W. 1 J:^ miles further, carrying not U ss tlir.u 14 feet water to the next Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and steer S. by W. J2 W- 2}/j miles, carrying not less tiian 14 feet water to Red Buoy No. G off Ca'sar's Creek Bank ; leave this Buoy about 100 j-ards on tlie Starboard hand, and conliuuo the course S- by W- /4 W. 25 8 miles, carrying not less tiian 13 feet water to Red Buoy No. 8 off Old Rliodes Bank ; leave this Buoy about 100 yards on the Starboard hand, and steer SW. hy S- ^4 S. 4^ miles, carrying not less than 14 feet water to Koj' Largo Buoy, in mid-channel, painted in Black and White Perpen- dicular Stripes ; leave tliis Buoy close to on either hand, and con- tinue the course SW. by S. j{ S. i}i miles further, carrying not less than 11 feet water to Basin Hill Buoy, in mid-channel, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; Cnrysfort Reef Light- house bears E. ^ N. 4^ miles from tliis hist-mentioncd Buoy. For the deepest water, leave Basin Hill Buoy close to on the Port hand, and steer S-SW. ^ji miles, carrying not less than 11 feet water, until the Blnck Buoy No. 5 is square on the Port beam, distant about }4 mile ; tlicn steer SW- by S. about a miles, car- rying not less than 12 feet water to Black Bno}' No. 7 ; leave tliis Buoy about 200 yards on the Port hand, and steer SW. Jj S. ^>ji miles, cariying not less than 1 1 iect water to the Black Buoj- No. 9 off the Triangle Shoal ; Pickle's Reef, Beacon F bears from this '» "^ f ■ ELDRIDGE'S COAST VILOT. 41 D 2 Pcrpendicn- and still coii- lian 1 7 feet to cars E. >j S. ave this Buoj' y W^. about 5 uoy, which is ave this IJiio^' mile, eanyinf? \nve litis last S. y, S. ij{. t Mi(l-cIi!iniiL'l ics ; leave this 2 miles, carry- Biioy, wliich the Stai'hoard ' not Uss tlir.ii I in Black and B to on either ; not less than : Baniv ; leave and continue t less than 13 ik ; leave this steer SW. by water to Kcj' Vhite Perpen- laiid, and eon- •, carrying not annel, painted t Reef Light- itioned Buoy, to on the Port iS than 1 1 feet ic Port beam, t 5 miles, car- 7 ; leave this W. yj S. '>ji sk Buoy No. 9 !ars from this last-named Buoy E. by S. ?.; S. -?8 miles, and Conch Reef Beacon S. ji E. about ;i>j miles ; leave the Black liuoy of t!;e TrianLi'le.s about 10(1 yards on the Port hand, and steer SW. )j S. *>^/i miles, carryinji not less than 1 1 feet water to Red Buoy Xo. 10 off South- ern side of Hen and Chickens; on tins last course (SW. '2 S-), Alligator Reef Lighthouse will be directly ahead; licaeou 1), on Crocker's Reef, bears from tins last-named Buoy SE- ,'4 E \ '/j miles ; le.ave the Red Buoy .No. 10, off Hen and Chickens, close to on the Starboard hand, and steer SW- Jj W" ''i^s miles, canyiu;^ not less than 12 feet water until the iUack Buoy No. ll.outho AVestern part of AUi}{ miles, carrying not less than 16 feet water to Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, off Duck Key ; leave this Buoy closv to on either hand, and steer SW. by W. >^}i miles, carrying not loss than 1.5 feet water to East Turtle Shoal Buoy, painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes ; (on this last course, Sombrero Lighthouse will be open about }( point on the Port bow) ; leave East Turtle Shoal Buo}- about .;a mile on the Port, and the Buoy painted in Red and lilack Horizontal Striites, off West Turtle Shoal, about }{ mile on the same hand, and con- tinue the course SW. by W., carrying not less than 1.") feet water, until the Red Buoy No. 14, off ,Taco')'s Head Shoal, is about 200 yards on the Starboard beam ; then steer W-SW. about ."i '4^ miles, carrving not less than 27 feet water to the l>uoy painted in Reil and Black Horizontal Stripes, off the Pea I'atcli ; leave this Buoy about 200 yards on the Port hand, and steer W. by S. ?| S. 4j^ miles, carrving not less than 1 j/( miles, car- rying not less than K) feet water and leaving the Black Buoy on Northern side of l)(>laware Heads about % mile on the Port hand ; continue the course W. by S- ;'• S. 1>2 miles further, carrying not less than 18 feet water, leaving the Black Buoy No. 17, on the Northeast part of Washerwoman Shoal, about j4 ^^^^ on the Port hand ; still continue the course W. by S. ^j S. 1 -H ""1^"^ further, carrying not less than 16 feet water, to the Bui ly painted in Red and Black Horizontal Stripes, on Eleven Foot Shoal ; leave this Buoy aliout 100 yards on cither hand, and continue the course W- by S. ]i S. ^5^ niiies further, carrying not less than IS feet water, until Key AVest Lighthouse bears NW., distant about 2 miles; then steer W- by N. aliout 2}{ miles, carrying not less than 27 feet water, to the Red Buoy No, 6 (Beehive-shaped), off White Head Si)it ; Key West Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NE. >^ N., distance about l}( miles; leave the last-named Buoy'on the Starboard hand, and steer about N. }( E., leaving Fort Taylor on the Starboard and the Black Buoys on the Port hand. If intending to anchor above the town, leave the Wharves about 100 yards on the Starboard, and run up about N.NE. and anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water. By the Hawk, or Channel inside the Florida Reefs, 11 feet is the least water from Cape Florida to Key West. KEY BISOAYNE BAY ANCHORAGE. This Anchorage lies about 5 miles Northwesterly from the Old Tower on Cape Florida. At low tide about G^i foet water can be caiTied to the Anchorage otf Miami River. !S3 than 26 : and White k^'ostorn did r hand, and mn 20 feet Bank, bears ' niil(!s, car- Lck Ihioy on Port hand ; [•r, carrying .17, on the on tlic Port ilos further, utcMl in Red ; loave this ! conrse W. ^ feci water, ut 2 miles ; >ss than 27 , off "White loy NE. Vi hioyon the •t Taylor on If intending 00 yards on n from 3 to 1 feet is the RAGE. rom the Old vuter can be ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 447 Sailing Directions for Key Biscayne Bay Anchor- age in Dasrtime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Small or light draught vessels, bound to this Anchorage, must first make the Red IJuoy No. 2, off the North end of Florida Reels ; Cape Florida Old Lighthouse Tower bears from this lluoy nbout SW. by S. Yx S., distance about 5 miles; when this 15iioy is made, leave it about 100 yards on the Port hand, and ste.r S. by W. ]i W. '^Vi miles, to the first Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes ; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and steer South 3>^ miles to the second IM id-chan- nel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and continue the coiusc South 2Ji miles further to the Black Buoy No. 1 off Fowey Rocks; the Lighthouse on these Rocks bears E- Vz S- IVom this Buoy, dis- tance about 1 mile ; leave the Black Buoy No. 1, off Fowey Rocks, about 100 yards on the Port hi-nd, and steer W-SW- about 1 mile to the Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, off Soldier Key'; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and steer W. \2 S. about 1 mile, to IJlack Buoy No. 1, otf tiie Coral Bunches ; leave this Buoy close to on the Port hand, and haul up North, with the Old Lighthouse Tower on Capo Florida about one point on the Port bow, until up with a Bufiy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and continue the course North until \\\^ with Cape Florida Shoal Buoy (Red No. 2) ; leave this Buoy close to on the Star- board hand", and steer NW-, with Cape Florida Old T(nver on the Starboard bow, taking care to keep the While Sand Beach * near the Lighthouse open with the farthest Green IMangroves Point to the Northwest, but as you approach the Old Tower, gradually open them until this Tower is on the Starboard beam ; then steer for the Red Buoy No. 4, off the Point of Middle Ground, and leave it about GO feet on the Starboard hand, and steer about W. J^ S. for the Black Buoy No. 3, off South Bank ; leave this Buoy about 100 feet on the Port hand, and steer about West for the Red Buoy No. 6. off Key Biscayne Bar; leave the last-named Buoy close to on the Starboard hand, and run NW- by W- about 1 mile, then * The Lighthouse Anchorage is abreast this Sand Beach. i rm;--^ i 11 iiiir mi 14 448 KLDIUDOF/S COAST I'lLOT. N. % E. iil)oiit 4'.< Tiiilos, until the moiitli of Iho Wiium River bears N. I'J W- 1 2 W-, ^ N G " Beacon 2, on Western Dry Rocks, NE. >^ N. . . 9;^ " Bell Buoy at eut-ance of Main Ship Channel, N. X W 4^ " ELDRIDGF/S COAST PILOT. 451 louse about oil K beai'3 J^ mile on \ mile W. ) feet, with ; is at Bos- 1 tides rise ird of Key- Lighthouse n Alligator loro Light- use, North- , and East- uthwestem- West Har- thouse, the and shows a Distance. 15 miles. 5 G 4^ u (I Re^narks. In entering Key West Harbor there are several channels, most of which at this time are well marked with Buoys and Beacons. Sailing Directions for Key West Harbor in Day- time, with f ivorable winds and fair weather. By Ship Channel, Which may be used by sailing vessels, with winds from E-NE. to W.NW. by way of South. From the Northeastward, as soon as Sand Key Lightliouso (be- fore described) is made, bring it to bear W. Yi S., and run for it on this course until Key West Lighthouse bears N. ]4. W., then ruu for it on this course, keeping a sharp lookout for the Hell Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, whicli lies in Mid-cLannel; when this Buoy is made, leave it close to on either hand, and steer about N- yi W- about 1 ^ miles, leaving the Black Buoy oT Western Head Shoal about 200 yards on the Port, and the next Buoy (Red) off Mississippi Shoal about 200 yards on the Starboard hand ; when past this last Buoy, continue the course N. y2 W. Yz mile, passing about midway Uetween the Black Buoy and Red Buoy on the East and West Triuigles ; when al) mt 'j mile past the last-named Buoys, steer NW. by N., leaving the Red Buoy No. () (Beehive Shaped) off White Head Spit (Key West Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NE. Yi N.,di-tance about \]i miles) about 100 yards on the Starboard hand, and steer about N. li E-, leaving Fort Taylor on the Starboard, and the Black Buoys at the entrance of the harbor on the Port hand ; if intending to anchor above the town, leave the wharves about 1 00 yards on the Starboard hand, and run up about N- NE- Yi mile, and anchor in from 3 to 4 fathoms water. By the Ship Channel, about 2G feet water can be carried in as far as the Red Buoy off White Head Spit, and from thence about 22 feet into the harbor. JSastern Channel, Which may be used by saiHng vessels of not more than 12 feet draught, with winds from N-NE- to W-SW. by way of Soutn. From the Northeastward, bring Key West Lighthouse to bear i fi'IfMT r"C*~ Si 452 KLDiaiXiirS COAST PILOT. NW. and run for it on tliis course, passing about midway between the Kecfealli'd tlio Western Sambo iind tiic Ten Foot Lump ; con- tinue tlie course NW. lor tlie Ligiitlionso, until about "2^-^ miles from it. or tiie Red Buoy off" White Ilcid Spit l)ear3 W. by N. yi N. '.ili miles; then run for tiiis lusl-namcd nuoy,beiiriiig W. by N. //3 N.. and haul round it at a distance of lUO yards, leaving it on the Starboard hand, and follow the directions before given. Soiithirest Channel, Which may be used by sailing vessels, with winds from SE. by E. to N.NW. by way of South. Coming from the AVestward, get Sand Key Lighthouse to bear E. by N., and run for it on tiiis course ui.til Key West Lighthouse bears NE. ji E., then with Heacon No. 2, on Western IJry Rocks, in range with Sand Key Ligiitiiouse, distant •i-};^ miles, run for Key West Lighthouse, bearing NE. Jj E., leaving the Red Hu^ysNos. 2, 4 and G, and lieacon on tlie Middle Ground, all on the Star- board hand, and 2 Black Buoys, Nos. 1 and 3, on the Port hand ; wlien the Red Buoy No. (! is in range With tlie Beacon on the Middle Ciround, bearing S.SE. yi nule, steer NE. by E. for the Red Buoy No. G off" White Head Spit; Key West Lightiious; bears from this Buoy NE. yi N., distance \ }{, miles; leave th^s Red Buoy o(F White Head Spit a short distance on the Starlxjard hantl, and proceed as before directed. By the Southwest Channel, about 22 feet water can be carried in to the harbor. High Water, It is high water in Key West Harbor 2 hours before it is at Boston ; common tides rise about 1 y'z feet. NORTHWEST CHANNEL, FLA. This Channel, which loads from the entrance of Key West Har- bor to the Gulf of Mexico, is about 7 miles long. Northwest Channel Lighthouse. Upon the Southwest side of the channel which leads from en- trance of Key West Harbor to the Gulf of Mexico, in about 5 feet water, is a White Screw Pile Structure, which at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. aylx'twoon mnp ; con- '2},4 miles ". 1).v N. ^ •iii!^ W. l)y , leaving it "iven. m SE. by ISC to bear Liyhthoiise Ory Rocks, tin for Key HiiDysNos. 1 the Star- Port luiml ; COM on the ■ E. for the lOUS! Ih-M'A e thJs lied oanl liiuul, e carried in ore it is at West Ilar- Is from en- bout 5 feet vte (1882), KLDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 453 The least water tlirouy E. 'j E. Iji miles from Northwest Channel Ligiithouse ; at this liuic Ihis passage is well marked with Buoys. Sailing Directions for Northwest Channel in Day- time, with favorable winv.s and fair weather. Fiom till' Straits of Florida, bound throngli lliis channel, follow the directions befo-e }j;iven for Key West Hariuir by eith.'r channel, until up witii the Kcd Huoy olf Wiiite Head Spit ; Key West Lifjiit- Jior.sc licars IVoni tins T.uoy NE. )j N. 1 ,'4 uiih's ; leave tiie Red Uuoy olf Wiiite Head Spit about 100 yurds on the Starbo.-ird hand, and steer N. hy W. K- W. about yi mile ; tii.Mi in about t fathoms water, with Key West Liij;htiiouse bearinujE NE., make jjood the course NW. ^4 N., leavinj; tlie IJlack Huoy No. !» on Jliddlo Ground about 'MO yards on tlio Starboard hand, and Bkwk Huoy No. 7 olf Kingfish Siioals wi'll on tlie Port hand, carryiiijr not less than 2)^ fatiionis water; couliuue tlio course NW- J^ N., leaviuar S- l>y W. 'j W. "i»l »'"» for it on thin course, keeping a Bharp lookout for the Outer or Sea Buoj', which is painted in Hiaek and While IVrpondicular Stripes, and lies in 4 fntlioms water; when this lUioy is made,* leave it close to on eitlier hand, and steer Southwesterly, leuviii}? the Har Huoy painted in IMaek and White Perpendicular Stripes close to on either irind, the Black Buoy No. I about U) feet on the Port, the Black Buoy No. 3 about 200 yanls on the same hand, and the 'rmninj,' Buoy (Red) No. 2 close to on the Starboard hand ; the Lighthouse hears from this last-named Buoy S- byW. K- W., distance ^i mile ; wlien past •the Turning Buoy, wliich is Bed No. 2, steer SE- ,'j E ,or directly for Key West Liglitiiouse, leaving the Mid-chauuel Buoy painted in Black and White Pi'rpendicular Stripes close to on either hand ; continue the course SE. ,'j E. until up with Black Buoy No. o off Northwest part of Middle Ground; leave this Buoy close toon the Port hand, and steer SE. ^ S., leaving the Black Buoy No. 7 about '4 mile on the Port, and continue the course SE. ?:; S., leaving the Mid-channel Buoy painted in Black and While Perpen- dicular Stripes close to on either hand. If bound to Key West Har- bor, still continue the course SE. }i S., until Key West Light- house bears E-SE-, then run for it until past i\n\ Black Buoys Nos. 11 and 13, then run in for the wharves, or anchor above or below the town. JlfgJi Water. It is high water on the Bai-, at the entrance of the Northwest Channel, from the Gulf of Mexico, 11) minutes before it is at Mos- ton, or Ih. 48m. after it is at Key West ; common tides rise about 2y2 feet. Dangers. A dangerous Bank (doited here and there with Islets or Keys), liaving but little water upon it, extends about 3G miles to the Westward of Key West Lighthouse ; broken ground with shoal » It Is advisable for strangers, in vessels of 12 feet draught, to wait until about 4 flood before attempting to cross the bar. Luel in stCliannol, hriiifi it to kitcpiiiir n h\ ill Uliifk una water ; liaiii], nnil liliu'k mid tlic IMack iu»y No. 3 $iioy (Uc(l) hi'iirs from ; wlion past .or directly lo}' painted llur hand ; ly No. 5 off (se toon tlio Jnov No. 7 SE. H S., ile Pcrpcn- •AVest Har- ivst Light- Buoys Nos. or below Northwest is at Hos- 3 rise about i or Keys), iles to tiie with shoal gilt, to wait ELDRinr.F/a toast rii.or. 455 spots lies off t.) the Soutliward of this Hank ; and about !« miles W- «^ S. iVxni Sand ICcy I.igiithouse, and d nnlrs fioin tiie Mar(iiiesas Keys, tliere is said to he a danjicroiis roek ; it is tlierclbre advisable for large or heavy draught vessels navigating this part of tlic coast to give it a wide bcrtli. REBECCA SHOAL. Upon the Southeastern end of this Slioal, which lies about 18 miles to the Kastwaid of Dry Tortugas Reef, is placed a Ueaeon 75 feet high, whicli at this (late (IHHi'), is a Framework painted Brown, supported by four iron piles, and surmounted by a Lozenge- shaped Cage with ladder leading to the top. Bearings and Distances from Beacon on Rebecca ShoaL Westeiidof Quicksand Breakers, E. ; J S. ... ^ miles. Isaac Shoal, E. by S. '■; S 2 Dry Tortugas Lighthouse, W- J4 N ^^/^ " Channel between Rebecca Shoal and Dry Tortugas Group. This Channel is about 10 miles wide, with a depth of from 10 to 15 fatlioms water ; the current of Flood sets strong to the North- ward through this Channel, and that of the Ebb, to the Southward. Channel between Rebecca Shoal and West End of Quicksand Breakers. This Channel is about G miles wide, with a deiith of from 5 to 10 fathoms water, with a strong current ; at this time, the Isaac Shoal is not buoyed; it is therefore not advisable for large or heavy draught vessels to attempt this last-named passage. DRY TORTUGAS ISLANDS. Abont 60 miles to the Westward of Key West Harbor, off the Western Coast of the peninsula of East Florida, are several small Keys or Islets called the Dry Tortugas, which arc the Westernmost land which terminates the Florida Reefs. il ^1 lift V 'l.")(> KI-DIUDGRS COAST I'lI-oT. I' ?! I Dry Tortugas Lighthouso. In 1.(11.21" .18' Noitli iui.l I.OII. M-' '.■).» '4' W.hI, ii|)()n F.(>;.'jicr- lii'iid Key, tlic S(nitlnvc.stcnmni«*t orilic TuitiiK'i** (lr()ii|), tlii'n- lias Itirn crccti'd IV IdI'Iv Tower, llii' lower half of wliicli iit this date (1HH2), is iiaiiiteilWIiile, till! ii|)|Mr lifiir with liMiiteiii ami Dome IJlaek ; at this time this M'^hthoiise shows a lixiil While? Liu;lit, wlileli ill eiear wcallier is visihle from tliu deck ol' a eoiiimoii ve-sel about r.) luile.s. DoaringH and DiHtanoos IVom Dry Tortiigas Lighthouse. I'lhlaiii'u. Lijilitlioiise on Doiilile Headed Shot Keys, E. by S- marly Ml miles. Key I'iedras i,i;4htli()ii,-e. eiitraiiee to Cardenas May, SE. Ja E V2'J " Moro Cmtle Lighthouse, eiitraiieo to Havana, SE. l>y S. -8 S '.M •♦ K^iuioiit Key Li;^litli()iise, cntranec to Tampa i'.ay, North nearly 178 " Cedar Keys Li; itlioiise. N ^a W '2(iS " St. Mark's Lighthouse, N. by W. >:• W. • • . ^-'M . " Cai)e St. (ieorj;e Li^iithous,', near eiitraiico to Aji- alaehieola Bay, NW. by N. ;'4' N JUG " I'eiisaeola Lij^hthouse, NW. 'j N 41(5 " Moliile I'oint Li.nhlhouse, NW. nearly .... -llt^ " South Pass Li<>ht house, entrance to JMississippi Uivcr,NW. liy W. 'a W 42.5 " Tortugas Harbor Lighthouse, E. 'J S 2^8 " The Dry Tortngns Clroup, of whieh there arc 8 Keys, extends Northeasterly and Soutlnvesterly nearly 10 miles, and Noitliwest- crly aiij Southeasterly more than G miles; they are very low and are surroiiniletl by shoal water. About 7 miles to the Westward of the Dry Tortugas Lighthouse is a bank ofCoral Koeks intermixed with While Palilies of Sand ; tlu! least water found u|)<;n thisliaiik is <; fathoms ; Dry Tortugas Lighthouse liears from this last-named deplii Last, distance 7 miles. In thick wcaliier the Dry Tortugas Islands may be approached on their Xorthern, Northeastern, South- era and Southwestern sides by the Load, but iu approaching them T"T,I)1!II)(;F/S coast I'II.OT. 157 |)n|l I.d^r^iT- at this (liitu I mill Dome Vhili! Lij,'lit, IIIUOII Vf-iHol ShthouBO. Ill miles. 121) ti 178 VM no ik; J2.j II tl 25i 11 II I'VS. extends Norlliwi'st- MV low llllll (■ AVcstwurd s intcniiixccl i^ii tills ISank s last-niinu'd ry Toitti at the entrance to the Inner Harbor, close to on Tort hand, and steer about SE- by S., carrying from 4 to 7 fathoms water through the narrow channel ; when about half way from the last Buoy to the Lighthouse, haul gradually to the Southwestward, and anchor about 150 yards Southeast from the wharf, in from 3i^ to 4 fathoms water. Large or heavy draught vessels should anchor when abreast the Black Pjuov No. 5 and take pilots, as the channel leading in is very narrow, and a rock iiaving about 15 feet water upon it, lies nearly in Mid-channel. M I' I r 1: ; : it'll: f: Southwest Channel. From the "Westward, leave the Lighthouse on Loggerhead Key about 4 miles on the Tort hand ; when Tortugas Harbor Lighthouse, on Fort Jefferson, bears NE. by E-, run for it on this course, car- rying from 8 to 10 fathoms water, until Tortugas Lighthouse, on Loggerhead Key, bears North ; then haul up NE. by N., carrying from 10 to 11 fathoms water, until up with the Channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes; Tortugas Harbor Lighthouse bears from this Buoy E. by N. }i N., distance 1 ^ miles ; leave the last-named Buoy * close to on either hand, and steer NE. J4 N. about 1 mile, or until Tortugas Lighthouse, on Loggerhead Key, bears W. by S. ; then malce good the course E. by N. yi N. until Tortugas Harbor Lighthouse bears S. J^ E. ; then follow the directions before given. Large or heavy draught vessels should anchor near the Black Buoj- No. 5, at the entrance of the Inner Harbor, and take pilots. * An eight-foot shoal lies E. by N. 200 yards from this Buoy, and a thirteen-foot shoal W.N.W. 150 yards from it. I , »?, t ^ rt.*-' - ' riddlo Kc5'8 ; r W. ]i N. ulc, Icuvo it I the cjiuse )• off North- water ; Tor- iV. Yz S. Vb, e Port hand, t W. I'y S., irbor Light- I leaving the , close to on to 7 fathoms ?ay from the ith west ward, , in from 3}^ honld anchor the channel > feet water gcrhcad Key ' Lightliouse» course, car- j;hthousc, on N., carrying iiannel Buoy 3 ; Tortugas N., distance either hand. Lighthouse, )d the course rs S. J^ E. ; eavy draught the entrance s Buoy, and a \ ELDUinnF/S COAST PILOT. 459 From tlic Eastward, intending to enter the; Ilarlxn' 1)V llio Ronth- west Clianni'l, leave Tortugas Ilarlx^r Lighthouse, on F(jrt Jctl'cr- sun, at least 4 miles on the Starboard hand ; wlieu Tortugas Liglitliouse, on Loggerhead Key, l)ears Nortii, then run for it on this coiu'so, carrying not less tiian 'i'^ fitiioms water, initil the Harbor Lightliouse bears NE. by E. ; tlien hiitd up NE. by N., and follow the directions before given. Seven fathoms water can be carried through the Southwest Channel as far as Blaek Huoy No. "), and 21 feet can be taken from this into the Inner Harbor. North west Chan it el. From the Northwestward, intending to enter Tortugas Harbor by this Channel, as soon as the Ilarlior Lighthouse is made, bring it to bear S. by E , and run for it on this course, keeping a siiarp look- out for the Northwest Channel (entrance) Buoy, wbieh is painted in White and Blaek Perpendicular Stripes; Tortugas IMmIu Liglit- liouse bears from this Buoy SW. by S- }i S- *1'4 miles; the- Easternmost Key of the group, SE- by E. ,'4 E. ;'> miles , when this last-named Buoy is made, bring it to bear S-SE.. and run for it. leaving it close to on either hand ; when past it, make good the course S.SE. 3j4 miles, leaving S.and Key about '-^ mile on the Port hand and the Buoy painted in Bed and Blaek Horizontal Stripes, on the Middle Ground, well on the Starboard hand ; when about midway between Sand Key and the last-named Buoy, on the Middle (iround, steer about SW. for the I'.laek Buoy No. 5, at the entrance of the Inner Harbor ; on the Inst course the Black Buoy No. 3 will be left well on the Port baud ; when up with the Blaek Buoy No. 5, which lies at the entrance to the Inner IIarl)or, leave ital) directed, and anchor abreast the Sally-port in about 2 1 feet water. Th.' chan- nel leading into the Inner Harbor is so narrow that il is advisable for strangers to anchor at the entrance, and take a pilot, — one can .always l)e obtained by making the usual signal. Ineuteiing Tortugas Harbor by the Northwest Channel from the luitranc^o Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes, to the entrance of Inner Harbor, there are several spots of IVoni 8 to 18 feet, which, at this time, are not ])uoyed ; the course, however, made good S.SE , from the Entrance Buoy, clears them. i • , 'I K ^ ii. liU. M\ :! ( III Ml J-. 1: ; 4(50 ELDUIDGES COAST TILOT. Beating into Tortugas Harbor. In entering Tortngas IIurl)()r, the slioals in many places arc so abrupt tiiat it is advisable for strangers not to attempt to beat in without a pilot. irif/h Water. It is high water in Tortngas Harbor Ih. 47m. before it is at Bos- ton, or about the same time it is at Koy "West Harbor; common tides rise about lj4 feet. SAN CARLOS BAY, SOUTHWEST COAST OP FLOBIDA. The entrance to this Hay is N. % W- HI miles from North- west Passage Ligiit'iouse (Key AVest) ; N. by E- H E. 120 miles from Tortugas Slain Lighthouse; Southeasterly 78 miles from p]g- inont Key Lighthouse (entrance toTampa Bay), and Southeasterly •22 miles from the; entrance to Charlotte Harbor. Remarks. At this date (ISSl), the channel leading into San Carlos Bay is marked with Buoys and Stakes, About ~}4 feet water, at low tide, (•an be carried to the Cattle Wharf at the entrance of the Caloosa River. Sailing Directions for San Carlos Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Wlu n in ;? fathoms water, bring the Telegraph Station, which stands! on Punta Rosa, North side of San Carlos Bay, to bear UW. ,'4 N., and run for it on this course, leaving the Black Buoy at the entrance about ■)^. mile on the Port hand, and carrying from 2}( to 214 fathoms watfr. As you sail in, keep a sharp lookout for the Red Buoy on the Ivistern side of entrance ; the Telegraph Station on Punta Rosa bears about NW. from this Buoy, distance 2J4 miles; when the last-named Buoy is made, leave it about 100 yards on the Starboard iiand, and steer NW. Vj W., carrying IVoni 10 lo 11 feet water, and leaving the lirst Stake Board (Red) 100 yards on the Starboard and carrying aliout 7,'2 feet, at low 1, I |)lacos arc so pt to beat in it is at Bos- or ; coininon VEST from North- E3. 120 miles li's from Kg- joutheasterly 'arlos Bay is , at low tide. tlio Caloosa Daytime, tlier. tation, which ^ay, to bear ! Black Buoy arrying from liarp lookout be Telegraph 10}', distance it about 100 W-i carrying Board (Red) ; feet, at low i:ldridgk's coast viurr. 4G1 tide, to tlie second S»t:day ."lO minutes aflx-r it is at Bos- ton ; connnon t'.des rise about 1 ^4 feet. CHARLOTTE HARBOR, FLORIDA. The enti'Miice t7 miles from the Lighthouse on Kgniont Key, entrance to Tampa Bay. At this date (b'iSl), in entering Charlotte Harbor, tliere aie but two Buoys, both of which are Channil Buoys painted in Black and "White rcrpendieular Stri|)es. At this time there arc IS fed water, at k>w tide, in the cluuuul over the Bar, and 1 1 feet can be taken into the Bay about 2 miles al)ove the entrance. In stormy weather the channrl is well marked with breakers on each side. Once the Entranc(> I'.uoy is made, any sti'anger, with a favorable wind, can easily enter this Harbor. Tliore are no pilots hero. Sailing Directions for Charlotte Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. "When in 7 fathoms water, bring the South Point of Oa-y E. ?4 Em and enter about midway between the Points ; when ouee in the Bay, select your anchorage according to draught. Tliesu diroctiuus were good for IH.SI. JLifjh Water. It is high water at Charlotte Harbor Ih. 40m. after it is at P>03- ton ; common tides rise about 1 J^ feet. TAMPA BAY, FLA. The entrance to tlii. Bay, which is on the Southwest coast of Florida, lies Northwesterly ")7 miles from the entrance to Charlotte Harbor, North (nearly) 178 miles from the Dry Tort nj^as Light- house, and Southeasterly 02 miles from Cedar Keys Bightli(nise. Egmont Key Lighthouse. Upon the Nortli end of Egmont Key, entrance to Tampa r>ay, is a Bighthouse, the Tower of which, at this date (1HS2), is painted White, and shows, at this time, a fixed White Bight. Diy Tor- tugas Bighthouse bears from Egmont" Key Bighthouse South (nearly) 178 miles. Jicniat'Jcs. In entering Tampa Bay there are three channels, which arc called North Channel, Southwest Channel and 1 assage Key Chan- nel. The North Channel, wiiich leads in to the Nortliwest of the Bighthouse, has 21 feet water across the Bar, and at this date (1881), is buoyed. The Southwest Channel, which leads in to the Southward of the Bighthouse, has 10 feet water across the Bar, and, at this time, is also buoyed. Passage Key Channel, which leads in between I'assage Key and the Southern Point of Palm Key, lies about Oj^ miles to the Southward of the Bighthon.- 3 and has about !> feet water over the liar, and, at this time, is not buoyed. At this time, 10 feet water can be camcd up Tampa Bay as far as the Black Buoy ofl' fJadsden's Point, which is about 20 miles above the Bighthouse. and from this, about 8 feet can be carried within 2 miles of Tampa, .and only 5 feet, at low tide, can be carried uj) to this last-named ^jlacc. t. '^ k^ ■^^fcoMfPoWiSIHSHffl* L [)(>s ; leave I. by E. li n\ oiii'o ill iL. Tiiuso t is at lios- ?st coast of ;o Cliiirlottc ij^iis Light- lltlKJUSO. Tipa l>a}-, is , is painU'il Diy Tor- ouse South , -whicli are Kc}' Clian- ,wcst of the it tills date ids in to tlie ss the Bar, iimcl, whicli int of Palm lithouK3 and lime, is not Tainpa Hay I is about 20 feet can be ow tide, can ELDIUDGES COAST PILOT. 4G3 Sailing Directions for Tampa Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. li(f the Noi'tli Channel, As soon as Egmont Key Lighlliou.se entrance to Tampa T>ay is made, keep in not less than "» fatlioms water, until it bears E. ]■'• S. ; then, witii a commanding breeze, run for it on tliis <".urse, keeping a sharp lookout for the IJar Buoy painted in Ulaelv aiitl "White IVrpeudieular Stripes ; the Light house bears W. ,'j N. I '4 miles IVoiii it; when the Buoy is maih-, leave it close to on either hand, and steer East about ,"> miles, carrying not less tluin LM feet water, until up with the Middle Ihioy, paiuteil in Black and Wiiito Perpendicular Stripes; leave this Huoy close to on eitlier hand. and steer E. ]i S., leaving the Red Buoy olf I':gmont Shoal and the Lighthouse about % mile on the Starboard hand ; continue the course E. ]i S. nntil the Lightlioii^e bears W- by S- ,'j S., then make good the course E. by N- 'j N- about 3.'j miles, carrying not less than 4 fathoms water and keeping a sharp lookout for tlu) Black Buoy oft" Mullet Key ; when this Buoy is made, leave it about % mile on the Port hand, and steer NE. }i E. '"''j miles, carry- ing not less than 22 feet water, to Red Buoy oli' Piney Point ; leave the last-named Buoy al">ut ]/, mile on the Starboard hand, and make good the course NE- cy N- '.>K' miles, to Black lUioy otf Gads- den's Point, carrying not less than 1 (I iVel water : on this la.st course the Black Buoy on the Jliddle (iroiind will be left well on the Port, and the Bed Buoy, off Mangrove Bank, on the Starboard h.-ind ; when the Bl.aek Buoy olf Gadsden's Point is made, leave it aliout ]{ mile on the I'oit, and the next Pilaclc Buoy about 100 yards on the same hand, and haul \\\) about North and run about 1-)^ miles, carrying not less than 11 feet water, to the Channel Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Sti'ipes ; leave this Buoy close, to on either hand, and steer N- by W- 2,',- miles, carrving not less than 11 feet, to lUaek Buoy off Long Shoal ; leave this Buoy about 100 feet on the Port hand, and run WNW- a^'ont 1 '^^ miles, earning not less than 10 feet; when about ]i mile from Ballast Point, which is on the Western side, gradually haul to the North- ward, and steer N- by W. 1 J4 niiles, carrying not less than 9 feet, until the North end of a small Island, called Depot Key, bears NE. by E. ; then anchor in about 8 feet water, soft liottom, about 2 miles below Tampa. Above this a pilot is necessary. These directions were good for 1881. I m 464 i;Li)i;ii)(ir,s coast pilot. lif/ the South Channel. Keep ill r> fiiUioiiis water until KLTiiKjiit Koy LiiililhoiH;^ \»iWH NE. liy N. \7. Nm tlu'ii niii lor it, on tiiisooiM'sc, kicpii- a ^ll;l^|) lookout lui' llic liar Uuoy painted in I'.lack iind Winti' rcrpeMiiie- ular Stripes; tlic Liuiitlioiise hears from ll'is Wmv. KS. l>y DJ. i/, N. J^'^" miles ; leave tliis liiioy close to on eitlitr liaml ami htecr NE. jj E., earryin'j; at this dale (l.S.Si>). almiit IC fiet wahr ueross liie ))ar, and leavinji tlie lied IJnoy oil' l!ie Sand IL.ro about J4; mile on tlie Starlionrd liami ; when p;ist tlie S.iiitli jjoint of Kfrmont Island, ■whicii is i)<)hl, continue tlie cmii.-e '^^. ]'. E. about o miles to Black liiioy Xo. 1, ..if Mullet K y liauK. 1 a-iyin^r from U to .".() feet wa'er; this last-named lliioy h ais IV .11 K,;;mM)a Key Liniitliouse E.NE., distance A]', miles ; leave thislJiioy siliout \i mile on the Port hand, and ifboiuid to 'i'amp;i. follow the direc- tions before given. These directions wore good for 1#«1. nUjh Water. It is high water at Tamii.i -2h. ]'im. after it is at Boston, or 4Ii. \hvci. after it is at Key West; common tides rise about 2^3 I'eet. MANATEE RIVER. The entrance to this llivcr, which is on the Southeastern side of Tampa I5ay near its entrance, lies SE- by E. "?<| miles from E"-- mont Key Lighthouse. liemovks. From the Bar Buoy at the entrance of :\Ianatee Piver to the Steamboat Wharf at Braden town, the distance is about C ^[ miles ; at this date (18.S2),the channel leading uj) is wtll ma.iked witU Buoys and Stakes ; there is about 7^'^ fee' water on the bar. Sailing Directions for Manatee River in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Smsdl or light draught vessels, bound to Manatee River, may fol- low the direct ions before given for Tampa Bay liy either channel until past Kgmont Key ; then bring the Ligh:lious;. on this \\k}\ to bear NW- by W., and ruake good the course SE. by E. to the i'^ it. * ii ii L. i ^ i i ii ijwi'l l ^'iii' i iiii»i 'iiMi I w l.,L!.' a ^ll;t^l) ' T' r|n"i(iic- 3. i;.vn. ,■:• 1 !Unl sin r fii'l. watrr Simil ll.do ■>'>iitli jioiiit 1^3. !■ E. JJiioy iiliotit ,v Uio tlirco- 1. Boston, or llhoilt 2; 3 orn sido of i I'lom Etr- 'ivor to the (! '^ miles ; i'.iked Willi bar. in Day- ather. T, may fol- cr cliaiuR'l iiis Key to E. 10 the f ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 465 Bar Rnoy painted in Rlack and Wliite Porpondicular Stripes, which lies olJ' the entrance to M inatee River; tiiis Buoy bears from tiio Lighthouse on Egmont Key SE. by E. about miles ; as soon as tliis Buoy is made, bring it to boar SE- by E- ami r.ui fur it on this course, leaving it clo.se to on eillier hand, and steer SE. -^^ E- until tlie next Buoy (Black) is nearly on witli Snead's Point (wliich is the first on the Port side in entering) ; then haul up al)()ut E. ^4 S., leaving the last-nameil Buoy about 50 feet on the Port, and follow the Port or Northern Bunk, which can be clearly seen and is bold, to Snead's Point, keeping the next Buoy (lied) a little open on the Starboard bow, passing through the narrow channel and leaving the last-named Buoy about 40 fei^t on the Starboard hand ; wlicn past this Buoy steer SE. by E. >^ E., leaving the next Buoy (Black) about 50 feet on the Port, and the next Buoy (Red) 50 feet on the Starboard, and next Buoy (Black) 50 feet on the Port hand ; when past the last Buoy steer about East, keeping Pcjiut Ogdeu, which is the first on the Port side, about J 2 point on the Port bow, until up with the first stake, which leave close to on the Starboard hand ; then gradually haul for the second stake, which is also left close to on the same hand, and steer about SE. }i S. for the Steaiuboat Wharf at liraden town. High Water. It is high water at Egmont Key, entrance to Tampa Bay, t) minutes before it is at Boston, or Ih. 51m. after it is at Key West Harbor; common tides rise about IJ^ feet. ANCLOTE KEYS ANCHORAGE, FLA. This Anchorage, which is on the Southwest Coast of Elorida, lies about 31 miles Northwesterlj- from Egmont Key Lighthouse, entrance to Tampa Bay, and Southeasterly about 5(5 miles from Cedar Keys Lighthouse; in entering about 8 feet water can lie taken over the bar at low tide. Sailing Directions for Anclote Keys Anchorage in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Vessels of not more than 7 feet draught, from the Northwestward or Seaward, may, when in 'iJ^ fathoms water, bring the North An- .. . t#^.MHMI^'>«iH«a«A^ mil 4GG ELDRIDGK'S COAST PILOT. i Oil"! dote Key to boar S. In* E- Jj E- find rim for it on this course, la'ci)iiig !i sliiU'i) lookout, lor tlic North IJaiik Hiioj- (Hcd) ; wlicii this Ihioy is nuuh', Icuvi' it iihoiit 100 janls on tlniSfarhoanl Iiiuk!, aiul sti'or East for tlie Bar IJiioy painted in Black and White Pcr- pcndieiilar Stripes ; leave tliis Buoy close to on either hand and steer SSE. aliont 1 mile; tiien steer South and anchor witli any of the Anclute Keys bearing West, in from 12 to 18 feet water, soft bottom. Coming from the Southeastward or Seaward, bring the North Anclote Ke}- to bear N-NE- and run for it on this course until the water shoals to 2 Jl^ fathoms; then steer North until up with the North Bank Buoy (Red) ; leave this Buoy about 100 feet on the Starboard hand, and steei' Kast until uj) witli the Bar Buoy painted in Black and Wliite rerpendiiaihir Stripes ; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and steer S-SE. about 1 mile ; then steer South and anchor with any of the Anolote Keys bearing West, in from 12 to 15 feet water, good holding ground. ANOLOTE KEYS OUTSIDE ANCHOR- AGE. Vessels of from 12 to 15 feet draught ma}- find good anchorage hy the following directions : Bring the centre of the vVnclote Keys to bear from NE. to SE. and run for them, and anchor according to draught. It is said that vessels lie here in heavy blows from the Nortliwestward, Westward, and even Southwestward. JTIgh Water. It is high water at the Anclote Keys Anchorage 40 minutes after it is at Boston, or about 2h. 48m. after it is at Key West ; com- mon tides rise about 1 ^ feet. GEDAR KEYS HARBOR, FLA. The entrance to these Kej's, which is on the Soutliwest Coast of Florida, lies 92 miles Northwesterly from Egmont Key Light- *^ '^ '^4iui*L» his course, '(•(1) ; wlicn Ixiard Iuiik!, Wliito I'cr- [' hand and r witli any , watiT, soft tlio North so until Iho p witli thi^ foct on tlio loy puintod IJiioy closo st(>c'r Soutli in from 12 mOR- anclioragc icloto Keys ■ according )lows from •d. inntcs after Vest ; coin- .A. st Coast of Key Light- ELDUIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 4G7 house, entrance to Tampa Bay ; Northwi-sterly about A 1 miles from the Anclole Keys anehor.ige ; N- H W- ■-^"""^ miles from tiie Dry Tortngas LigliUiouse ; Noillieiislerly 82 miles from St. Mark's Lighthouse, and Kast-Soutlu'rly 1 OH miles from Cape St. George Lighthouse, near entrance to Ai)alachicola Bay. Cedar Keys Lighthouse. Upon the Eastern end of tiie moinid on Sea Horse Key, West side of entrance to ('edur Keys Harbor, is a White Dwelling, which at this date (18H2), shows from Us '.op a lixed White Light which Flashes White every minute. This Lighthouse bears from the Dry Tortugas Lighthouse N. ^a W. I'dH miles. Memavks, At this date (1HS2), in entering Cedar Keys Harbor, there is at low tide, 11 feet water through the Bar Cut Clupmel, and 10 feet through tiie Middle (Jroinul Cut Channel ; at this time, the Channel leading into this harbor and up to the wharf (which is the termina- tion of the Florida Railroad), is we)' buoyed. Sea Horse Roof. This Beef, which extends off Southwesterly .ibont 11 miles from Cedar Keys Lighthouse, has but little water upon it in several places; strangers should not attempt to cross it without a pilot; the Lead always gives warning in approaching this danger from eitlu'r side ; it is therefore advisabh, to not approach it, esi)ecially at night-time, in less than 3 fatlioms water. Sailing Directions for Cedar Keys Harbor in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. Bound t/j Cedar Keys Harbor, keep in not less than \]'z fathoms water, until the Red Nun Buoy No. 2 is made ; this Buoy lies oflf the Southwest end of Sea Horse Reef; Cedar Keys Lighthouse bears from this Buoy NE- by N- 'A N-, distance \0}i miles ; when the Buoy is made, leave it about '^ mile on the Port hand, and steer NE-i leaving Sea Horse Reef well to the Westward, and car- rying fron.« 3>^ to 4 fathoms water; as soon as Cedar Keys Light- hous°e is made (which is rather ditllcult to distinguish in the daytime), bring it to l)ear N. by E- and run for it on this course, carrying from 3'^ fathoms water to It feet, and keeping a sharp 408 KLDlilDGK'S COAST I'lLOT. Mim^^i I lookout for the OuUt Har Iliioy (Hlack) ; tliis Duoy, wliicli innrks till) Soiitliwi'.^t I'li'l of till' Itar Cut Cliamiel, hears S- l>y W- fi'*."!: tin; Lii^rlil house, distaiici! 1 .'^ miles; leave this lliioy ahoiit 50 feot on the Port hand, and steer NNE., carrying about 11 feet '.vuter throujjih the narrow ehannel to tlu; Inner IJar Hiioy (Hlack) which marks the Inner end of the Uur Cut Channel ; leave the last Hiioy also ahoiit ')() feet on the Port hand, and steer N. I'y E. ,'j E-, leaviny about krougli tho cs tho West d the next 1, about 50 iteiT al)out th of a line ) to 20 feet that of the t Channel ; nuol, about from li to hanncl, be- small Bush y tho loeul 3 is so nar- KLDRIIKUVS COAST I'lbOT. m row tliiil it is advisable for Hlran;hthouse, Kast-Northerly fj;! miles from Cape St. Geor<,'e Liijbthouse, and N- by W. jii W. ^.U milca^from Dry Tortugas Lighthouse. St. Mark's Lighthouse. Upon the East side of entrance to St. Mark's River is a Light- house, tho Tower of which, at this date (1H«-'), is White, and filiows a fi\-ed White Li!j,ht. Dry Tortuu'as Lii:hthousc bears from St. Mark's Lighthouse S- by E. yl E. oM miles. MeiiKn'h's. From the Outer Bar Buoy to St. :Mark's Lighthouse the distance is '2J^ miles, and from thence !)j{ miles to St. Mark's, which is situated uptm tho Northern side of tho River. In IS.JG about 10 feet water, at low tide, could be carried across the Bar and through the Spanish Hole abreast the Lighthouse, and from this point about 7 feet, at l(jw tide, could bo taken up through a narrow and crooked channel to St. Mark's. At this date (ISH-J). t'le channel is well marked with Buoys and Beacons as far as the Lighthouse, and from this point, \viLh Stakes, to St. Mark's. I «1MI1 470 KM)ltM)GKS COAST I'lLOT. Sailing Directions for St. Mark's Rivor in Daytimo, witli favorable winds and fair woathor. Vt'HwU of IK. I ■(• tliiiii !) or 10 fi'ol (Iniii^lit, iiiiiv, at iibout ;/j flood, hriiijt St. Miirk'H Li^'litlioiiso to hoar N. U W., ami iim Tor It oil this cciuisf, l;h water in St. Mark's Ifiver iMi. Dm. aRor il is at P.oston, or about -Ih. Hm. after it is at Key Wcl^ Harbor; comiaou tidca rise about 2^3 feet. South west Cajte Shoals. Upon the Western side of entrance to Appalachec Ray, shoal water extends olf Southerly a Ion;; distance from the siiore. Two Red r.Moys are placed olf this danger, — one on the Southeastern part, the other on the Southern part. Those Buoys lie on a line of bearin.ir SW. by W. Ji'W- and NE. by E. Jj E. and are about 10 miles apart. Boaringa and Distances from tho Eastern Red Buoy off Southwest Cape Shoals. Oistanco. Cedar Keys LiLjhthouse. SE. by E 72 miles. St. Murk's Lighthouse, N. ],j W li " If ; n '^' ^*i««sM1*II'tK»'*.- Daytlmo, thor. , ill about [j , uml Milt Ibr T Kar Huoy, ^ Li;;litli()iisu I ; wlu'ii tliia steer iilxxit lort (listaiK-o ^;" N . Icav- on till? Star- L>st Hunk, on H'{\) a .sliai'i> lilf (.iioiiiitl ; (1 liaiiil, and ifl and U-av- l>ar, a sliort aiiifd liiioy, It', wlica llio ) fii'i, watiT. unclioia'i'e. KLinuDULS I uAsr ii:.t)T. 471 SoiilliwoHt Cape (nearent land), W- l»y N. m'.irly . • K^ »>ll''«. Kcd UiiHV (iir Soiilliwrsti'i'ii part of tin sc Slioals, SW. l)y W. j. W. iH'arly l'> " Vessels liaviii;/ made tli(< Kasli-ni Iluoy, off Soiitliwest Capo Sli'.als, iiiiwt loavf it a Hliuit dHtniicc on tlio I'oit hand, and malio good tlu! eourw- N- |j W. H'l' miloH, wlii
  • 0 ^, ards on the Port hand ; when past this Buoy, steer NW. I)y N. }{: N., opening the West end of Dog Island about one-, half point on tlio Starl)oard l)ow, until up with the Black Buoy off ]\Iarsh Point Shoals; leave this last Buoy about 50 yards on the Port hand : wlion the West end of Dog Island, which is bold, bears NE. % E., make good the course SW. H W. nntil the Northeast end of St. George's Island, AVesteni side of entrance, bears E SE., distance about 3^ mile ; then anchor about Jj^ mile to the Northward of the Black Buoy, in about nj{ fathoms water, soft mud. Good anchorage is also found in Pilot Cove, which is about 5/s mile to the Kastwanl of the Western end of Dog Island. AVith Westerly winds, when past the Black Buoy, which bears S. by W. U W. from the West end of Dog Island, steer about North, and haul round the AVest end of this last-named Island (wliich is bold) at a distance of j( mile, leaving it on the Starboard, and anchor in Pilot's Cove, with the end of the Point bearing from West to W. by S., distant about fy mile, in about S}( fathoms water, soft bottom. If bound to Crooked River, steer from the West end of Dog Island N. ^4 E. High Water. It is high water at the East Pass entrance to St. George's Sound 2h. IGm. after it is at Boston, or 4h. lorn, after it is at Key West Harbor ; common tides rise about 1 }^ feet. Cape St. George Lighthouse. Upon Cape St. George, al)out ;i>< miles to the Eastward of the West Pass entrance to St. George's Sound and Apalachicola Bay, ; I ^■^^&^i)*M^fS«v.'. rtime, with ler. water iMitil tlio )oacli, hare of 'ars N.NW. ; oursc, kerpiii'^ intcd in Black 3iit t fatlioins )n cither liand, st Hank BiKiy liis IJiio}-, steer and abontone-. e Black Buoy i 50 yards on wliich is hold, W. until the e of entrance, lOUt }_l uiilo to atlionis water, ell is {ibout 5,^ Island. AVith ■ars S. by W- int North, and rthieli is bold) d, and anchor from West to ins water, soft t end of Dog eorge's Sound at Key West stward of the achicola Bay, ELBr.IDGE'S COAST PILOT 473 is a Lighthouse, the Tower of which, at this date (1SS2), is painted White, and shows a fixed White Light. A Brown Dwelling stamls 80 yards North of the Lighthouse. Cedar Keys Lighthouse bears B. J8 S. from Cape St. George Lighthouse, distance lOS miles ; DryTortugas Lighthouse SE. by S. U S 31G miles; Cape San Bias Lighthouse W- J^ N- 18 miles. Shoal water extends olf a long distance from Capo St. George Lighthouse. The outer part of this danger is marked with a Red Buoy. Cape St. George Lighthouse liears from this Buoy N. ji W- about 7 miles. Vessels navigating this part of the co..st should nut pass to the Northward of this Buoy. APALACHICOLA BAY and ST. GEORGE'S SOUND BY THE WEST PASS. The entrance to this Pass is West-Northerly about ^y, miles from Cape St. George Ivighthouse, and 11 miles to the Eastward of Cape San Bias Lighthouse. Remarh'S. The Outer Bar Buoy, painted in Black and White rcrpendicular Stripes, which marks the entrance to Apalacliieola liay, bears W- y^ N. from Cape St. George Lighthouse, distance about 5 miles. At this date (1882), the channel leading into Apalachicola Bay is well marked with Buoys. At this time, about 13 feet water, at low tide, can be taken over the Bar up to the Lower Anchorage, which IS about 8 miles from the town, and from this about 11 feet can be carried to the Upper Anchorage, which is zy miles from town. In 1870, about 4 feet waic- could be carried up the entrance of the River to Apalachicola. Sailing Directions for Apalachicola Bay in Day- time, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, having made the Red Nun Buoy off Capo George Outer Shoal (before described), make good the course NW. Y\ N. about 9 miles, which will bring you up \\ illi the Outer Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Striiies. which marks the entrance to Apalachicola Bay ; when this Buoy is made, !i i • n I . 474 ELDIUDGE'S COAST PILOT. I 1 Iravo it dose to on citlior liaiul, and stocr about NE. l>y N. Jj N. for tlic IJIack Buoy otF Flaj; Jslaiid Knoll ; li'ave this lliioy close to on the Port iianil, ami steer NE. l>y E. J( E. for the Turrinf^- Hiioy, wliieh is lUaek, and lies otf the East side of St. Vinrent's Island; leave this Diioy close to on the Port hand, and steer E-SE. abont ;>/4 miles to the Lower Anchorage Buoy (Hcd) ; on tiiis last course Sand Island will be left about }i mile on the Starboard hand ; leave th(> Lower Anchorage P)noy close to on the Starhoard baud, and make good tiie course NE. J2 N. about -1 miles to the Upper Anehoragc Buoy, painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes; leave this Buoy close to on either hand, and continue the course NE. I J N. altout 1?<^ miles further, then anchor in about 11 feet water, the Eastern side of tiie town bearing NW. by N. ^ N.. distant 3 miles. Vessels of more than 11 feet draught should anchor abont J - mile Nortlieast from the Lower Anchorage Buoj' (Red) in about 1(1 feet water. From the "Westward, leave the Red Can Buoy, which lies off Cape San Bias Shoals (tiie Lighthouse bears from tliis Buoy N. ^i W. G miles) on the I'ort hand, and steer E. by N. jj N. 11 miles, which will bring you up with the Bar Buoy painted in Black and White Perpendicular Stripes oif the entrance to Apalaehicola Bay. irigh Water. The rise and fall of tides at the entrance to Apalaehicola Bay is usually small, the times of high and low water are irregular, and much influenced liy the force and direction of the winds; there is generally but one high and low water in 21 hours, the rise and fall being greatest when the moon's declination is greatest ; the high water n-m 'ns at the same height with but little change from G to 9 hours ; when the moon's declination is small or nothing, there are for 3 or 4 days two small irregular tides in 21 hours. Cape San Bias Lighthouse, Fla. Near the South point of Cape San Bias, Southwest coast of Florida, is a Lighthouse, the tower of which at this date (1882), is painted Vi'iiitc, and shows a flashing Wiiite Li.;htevery 90 seconds. Cape St. George Lighthouse bears from Cap(> San Bias Lighthouse E. Js S. ISiniles; Pensacohi Lighthouse W. by N. U N. 109 miles; Soutii Pass Lighthouse entrance to the Mississippi River, W. by S. ^ J S. nearly 20G miles. ■*•%..;»«•**>■«■ ELDRIDGE'S COiiST PILOT. 475 rN. ;.< N. lie Tiirpliif^' t. Vincoiit's twrE.SE. on tills last ! Starboard B Starlioard miles to the rpoiulU'iilar Diitimie the or ill about rw. ])}• N. .'('t draught Auchoragc idi lies ofT is IJuov N. r. Y^ N. 11 0(1 in lUack palachicola :ola Baj' is pgular, and Is ; there is isc and fall t ; the high froir, G to 9 , there are it coast of • (1882), is 90 seconds. Lif:!ithoHse ]i N. 109 iippi River, Cape San Bias Shoals. Shoal water extends off to the .Soiithward a long distance from Cape San Ulas ; this danger is marked on its outer part with a Red Can Ihioy. Bearings and Distances from Red Can Buoy off ..ape San Bias Shoals. Distance. Cape San Bias Lighthouse, N. ^ W 6 miles. Red Can Buoy off Capo St. George Shoals, E. by S. >i S 17 " Cape St. George Lighthouse, E. >^ N IG " West Pass Bar Buoy off entrance to Apalachicola Bay, E. byN. 3^N 11 *' Between this Buoy and the Cape the ground is very broken ; strangers should not therefore pass to the Northward of it. St. Joseph's Bay, Pla. The entrance to this Bay is Jibout 11 miles Northwesterly from Cape San Bias Lighliiouse, and Southeasterly about 1-1 miles from the entrance to St. Andrew's Baj'. Meimarhs. St. Joseph's Bay is one of the safest harbors on the Southwest CO: Jt of Florida, and is also very easy of aocess. At this date (1881), there is 19 feet water at low tide in the cliannel across the Bar. At this time there are no Buovs to mark the channel leading into this place. Sailing Directions for St. Joseph's Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. From the Eastward, when past the Buoy off Cape San Bias Shoais, keep in not less than 5 fathoms water until the extreme Northern end of St. Joseph's Island (which is a low white sand spit without trees), bears E. by S., then run for it on this course until the water shoals to about 3l4 fathoms ; you will then l>v, about .3 miles from the above point ; the course is now NE. Yi E. aliout 31^ miles, carrying .about 19 feet water across the bar; then in about 4 fathoms water and about 1 mile from the Northern shore, 470 ELDUI DOE'S COAST IMLOT. steor SE. ,'j S. until the Northern end of St. Joseph's Ishmd bciU's W.SW. ; the course is tiien about S- by E. for the niiddUi of the Bay, wlien you may anchor in from 4 to 5 fathoms w:.tcr nearly opposite St. Joseph's, and lie secure from all winds. From the Westward keep in not less than 6 fathoms water until tiie Northern point of St. Joseph's Island (before described) bears E. by S., tiii'U follow the directions before given. These directions were good for 1881. Wiien past Cape San Bias, small or light draught vessels may at tins time follow the beach to the Northward, keeping about '.i mile from it, and iiaul round the North end of St. Joseph's Island, leav- ing the Middle Gr'> "ad on the Port hand, and anchor when land- locked. St. Andrew's Bay, Pla. The entrance to this Bay, which is on the Southwest coast of Florida, lies 2G miles Northwesterly from Cape San Bias Light- liouse. Northwesterly about U miles from tlic entrance to St. Joseph's Buy, and East-Southerly 90 miles from the entrance to IVnsacola Bay. Jtemarks. At this date (1881), about 15 feet water, at low tide; can be carried across tlie bar, and about 12 feet can be taken over tlie Bulkhead ; at this time tlie channel leading into St. Andrew's Bay is marked with 3 Buoys ; the first two are painted iri Black and White Perpendicular Slrii)es, the third is Black. Sailing Direcv.cns for St. Andrew's Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. Keep in not less than 7 fathoms until the 3 Buoys which mark the entrance are in range bearing N-NE. ; then run for them, leav- ing tlie Sea Buoy and Bar Buoy, both of wliich arc painted in Black atul White Perpendicular Stiipes, close to on either hand, and the Black Buoy which marks the point of Middle Ground close to on tl'O Port hand ; when past this last Buoy steer about NW- Yz N., keeping close to the Port side of tlie channel (which can be plainly seen) until abreast of the Northeast end of Hurricane Island (which is a low white sand siiit clear of trees), which leave at a distance of about % mile in pafising ; then haul in a little to Starboard, ami follow the laud on the Starboaul hand at a distance of about :;0() ELDRIDGE'S COAST PILOT. 477 icpli's Island r the iniddlo ithoms wiitcr rinds. ns water until cribed) bears osscls may at about I i niilo Island, leav- V when land- pest coast of Bias Light- ranco to St. I entrance to tide; can bo ken over tlie Andrew's Bay in Black and L Daytime, Lther. I which mark or ihcra, Icav- uted in Black hand, and the I close to on NW. 'A N., can be plainly Island (which at a distance itarboard, and of about ;;oa j'ards, until abreast the Old Wharf; then steer SW. by W. n(Mos-4 the Bulkhead, carrying from 12 to l.T feet water; wlicn the water decih-ns to 16 feet, stec-r NW. l»y W- K' W., until Davis' I'oir.t bears Nortli ; then in about 5^' j fatiioiiis water and ai)()ut 'j mile from the land on the Port bow, steer N- by W- until Davis' I'oiiit, is fair on tiie Starboard beam, dislaut J^. mile ; tlieii steer Xortli to avoid a long shoal making out from Courtney's Point ( 1 mile to ihe Eastward) until past it ; tlien steer N. by W. for St. Andrew's, and anchor about l^ mile South of it in 18 feet water, good holding ground. ^^essels wishing to anchor inside of Hurricane Island, will haul sharp around the Northeast end of this Island about W.SW. and anchor in the bight in from 18 to 20 feet water, ' j mile West of the extreme point of tlie Island. This is a good harbor and very easy to enter ; the Shoals are plainly marked in bad weather by breakers. St. Rosas Bay, Fla. Tlie entrance to this Bay, wliich is on the Southwest coast of Florida, lies West-Northerly about 74 miles from Cape San Bias Lightliouso, and East-Northerly 42 miles from the entrance to Pensacola Bay. lieniarjcs. The entrance to St. Rosas Ba}- is very narrow and shallow, and at this date (1881), there are no Buoys in entering to mark tho ckannel ; no practical sailing directions will tliercfore be given. Pensacola Bay, Fla. The entrance to this Ba}-, which is on the Southwest coast of Florida, bears West-Northerly 109 miles from Cape San Bias Lighthouse, NW. ji N. about 416 miles from the Liglithoiise on the Dr}' Tortugas, and East-Northerly 38 miles from Mobile Point Lighthouse. Pensacola Lighthouse. Near Fort Barrancas, North side of Pensacola Bay, about 1 '^ miles Nortliwesterly from the Western end of Santa Rosa Island, is a Lighthouse, the tower of which at this date (1882), is painted White, and shows a Flashing White Light, which flashes once a miuute. 478 ELDKIDGF/S COAST PILOT. Ponsacola Bar Beacon. About SE. l)y S. Ji S., 4.">.s yards from the Main Lightliousc, is a Beacon, the front of wliidi at tliis time is painted Wliitr, tlie sides Black, and shows a fixed Wiiito Li^'ht; these 2 Lights aro ii'tendcd us a range to cross the Bar. JlemarJcs, At tills date (1882), the Channel leading into Tensacola Bay is well marked with Buoys, and Range Lights are used at night to cross the Bar. At this time there is about 22 feet water in the Channel across tlie Bar. Sailing Directions for Pensacola Bay in Daytime, with favorable winds and fair weather. When the Lighthouse on the North side of Pensacola Bay is mai .side ol' I)ri(li;u(l Clianncl, !iI)oiii^ COO yards N(jrtiu':isterl\- fiom B(';u'ijn No. l,is ;i lUjidv opcii-Criiine pile Beacon, surmounted by a I^ens Laiiti-rn, wiiieli at tliis date (1882), sliows a lixed Wiiile Litjjiit. Dog River Bar Beacon No. 3. Upon Dog UiverBur, Ivist side of Clianiul Gai), at lower obstruc- tions, about 1)^ mile Nortiieasterly frmn Hcaeon No. 2, is a Ued opiMi-fraiiK- [)ile Beacon, sunuounted by a Li'iis Lantern, whieh at this date (1882), sliows a fixed lied Li^ht. Dog River Bar Boacon No. 4. ITpon Dog Kiver ]>ar. East side of Channel Gap, at the npper obstructions, about "a mile North from Beaiton No. .'!, is a platform on wooden piles, sui)t)orting a lied Staff and Day-mark, with Lens Lantern attached. At this date (1882), this 15eac(Mi sliows a lixed White Light. Choctaw Pass Channel Beacon No. 5. " In Choctaw I'ass, on Tort side of the Chaimel, a little more than I3 mile Northwest from Beacon No. 1, is a platfurm on wooden piles supporting a Black Staff and Djy-mark, with Lens Lantern attached; at this date (1882), this Beacon shows a fixed "NVhitc Light. Choctaw Pass Channel Beacon No. 6. In Choctaw Pass, on the Port side of the Chaiiuel, abont 200 yards Northwesterly from Beacon No. ">. ami about 5;'; mile south- easterl}- from the city of Mobile, is a Platform on wooden piles supporting a Black Staff and Day-mark, with Lens Lantern attached. At this date (1882), this Beacon shows a fixed White Light. Battery Gladden Lighthouse. Upon the ruins of Battery Gladden, wiiieli is a little more than a mile southeaster!}' from the city of Mobile, and North side of Choctaw Pass Channel, is a Pile Strnctur pai-ited Straw Color, and at this date (1882), shows a fixed White Light. ELDIlIDGirS COAST I'lLOT. 481 y-z E. 24 j^ 1, ixhovX COO opcii-IViune it this ilato wor obstnic- 2, is ii Uoil •M, wliiuli lit it the upper s !i platform , with Lens lows a lixed L' more than on wooden iMis Lantern fixecl White 6. 1, about 200 mile soiith- oodon piles rn attached. Li'dit. Itemarlts. At this date (1.S82), aliout 20 feet water con be carried over the 15ar, and up to the liower Fleet Aiichorage ; this aneh()ra<;e is NW. by N- Jj N., about 4'4 miles from Mobile I'oiut Li